﻿
@article{ ISI:000223364900009,
Author = {Ehde, DM and Jensen, MP},
Title = {{Feasibility of a cognitive restructuring intervention for treatment of
   chronic pain in persons with disabilities}},
Journal = {{REHABILITATION PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{49}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{254-258}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{Objective: To determine the feasibility of a cognitive restructuring
   intervention relative to an education intervention for treatment of pain
   in persons with chronic pain secondary to disability. Study Design:
   Quasi-experimental. Participants: 18 adults with chronic pain and
   disability. Interventions: Cognitive restructuring (n = 13) or education
   (n = 5) group intervention. Main Outcome Measure: Average pain
   intensity. Results: Participants in the cognitive group reported greater
   pre- to posttreatment decreases in pain than those in the education
   group. Participants rated both interventions positively and expressed
   enthusiasm for psychosocial interventions for pain. Conclusions:
   Preliminary findings suggest that decreases in pain can occur as a
   result of a cognitive restructuring intervention and support the
   feasibility of conducting intervention trials in persons with
   disability-related chronic pain.}},
Publisher = {{EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHING FOUNDATION}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST, NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Ehde, DM (Reprint Author), Harborview Med Ctr, Dept Rehabil Med, Box 359740,325 9th Ave, Seattle, WA 98104 USA.
   Univ Washington, Sch Med, Dept Rehabil Med, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
   Univ Washington, Ctr Med, Ctr Multidisciplinary Pain, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1037/0090-5550.49.3.254}},
ISSN = {{0090-5550}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SPINAL-CORD INJURIES; PHANTOM LIMB PAIN; CEREBRAL-PALSY; ADJUSTMENT;
   INTENSITY; AMITRIPTYLINE; BELIEFS; RELIEF; TRIAL}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Clinical; Rehabilitation}},
Author-Email = {{ehde@u.washington.edu}},
Cited-References = {{Beck JS, 1995, COGNITIVE THERAPY BA.
   Benrud-Larson LM, 2000, NEUROREHABILITATION, V14, P127.
   Boothby JL, 1999, PSYCHOSOCIAL FACTORS, P343.
   Bradley Laurence A., 1996, P131.
   Cardenas DD, 2002, PAIN, V96, P365, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(01)00483-3.
   DAVIS CE, 1990, HDB HLTH BEAHV CHANG, P342.
   Dunbar J, 1990, HDB HLTH BEHAV CHANG, P348.
   Ehde DM, 2000, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P1039, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2000.7583.
   EHDE DM, 2003, CLIN J PAIN, V19, P13.
   Engel JM, 2002, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P291, DOI 10.1097/00002060-200204000-00009.
   Engel JM, 2000, PAIN, V88, P225, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(00)00330-4.
   Farrar JT, 2001, PAIN, V94, P149, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(01)00349-9.
   Farrar JT, 2003, J PAIN SYMPTOM MANAG, V25, P406, DOI 10.1016/S0885-3924(03)00162-3.
   HILL A, 1995, PAIN, V62, P79, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(94)00253-B.
   Jacobsen PB, 1996, J BEHAV MED, V19, P17, DOI 10.1007/BF01858172.
   Jensen MP, 1999, PAIN, V83, P157, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(99)00101-3.
   Jensen MP, 2002, PAIN, V95, P133, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(01)00390-6.
   Jensen MP, 1999, PAIN, V81, P95, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(99)00005-6.
   Jensen MP, 2001, HDB PAIN ASSESSMENT, P15.
   KEEFE FJ, 1990, J GERONTOL, V45, P161.
   Morley S, 1999, PAIN, V80, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(98)00255-3.
   Robinson LR, 2004, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V85, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(03)00476-3.
   Schwartz L, 1999, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V80, P1243, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(99)90023-0.
   SHERMAN RA, 1997, PHANTOM PAIN.
   SPIRA JL, 1997, GROUP THERAPY MED IL.
   Stroud MW, 2000, PAIN, V84, P347, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(99)00226-2.
   Sullivan MJL, 1998, PAIN, V77, P253, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(98)00097-9.
   Sullivan MJL, 2001, CLIN J PAIN, V17, P52, DOI 10.1097/00002508-200103000-00008.
   Turner JA, 2002, PAIN, V98, P127, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(02)00045-3.
   Turner JA, 2001, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V82, P501, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2001.21855.
   Warms CA, 2002, CLIN J PAIN, V18, P154, DOI 10.1097/00002508-200205000-00004.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{31}},
Times-Cited = {{63}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{Rehabil. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{847BX}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000223364900009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000223728100002,
Author = {Watts, IE and Erevelles, N},
Title = {{These deadly times: Reconceptualizing school violence by using critical
   race theory and disability studies}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH JOURNAL}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{41}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{271-299}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Abstract = {{Most pragmatic responses to school violence seek to assign individual
   blame and to instill individual responsibility in students. The authors
   of this article argue that school violence is the result of the
   structural violence of oppressive social conditions that force students
   (especially low-income, male African American and Latino students) to
   feel vulnerable, angry, and resistant to the normative expectations of
   prison-like school environments. From the vantage point of the
   intersection of critical race theory and materialist disability studies,
   the authors examine the impact of social, political, economic, and
   institutional structures on the social construction of the ``deviant{''}
   student. They raise questions regarding violent ``normalizing{''}
   structures and argue for more empowering alternatives.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Watts, IE (Reprint Author), Auburn Univ, Dept Educ Fdn Leadership \& Technol, Haley Ctr 4036, Auburn, AL 36849 USA.
   Auburn Univ, Dept Educ Fdn Leadership \& Technol, Haley Ctr 4036, Auburn, AL 36849 USA.
   Univ Alabama, Dept Educ Leadership Policy \& Technol Studies, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.3102/00028312041002271}},
ISSN = {{0002-8312}},
EISSN = {{1935-1011}},
Keywords = {{critical race theory; disability studies; internal colonization theory;
   school violence}},
Keywords-Plus = {{EDUCATION}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Author-Email = {{wattsie@auburn.edu
   nerevell@bamaed.ua.edu}},
Cited-References = {{Althusser Louis, 1971, LENIN PHILOS OTHER E.
   ANDERSON E, 2001, PROBLEM CENTURY RACI.
   Anyon J., 1997, GHETTO SCH POLITICAL.
   AOKI K, 2000, VILLANOVA LAW REV, V45, P913.
   Artiles AJ, 2003, HARVARD EDUC REV, V73, P164, DOI 10.17763/haer.73.2.j78t573x377j7106.
   Artiles AJ, 1998, J SPEC EDUC, V32, P32, DOI 10.1177/002246699803200105.
   Ayers W., 2000, SIMPLE JUSTICE CHALL.
   Barrera Mario, 1979, RACE CLASS SW THEORY.
   {*}BAY AR SCH REF CO, 2001, EQ RES BRIEF.
   BELL DA, 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P303.
   Bell Derrick, 1992, FACES BOTTOM WELL PE.
   Bell Jr Derrick A., 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P20.
   {*}BERK ALL, 1999, REP STUD ACH BERK UN.
   BOOKS S, 2000, PUBLIC ASSAULT AM CH, P42.
   Bowles S, 1976, SCH CAPITALIST AM ED.
   Bryan Patrick, 1992, M GARVEY ANTICOLONIA.
   Burstyn J. N., 2001, PREVENTING VIOLENCE.
   CASELLA R, 2001, BEING CHALLENGE VIOL.
   Casella R, 2001, ZERO TOLERANCE PUNIS.
   Clark Kenneth, 1965, DARK GHETTO DILEMMAS.
   COGHLAN R, 2000, ENGL J, V89, P84.
   Crenshaw K., 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P103.
   Crenshaw K. W., 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DEEVER B, 1991, ANN M SOC STUD CURR.
   Delgado Richard, 2000, CRITICAL RACE THEORY.
   DEVINE J., 1996, MAXIMUM SECURITY CUL.
   Dunbar C., 2001, ALTERNATIVE SCH AFRI.
   Erevelles N., 2002, DISABILITY CULTURE E, V1, P5.
   Erevelles N., 2000, EDUC THEORY, V50, P25, DOI {[}10.1111/j.1741-5446.2000.00025.x, DOI 10.1111/J.1741-5446.2000.00025.X].
   Fanon F., 1963, WRETCHED EARTH.
   FEINBERG W, 1995, SCH SOC.
   Foucault M., 1979, DISCPLINE PUNISH BIR.
   FREEMAN AD, 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P29.
   FREIRE P, 2000, SMOKE MIRRORS HIDDEN, P163.
   Freire P, 1970, PEDAGOGY OPPRESSED.
   Furlong M. J., 2001, LAW POLICY, V23, P271, DOI {[}10.1111/1467-9930.00114, DOI 10.1111/1467-9930.00114].
   Gabel SL, 2001, J TEACH EDUC, V52, P31, DOI 10.1177/0022487101052001004.
   GAINES D, 2000, SMOKE MIRRORS HIDDEN, P107.
   GALTUNG J, 1969, J PEACE RES, V6, P109.
   Giroux H., 1996, FUGITIVE CULTURES RA.
   GIROUX HA, 2002, SMOKE MIRRORS HIDDEN, P93.
   GOTANDA N, 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P257.
   Gottfredson D.C, 2001, SCH DELINQUENCY.
   GOULD SJ, 1981, MISMEASURE MAN.
   Harris C., 1995, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P276.
   HARVEY S, 1993, WOODSTOCK REPORT, V34, P3.
   Hemmer B, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P291, DOI 10.1038/nrn784.
   HOOVER S, 1996, LETS MAKE DEAL COLLA.
   KERNER O, 1968, NATL ADVISORY COMMIS.
   Klein J., 2000, SMOKE MIRRORS HIDDEN, P129.
   Kozol J., 1996, AMAZING GRACE LIVES.
   KOZOL J, 1991, SAVAGE INEQUALITIES, P40.
   LADSONBILLINGS G, 1995, TEACH COLL REC, V97, P47.
   Lefebvre H, 1991, PRODUCTION SPACE.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   Lipman P, 2002, AM EDUC RES J, V39, P379, DOI 10.3102/00028312039002379.
   LIPSKY D, 1996, DISABILITY DILEMMAS, P145.
   LOPEZ IFH, 2000, CRITICAL RACE THEORY, P163.
   MacMillan DL, 1998, J SPEC EDUC, V32, P15, DOI 10.1177/002246699803200103.
   Marable Manning, 1983, CAPITALISM UNDERDEVE.
   Massey DS, 1993, AM APARTHEID SEGREGA.
   MCKNIGHT J, 1993, BUILDING COMMNITIES.
   MEMMI ALBERT, 1965, COLONIZER COLONIZED.
   MUTUA NK, 2001, ED STUDIES, V32, P289.
   Noddings N., 1992, CHALLENGE CARE SCH.
   Noguera P., 2003, THEOR PRACT, V42, P1.
   NOGUERA PA, 1995, HARVARD EDUC REV, V65, P189, DOI 10.17763/haer.65.2.e4615g5374044q28.
   ODONNELL CR, 2001, LAW POLICY J, V23, P269.
   {*}OFF SPEC ED PROGR, 2002, TABL AA14 RAC ETHN B.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Pagliocca P.M., 2001, LAW POLICY, V23, P373, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9930.00117.
   PARKER L, 1999, RACE IS RACE ISNT CR.
   Patton JM, 1998, J SPEC EDUC, V32, P25, DOI 10.1177/002246699803200104.
   Peterson R. L., 2001, SOC STUD, V92, P167.
   PETERSON RL, 2001, LAW POLICY, V23, P345, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9930.00116.
   PLATT AM, 1995, MONTHLY REV      JUN, P35.
   POLAKOV V, 2000, PUBLIC ASSAULT AM CH.
   Raywid M. A., 1999, CURRENT LIT SMALL SC.
   Redding Richard E., 2001, LAW POLICY, V23, P297, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9930.00115.
   Roithmayr D, 1999, RACE IS RACE ISNT CR, P1.
   RUSSELL M, 1998, RAMPS DISABILITY END.
   Sarason S. B., 1979, ED HANDICAP PUBLIC P.
   Sewell T., 1997, BLACK MASCULINITIES.
   Singer Simon I., 1996, RECRIMINALIZING DELI.
   SKIBA RJ, 2000, COLR DISCIPLINE SOUR.
   Slavin R., 1990, COOPERATIVE LEARNING.
   Slee R., 1996, DISABILITY DILEMMAS, P96.
   Sleeter C. E., 1993, RACE IDENTITY REPRES, P157.
   SOLARZANO DG, 2001, URBAN EDUC, V36, P308.
   SPINA S, 2000, SMOKE MIRRORS HIDDEN.
   SPRING J, 2001, AM SCH 1642 1996.
   TEXEIRA MT, 1995, W J BLACK STUDIES, V19, P235.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   Villenas S., 1999, RACE IS RACE ISNT CR, P31.
   Vorassi J. A., 2000, PUBLIC ASSAULT AM CH, P59.
   WARE L, 2001, J TEACH EDUC, V52, P7.
   Webber J., 2003, FAILURE HOLD POLITIC.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   WILLIS P, 1977, LEARNING LABOR.
   Wilson W. J., 1987, TRULY DISADVANTAGED.
   Winston Henry, 1973, STRATEGY BLACK AGEND.
   WOODSON CG, 1933, MISEDUCATION NEGRO.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{103}},
Times-Cited = {{77}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. Educ. Res. J.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{852AR}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000223728100002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000224362800007,
Author = {Prince, MJ},
Title = {{Disability, disability studies and citizenship: Moving up or off the
   sociological agenda?}},
Journal = {{CANADIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIOLOGY-CAHIERS CANADIENS DE SOCIOLOGIE}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{29}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{459-467}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Publisher = {{UNIV ALBERTA}},
Address = {{DEPT SOCIOLOGY, EDMONTON, ALBERTA T6G 2E1, CANADA}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Prince, MJ (Reprint Author), Univ Victoria, Victoria, BC V8W 2Y2, Canada.
   Univ Victoria, Victoria, BC V8W 2Y2, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/3654677}},
ISSN = {{0318-6431}},
Research-Areas = {{Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sociology}},
Cited-References = {{Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   BARNES C, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES T.
   BARNES C, 1999, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   Barnes C., 2003, DISABILITY.
   BICKENBACH J, 1993, PHYSL DISABILITY SOC.
   CAMEON D, 2001, DISABILITY FEDERALIS.
   COLEMAN WD, 1996, J PUBLIC POLICY, V16, P273.
   DRIEDGER D, 1989, LAST CIVIL RIGHTS MO.
   ENNS T, 1999, VOICE UNHEARD LATIME.
   MARSHALL G, 1998, OXFORD DICT SOCIOLOG.
   Oliver M., 1998, SOCIAL POLICY DISABL.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   PRINCE MJ, 2001, OTTAWA SPENDS 2001 2, pCH7.
   Puttee A., 2002, FEDERALISM DEMOCRACY.
   Rioux M.H., 1994, DISABILITY NOT MEASL.
   RIOUX MH, 2001, SOCIAL UNION DISABIL.
   Shilling Chris, 1993, BODY SOCIAL THEORY.
   Titchkosky Tanya, 2003, DISABILITY SELF SOC.
   TURNER B, 1992, REGULATING BODIES ES.
   Valentine Fraser, 1996, INT J CANADIAN STUDI, V14, P155.
   Wallace RA, 1999, CONT SOCIOLOGICAL TH.
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.
   1998, OXFORD DICT SOCIOLOG, P161.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{23}},
Times-Cited = {{4}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Can. J. Sociol.-Cahiers Can. Sociol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{860SG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000224362800007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000222217000002,
Author = {Houston, S},
Title = {{The centrality of impairment in the empowerment of people with severe
   physical impairments. Independent living and the threat of
   incarceration: a human right}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{19}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{307-321}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{To research what empowerment and independent living meant to physically
   impaired people with severe impairments, and to consider whether their
   understanding and interpretation of empowerment equates to the
   politically generated version of empowerment and independent living as
   described in the Direct Payments Act 1996. An important element of the
   research was to consider the issue of impairment in the empowerment of
   physically impaired people with severe impairments within current social
   models of disability, i.e. current field of disability studies the need
   for a social model of impairment. As the research progressed it became
   evident that the Direct Payments Act was not about empowerment, but
   rather a process of `enablement' in which the principles of empowerment
   and independent living espoused by physically impaired people was
   fundamentally different to the politically-generated version inherent
   within the Act itself. The findings revealed that empowerment and
   independent living transcended the realms of the political rhetoric of
   `enablement' and was seen as a rights issue in which `the right to live
   in ones own home or accommodation within mainstream society and
   community without fear of incarceration in a residential institution'
   was accorded the status of a fundamental human right.}},
Publisher = {{ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Houston, S (Reprint Author), 52 Fenton Close, Chester Le Street DH2 3JD, Durham, England.
   Northumbria Univ, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 8ST, Tyne \& Wear, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590410001689430}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
EISSN = {{1360-0508}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Author-Email = {{dorset.somerset@ukonline.co.uk}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P107.
   Bracking Stewart., 1993, MAKING OUR OWN CHOIC, P11.
   CORBET SA, 1991, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V6, P3, DOI 10.1016/0169-5347(91)90138-N.
   CROW L, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS, P206.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   Fleischer D. A., 2001, DISABILITY RIGHTS MO.
   Hughes G, 1998, EMBODYING SOCIAL CON, P44.
   KEITH L, 1994, MUSNT GRUMBLE WRITIN, P57.
   MACFARLANE A, 1999, PERSONAL CARE.
   MARSHALL G, 1998, OXFORD DICT SOCIOLOG.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   OLIVER M, 1992, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   PARKER G, 1993, {[}No title captured].
   Priestley M., 1999, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   RUSSELL M, 1998, RAMPS DISABILITY END.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 2000, HELP IMAGING WELFARE.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   THOMAS A, 2000, POVERTY DEV 21 CENTU, P30.
   Thomas C., 1999, FEMALE FORMS EXPERIE.
   Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation (UPIAS), 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   WAIN J, 2003, DISABILITY HUMAN RIG.
   WIRZ S, 1999, DISABILITY DEV LEARN, P89.
   1989, COLLINS SCH DICT.
   1999, COLLINS PAPERBACK EN.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{25}},
Times-Cited = {{6}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{831SS}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000222217000002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000222293400002,
Author = {Shuttleworth, RP and Kasnitz, D},
Title = {{Stigma, community, ethnography: Joan Ablon's contribution to the
   anthropology of impairment-disability}},
Journal = {{MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{139-161}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Note = {{Meeting of the American-Anthropological-Association, San Francisco, CA,
   NOV, 2000}},
Organization = {{Amer Anthropolog Assoc}},
Abstract = {{Joan Ablon has helped establish the anthropology of
   impairment-disability and significantly contributed to the role of
   anthropology in disability studies. In this article, we review the
   development of and situate Ablon's ethnographic research in the
   anthropology of impairment-disability. We then address various
   methodological issues in her work including her ethnographic approach,
   her grounding in action anthropology and her support for the development
   of the academic study of disability in anthropology and the careers of
   disabled anthropologists. The next section of the article examines
   Ablon's use of the notion of stigma, her understanding of community, and
   her engagement with disability rights. As examples of themes important
   to disability studies, we present her discussion of the implications of
   the ideal of the body beautiful, and gender differences in negotiating
   intimacy for people with physical differences. We close with a
   discussion of the future of an anthropology of impairment-disability.}},
Publisher = {{AMER ANTHROPOLOGICAL ASSOC}},
Address = {{4350 NORTH FAIRFAX DRIVE SUITE 640, ARLINGTON, VA 22203 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Shuttleworth, RP (Reprint Author), Univ Calif Press, Journals Div, 2000 Ctr St,Suite 303, Berkeley, CA 94704 USA.
   Univ Calif Berkeley, Inst Urban \& Reg Dev, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1525/maq.2004.18.2.139}},
ISSN = {{0745-5194}},
Keywords = {{disability; impairment; Ablon; genetics; ethnography}},
Keywords-Plus = {{PHYSICAL-DISABILITY; POLITICS; PERSPECTIVES; ISSUES; LIFE; SELF}},
Research-Areas = {{Anthropology; Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Biomedical
   Social Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Anthropology; Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Social
   Sciences, Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{ABLON J, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V40, P1481, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)00356-X.
   ABLON J, 1977, HUM ORGAN, V36, P69, DOI 10.17730/humo.36.1.333744qn4356135t.
   ABLON J, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED ANTH, V15, P5, DOI 10.1016/0160-7987(81)90003-X.
   Ablon J, 1996, SOC SCI MED, V42, P99, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(95)00076-3.
   ABLON J, 1994, OTHERS KNOWING OTHER, P195.
   Ablon J., 1999, LIVING GENETIC DISOR.
   ABLON J, 1988, LIVING DIFFERENCE FA.
   Ablon J., 1984, LITTLE PEOPLE AM SOC.
   Ablon J., 1992, PRACTICING ANTHR, V14, P10.
   ABLON J, 1999, 98 ANN M AM ANTHR AS.
   ABLON J, 1996, 95 ANN AM ANTHR ASS.
   Ablon Joan, 2002, Epilepsy Behav, V3, P2, DOI 10.1016/S1525-5050(02)00543-7.
   Abu-Lughod L., 1991, RECAPTURING ANTHR WO, P137.
   Anderson N, 1923, HOBO.
   ANSPACH RR, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED SOC, V13, P765, DOI 10.1016/0271-7123(79)90123-8.
   Armstrong M. J., 1996, REHABILITATION ED, V10, P247.
   Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   Becker G., 1980, GROWING OLD SILENCE.
   Blumer H., 1969, SYMBOLIC INTERACTION.
   Burck D., 1999, DISABILITY DIFFERENT, P199.
   COLLIGAN S, ENGAGING ANTHR DISAB.
   CRESSEY P, TAXI DANCE HALL.
   Davis JM, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P191, DOI 10.1080/09687590025621.
   Devlieger PJ, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P709, DOI 10.1080/09687599826470.
   DEVLIGIER P, RETHINKING DISABILIT.
   DUVAL L, 1986, DISABILITY CULTURE S.
   DUVAL ML, 1984, SOC SCI MED, V19, P635, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(84)90230-2.
   EDGERTON RB, 1993, {[}No title captured].
   Estroff Sue E., 1981, MAKING CRAZY ETHNOGR.
   Farmer PE, 2003, PATHOLOGIES POWER HL.
   Featherstone Mike, 1991, BODY SOCIAL PROCESS, P170, DOI {[}DOI 10.4135/9781446280546, 10.4135/9781446280546].
   Ferguson James, 1997, ANTHR LOCATIONS BOUN, P1.
   FRANK G, 1986, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V10, P189, DOI 10.1007/BF00114696.
   FRANK G, 1984, SOC SCI MED, V19, P639, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(84)90231-4.
   FRANK G, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P95, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02051.x.
   FRANK G, 2000, REPRODUCING REPRODUC.
   Gill Carol J., 1997, J VOCATIONAL REHABIL, V9, P39, DOI DOI 10.1016/S1052-2263(97)00020-2.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   Gold G., 1994, ANTHR WORK REV, V15, P1.
   GOLDIN C, ENGAGING ANTHR DISAB.
   GOLDIN CS, 1984, HUM ORGAN, V43, P121, DOI 10.17730/humo.43.2.6443173420507878.
   Goodman Alan, 2003, GENETIC NATURE CULTU.
   GROCE N, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, pR5, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90210-J.
   Groce Nora, 1985, EVERYONE HERE SPOKE.
   GULDIN A, 1999, THESIS U IOWA.
   GWALTNEY J, 1975, THRICE SHY CULTURAL.
   HAHN H, 1985, SOC SCI J, V22, P87.
   Hanks JR, 1948, J SOC ISSUES, V4, P11.
   HERSKOVITS EJ, 1994, J AGING STUD, V8, P327, DOI 10.1016/0890-4065(94)90007-8.
   Holzer B, 1999, DISABILITY DIFFERENT.
   HOWE L, 1964, HDB COMMUNITY PSYCHI, P16.
   HUBERT J, 1908, MADNESS DISABILITY S.
   KASNITZ D, 1999, WORLD I DISABILTY PO, V1, P1.
   Kasnitz D., 2001, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V21, P2, DOI DOI 10.18061/DSQ.V21I3.289.
   Kasnitz D., 1985, DISABILITY LIFE COUR, V5, P1.
   KASNITZ D, IN PRESS ENGAGING AN.
   KAUFERT PL, 1984, SOC SCI MED, V19, P609, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(84)90227-2.
   Kleinman Arthur, 1997, SOCIAL SUFFERING.
   KOHRMAN M, 2000, AM ETHNOL, V26, P890.
   LANDSMAN G, IN PRESS ENGAGING AN.
   Murphy R., 1987, BODY SILENT.
   MURPHY RF, 1988, SOC SCI MED, V26, P235, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(88)90244-4.
   PARK RE, 1952, HUMAN COMMUNITIES CI, V2, P165.
   Partridge William L., 1978, APPL ANTHR AM, P3.
   Paterson K, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P597, DOI 10.1080/09687599925966.
   Predaswat P, 1992, THESIS U CALIFORNIA.
   Preston P, 1994, MOTHER FATHER DEAF.
   Rapp R, 2001, PUBLIC CULTURE, V13, P533, DOI 10.1215/08992363-13-3-533.
   REDFIELD R, 1960, PEASANT SOC CULTURE.
   REDFIELD R, 1960, LITTLE COMMUNITY.
   SCH A, 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E, P1.
   SCHEER J, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P23, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02046.x.
   Scheper-Hughes Nancy, 1992, DEATH WEEPING VIOLEN.
   SCHEPERHUGHES N, 1995, CURR ANTHROPOL, V36, P409, DOI 10.1086/204378.
   SCHEPERHUGHES N, 1979, SAINTS SCHOLARS SCHI.
   Sentumbwe Nayinda, 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P159.
   Shaw C. R., 1930, JACKROLLER.
   Shaw C. R., 1942, JUVENILE DELINQUENCY.
   SHUTTLEWORTH R, IN RPESS SEXUALITY I.
   SHUTTLEWORTH R, 2000, PURSUIT SEXUAL INTIM.
   SHUTTLEWORTH R, IN PRESS ENGAGING AN.
   SHUTTLEWORTH R, 2004, ENCY MED ANTHR HLTH, V1, P360.
   Shuttleworth R. P., 2001, SEMIOTICS DISABILITY, P19.
   Shuttleworth R.P., 2002, DISABILITY POSTMODER, P112.
   Shuttleworth R.P., 2001, SEMIOTICS DISABILITY, P75.
   Shuttleworth RP, 2000, SEX DISABIL, V18, P263, DOI 10.1023/A:1005646327321.
   Shuttleworth RP, 2004, GENDERING DISABILITY.
   STIKER HJ, 1999, {[}No title captured], P352.
   SUSMAN J, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P15, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90295-X.
   Tax S., 1964, HORIZONS ANTHR, P248.
   Thomas Carol, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES T, P38.
   TIKER H, 1999, HIST DISABILITY.
   VREEDE A, 1998, BIBLIO TRADITIONAL C.
   VREEDE A, 1999, DISABILITY DIFFERENT, P323.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   Whyte R. S., 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P267.
   Whyte S. R., 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P3.
   Whyte SR, 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE.
   Wirth L, 1938, CLASSIC ESSAYS CULTU, P143.
   WOLF CM, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P30.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{100}},
Times-Cited = {{24}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Med. Anthropol. Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{832UT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000222293400002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000221007800007,
Author = {Watson, N and McKie, L and Hughes, B and Hopkins, D and Gregory, S},
Title = {{(Inter)dependence, needs and care: The potential for disability and
   feminist theorists to develop an emancipatory model}},
Journal = {{SOCIOLOGY-THE JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH SOCIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{38}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{331-350}},
Month = {{APR}},
Note = {{Annual Conference of the British-Sociological-Association, LEICESTER,
   ENGLAND, 2002}},
Organization = {{British Sociol Assoc}},
Abstract = {{In this article we examine the tensions between feminist and disability
   studies perspectives on care. We argue that an emancipatory model of
   care is one that must address these tensions. In developing this model
   we consider the notions of (inter)dependence and need across the
   lifecourse. Drawing on the work of Fraser (1989), we propose that the
   notion of `needscape' can be used to construct a `discourse bridge' that
   will mediate between the disability studies and feminist perspectives on
   care.
   Notions of care and caring have been subject to criticism by feminist
   and disability theorists. There is a presumption by some that care is an
   activity to which women are naturally suited and this forms a starting
   point for the claim associated with the feminist view that care is a
   source of women's exploitation. For disability activists notions of care
   are dis-empowering. The person in receipt of care is often assumed to be
   passive and dependent. This is exemplified in the limited access of
   disabled people to choices over the nature and form of the social
   support that they may need.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD}},
Address = {{1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Watson, N (Reprint Author), Univ Edinburgh, Sch Hlth, 31 Buccleuch Pl, Edinburgh EH8 9JT, Midlothian, Scotland.
   Univ Edinburgh, Sch Hlth, Edinburgh EH8 9JT, Midlothian, Scotland.
   Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Sch Law \& Social Sci, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.
   Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Div Social Sci, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.
   Univ Glasgow, Strathclyde Ctr Disabil Res, Glasgow G12 8RT, Lanark, Scotland.
   Univ Edinburgh, Sch Med, Res Unit Hlth Behav \& Change, Edinburgh EH8 9AG, Midlothian, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/0038038504040867}},
ISSN = {{0038-0385}},
Keywords = {{care; disability; feminism; help; (inter)dependence; needs}},
Keywords-Plus = {{WELFARE STATES; DOMESTIC LABOR; GENDER; CONTEXT; BRITAIN; RIGHTS}},
Research-Areas = {{Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sociology}},
Author-Email = {{n.watson@ed.ac.uk}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Watson, Nicholas/0000-0002-0364-427X}},
Cited-References = {{Adam B, 2000, BRIT J SOCIOL, V51, P125, DOI 10.1080/000713100358462.
   Adam Barbara, 1998, TIMESCAPES MODERNITY.
   Benn M, 1998, MADONNA CHILD NEW PO.
   Bowden Peta, 1997, CARING GENDER SENSIT.
   CHAMBERLAYNE P, 2000, CULTURES CARE BIOGRA.
   Charlton J. I., 1998, NOTHING US US DISABI.
   Corker M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Finch J., 1993, NEGOTIATING FAMILY R.
   FOUCAULT M, 1977, POWER KNOWLEDGE.
   Fraser N., 1989, UNRULY PRACTICES POW.
   FRASER N, 1994, SOC POLIT, V1, P4, DOI DOI 10.1093/SP/1.1.4.
   GERSHUNY JI, 1995, 107 DTSCH I WIRTSCH.
   Goffman E, 1961, ASYLUMS.
   Graham H., 1983, LABOUR LOVE WOMEN WO.
   Hochchild Arlie Russell, 1983, MANAGED HEART COMMER.
   HUGHES B, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P155.
   HURST R, RETHINKING CARE DIFF.
   LLOYD M, 2001, SOCIOLOGY, V35, P714.
   McKie L, 2002, SOCIOLOGY, V36, P897, DOI 10.1177/003803850203600406.
   Morgan D, 1996, FAMILY CONNECTIONS I.
   Morris J, 1997, SOC POLICY ADMIN, V31, P54, DOI 10.1111/1467-9515.00037.
   Morris J., 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   MORRIS J, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVES CO.
   MORRIS J, 1993, {[}No title captured], V43, P57.
   Oliker Stacey, 1999, CARING GENDER.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   ORLOFF AS, 1993, AM SOCIOL REV, V58, P303, DOI 10.2307/2095903.
   PARKER R, 1981, NEW LOOK PERSONAL SO.
   Pearce Diana, 1990, WOMEN STATE WELFARE, P265.
   Rake K, 2001, J SOC POLICY, V30, P209, DOI 10.1017/S0047279401006250.
   Rock P., 1998, FOOD THOUGHT CARERS.
   Sevenhuijsen Selma, 1998, CITIZENSHIP ETHICS C.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 2000, HELP.
   Skar L, 2001, DISABIL SOC, V16, P917, DOI 10.1080/09687590120084010.
   Sullivan O, 2000, SOCIOLOGY, V34, P437, DOI 10.1177/S0038038500000286.
   Swain J., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Thomas C, 1997, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V19, P622, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10935518.
   Thomas C., 1999, FEMALE FORMS EXPERIE.
   Thomas C., 2001, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   THOMAS C, 1996, SOCIOLOGY HLTH ILLNE, V17, P328.
   Twigg J, 1999, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V21, P381, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.00163.
   Ungerson C, 2000, J SOC POLICY, V29, P623, DOI 10.1017/S0047279400006061.
   Ungerson C., 1983, LABOUR LOVE WOMEN WO.
   Vasey S, 2001, ROUGH GUIDE MANAGING.
   Waerness K., 1987, WOMEN STATE SHIFTING.
   WATES M, 1998, DISABLED PARENTS DIS.
   WILLIAMS F, 2001, CRIT SOC POLICY, V21, P467, DOI DOI 10.1177/026101830102100405.
   Windebank J, 2001, WORK EMPLOY SOC, V15, P269, DOI 10.1177/09500170122118959.
   {*}WOM UN CAB OFF, 2002, GEND BRIEF AUG 2002.
   {*}WOM UN CAB OFF, 2000, FEM FORF COST BEING.
   1985, COLLINS DICT.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{52}},
Times-Cited = {{73}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sociol.-J. Brit. Sociol. Assoc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{814XQ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000221007800007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000189111600002,
Author = {Waltz, M and Shattock, P},
Title = {{Autistic disorder in nineteenth-century London - Three case reports}},
Journal = {{AUTISM}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{8}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{7-20}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{This article examines the existence, description, perception, treatment,
   and outcome of symptoms consistent with autistic disorder in
   nineteenth-century London, England, based on case histories from the
   notes of Dr William Howship Dickinson at Great Ormond Street Hospital
   for Children. Three cases meeting the DSM-IV criteria for autistic
   disorder are described in detail. Other cases in which autistic traits
   are described are briefly summarized. The article explores the
   environment of contemporary medical practice, beliefs about childhood
   brain disorders, and social practice regarding children with brain
   disorders, and the impact of these factors on assessment and treatment.
   It correlates Dickinson's observations with current research on autism,
   providing information about children with autism before the condition
   was formally named in 1943.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD}},
Address = {{1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Waltz, M (Reprint Author), Univ Sunderland, Medis Ctr St Peters, Sch Arts Design Media \& Culture, Sunderland SR6 0DD, Durham, England.
   Univ Sunderland, Medis Ctr St Peters, Sch Arts Design Media \& Culture, Sunderland SR6 0DD, Durham, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/1362361304040635}},
ISSN = {{1362-3613}},
Keywords = {{autism; disability studies; Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children;
   medical history; social history; William Howship Dickinson}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CHILDREN}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Developmental}},
Author-Email = {{mitzi.waltz@sunderland.ac.uk}},
Cited-References = {{American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   Bailey A, 1996, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V37, P89, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1996.tb01381.x.
   BALDWIN N, 2001, WHOLE STORY HIST GRE.
   Baron-Cohen S, 1999, PSYCHOL MED, V29, P1151, DOI 10.1017/S003329179900896X.
   Chakrabarti S, 2001, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V285, P3093, DOI 10.1001/jama.285.24.3093.
   {*}COMM LUN, 1847, 2 ANN REP COMM LUN L.
   Dally A, 1997, SOC HIST MED, V10, P291, DOI 10.1093/shm/10.2.291.
   DICKINSON WH, 1869, NERVOUS DIS, V1.
   EDGAR CL, 1999, CARE FEEDING INFANTS.
   ERDMANN R, 1995, PSYCHIAT PRAX, V22, P80.
   Fombonne E., 1998, AUTISM PERVASIVE DEV, P32.
   Frith U., 1989, AUTISM EXPLAINING EN.
   GILLMAN MW, 1999, CIRCULATION, V99, P6.
   HOPKINS E, 1994, CHILDHOOD TRASFORMED.
   Kanner L, 1943, NERV CHILD, V2, P217.
   KATZ I, 2000, WORLD HIST OWN AUTIS.
   LOCOCK C, 1857, LANCET, V1, P528.
   LOTTER V, 1966, SOC PSYCHIAT, V1, P124, DOI DOI 10.1007/BF00584048.
   MALMIVUO J, 1999, INT J BIOELECTROMAGN, V1, P2.
   {*}ROYAL COLL PHYS, 1955, MUNKS ROLL LIV FELL, V4.
   SCHARRE JE, 1992, OPTOMETRY VISION SCI, V69, P433, DOI 10.1097/00006324-199206000-00004.
   SHATTOCK P, 2001, P DURH AUT C SUND AU, P1.
   WING JK, 1976, EARLY CHILDHOOD AUTI, P4.
   Wing L., 1996, AUTISTIC SPECTRUM GU.
   World Health Organization, 1992, INT STAT CLASS DIS R.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{25}},
Times-Cited = {{6}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Autism}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{776HY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000189111600002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000220662600001,
Author = {Boxall, K and Carson, I and Docherty, D},
Title = {{Room at the academy? People with learning difficulties and higher
   education}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{19}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{99-112}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{This article considers the contributions of people with learning
   difficulties to an undergraduate degree programme in Learning Disability
   Studies at the University of Manchester. It begins with an evaluation of
   models of disability and their implications for the study and production
   of knowledge about learning disability. It then goes on to explore the
   role of people with learning difficulties-and the place of their
   experiences and knowledges-both on the Learning Disability Studies
   programme and within the academy. Drawing on the experience of the
   Learning Disability Studies programme, it argues for the inclusion of
   people with learning difficulties in learning, teaching and research.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Boxall, K (Reprint Author), Univ Manchester, Fac Educ, Oxford Rd, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
   Univ Manchester, Fac Educ, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759042000181749}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABILITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Author-Email = {{kathy.boxall@man.ac.uk}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Boxall, Kathy/A-4550-2014
   }},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Boxall, Kathy/0000-0002-0619-9159}},
Cited-References = {{Aspis S., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P173.
   BARNES C, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES T.
   BARRON D, 1996, PRICE BE BORN.
   Boxall K., 2002, LEARNING DISABILITY, P209.
   Boxall K, 2002, LEARNING DISABILITY, P171.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Carson I., 2002, LEARNING DISABILITY.
   Chappell A. L., 2001, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V29, P45, DOI DOI 10.1046/J.1468-3156.2001.00084.X.
   CHAPPELLAL, 1998, DISABILITY READER, P211.
   Davis K., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Delanty G., 2001, CHALLENGING KNOWLEDG.
   DfES, 2001, INCL SCH CHILDR SPEC.
   DOCHERTY D, 2003, DIS STUD THEOR POL P.
   {*}DOH, 2003, MAK THINGS HAPP 1 AN.
   {*}DOH, 2001, {[}No title captured].
   Dowse L, 2001, DISABIL SOC, V16, P123, DOI 10.1080/713662036.
   {*}DRC, 2002, SENDA COD PRACT PROV.
   Edgerton RB, 1967, CLOAK COMPETENCE STI.
   El-Badri NS, 1998, EXP HEMATOL, V26, P110.
   GERBER DA, 1990, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V5, P3.
   GOFFMAN E, 1975, ASYLUMS.
   Goodley D, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P861, DOI 10.1080/713662013.
   Goodley D., 2000, SELF ADVOCACY LIVES.
   Harding S., 1993, FEMINIST EPISTEMOLOG, P49.
   Hurst A., 1998, HIGHER ED DISABILITI.
   KIERNAN C, 1999, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V27, P43, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1468-3156.1999.TB00084.X.
   Kings Fund, 1980, ORD LIF COMPR LOC BA.
   Mercer G., 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES T, P228.
   MONAHAN J, 2002, GUARDIAN        1008.
   Oliver M., 1998, SOCIAL POLICY DISABL.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   {*}PORTW PLAYERS, 1998, LYING DOCT.
   Potts M., 1991, FIT PERSON BE REMOVE.
   Radford J. P., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME, P9.
   Reid D, 1995, BR J LEARN DISABIL, V23, P56.
   Riddell S., 2001, LEARNING SOC PEOPLE.
   Rioux Marcia H., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME.
   Rodgers J, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P421, DOI 10.1080/09687599926046.
   Ryan J., 1987, POLITICS MENTAL HAND.
   SMITH L, 2000, TELLING OUR OWN STOR, P20.
   Walmsley J, 2001, DISABIL SOC, V16, P187, DOI 10.1080/09687590120035807.
   Walmsley J, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P, P62.
   WHITTAKER J, 2002, LEARNING DISABILITY, P68.
   Wolfensberger W., 1998, BRIEF INTRO SOCIAL R.
   Woodley A, 2002, HIGH EDUC, V44, P329, DOI 10.1023/A:1019857315244.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{47}},
Times-Cited = {{33}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{809UW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000220662600001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000189225700006,
Author = {Elliott, SN and Marquart, AM},
Title = {{Extended time as a testing accommodation: Its effects and perceived
   consequences}},
Journal = {{EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{70}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{349-367}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{This investigation examined the effect of an extended time testing
   accommodation on the performance of students with disabilities, students
   educationally at risk in math, and students without disabilities.
   Ninety-seven eighth-grade students completed two equivalent forms of a
   standardized mathematics test, each under different testing conditions
   (standard time 20 mins.; extended time 40 mins.). It was predicted that
   both disability status and mathematical skill level would interact with
   the effectiveness of the extended time accommodation, such that students
   with disabilities and students with low math skills would benefit
   significantly from the extended time accommodation, but students without
   disabilities would not. Outcomes indicated that there were no
   significant differences by disability status; however, there was
   evidence to support differences between the three student groups in the
   amount of change in their performance in the two time conditions.
   Follow-up surveys indicated that the vast majority of students reacted
   more positively to the accommodated or extra time condition than to the
   nonaccommodated condition. These results are discussed within a validity
   framework and future research is outlined on extended time as an
   accommodation.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Elliott, SN (Reprint Author), Univ Wisconsin, Wisconsin Ctr Educ Res, 327 Educ Sci Bldg,1025 W Johnson St,CEC 832, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
   Univ Wisconsin, Wisconsin Ctr Educ Res, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
   Heartland Area Educ Agcy 11, Johnston, IA USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/001440290407000306}},
ISSN = {{0014-4029}},
EISSN = {{2163-5560}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING-DISABILITIES; PERFORMANCE; STUDENTS; SCORES}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Author-Email = {{snelliot@facstaff.wisc.edu}},
Cited-References = {{Alster EH, 1997, J LEARN DISABIL, V30, P222, DOI 10.1177/002221949703000210.
   Bandura A., 1997, SELF EFFICACY EXERCI.
   CENTRA JA, 1986, J LEARN DISABIL, V19, P324, DOI 10.1177/002221948601900602.
   COHEN J, 1992, PSYCHOL BULL, V112, P155, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.112.1.155.
   {*}CTB MCGRAWH, 1998, TERR COMPL ASS BATT.
   DiPerna JC, 2000, ACAD COMPETENCE EVAL.
   ELLIOTT J, 1998, TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL, V31, P20.
   Elliott J. L., 1996, 25 U MINN NAT CTR ED.
   Elliott S. N., 2001, ASSESSING ONE ALL ED.
   Elliott S. N, 1999, ASSESSMENT ACCOMMODA.
   ELLIOTT SN, 1996, EXPT ANAL EFFECTS TE.
   FAUL F, 1992, GPOWER PRIOR POST HO.
   Fuchs LS, 2000, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V29, P65.
   GEISINGER KF, 1994, {[}No title captured], V7, P121, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15324818AME0702\_.
   HALLA JW, 1988, THESIS TEXAS TECH U.
   Harker J. K., 1993, APPL MEAN EDUC, V6, P307.
   HILL GA, 1984, THESIS TEXAS TECH U.
   Huesman R., 2000, ANN M NAT COUNC MEAS.
   Koretz D. M., 1997, 431 CSE CRESSTRAND I.
   McDonnell L. M., 1997, ED ONE ALL STUDENTS.
   MONTANI TO, 1995, THESIS STATE U NEW J.
   MUNGER GF, 1991, J EDUC RES, V85, P53, DOI 10.1080/00220671.1991.10702812.
   Perlman C. L., 1996, ANN M NAT COUNC MEAS.
   Phillips S. E., 1994, APPL MEAN EDUC, V7, P93, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15324818AME0702\_.
   RUNYAN MK, 1991, J LEARN DISABIL, V24, P104, DOI 10.1177/002221949102400207.
   SCHULTE AAG, 2000, SPECIAL SERVICES SCH, V16, P35.
   Seyfarth A., 1997, 29 U MINN NAT CTR ED.
   SISKIND TG, 1993, DIAGNOSTIQUE, V18, P233.
   Thompson B, 1999, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V65, P329, DOI 10.1177/001440299906500304.
   Tindal G., 1999, SUMMARY RES TESTING.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{30}},
Times-Cited = {{52}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{6}},
Journal-ISO = {{Except. Child.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{778ED}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000189225700006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000221050200018,
Author = {Mollow, A},
Title = {{Identity politics and disability studies: A critique of recent theory}},
Journal = {{MICHIGAN QUARTERLY REVIEW}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{43}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{269-296}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Publisher = {{UNIV MICHIGAN}},
Address = {{3032 RACKHAM BLDG, ANN ARBOR, MI 48109 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Mollow, A (Reprint Author), Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA.
   Univ Calif Berkeley, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0026-2420}},
Research-Areas = {{Literature}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Literary Reviews}},
Cited-References = {{Brown Wendy, 1995, STATES INJURY POWER.
   Butler J., 1993, BODIES MATTER DISCUR.
   Davis Lennard J., 2002, BENDING OVER BACKWAR.
   DAVIS LJ, 1993, NATION, V257, P354.
   DAVIS LJ, 1998, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0417, V44, pB6.
   FOUCAULT M, POWER KNOWLEDGE.
   FREUD S, 1915, ON NARCISSISM.
   HALLEY JE, 2002, WHAT LEFT THEORY NEW.
   Longmore Paul K., 2003, WHY I BURNED MY BOOK.
   MARX K, JEWISH QUESTION.
   MITCHELL DT, 1997, VITAL SIGNS CRIP CUT.
   MORRISON T, RECITATIF.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Russell Martha, 1998, BEYOND RAMPS DISABIL.
   SEDGWICK EK, 1991, CRIT INQUIRY, V17, P818, DOI 10.1086/448614.
   Sedgwick Eve K, 1990, EPISTEMOLOGY CLOSET.
   Siebers T., 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES E.
   SIEBERS T, 2000, POINTS CONTACT DISAB.
   Siebers Tobin, 2000, MIRROR MEDUSA.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{21}},
Times-Cited = {{6}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Mich. Q. Rev.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{815NY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000221050200018}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000188800200003,
Author = {Marshall, CA and Burross, HL and Gotto, G and McAllan, L and Martinez,
   PV and Juarez, LG and Rey, PF},
Title = {{The United States and Mexico: Creating partnerships in rehabilitation}},
Journal = {{REHABILITATION PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{2004}},
Volume = {{49}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{14-20}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{Objective: To document the needs and resources of indigenous people with
   disabilities. Study Design: An analysis of 5 descriptive studies.
   Setting: Oaxaca City and various rural and remote areas of Oaxaca,
   Mexico. Research Participants: Individuals with disabilities and their
   families, both urban and rural, representing a wide age span. Main
   Outcome Measures: Interview protocols developed through participatory
   research procedures involving persons with disabilities. Results: Across
   populations, the need for centers of education, training, and support
   was identified; however, medical intervention was the primary need.
   Conclusions: The Vecinos project demonstrates the successes of
   cooperative research efforts between university-based researchers and
   grassroots leaders with disabilities, with implications for change in
   public policy and practice to accommodate indigenous people with
   disabilities.}},
Publisher = {{EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHING FOUNDATION}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST, NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Marshall, CA (Reprint Author), CRC, 4043 E Alhambra Pl, Tucson, AZ 85711 USA.
   No Arizona Univ, Amer Indian Rehabil Res \& Training Ctr, Flagstaff, AZ 86011 USA.
   Univ Arizona, Dept Educ Psychol, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
   Univ Kansas, Dept Anthropol, Lawrence, KS 66045 USA.
   Univ Arizona, Coll Educ, Dept Special Educ \& Rehabil, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
   Inst Pedag Infantil Margarita Aquila Diaz, Oaxaca, Mexico.}},
DOI = {{10.1037/0090-5550.49.1.14}},
ISSN = {{0090-5550}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Clinical; Rehabilitation}},
Author-Email = {{catherine.marshall@att.net}},
Cited-References = {{BAILEY SM, 2000, RES REPORT, P1.
   Bruyere S. M, 1993, J VOCATIONAL REHABIL, V3, P62.
   {*}CAP TRAB, 1996, VIS IND INT ED PERS.
   Dunn C, 2002, PROTECTING STUDY VOL.
   GOTTO GS, 2001, UNPUB ANTHR DISABILI.
   HANSON FA, 2000, HUMANIST, P29.
   Higgins M., 2000, STREETS BEDROOMS PAT.
   Marshall CA, 2002, J REHABIL, V68, P12.
   MARSHALL CA, 1999, VECINOS REHABILITATI.
   MARSHALL CA, 1996, VECINOS REHABILITATI.
   MARSHALL CA, 1998, J VOCATIONAL REHABIL, V11, P53.
   MARSHALL CA, 1998, VECINOS REHABILITATI.
   MARSHALL CA, 2000, VECINOS REHABILITATI.
   MCFARLANE FR, 2000, REHAB MANAGEMENT INT, V10, P26.
   Sacks O., 2002, OAXACA J.
   Tate DG, 2003, AM PSYCHOL, V58, P289, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.58.4.289.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{16}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Rehabil. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{771RQ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000188800200003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000187867000006,
Author = {England, K},
Title = {{Disabilities, gender and employment: social exclusion, employment equity
   and Canadian banking}},
Journal = {{CANADIAN GEOGRAPHER-GEOGRAPHE CANADIEN}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{47}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{429-450}},
Month = {{WIN}},
Abstract = {{People with disabilities, especially women, suffer from appallingly high
   rates of poverty, and paid work is frequently cited as a primary route
   out of poverty. I draw on feminist analyses of work and disability
   studies to reflect on the Canadian federal government's Employment
   Equity Act. I use the example of the `Big Six' banks to investigate the
   numerical representation and occupational distribution of women and men
   with disabilities compared to their counterparts without disabilities.
   However, social justice in the workplace is at least as much about the
   quality of social relationships as it is about statistical effects.
   Reaching workplace equity also involves the creation of a workplace
   climate where people with disabilities experience supportive and
   responsive supervision, along with a sense of being respected and
   valued. I assess the banks' progress towards identifying and eliminating
   discriminatory disabling barriers. I close with a discussion of
   workplace climate and locate the Act in the context of a broader network
   of change that includes challenging ableism.}},
Publisher = {{CANADIAN ASSN GEOGRAPHERS}},
Address = {{MCGILL UNIV, BURNSIDE HALL, 805 SHERBROKKE ST., WEST, MONTREAL, QUEBEC
   H3A 2K6, CANADA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{England, K (Reprint Author), Univ Washington, Dept Geog, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
   Univ Washington, Dept Geog, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/j.0008-3658.2003.00034.x}},
ISSN = {{0008-3658}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SPACE; EXPERIENCES; SEGREGATION; WORKPLACE; WOMEN; WORK}},
Research-Areas = {{Geography}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Geography}},
Author-Email = {{england@u.washington.edu}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{England, Kim VL/K-8494-2012}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{England, Kim VL/0000-0001-6160-7760}},
Cited-References = {{AALTIO I, 2002, GENDER IDENTITY CULT.
   Abella Rosalie Silberman, 1984, EQUALITY EMPLOYMENT.
   Acker J, 2000, SOC POLIT, V7, P192, DOI 10.1093/sp/7.2.192.
   Acker J, 1990, GENDER SOC, V4, P139, DOI 10.1177/089124390004002002.
   Agocs C, 2002, INT J MANPOWER, V23, P256, DOI 10.1108/01437720210432220.
   ARMSTRONG P, 1997, WOMEN CANADIAN WELFA, P246.
   Bakan A.B., 2000, EMPLOYMENT EQUITY PO.
   Barnes M., 2003, POVERTY SOCIAL EXCLU.
   Bertaccini G, 1998, PHARM LIBR, V30, P59.
   BLAU FD, 2002, EC WOMEN MEN WORK.
   BOYER K, 1998, GENDER PLACE CULT, V5, P261, DOI DOI 10.1080/09663699825205.
   Britton John, 1996, CANADA GLOBAL EC.
   BUNCH M, 1998, PERSONS DISABILITIES.
   Burgess B, 2000, CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN, V44, P98, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0064.2000.tb00696.x.
   Butler R, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN D, V15, P411, DOI 10.1068/d150411.
   Chouinard V, 2001, CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN, V45, P187, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0064.2001.tb01184.x.
   CHOUINARD V, 1999, MIND BODY SPACES GEO, P142.
   COFFEY W J, 1999, CANADIAN J REGIONAL, V22, P23.
   Colella A, 2001, ACAD MANAGE REV, V26, P100, DOI 10.5465/AMR.2001.4011984.
   {*}CONS GROUP EMPL E, 1995, LOOK FUT CHALL CULT.
   DAUBIN A, 1987, DISABLED WOMENS ISSU.
   DRIEDGER D, 1989, LAST CIVIL RIGHTS MO.
   Duncan OD, 1955, AM SOCIOL REV, V20, P210, DOI 10.2307/2088328.
   Dyck I., 1999, MIND BODY SPACES GEO, P119.
   England K., 2002, FEMINIST GEOGRAPHY P, P200.
   ENGLAND K, 2003, IN PRESS GEOJOURNAL.
   FAWCETT C, 1996, LIVING DISABILITY CA.
   FAWCETT G, 2000, BRING BARR LAB MARK.
   Fortin NM, 2002, CAN PUBLIC POL, V28, pS11, DOI 10.2307/3552342.
   Fougeyrollas P, 1997, ICIDH ENV FACTORS IN, V9, P32.
   FRASER N, 1997, JUSTICE INTERRUPTS C.
   GAD G, 1999, CANADIAN J REGIONAL, V22, P143.
   Gleeson B., 1999, GEOGRAPHIES DISABILI.
   Gordon D, 2000, POVERTY SOCIAL EXCLU.
   HALFORD S, 1997, GENDER CAREERS OR.
   HALL E., 1999, MIND BODY SPACES GEO, P138.
   Hills J, 2002, UNDERSTANDING SOCIAL.
   Hine J, 2001, URBAN STUD, V38, P319, DOI 10.1080/00420980020018619.
   {*}HRDC, 2000, UN 2000 PEOPL DIS CA.
   Imrie R., 1996, DISABILITY CITY INT.
   Jain HC, 1996, INT J MANPOWER, V17, P14, DOI 10.1108/01437729610127677.
   Jongbloed L., 1996, CANADIAN J REHABILIT, V9, P213.
   Jongbloed L., 2003, J DISABIL POLICY STU, V13, P203, DOI {[}DOI 10.1177/104420730301300402, 10.1177/104420730301300402].
   Kitchin R, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P785, DOI 10.1080/09687599826515.
   Kitchin R, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P343, DOI 10.1080/09687599826678.
   KLINGER M, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V22, P21.
   Kobayashi A, 2002, CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN, V46, P245, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0064.2002.tb00745.x.
   LECK JD, 1996, INT J PUBLIC ADMIN, V19, P299.
   LECK JD, 1995, CANADIAN PUBLIC POLI, V21, P203.
   LIEBENS R, 1998, AUSTR GEOGRAPHER, V29, P371.
   LONGHURST R, 2001, HER BODIES EXPLORING, P91.
   MCDOWELL L, 1997, CAPITAL CULTURE GEND.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   Moss P, 1996, ENVIRON PLANN D, V14, P737, DOI 10.1068/d140737.
   Moss Pamela, 1999, EMBODIED GEOGRAPHIES, P157.
   NEUFELT AH, 1995, MANDATORY EMPLOYMENT, P39.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Parr H, 1999, MIND BODY SPACES GEO, P1.
   Poole Phebe-Jane, 1993, CANADIAN LABOUR LAW, V1, P341.
   POOLE PJ, 1990, EMPLOYMENT EQUITY BA.
   RASKIN C, 1994, INT LABOUR REV, V133, P75.
   RESKIN B, 1993, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V19, P241, DOI 10.1146/annurev.so.19.080193.001325.
   RIOUX MH, 1985, RES STUDIES COMMISSI, P613.
   {*}ROEH I, 1993, TARG CAN EMPL REL PR.
   ROSS D, 1990, EC PROFILE PERSONS D.
   Shakespeare T., 1998, DISABILITY READER SO.
   Stein MA, 2000, BERKELEY J EMP LAB L, V21, P314.
   The Roeher Institute, 2001, DIS REL SUPP ARR POL.
   Thornton P., 1997, EMPLOYMENT POLICIES.
   Tonkin L, 2000, ANTIPODE, V32, P115, DOI 10.1111/1467-8330.00124.
   Traustadottir R., 1990, OBSTACLES EQUALITY D.
   WADDINGTON L, 2001, PRINC PRACT INT DIS.
   WILSON F, 2003, {[}No title captured].
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{74}},
Times-Cited = {{11}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{16}},
Journal-ISO = {{Can. Geogr.-Geogr. Can.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{761JP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000187867000006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000187867000008,
Author = {Gold, G},
Title = {{Rediscovering place: experiences of a quadriplegic anthropologist}},
Journal = {{CANADIAN GEOGRAPHER-GEOGRAPHE CANADIEN}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{47}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{467-479}},
Month = {{WIN}},
Abstract = {{Cyberspace is an `archetypal place' (Lifchez) for disabled fieldworkers
   enhancing opportunities for fieldwork. This article uses a concept of
   place similar to that used in French-speaking Louisiana. In this
   approach, `place' overcomes barriers of accessibility through extended
   `weak' networks and transnational diaspora. In cyberspace, `invisible'
   communities are defined only by text and narrative. Yet the boundaries
   of cyberspace communities are culturally constructed or imagined
   differences. In this way, fieldwork is independent of a physical
   definition of place. For example, research with MSN-L, allows daily
   fieldwork with an international community, without personal relocation.
   In this way, cyberspace fieldwork became my first link to disability
   studies where the stigma of the disabled as `damaged' persons becomes my
   own.}},
Publisher = {{WILEY}},
Address = {{111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Gold, G (Reprint Author), York Univ, Dept Anthropol, Toronto, ON M3J 1P3, Canada.
   York Univ, Dept Anthropol, Toronto, ON M3J 1P3, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/j.0008-3658.2003.00036.x}},
ISSN = {{0008-3658}},
EISSN = {{1541-0064}},
Research-Areas = {{Geography}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Geography}},
Author-Email = {{gerry@yorku.ca}},
Cited-References = {{ANDERSON B, 1991, 1983 IMAGINED COMMUN.
   AVERY DM, 1998, J COMPUTER MEDIA JUL.
   AYCOCK A, 1995, CYBER SOC COMPUTER M.
   BELTRAN CA, 1973, REGIONES REFUGIO DES.
   BROWN SE, 1995, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V15, P2.
   Cohen R, 1997, INT MIGR, V35, P373, DOI 10.1111/1468-2435.00018.
   COHEN R, 1996, JEWISH J SOCIOL, V37, P17.
   DAEROSA V, 2003, ETHNICITY GLOBALIZIN, pR20.
   DAVIS F, 1961, SOC PROBL, V9, P121.
   DERY M, 1994, FLAME WARS DISCOURSE, P473.
   FOUCAULT M, 1984, FOUCAULT READER, P474.
   Freilich M, 1970, MARGINAL NATIVES ANT.
   FRIEDMAN M, 1998, FUZZY LOGIC DISPATCH.
   Goffman I, 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   GOLD C, 1985, PASCAL CHANGING LEAD.
   GOLD G, 1988, ESSAYS HONOUR RF SPE, P95.
   GOLD G, 1983, PROBLEMS OPPORTUNITI, P127.
   GOLD G, 2001, SEMIOTIOCS DISABILIT.
   GOLD G, WOUNDED ANTHR.
   GOLD G, 1989, CANADIAN ISRAELI PER, P1.
   Gold Gerald, 1973, COMMUNITIES CULTURE.
   Granovetter M., 1974, GETTING JOB.
   Granovetter M. S, 1983, SOCIAL STRUCTURE NET, P105.
   GRANOVETTER MS, 1973, AM J SOCIOL, V78, P1360, DOI 10.1086/225469.
   INGSTAD M, 1995, DISABILITY WILL BEGI.
   KOLKO BE, 1998, BUILDING WORLD WORDS.
   KOLLOCK P, 1999, COMMUITIES CYBERSPAC.
   LIFCHEZ R, 1983, INDEPENDENT LIVING P, P130.
   Linton S., 1997, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   LOUDER D, 1983, FRENCH AM, P468.
   MURPHY R, 1990, BODY SILENT.
   Oliver M., 1998, DISABLED PEOPLE SOCI.
   RHINEGOLD H, 1994, VIRTUAL COMMUNITY HO.
   RHINEGOLD H, 1995, WHICH PART IS VIRTUA.
   ROBILLARD AB, 1999, MEANING DISABILITY L.
   RODMAN MC, 1992, AM ANTHROPOL, V94, P640, DOI 10.1525/aa.1992.94.3.02a00060.
   SENTUMBWE N, 1998, DISABILITY CULTURE, P159.
   Shokeid M., 1988, CHILDREN CIRCUMSTANC.
   SMITH MA, 1999, COMMUNITIES CYBERSPA.
   STEIBER AL, 2001, J RENAL NUTR, V11, P10.
   STRATTON M, 2000, GIRLS DONT CRY LEAST.
   TREPANIER C, 2003, WORKING FIELD DETAIL.
   VANMAANEN J, 1998, TALES FIELD WRITING.
   Wellman B., 1999, COMMUNITIES CYBERSPA, P167, DOI DOI 10.2307/2655574.
   YOUNG C, 1996, WOMEN PERFORMANCE J, V1, P111.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{45}},
Times-Cited = {{5}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Can. Geogr.-Geogr. Can.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{761JP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000187867000008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000187550200003,
Author = {Darling, RB},
Title = {{Toward a model of changing disability identities: a proposed typology
   and research agenda}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{7}},
Pages = {{881-895}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{In light of recent developments in the field of disability studies, this
   article is an attempt to update a typology of orientations to disability
   developed over 20 years ago. The proposed revised typology represents a
   synthesis of two theoretical strands in sociology: opportunity structure
   theory and identity theory. The author provides examples from the
   literature, by and about people with disabilities, to illustrate each
   proposed type of disability identity. These types include normalisation,
   crusadership, affirmation, situational identification, resignation,
   apathy and isolated affirmation. The article suggests that individuals
   with disabilities may move along a `career path' from one type to
   another over time, as they encounter new opportunities and interaction
   situations. The author proposes a research agenda to refine and
   establish the validity of the typology, and to determine its
   applicability to diverse populations of disabled people in the world
   today.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Darling, RB (Reprint Author), Indiana Univ Penn, Dept Sociol, 102 McElhaney Hall, Indiana, PA 15705 USA.
   Indiana Univ Penn, Dept Sociol, Indiana, PA 15705 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759032000127308}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{STIGMA}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ANSPACH RR, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED SOC, V13, P765, DOI 10.1016/0271-7123(79)90123-8.
   AVERY D, 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Becker H. S., 1963, OUTSIDERS STUDIES SO.
   BIRENBAUM A, 1970, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V11, P196, DOI 10.2307/2948301.
   BRITT L, 2000, SELF IDENTITY SOCIAL.
   Butler J., 1990, GENDER TROUBLE.
   Charlton J. I., 1998, NOTHING US US DISABI.
   Cloward Richard, 1960, DELINQUENCY OPPORTUN.
   COOLEY CH, 1964, HUMAN NATURE SOCIAL.
   Darling R. B., 1979, FAMILIES SOC STUDY R.
   DARLING RB, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P141, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02054.x.
   DARLING RB, 1993, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V13, P1.
   DEVLIEGER PJ, 2000, J DISABIL POLICY STU, V11, P51, DOI DOI 10.1177/104420730001100115.
   Giddens Anthony, 1991, MODERNITY SELF IDENT.
   Gill Carol J., 1997, J VOCATIONAL REHABIL, V9, P39, DOI DOI 10.1016/S1052-2263(97)00020-2.
   GILL CJ, 1994, RAGGED EDGE DISABILI.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   Higgins M., 2002, POSTING DISABILITY R.
   Hockenberry John, 1995, MOVING VIOLATIONS ME.
   Kaplan H.B., 2000, SELF IDENTITY SOCIAL.
   Kisor H., 1990, WHATS PIG OUTDOORS.
   Kuusisto S., 1998, PLANET BLIND MEMOIR.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   MAIRS N, 1996, WAIST HIGH WORLD LIF.
   Merton R. K, 1949, SOCIAL THEORY SOCIAL.
   NASH JE, 1981, DEAFNESS SOC.
   {*}NOD, 2000, NOD HARR SURV AM DIS.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   POTOK A, 1980, ORDINARY DAYLIGHT.
   Priestley M, 2002, DISABIL SOC, V17, P597, DOI 10.1080/0968759022000010399.
   RICHARDS.SA, 1972, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V14, P524.
   RUSSELL M, 1994, RAGGED EDGE DISABILI.
   SHAPIRO JP, 1994, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   SOLNIT AJ, 1961, PSYCHOANAL STUD CHIL, V16, P523.
   Strauss A., 1962, HUMAN BEHAV SOCIAL P.
   Stryker S., 2000, SELF IDENTITY SOCIAL.
   Swain J, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P569, DOI 10.1080/09687590050058189.
   SWAIN J, 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Thomas C, 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   TOLLIFSON J, 1997, STARING BACK DISABIL.
   VOYSEY M, 1975, CONSTANT BURDEN RECO.
   Watson N, 2002, DISABIL SOC, V17, P509, DOI 10.1080/09687590220148496.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{42}},
Times-Cited = {{28}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{12}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{757FM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000187550200003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000187550200008,
Author = {Aitchison, C},
Title = {{From leisure and disability to disability leisure: developing data,
   definitions and discourses}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{7}},
Pages = {{955-969}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Although both disability studies and leisure studies have grown to
   become influential subject fields in their own right, there has been
   little discursive exchange between the two fields. This article seeks to
   address these equally significant gaps in disability research within
   leisure studies and leisure research within disability studies.
   Empirical data examining the role of leisure in the lives of a group of
   young people with cerebral palsy are introduced to contextualise
   definitions and discourses of leisure and disability. The article
   demonstrates that, for many young disabled people, the role of leisure
   in tackling social exclusion remains within the realms of policy
   rhetoric, rather than everyday reality. The dissonance between these
   agendas and actualities is reviewed in relation to definitions and
   discourses of disability and leisure evident in wider social policies,
   and in relation to definitions, discourses and models of disability that
   remain dominant within leisure provision.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Aitchison, C (Reprint Author), Univ W England, Sch Geog \& Environm Management, Fac Built Environm, Frenchay Campus,Coldharbour Lane, Bristol BS16 1QY, Avon, England.
   Univ W England, Sch Geog \& Environm Management, Fac Built Environm, Bristol BS16 1QY, Avon, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759032000127353}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABLED PEOPLE}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY STUDIES P.
   Aitchison C., 1999, Leisure Studies, V18, P19, DOI 10.1080/026143699375032.
   Aitchison C., 2000, Annals of Leisure Research, V3, P1.
   Aitchison C., 2000, Leisure Studies, V19, P127, DOI 10.1080/02614360050023044.
   AITCHISON C, 2000, DISABILITY SOCIAL IN.
   Aitchison Cara, 2000, LEISURE TOURISM LAND.
   Aitchison Cara, 2003, GENDER LEISURE SOCIA.
   ARTHUR S, 1999, PHYS ACTIVITY OUR LI.
   BARNES C, 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES.
   Barton Len, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   Butler R., 1999, MIND BODY SPACES GEO.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Clarke J., 1985, DEVIL MAKES WORK LEI.
   Coalter F., 1998, Leisure Studies, V17, P21, DOI 10.1080/026143698375231.
   Coalter F, 1997, LEISURE SCI, V19, P255, DOI 10.1080/01490409709512254.
   COALTER FW, 1988, RECREATIONAL WELFARE.
   COWAN J, 1993, OLYMPIAN, V19, P23.
   CRATON S, 1992, SHAPING WOMANHOOD GE.
   CROUCH D, 1999, LEISURE TOURISM GEOG.
   Davis JM, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P191, DOI 10.1080/09687590025621.
   de Grazia S, 1962, TIME WORK LEISURE.
   Deem R, 1986, ALL WORK NO PLAY SOC.
   {*}DEP MED CULT SPOR, 1999, ARTS SPORTS REP SOC.
   DEPAUW KP, 1995, DISABILITY SPORT.
   FERRARA M, 1990, PARAPLEGIA, V4, P24.
   Fullagar S, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P441, DOI 10.1080/09687599826731.
   Gilroy S., 1989, Leisure Studies, V8, P163, DOI 10.1080/02614368900390161.
   Glasser R., 1970, LEISURE PENALTY PRIZ.
   Gleeson B., 1999, GEOGRAPHIES DISABILI.
   GOODALE T, 1989, EVOLUTION LEISURE HI.
   GREEN E, 1990, WOMENS LEISURE WHAT.
   Haywood L., 1989, UNDERSTANDING LEISUR.
   {*}HLTH ED AUTH, 1998, ACT LIF PROM PHYS AC.
   HOGG J, 1995, MAKING LEISURE PROVI.
   Hughes B, 2002, DISABIL SOC, V17, P571, DOI 10.1080/09687590220148531.
   Humphrey JC, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P63, DOI 10.1080/09687590025775.
   Imrie R, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P5, DOI 10.1080/09687590025748.
   JOHNSTON M, 1994, PSYCHOLOGIST     MAY, P205.
   KAPLAN M, 1960, LEISURE AM SOCIAL IN.
   Kitchin R, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P25, DOI 10.1080/09687590025757.
   Kitchin R, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P343, DOI 10.1080/09687599826678.
   Knight J., 1998, ACCESS DENIED DISABL.
   Lambe L., 1995, MAKING LEISURE PROVI.
   LEACH M, 1995, MAKING LEISURE PROVI.
   Llewellyn A, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P157, DOI 10.1080/09687590025829.
   {*}LOC GOV ASS, 1999, MAK CAS LEIS RES SPE.
   Moore M., 1998, RES DISABILITY ISSUE.
   MORRIS J, 1990, OUR HOMES OUR RIGHTS.
   {*}NAT COACH FDN, 1997, WORK DIS PEOPL.
   Oliver M., 1998, DISABLED PEOPLE SOCI.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   ROJEK C, 1997, TOURING CULTURES TRA.
   SANDERSON H, 1995, MAKING LEISURE PROVI.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.
   Stebbins R. A., 1997, Leisure Studies, V16, P17, DOI 10.1080/026143697375485.
   STEBBINS RA, 1992, AMATEURS PROFESSIONA.
   URRY John, 1995, CONSUMING PLACES.
   Urry John, 1990, TOURIST GAZE.
   WEISS M, 1986, SPORT DISABLED ATHLE.
   Wimbush E., 1988, RELATIVE FREEDOMS WO.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{60}},
Times-Cited = {{65}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{15}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{757FM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000187550200008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000186838900007,
Author = {Merrick, J and Drachman, R and Merrick, G and Morad, M},
Title = {{Children with disabilities in Israel}},
Journal = {{CHILDHOOD-A GLOBAL JOURNAL OF CHILD RESEARCH}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{10}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{498-507}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{Disability studies in childhood have found prevalence figures ranging
   from 1.1 to 56.7 per 1000 children, which can be seen as variations in
   definitions used and populations studied. Studies from Israel in 1983
   found a disability rate of 8.9 percent among 2- to 3-year-olds and 17.5
   percent among 7-year-olds. Another study conducted during 1995-8 found a
   total disability rate of 12.8 percent, but 3.6 percent had a handicap
   not affecting the functioning of the child, 0.8 percent had a temporary
   problem and 0.7 percent only received treatment periodically, leaving a
   total of 7.7 percent with a chronic disability. These findings are
   compared to studies from Scandinavia and from the US and it is concluded
   that the prevalence of disability in childhood in Israel is similar to
   these countries.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD}},
Address = {{6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Merrick, J (Reprint Author), Div Mental Retardat, POB 1260, IL-91012 Jerusalem, Israel.
   NICHHD, Jerusalem, Israel.
   Minist Labor \& Social Affairs, Jerusalem, Israel.
   Natl Insurance Inst, Jerusalem, Israel.
   Ben Gurion Univ Negev, IL-84105 Beer Sheva, Israel.}},
ISSN = {{0907-5682}},
Keywords = {{childhood; disability; Israel; prevalence}},
Keywords-Plus = {{NATIONAL SAMPLE; PREVALENCE}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Morad, Mohammed/I-3527-2013}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Morad, Mohammed/0000-0002-1598-0975}},
Cited-References = {{ABURBEH M, 2001, HLTH ISRAEL SELECTED.
   Aron L. Y., 1996, SERVING CHILDREN DIS.
   BENDEL J, 1989, ISRAEL J MED SCI, V25, P264.
   BENDEL J, 1987, MONOGRAPH, V2.
   Berntsson LT, 2001, EUR J PUBLIC HEALTH, V11, P35, DOI 10.1093/eurpub/11.1.35.
   GORTMAKER SL, 1984, PEDIATR CLIN N AM, V31, P3.
   KOHLER L, 1987, CLIN DEV MED, V98.
   KOHLER L, 1990, CHILDREN THEIR FAMIL.
   KRAUS L, 1996, {[}No title captured].
   MERRICK J, 2000, INT J ADOLESCENT MED, V12, P249.
   Naon D, 2000, RR35500 JDC BROOKD I.
   PALTI H, 1992, ISRAEL J MED SCI, V28, P435.
   Scal P, 1999, J ADOLESCENT HEALTH, V24, P259, DOI 10.1016/S1054-139X(98)00127-X.
   World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA.
   World Health Organization, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{15}},
Times-Cited = {{3}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Child.-Glob. J. Child Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{748AG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000186838900007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000185843500018,
Author = {Watson, N},
Title = {{Disability studies today}},
Journal = {{HEALTH \& SOCIAL CARE IN THE COMMUNITY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{11}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{550-551}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD}},
Address = {{9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Watson, N (Reprint Author), Univ Edinburgh, Sch Hlth, Edinburgh EH8 9YL, Midlothian, Scotland.
   Univ Edinburgh, Sch Hlth, Edinburgh EH8 9YL, Midlothian, Scotland.}},
ISSN = {{0966-0410}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Social Work}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Social Work}},
Cited-References = {{BARNES C, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES T.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Health Soc. Care Community}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{731GC}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000185843500018}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000186211900002,
Author = {Troia, GA and Whitney, SD},
Title = {{A close look at the efficacy of Fast ForWord Language for children with
   academic weaknesses}},
Journal = {{CONTEMPORARY EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{465-494}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{This study evaluated the efficacy of the computer-assisted intervention
   program known as Fast ForWord Language in a sample of children in grades
   1 through 6 referred for poor academic performance. Fast ForWord
   Language combines intensive training in multiple receptive language
   skills with adaptive acoustic waveform lengthening and amplification to
   remediate deficits in auditory temporal processing that are purported to
   be the root cause of developmental language disorders and many reading
   disabilities. Students in the treatment group were matched with students
   in a no-contact control group and all were assessed in four domains
   before and immediately after the 4-8 week intervention: (a) oral
   language competency; (b) phonological processing abilities; (c) basic
   reading skills; and (d) classroom behavior. Except for performance on a
   measure of expressive oral language, on which children in the treatment
   group achieved significantly greater gains than those in the control
   group, changes in test scores from pretest to posttest were equivalent
   for the two groups. However, when the lowest performing students in each
   group were compared, the children in the treatment group demonstrated
   superior gains in expressive oral language, syllable and sound blending,
   and reduction in problem behaviors. Thus, Fast ForWord Language had a
   positive, albeit limited impact on the oral language skills, academic
   performance, and social behaviors of some children in this study.
   However, due to methodological weaknesses and limited treatment
   fidelity, the study results must be interpreted cautiously. (C) 2003
   Elsevier Science (USA). All rights reserved.}},
Publisher = {{ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE}},
Address = {{525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Troia, GA (Reprint Author), Univ Washington, Area Special Educ, 102 Miller Hall,Box 353600, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
   Univ Washington, Area Special Educ, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/S0361-476X(02)00045-0}},
ISSN = {{0361-476X}},
EISSN = {{1090-2384}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING IMPAIRED CHILDREN; AUDITORY TEMPORAL PERCEPTION; ACOUSTICALLY
   MODIFIED SPEECH; DEVELOPMENTAL APHASIA; PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS;
   PROCESSING DEFICIT; POOR READERS; KINDERGARTEN-CHILDREN; PHONEMIC
   SEGMENTATION; READING DIFFICULTIES}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Educational}},
Author-Email = {{gtroia@u.washington.edu}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Troia, Gary/0000-0002-4827-5674}},
Cited-References = {{ACKERMAN PT, 1990, J LEARN DISABIL, V23, P325, DOI 10.1177/002221949002300514.
   ADAMS MJ, 1990, BEGINNING READ THIN.
   Adlard A, 1998, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V51, P153.
   BLACHMAN BA, 1984, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V76, P610, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.76.4.610.
   Brown L., 1997, TEST NONVERBAL INTEL.
   Carrow-Woolfolk E, 1995, ORAL WRITTEN LANGUAG.
   Cole KN, 1999, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V30, P61, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461.3001.61.
   CORNWALL A, 1992, J LEARN DISABIL, V25, P532, DOI 10.1177/002221949202500808.
   DEWEIRDT W, 1988, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V9, P163, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400006792.
   EDEN GF, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P451, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(13)80059-7.
   ELLIOTT LL, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P112, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3201.112.
   ELLIOTT LL, 1986, J ACOUST SOC AM, V80, P1250, DOI 10.1121/1.393819.
   ELLIOTT LL, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P467, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5304.467.
   Farmer ME, 1995, PSYCHON B REV, V2, P460, DOI 10.3758/BF03210983.
   Fey M. E., 1994, SPECIFIC LANGUAGE IM, P161.
   Gillam RB, 1999, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V30, P363, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461.3004.363.
   GODFREY JJ, 1981, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V32, P401, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(81)90105-3.
   Gresham F. M., 1990, SOCIAL SKILLS RATING.
   Habib M, 1999, BRAIN COGNITION, V40, P143.
   HELFGOTT JA, 1976, CONTEMP EDUC PSYCHOL, V1, P157, DOI 10.1016/0361-476X(76)90020-5.
   Hook PE, 2001, ANN DYSLEXIA, V51, P75.
   HURFORD DP, 1990, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V50, P396, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(90)90077-L.
   HURFORD DP, 1990, J LEARN DISABIL, V23, P564, DOI 10.1177/002221949002300906.
   KAMHI AG, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P337, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5104.337.
   Klein RM, 1995, PSYCHON B REV, V2, P515, DOI 10.3758/BF03210987.
   LEONARD LB, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P1076, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3505.1076.
   LOVEGROVE W, 1993, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V682, P57, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1993.tb22959.x.
   MANN VA, 1984, J LEARN DISABIL, V17, P592, DOI 10.1177/002221948401701005.
   McAnally KI, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P912, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4004.912.
   Merzenich MM, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P77, DOI 10.1126/science.271.5245.77.
   MERZENICH MM, 1993, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V682, P1.
   MERZENICH MM, 1995, MATURATIONAL WINDOWS, V22, P247.
   Mody M, 1997, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V64, P199, DOI 10.1006/jecp.1996.2343.
   Nagarajan S, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P6483, DOI 10.1073/pnas.96.11.6483.
   NYE C, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P348, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5204.348.
   REED MA, 1989, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V48, P270, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(89)90006-4.
   Rose SA, 1999, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V32, P256, DOI 10.1177/002221949903200307.
   Stark R. E., 1988, LANGUAGE SPEECH READ.
   Stark RE, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P676, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3904.676.
   StuddertKennedy M, 1995, PSYCHON B REV, V2, P508, DOI 10.3758/BF03210986.
   STUDDERTKENNEDY M, 1995, HASKINS LAB STATUS R, V119, P35.
   SUSSMAN JE, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P1286, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3606.1286.
   Swanson HL, 1998, REV EDUC RES, V68, P277, DOI 10.2307/1170599.
   TALLAL P, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P351, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2403.351.
   TALLAL P, 1973, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V11, P389, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90025-0.
   TALLAL P, 1980, BRAIN LANG, V9, P182, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(80)90139-X.
   Tallal P, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P81, DOI 10.1126/science.271.5245.81.
   TALLAL P, 1973, NATURE, V241, P468, DOI 10.1038/241468a0.
   Tallal P, 1997, FOUNDATIONS OF READING ACQUISITION AND DYSLEXIA, P49.
   TALLAL P, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P616, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3303.616.
   TALLAL P, 1984, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V5, P167, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400004963.
   TALLAL P, 1981, J ACOUST SOC AM, V69, P568, DOI 10.1121/1.385431.
   TALLAL P, 1975, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V13, P69, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(75)90049-4.
   TALLAL P, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P314, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90087-2.
   TALLAL P, 1974, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V12, P83, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(74)90030-X.
   TALLAL P, 1993, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V682, P27, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1993.tb22957.x.
   THIBODEAU LM, 1979, J PHONETICS, V7, P375, DOI 10.1016/S0095-4470(19)31071-X.
   TORGESEN JK, 1992, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V84, P364.
   TORGESEN JK, 1994, J LEARN DISABIL, V27, P276, DOI 10.1177/002221949402700503.
   TORGESEN JK, 1990, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V13, P236, DOI 10.2307/1510350.
   Troia GA, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P1099, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3905.1099.
   VEALE TK, 1999, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V30, P345.
   Waber DP, 2001, CHILD DEV, V72, P37, DOI 10.1111/1467-8624.00264.
   WAGNER RK, 1987, PSYCHOL BULL, V101, P192, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.101.2.192.
   WAGNER RK, 1999, COMPREHESIVE TEST PH.
   WERKER JF, 1987, CAN J PSYCHOL, V41, P48, DOI 10.1037/h0084150.
   WOLF M, 1991, READ RES QUART, V26, P123, DOI 10.2307/747978.
   WOLFF PH, 1984, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V22, P587, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(84)90023-X.
   Woodcock R., 1990, WOODCOCK JOHNSON PSY.
   YOPP HK, 1988, READ RES QUART, V23, P159, DOI 10.2307/747800.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{70}},
Times-Cited = {{29}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{15}},
Journal-ISO = {{Contemp. Educ. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{737CV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000186211900002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000188200400004,
Author = {Titchkosky, T},
Title = {{Governing embodiment: Technologies of constituting citizens with
   disabilities}},
Journal = {{CANADIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIOLOGY-CAHIERS CANADIENS DE SOCIOLOGIE}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{517-542}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Abstract = {{This paper examines the bio-medically informed discursive practices of
   the Canadian government that aim to make the phenomenon of embodied
   differences intelligible as conditions possessed by people who, with the
   correct programmatic support and the right attitude, can be integrated
   as particpatory ``citizens with disabilities.{''} Specifically, this
   paper examines In Unison documents (1998, 2000) produced by Federal/
   Provincial/ Territorial Ministers Responsible for Social Services. These
   documents claim to provide a ``blueprint{''} for the inclusion of
   disabled people. Employing a disability studies approach, the paper
   reveals that the Canadian governments' discourse on disability and
   inclusion is a technology by which individuals and populations are
   constituted as a problem, and is the mechanism through which collective
   relations to this ``problem of disability{''} are governed. Finally,
   this paper also shows how ``disability{''} has become a prime site for
   the constitution of the neo-liberal version of the individual - ``the
   abled-disabled{''} - whose participatory power is tied to an ability to
   conform to normal society.}},
Publisher = {{UNIV ALBERTA}},
Address = {{DEPT SOCIOLOGY, EDMONTON, ALBERTA T6G 2E1, CANADA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Titchkosky, T (Reprint Author), St Francis Xavier Univ, Antigonish, NS B2G 1C0, Canada.
   St Francis Xavier Univ, Antigonish, NS B2G 1C0, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/3341840}},
ISSN = {{0318-6431}},
Research-Areas = {{Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sociology}},
Author-Email = {{ttitchko@stfx.ca}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P79.
   Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Albrecht GL, 1992, DISABILITY BUSINESS.
   Balsamo A, 1996, TECHNOLOGIES GENDERE.
   BARNES C, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P111, DOI 10.1080/09687599550023769.
   Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   BARNES C, 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P66.
   Bauman Z, 2000, LIQUID MODERNITY.
   Bauman Z., 1990, THINKING SOCIOLOGICA.
   Bickenbach J. E., 1993, PHYS DISABILITY SOCI.
   Bordo S., 1993, UNBEARABLE WEIGHT FE.
   Braidotti R., 1997, WRITING BODY FEMALE, P59.
   Butler J., 1993, BODIES MATTER DISCUR.
   Canguilhem G., 1991, NORMAL PATHOLOGICAL.
   Corker M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Corker M., 2002, DISABILITY POSTMODER, P1.
   CORKER M, 1998, DEAF DISABLED DEAFNE.
   CORKER M, 2001, HYPATIA, V16, P34.
   CRAWFORD R, 1980, INT J HEALTH SERV, V10, P365, DOI 10.2190/3H2H-3XJN-3KAY-G9NY.
   Crichton A., 1998, DISABILITY SOCIAL PO.
   Davies John Booth, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P1.
   Davis J. Lennard., 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   Davis L. J., 2002, BENDING BACKWARDS DI.
   Enns Ruth, 1999, VOICE UNHEARD LATIME.
   {*}FED PROV TERR MIN, 1998, SP1331098E FED PROV.
   Federal Provincial Territorial Ministers Responsible for Social Services, 2000, UN 2000 PERS DIS CAN.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P28.
   Foucault M., 1988, TECHNOLOGIES SELF SE, P16, DOI DOI 10.1080/09518398.2013.786849.
   Foucault M., 1977, DISCIPLINE PUNISH BI.
   Foucault M., 1973, BIRTH CLIN ARCHAEOLO.
   Foucault Michel, 1978, HIST SEXUALITY, V1.
   Frank A. W., 1997, BODY SOC, V3, P103.
   Frank A. W., 1998, HEALTH, V2, P329, DOI DOI 10.1177/136345939800200304.
   Frank AW, 1998, HEALTH, V2, P233.
   GADACZ R, 1994, RETHINKING DISABILIT.
   Garfinkel H., 1967, STUDIES ETHNOMETHODO.
   Haraway D., 1991, SIMIANS CYBORGS WOME.
   Linton S., 1995, RADICAL TEACHER, V47, P4.
   Michalko R., 2002, DIFFERENCE DISABILIT.
   Michalko Rod, 1998, MYSTERY EYE SHADOW B.
   Mitchell David T., 1997, BODY PHYS DIFFERENCE, P1.
   Mitchell David T., 2000, NARRATIVE PROSTHESIS.
   Murphy R., 1987, BODY SILENT.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Overboe James, 1999, BODY SOC, V5, P17, DOI DOI 10.1177/1357034X99005004002.
   RAPP R, 1993, KNOLEDGE PRACTICE AN.
   Rose N, 1999, GOVERNING SOUL SHAPI.
   Shakespeare T., 1998, DISABILITY READER SO.
   Shildrick M., 1998, VITAL SIGNS FEMINIST.
   Silvers Anita, 1998, ENHANCING HUMAN TRAI, P95.
   Smith D. E., 1990, CONCEPTUAL PRACTICES.
   Smith D. E., 1999, WRITING SOCIAL CRITI.
   {*}STAT CAN, 1995, PORT PERS DIS TARG G.
   Stiker H., 1997, HIST DISABILITY.
   Thomas C., 1999, FEMALE FORMS EXPERIE.
   Titchkosky T, 2000, CAN J SOCIOL, V25, P197, DOI 10.2307/3341823.
   Titchkosky T, 2001, CAN REV SOC ANTHROP, V38, P125, DOI 10.1111/j.1755-618X.2001.tb00967.x.
   Titchkosky Tanya, 2003, DISABILITY SELF SOC.
   Treichler P. A, 1998, VISIBLE WOMAN IMAGIN.
   TREMAIN S, 2002, DISABILITY POSTMODER, P32.
   Turner V., 1985, EDGE BUSH ANTHR EXPE.
   Zola I. K, 1982, MISSING PIECES CHRON.
   1981, OBSTACLES.
   2000, FUTURE DIRRECTIONS A.
   2001, GOVT CANADA RESPONSE.
   2000, DISABILITY TAX CREDI.
   1996, EQUAL CITIZENSHIP CA.
   1995, ANN REPORT 1994 1995.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{69}},
Times-Cited = {{23}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{Can. J. Sociol.-Cahiers Can. Sociol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{764HA}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000188200400004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000186454800006,
Author = {Siebers, T},
Title = {{What can disability studies learn from the culture wars?}},
Journal = {{CULTURAL CRITIQUE}},
Year = {{2003}},
Number = {{55}},
Pages = {{182-216}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Publisher = {{UNIV MINNESOTA PRESS}},
Address = {{MILL PLACE, SUITE 290 111 THIRD AVE S, MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401-2520 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Siebers, T (Reprint Author), Univ Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA.
   Univ Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0882-4371}},
Keywords-Plus = {{BEAUTY}},
Research-Areas = {{Cultural Studies}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Cultural Studies}},
Cited-References = {{BARRY D, 1999, NYT MES         0316, pA1.
   BLUMENTHAL R, 1999, NY TIMES        1005, pB1.
   BURGDORF MP, 1975, SANTA CLARA L REV, V15, P855.
   CARDUCCI V, 1990, NEW ART EXAMINER JAN, V17, P64.
   Dowling William C., 1984, JAMESON ALTHUSSER MA.
   DUNLAP DW, 1997, NY TIMES        0601.
   ECO U, 1995, UTNE READER      NOV, V72, P57.
   FICHTEN CS, 1988, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V32, P22.
   Fine M., 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E.
   FREUD S, INHIBITIONS SYMPTOMS.
   FREUD S, 5 LECTURES PSYCHO-AN.
   FREUD S, PSYCHOPATHOLOGY EVER.
   GINGRICH N, 1995, TIME            0821, P70.
   GOLSAN R, 1995, UTNE READER      NOV, V72, P60.
   GOODNOUGH A, 1999, NY TIMES        0924, pB6.
   HURT C, 1998, DETROIT NEWS    0918, pC6.
   IMRIE R, 1969, DISABILITY CITY INT.
   Jameson Fredric, 1981, POLITICAL UNCONSCIOU.
   KLECK R, 1966, HUM RELAT, V19, P425, DOI 10.1177/001872676601900406.
   KNIPFEL J, 1999, SLACK JAW MEMOIR.
   KNOX PL, 1987, PROG HUM GEOG, V11, P354, DOI 10.1177/030913258701100303.
   LACAYO R, 1990, TIME            0604, P48.
   LIFCHEZ R, 1987, {[}No title captured].
   Marks D., 1999, DISABILITY CONTROVER.
   McFadden Robert D., 1999, NY TIMES, pA1.
   MUMFORD L, 1983, CULTURE CITIES.
   NEWMAN H, 1998, DETROIT FREE PR 0918, pA13.
   RAYMAN G, 1999, NEWSDAY         1217, pA3.
   Rothfield L., 2001, UNSETTLING SENSATION.
   Siebers T, 1998, PHILOS LITERATURE, V22, P31.
   Siebers T, 2002, MICH QUART REV, V41, P223.
   SIEBERS T, 1998, SUBJECT OTHER SUBJEC.
   SIEBERS T, 2000, PHILOS LIT         1, V24, P69.
   STILLER J, 1984, CURRENT TOPICS REHAB, P1.
   SUHR J, 2000, ANN ARBOR NEWS  0503, pB6.
   Sullivan Louis H., 1979, KINDERGARTEN CHATS O.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   Whitfield Jenenne, 2000, SO Q               1, V39, P187.
   WILL G, 2001, ANN ARBOR NEW   0222, pA11.
   YOLLES S, 1989, ARTNEWS          OCT, P27.
   Zizek Slavoj, 1989, SUBLIME OBJECT IDEOL.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{12}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Cult. Crit.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{741JK}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000186454800006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000186095200006,
Author = {Nickerson, AB and Brosof, AM},
Title = {{Identifying skills and behaviors for successful inclusion of students
   with emotional or behavioral disorders}},
Journal = {{BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{401-409}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{Despite an increasing shift toward full inclusion of all students with
   disabilities, students with emotional or behavioral disorders (E/BD)
   remain in segregated placements and experience less successful outcomes
   in general education than do students in other disability categories.
   Special education teachers completed the Scales for Predicting
   Successful Inclusion (SPSI) and the Devereux Behavior Rating
   Scale-School Form (DBRS-SF) for 89 students with E/BD. Information about
   each student's level on the school's behavior management program was
   also collected. Compared to normative scoring samples, the students with
   E/BD exhibited severe skill deficits and moderate levels of emotional
   and behavioral disturbance. The SPSI and the DBRS-SF were inversely
   correlated, and the SPSI and behavioral levels were positively
   correlated. The SPSI successfully distinguished between students with
   severe emotional and behavioral problems and those with less severe
   behaviors. Results highlight the importance of teaching nonacademic
   skills necessary for inclusion to students with E/BD, using multiple
   measures to determine placement, and programming for inclusion in a
   systematic manner.}},
Publisher = {{COUNCIL CHILDREN BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS}},
Address = {{1110 NORTH GLEBE RD, ARLINGTON, VA 22201-5704 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Nickerson, AB (Reprint Author), SUNY Albany, Dept Sch Psychol, Albany, NY 12222 USA.
   SUNY Albany, Dept Sch Psychol, Albany, NY 12222 USA.
   Devereux Day Sch, Downington, PA USA.}},
ISSN = {{0198-7429}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISTURBANCE; EDUCATION}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Clinical; Education, Special; Psychology, Educational}},
Cited-References = {{CHENEY D, 1995, J EMOT BEHAV DISORD, V3, P174, DOI 10.1177/106342669500300307.
   CULLINAN D, 2001, J CHILD FAMILY STUDI, V10, P449.
   DENNY RK, 1992, BEHAV DISORDERS, V18, P33.
   DOWNING JA, 1990, BEHAV DISORDERS, V15, P217.
   FAD KS, 1993, REM SPEC EDUC, V14, P25, DOI 10.1177/074193259301400105.
   FORNESS SR, 1992, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V21, P12.
   FUCHS D, 1991, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V16, P133.
   GILLESPIE D, 2001, 14 MENTAL MEASUREMEN, P1066.
   Gilliam J. E., 1997, SCALES PREDICTING SU.
   Glassberg L. A., 1994, BEHAV DISORDERS, V19, P181.
   Gresham F. M., 1988, J PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL, V6, P225.
   KNOFF HM, 1985, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V22, P410, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(198510)22:4<410::AID-PITS2310220410>3.0.CO;2-S.
   LANDRUM TJ, 1992, EXCEPTIONALITY, V3, P147.
   Lewis T. J., 1994, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V19, P277.
   LEWIS TJ, 1993, MONOGRAPH INCLUSION, V1, P11.
   MacMillan DL, 1996, BEHAV DISORDERS, V21, P145.
   MANDUCHI JR, 2001, 14 MENTAL MEASUREMEN, P1068.
   MARTIN KF, 1995, BEHAV DISORDERS, V20, P106.
   Meadows N. B., 1994, BEHAV DISORDERS, V19, P170.
   NAGLIERI JA, 1993, DEVEREUX BEHAV RATIN.
   Nickerson AB, 2001, J PSYCHOEDUC ASSESS, V19, P299, DOI 10.1177/073428290101900401.
   PRICE JP, 1993, MONOGRAPH INCLUSION, V1, P25.
   Reddy LA, 2001, BEHAV THER, V32, P667, DOI 10.1016/S0005-7894(01)80015-0.
   ROCK EE, 1995, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V61, P254.
   Smith SR, 2002, J PSYCHOEDUC ASSESS, V20, P112, DOI 10.1177/073428290202000201.
   Walker H. M., 1983, SCH PSYCHOL REV, V12, P274.
   Worth S, 2000, J PSYCHOEDUC ASSESS, V18, P394, DOI 10.1177/073428290001800411.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{27}},
Times-Cited = {{12}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{6}},
Journal-ISO = {{Behav. Disord.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{735CQ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000186095200006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000184071900001,
Author = {Harris, J},
Title = {{`All doors are closed to us': a social model analysis of the experiences
   of disabled refugees and asylum seekers in Britain}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{395-410}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{In this article we undertake a social model analysis of the experiences
   of disabled refugees and asylum seekers, who are among the most socially
   and economically disadvantaged members of society in the UK today. The
   statuses of disability, refugee and minority ethnic group are each
   linked to discrimination and oppression (Oliver, M. (1990) The Politics
   of Disablement (London, Macmillan Press); Robinson, V. (1999) Journal of
   Refugee Studies, 12(1), pp. 78-87; Vernon, A. (1996) in: J. Morris (Ed.)
   Disability Studies: past, present and future (London, Womens Press), yet
   little consideration has been paid to the particular cumulative
   constellation of oppressions experienced by disabled refugees and asylum
   seekers.
   In this article, several models are presented that demonstrate that
   disabled refugees and asylum seekers experience barriers to health and
   safety in their country of origin, such as impairment-creation through
   torture and war. Once in the UK barriers to social services, benefits
   and social contact prove similarly insurmountable.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Harris, J (Reprint Author), Univ York, Social Policy Res Unit, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England.
   Univ York, Social Policy Res Unit, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759032000080968}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{COMMUNITY CARE; PEOPLE; DISABILITY; SERVICES; ACCESS}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Ahmad W, 1996, RACE COMMUNITY CARE.
   Ahmad W. I. U., 2000, ETHNICITY DISABILITY, P1.
   Ali Z, 2001, DISABIL SOC, V16, P949, DOI 10.1080/09687590120097845.
   Begum N., 1994, REFLECTIONS VIEWS BL.
   Blackman T, 1998, SOC POLICY ADMIN, V32, P182, DOI 10.1111/1467-9515.00096.
   Boylan E., 1991, WOMEN DISABILITY.
   CHESSON RA, 1992, BRIT J GEN PRACT, V42, P473.
   CORDEN A, 1995, CHANGING PERSPECTIVE.
   DATTA S, 2000, DISABILITY RIGHTS B, P14.
   DAVIS V, 2000, DISABILITY RIGHTS B, P15.
   {*}DEP HLTH, 1998, MOD SOC SERV PROM IN.
   {*}DIS ALL, 1999, DIS RIGHTS HDB.
   Harris J, 2001, DISABIL SOC, V16, P969, DOI 10.1080/09687590120097854.
   {*}HOM OFF, 1999, CONS PAP INT REC REF.
   Home Office, 2002, SEC BORD SAF HAV INT.
   {*}LOND RES CTR, 1999, POPULATION ADVICE NO, V98, P3.
   MORI E, 1998, DISABILITY RIGHTS B, P14.
   Roberts K., 2002, DISABLED PEOPLE REFU.
   ROBERTS K, 1999, DISABILITY RIGHTS B, P16.
   ROBERTS K, 1998, 9 U YORK SOC POL RES.
   ROBINSON V, 1999, J REFUGEE STUDIES, V12, P78.
   Robinson V, 1998, J REFUG STUD, V11, P146, DOI DOI 10.1093/JRS/11.2.146.
   Rummery K, 1999, HEALTH SOC CARE COMM, V7, P296.
   SHAH R, 1999, SUMMARY REPORT DEV W.
   Stuart O., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P177, DOI DOI 10.1080/0267464.
   VALIOS N, 1997, COMMUNITY CARE, V1164, P1.
   VAUX G, 1998, COMMUNITY CARE, V1219, P29.
   VERNON A., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P, P255.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{28}},
Times-Cited = {{17}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{13}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{699TK}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000184071900001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000183037200005,
Author = {Cook, JA},
Title = {{Depression, disability, and rehabilitation services for women}},
Journal = {{PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{27}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{121-129}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Note = {{Seminar on Women and Depression, QUEENSTOWN, MD, OCT 05-07, 2000}},
Abstract = {{The purpose of this paper is to review scientific evidence for the
   co-occurrence of major depressive illness and disability, and to examine
   this phenomenon specifically for women in the United States today.
   Following a discussion of different ways of operationalizing the concept
   of disability, the analysis addresses gender biases in disability
   measurement as well as in recent research on depression and functional
   impairment. Next, the results of research regarding co-occurrence of
   disability and depression are reviewed, highlighting those studies
   focused specifically on women. Turning to research on rehabilitation
   services for those with psychiatric disabilities, studies suggest that
   service delivery models fail to address needs specific to women with
   mental illness in general, as well as those women experiencing severe
   depression. Thus, the analysis concludes with a series of suggestions
   and future directions for investigators seeking to better understand the
   linkages between depression, disability, and rehabilitation services for
   women.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD}},
Address = {{1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Cook, JA (Reprint Author), Univ Illinois, Dept Psychiat, Mental Hlth Serv Res Program, 104 S Michigan Ave,Suite 900, Chicago, IL 60603 USA.
   Univ Illinois, Dept Psychiat, Mental Hlth Serv Res Program, Chicago, IL 60603 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/1471-6402.00092}},
ISSN = {{0361-6843}},
EISSN = {{1471-6402}},
Keywords-Plus = {{GENDER-DIFFERENCES; SOCIAL-ADJUSTMENT; SEX-DIFFERENCES; HEALTH-CARE;
   EMPLOYMENT; SYMPTOMS; PSYCHOPATHOLOGY; SCHIZOPHRENIA; SEVERITY; CAPACITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Women's Studies}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Multidisciplinary; Women's Studies}},
Author-Email = {{cook@ripco.com}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Cook, Judith/B-9107-2013}},
Cited-References = {{Agosti V, 1999, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V52, P251, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0327(98)00041-X.
   {*}AM PSYCH ASS, 1987, STAT MAN MENT DIS.
   American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   ANTHONY WA, 1984, AM PSYCHOL, V39, P537, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.39.5.537.
   Armenian HK, 1998, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V148, P269.
   Baker D, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V49, P121, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00104-5.
   BECK AT, 1974, {[}No title captured], P151.
   BOND GR, 1995, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V40, P75.
   BROADHEAD WE, 1990, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V264, P2524, DOI 10.1001/jama.264.19.2524.
   BROMBERGER JT, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P202, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.2.202.
   BROWN GW, 1978, SOCIAL ORIGINS DEPRE.
   Bruce ML, 1999, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V7, P8.
   BRUCE ML, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P1796, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.11.1796.
   Chambler AFW, 2001, J SHOULDER ELB SURG, V10, P383, DOI 10.1067/mse.2001.113500.
   Cook J A, 1996, New Dir Ment Health Serv, P33.
   Cook JA, 1996, PSYCHIAT ANN, V26, P97, DOI 10.3928/0048-5713-19960201-11.
   COOK JA, 1994, J MENT HEALTH ADMIN, V21, P361, DOI 10.1007/BF02521355.
   Cook JA, 2000, SCHIZOPHRENIA BULL, V26, P87, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.schbul.a033448.
   COOK JA, 2000, J CALIFORNIA ALLIANC, V11, P35.
   COOK JA, 1999, {[}No title captured], V10, P127.
   COOK JA, 1994, AM REHABILITATION, V20, P2.
   DANEK MM, 1985, J APPLIED REHABILITA, V16, P16.
   DINCIN J, 1982, HOSP COMMUNITY PSYCH, V33, P645.
   ENDICOTT J, 1976, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V33, P766.
   Frank RG, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P71, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.5.71.
   {*}GAO, 1996, HEHS96126 GAO.
   Glied S., 1995, WOMEN MENTAL HLTH IS.
   GNIWESCH L, 1999, DISS ABSTR INT B, V60.
   HAWK AB, 1975, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V32, P343.
   HOLSTEIN AR, 1992, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V62, P469, DOI 10.1037/h0079349.
   KATON W, 1990, Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, V51, P3.
   Kessler RC, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P163, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.5.163.
   KESSLER RC, 1993, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V29, P85, DOI 10.1016/0165-0327(93)90026-G.
   Klonoff EA, 2000, PSYCHOL WOMEN QUART, V24, P93, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-6402.2000.tb01025.x.
   Kornstein SG, 1995, PSYCHOPHARMACOL BULL, V31, P711.
   Kouzis AC, 2000, PSYCHIATR SERV, V51, P908, DOI 10.1176/appi.ps.51.7.908.
   LAWTON MP, 1969, GERONTOLOGIST, V9, P179, DOI 10.1093/geront/9.3\_Part\_1.179.
   LESH K, 1984, J APPLIED REHABILITA, V15, P18.
   LYNESS JM, 1993, AM J PSYCHIAT, V150, P910.
   MINTZ J, 1992, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V49, P761.
   MORGADO A, 1991, J NERV MENT DIS, V179, P614, DOI 10.1097/00005053-199110000-00005.
   MOSHER LR, 1978, HOSP COMMUNITY PSYCH, V29, P715.
   MOWBRAY CT, 1995, J MENT HEALTH ADMIN, V22, P189, DOI 10.1007/BF02518758.
   Murray C. J. L., 1996, GLOBAL BURDEN DIS CO.
   Noble JH, 1998, PSYCHIATR SERV, V49, P775, DOI 10.1176/ps.49.6.775.
   Ormel J, 1999, PSYCHOL MED, V29, P847, DOI 10.1017/S0033291799008600.
   RADLOFF L, 1975, SEX ROLES, V1, P249.
   RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306.
   RAZZANO L, 1994, J APPL REHABILITATIO, V25, P22.
   Reid J, 1999, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V54, pS329, DOI 10.1093/geronb/54B.6.S329.
   ROBINS LN, 1991, PSYCHIAT DISORDERS A.
   SCHOOLER N, 1979, RESOURCE MAT COMMUNI, P34.
   SOLOMON P, 1993, SOC WORK HEALTH CARE, V19, P39, DOI 10.1300/J010v19n01\_03.
   STACE S, 1987, INT LABOUR REV, V126, P301.
   Steffens DC, 1999, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V7, P34.
   STEWART AL, 1988, MED CARE, V26, P724, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198807000-00007.
   STONEMAN Z, 1989, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V59, P105, DOI 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1989.tb01639.x.
   THURER SL, 1982, REHABIL LIT, V43, P194.
   WEISSMAN MM, 1993, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V29, P77, DOI 10.1016/0165-0327(93)90025-F.
   WEISSMAN MM, 1976, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V33, P1111.
   WEISSMAN MM, 1987, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V44, P847.
   WEISSMAN MM, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P799, DOI 10.1126/science.7638596.
   Wells KB, 1999, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V56, P897, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.56.10.897.
   WELLS KB, 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V262, P914, DOI 10.1001/jama.262.7.914.
   {*}WHO, 1989, MNHNAT895 WHO.
   WIERSMA D, 1988, INT J REHABIL RES, V11, P213, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198809000-00001.
   ZURAVIN SJ, 1989, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V59, P377, DOI 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1989.tb01673.x.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{67}},
Times-Cited = {{10}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Psychol. Women Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{681LG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000183037200005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000222242500003,
Author = {Smith, VM},
Title = {{``You have to learn who comes with the disability{''}: Students'
   reflections on service learning experiences with peers labeled with
   disabilities}},
Journal = {{RESEARCH AND PRACTICE FOR PERSONS WITH SEVERE DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{79-90}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Abstract = {{Service learning is the integration of community-based student projects
   into the formal curriculum of a school or course of study. This
   qualitative, descriptive study presents understandings about disability
   issues that seven undergraduates constructed through participation in a
   semester-long service learning class. Paired with same-aged peers with
   disabilities for 2 hr/week, students shared campus-based classroom,
   work, and social experiences. In-depth interviews and examination of
   reflective journals revealed that students used their experiences to
   question prior notions of the nature of relationships with people with
   disabilities, of the meaning and uses of disability labels, and of the
   perceptions about and place of people with disabilities in society.
   Results support previous literature highlighting the benefits of
   real-life experience, framed by constructivist and reflective teaching
   practices, in developing and reinforcing critical thinking skills.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Smith, VM (Reprint Author), Syracuse Univ, Sch Educ, 370 Huntington Hall, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA.
   Syracuse Univ, Sch Educ, Syracuse, NY 13244 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.2511/rpsd.28.2.79}},
ISSN = {{1540-7969}},
EISSN = {{2169-2408}},
Keywords = {{inclusive education; teacher preparation; attitudes; relationships;
   post-secondary education}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Author-Email = {{vmsmit02@syr.edu}},
Cited-References = {{Berger P, 1966, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION.
   BIKEN D, 1992, SCH WITHOUT LABETS.
   Bogdan R., 1994, SOCIAL MEANING MENTA.
   BOGDAN R, 1998, QUSL TRD RF.
   Boyle-Baise M., 2000, MICHIGAN J COMMUNITY, V7, P54.
   CURRAN JM, 1998, ED443314 ERIC.
   CURRAN JM, 1998, ED433740 ERIC.
   Edens K. M., 2000, ACTION TEACHER ED, V22, P14, DOI DOI 10.1080/01626620.2000.10463035.
   Giles D. E., 1994, MICHIGAN J COMMUNITY, V1, P77.
   Glaser B., 1967, DISCOVERY GROUNDED T.
   Goode D. A., 1992, INTERPRETING DISABIL, P197.
   Guber P, 1988, RAIN MAN.
   JONES KH, 1996, WRITING CASE STUDIES.
   Kvale S., 1995, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V1, P19, DOI DOI 10.1177/107780049500100103.
   LUTFIYYA Z, 1990, AFFECTIONATE BONDS W.
   Marullo S, 1998, TEACH SOCIOL, V26, P259, DOI 10.2307/1318767.
   MIETTINEN R., 2000, INT J LIFELONG ED, V19, P54, DOI DOI 10.1080/026013700293458.
   Munby H., 1998, TEACH EDUC SPEC EDUC, V21, P75.
   Myers-Lipton SJ, 1998, TEACH SOCIOL, V26, P243, DOI 10.2307/1318766.
   Norlander-Case K., 1998, PROFESSIONAL ED, V21, P1.
   OBRIEN J, 1993, UNLIKELY ALLIANCES F.
   POTHOFF DE, 2000, ACTION TEACHER ED, V22, P79.
   REBER CK, 1995, ED390825 ERIC.
   Rice K. L., 1998, J EXPT ED, V21, P140.
   SEROW RC, 1996, J RES DEV EDUC, V29, P222.
   SKILTONSYLVESTE.E, 2000, MICHIGAN J COMMUNITY, V3, P65.
   Stachowski LL, 1998, THEOR PRACT, V37, P155, DOI 10.1080/00405849809543799.
   Stake R.E., 1995, ART CASE STUDY RES.
   Strauss Anselm, 1990, BASICS QUALITATIVE R.
   SZEPKOUSKI GM, 1997, ED406335 ERIC.
   Taylor S.J., 1989, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V4.
   Tisch S., 1994, FORREST GUMP.
   Van der Klift E., 1994, CREATIVITY COLLABORA.
   Warren K., 1998, J EXPT ED, V21, P134.
   Windschitl M, 1999, PHI DELTA KAPPAN, V80, P751.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{35}},
Times-Cited = {{11}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Res. Pract. Pers. Sev. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{832BP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000222242500003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000184071600002,
Author = {Wan, N},
Title = {{`Orange in a world of apples': the voices of albinism}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{277-296}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Abstract = {{Albinism is a rare genetic condition that affects the pigmentation of
   the retina, hair and skin. Consequently, people with albinism world-wide
   experience the stigma and negative repercussions of an unconventional
   physical appearance, as well as a visual impairment. The medical
   literature has focused extensively on the genetics of albinism amongst
   animals, but it has been relatively under-studied and ignored in
   sociology. People with albinism have rarely had the opportunity to tell
   their stories; to tell their sorrows and their triumphs. This paper
   attempts to remedy this failure in social science.
   In-depth interviews were conducted with seven women and five men, living
   in various countries globally. The study is framed around Erving
   Goffman's theory of stigma and `spoiled identity', as well as the more
   recent Disability Studies that stresses `the normals' as being the
   `identity spoilers' or the `problem'. The participants revealed
   victimisation from various sources including students, teachers,
   employers, colleagues, strangers and the medical profession. Focus is
   placed on the strategies that respondents have devised in coping with
   these adversities. The results identify eight principal methods of
   reaction and response to the discrimination against people with
   albinism.
   These eight different strategies of resistance to the stigmatisation of
   albinism are essential elements of personal change and even, possibly,
   social change. This paper quotes respondents' own words. Such
   methodology offers the chance for people with albinism to voice their
   experiences, and for us researchers to listen and learn.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Wan, N (Reprint Author), 575 Lucien LAllier 503, Montreal, PQ H3C 4L3, Canada.
   Douglas Hosp, Res Ctr, Verdun, PQ H4H 1R3, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759032000052860}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ABBERLEY P, 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P5.
   BERSCHEID E, 1972, PSYCHOL TODAY, V5, P42.
   Bogdan R., 1994, SOCIAL MEANING MENTA.
   Brendtro L., 1990, RECLAIMING YOUTH RIS.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   Guidotti Rick, 1998, LIFE MAGAZINE    JUN, P65.
   HARRIS P, 1998, INTRO DISABILITY STU.
   MCNEIL DG, 1997, NY TIMES        0209, P146.
   MONAGHAN P, 1998, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0123, P44.
   MURPHY R, 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P140.
   {*}NAT ORG ALB HYP, 2000, WHAT IS ALB.
   Rapp SR, 2001, BRIT J DERMATOL, V145, P610, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2133.2001.04444.x.
   Rioux MH, 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME, P1.
   Sontag Susan, 1979, ILLNESS METAPHOR.
   Synnott A., 1993, BODY SOCIAL SYMBOLIS.
   THOMSON RG, 1998, ADE B, V31, P49.
   Webster A., 1998, CHILDREN VISUAL IMPA.
   WITKOP CJ, 1975, NAT HIST, V84, P48.
   Woodill G., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME, P201.
   ZINHUMWE T, 1996, INTER PRESS SER 1126.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{20}},
Times-Cited = {{13}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{14}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{699TG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000184071600002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000184071600003,
Author = {Mclaughlin, J},
Title = {{Screening Networks: shared agendas in feminist and disability movement
   challenges to antenatal screening and abortion}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{297-310}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Abstract = {{This paper identifies common ground in feminist and disability movement
   concerns with the social and ethical implications of antenatal screening
   and abortion. By examining the frameworks used by particular authors
   within each area, I argue that they both can and do have a shared
   agenda, which is focused on the social values that are embedded in
   antenatal screening and promote abortion as the obvious choice to the
   diagnosis of a congenital condition. It is important to develop some
   kind of shared agenda in order to construct theoretical and
   methodological approaches, which pay equal attention to pregnant women (
   disabled and non-disabled) and disabled people. To aid the development
   of such an agenda I draw on Actor Network Theory ( ANT), which focuses
   on analysing the role of sociotechnical networks in securing particular
   social values and moral worlds. The issue for both disability studies
   and feminism is what kind of screening networks produce moral worlds
   that promote abortion, shape women's choices and express discrimination
   against disabled people?}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Mclaughlin, J (Reprint Author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Sch Geog Polit \& Sociol, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne \& Wear, England.
   Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Sch Geog Polit \& Sociol, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE1 7RU, Tyne \& Wear, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759032000052879}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{PRENATAL-DIAGNOSIS; TECHNOLOGY; GENETICISTS; POLITICS; GENDER; RIGHTS;
   STATE; CARE}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{McLaughlin, Janice/0000-0002-0652-5225}},
Cited-References = {{Akrich M., 1992, SHAPING TECHNOLOGY B.
   Asch A, 1999, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V89, P1649, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.89.11.1649.
   Asch A., 2000, PRENATAL TESTING DIS.
   Baily M.A., 2000, PRENATAL TESTING DIS.
   Berg A.-J., 1994, BRINGING TECHNOLOGY.
   Bewley S, 1994, ETHICS OBSTET GYNAEC.
   Bijker W. E., 1992, SHAPING TECHNOLOGY B.
   Brookes A, 2001, HEALTH CARE ANAL, V9, P133, DOI 10.1023/A:1011369917884.
   BROWN W, 1992, FEMINIST STUD, V18, P7, DOI 10.2307/3178212.
   Callon M., 1986, MAPPING DYNAMICS SCI.
   Faulkner W, 2000, SCI TECHNOL HUM VAL, V25, P87, DOI 10.1177/016224390002500104.
   Fawcett B., 2000, FEMINIST PERSPECTIVE.
   Gill R, 1995, GENDER TECHNOLOGY RE.
   GREEN J, 1995, BRIT MED J, V309, P769.
   HARDING S, 1991, WHOSE SCI WHOSE KNOW.
   Harris R, 1999, BRIT J OBSTET GYNAEC, V106, P658, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-0528.1999.tb08364.x.
   Hubbard Ruth, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R.
   Jennings B., 2000, PRENATAL TESTING DIS.
   Kallianes V, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P203, DOI 10.1080/09687599727335.
   Lane B, 2001, BRIT MED J, V322, P22, DOI 10.1136/bmj.322.7277.22.
   LATOUR B, 1996, ARAMIS LOVE TECHNOLO.
   Law J., 1991, SOCIOLOGY MONSTERS.
   Law J, 1987, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION.
   Law John, 1991, SOCIOLOGY MONSTERS.
   Lohan M, 2000, SOC STUD SCI, V30, P895, DOI 10.1177/030631200030006003.
   MARTEAU T, 1994, J MED GENET, V31, P864, DOI 10.1136/jmg.31.11.864.
   McLaughlin J, 1999, VALUING TECHNOLOGY O.
   MORRIS J, 1993, {[}No title captured], V43, P57.
   ORMROD S, 1995, GENDER TECHNOLOGY RE.
   Phillips Anne, 1993, DEMOCRACY DIFFERENCE.
   PRESS N, 2000, PRENATAL TESTING DIS.
   Rapp R, 1998, SCI TECHNOL HUM VAL, V23, P45, DOI 10.1177/016224399802300103.
   Rapp R., 1999, TESTING WOMEN TESTIN.
   Reynolds TM, 2000, J CLIN PATHOL, V53, P893, DOI 10.1136/jcp.53.12.893.
   Rudy K, 1999, WOMEN POLIT, V20, P33, DOI 10.1300/J014v20n02\_03.
   SAETNAN AR, 1997, GENDERED PRACTICES F.
   Saxton Marsha, 2000, PRENATAL TESTING DIS.
   SCHOTT J, 1996, BRIT J MIDWIFERY, V4, P346.
   Shakespeare T, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P665, DOI 10.1080/09687599826452.
   Sharp K, 2002, DISABIL SOC, V17, P137, DOI 10.1080/09687590120122297.
   Sheldon A, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P643, DOI 10.1080/09687599925993.
   Shildrick M., 1997, LEAKY BODIES BOUNDAR.
   Silva EB, 2000, SOCIOL REV, V48, P612, DOI 10.1111/1467-954X.00235.
   Thomas C., 1999, FEMALE FORMS EXPERIE.
   Wajcman J, 2000, SOC STUD SCI, V30, P447, DOI 10.1177/030631200030003005.
   Willis E, 1998, J SOCIOL, V34, P170, DOI 10.1177/144078339803400205.
   WINNER L, 1993, SCI TECHNOL HUM VAL, V18, P362, DOI 10.1177/016224399301800306.
   WOOLGAR S, 1991, {[}No title captured].
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{49}},
Times-Cited = {{11}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{6}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{699TG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000184071600003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000184071600008,
Author = {Titchkosky, T},
Title = {{Handbook of disability studies}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{373-377}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Titchkosky, T (Reprint Author), St Francis Xavier Univ, Dept Sociol \& Anthropol, POB 5000, Antigonish, NS B2G 2W5, Canada.
   St Francis Xavier Univ, Dept Sociol \& Anthropol, Antigonish, NS B2G 2W5, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759032000116012}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Albrecht G., 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{699TG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000184071600008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000184071600009,
Author = {Abberley, P},
Title = {{Handbook of disability studies}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{378-380}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Abberley, P (Reprint Author), 1 Rewlea Cottages,Rew Rd, Ashburton TQ13 7EL, Devon, England.}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Albrecht G., 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{699TG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000184071600009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000183786200005,
Author = {Olkin, R and Pledger, C},
Title = {{Can disability studies and psychology join hands?}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGIST}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{58}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{296-304}},
Month = {{APR}},
Abstract = {{Although the-field of disabilities studies incorporates psychology
   within its interdisciplinary purview, it embodies a distinct perspective
   consonant with the new paradigm of disability. This perspective is
   contrasted with that of psychology, and the place of disability within
   psychology is examined. Although psychology has begun to embrace
   diversity, disability has remained marginalized. Four areas are
   presented in this article: (a) the foundational ideas of disability
   studies, (b) training in disability within psychology, (c) the paradigms
   of disability, reflected in research on disability, and (d) future
   research directions.}},
Publisher = {{AMER PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Olkin, R (Reprint Author), 300 Citrus Circle,Suite 120, Walnut Creek, CA 94598 USA.
   Natl Inst Disabil \& Rehabil Res, Washington, DC USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1037/0003-066X.58.4.296}},
ISSN = {{0003-066X}},
EISSN = {{1935-990X}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SPINAL-CORD INJURY; DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH; AMERICAN-INDIANS;
   ASIAN-AMERICANS; REHABILITATION; PERSPECTIVES; FAMILIES; CHILDREN;
   DEPRESSION; SERVICES}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Multidisciplinary}},
Author-Email = {{rolkin@ispwest.com}},
Cited-References = {{ASBURY CA, 1994, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V39, P113, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.39.2.113.
   ASBURY CA, 1992, DISABILITY PREVALENC.
   ASCH A, 1984, AM PSYCHOL, V39, P529, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.39.5.529.
   Bae SW, 2000, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V70, P532, DOI 10.1037/h0087789.
   BALCAZAR FE, 2001, J PREVENTION INTERVE, V21, P53.
   Barton L., 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P53.
   Belgrave F. Z., 1998, PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS.
   Bluestone HH, 1996, PROF PSYCHOL-RES PR, V27, P394, DOI 10.1037/0735-7028.27.4.394.
   Bolton B, 1998, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V43, P131, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.43.2.131.
   Choi KH, 2000, COMMUNITY MENT HLT J, V36, P589, DOI 10.1023/A:1001934202450.
   Conley-Jung C, 2001, J VISUAL IMPAIR BLIN, V95, P14.
   Crewe N M, 1992, J Am Paraplegia Soc, V15, P14.
   CREWE NM, 1990, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V35, P205, DOI 10.1037/h0079064.
   CREWE NM, 1988, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V69, P435.
   CREWE NM, 1993, REPRODUCTIVE ISSUES FOR PERSONS WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES, P141.
   CREWE NM, 1979, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V60, P253.
   Fine M., 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E.
   Finkelhor D, 1984, CHILD SEXUAL ABUSE N.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P28.
   Hajat A, 2000, HLTH OUTCOMES HISPAN, V310.
   HALSTEAD L, 1998, MANAGING POST POLIO.
   HANNA WJ, 1991, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V6, P49, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649166780041.
   HARPER DC, 1991, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V16, P533, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/16.5.533.
   Heinrich RK, 1996, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V41, P131, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.41.2.131.
   Hogben M, 1997, TEACH PSYCHOL, V24, P95, DOI 10.1207/s15328023top2402\_3.
   Hwang Karen, 1997, P119.
   Ino SM, 1999, SMITH COLL STUD SOC, V69, P525, DOI 10.1080/00377319909517572.
   Jarama S L, 1998, Cult Divers Ment Health, V4, P115.
   Jones B, 2001, IMECHE SEM, V2001, P1.
   KAHN AS, 1984, AM PSYCHOL, V39, P516, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.39.5.516.
   KELLEY SDM, 1992, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V36, P98.
   Kemp NT, 1996, PROF PSYCHOL-RES PR, V27, P378, DOI 10.1037/0735-7028.27.4.378.
   Kennedy P, 1999, SPINAL CORD, V37, P847, DOI 10.1038/sj.sc.3100932.
   KERR N, 1994, J SOC BEHAV PERS, V9, P99.
   Kewman Donald, 1997, P355.
   Kirshbaum M, 2002, SEX DISABIL, V20, P65, DOI 10.1023/A:1015286421368.
   Kirshbaum M, 1988, ZERO 3, V8, P8.
   Krause JS, 1999, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V44, P354, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.44.4.354.
   Krause JS, 2000, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V81, P924, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2000.5618.
   KRENTS E, 1987, VOLTA REV, V89, P78.
   LEAHY MJ, 1989, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V32, P346.
   LEAHY MJ, 1990, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V33, P315.
   LEAHY MJ, 1988, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V32, P161.
   LEAHY MJ, 1992, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V35, P253.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   MARSHALL CA, 2001, REHAB ED, V16, P103.
   MCNEIL JM, 1993, P7033 US DEP COMM BU.
   MCNEIL JM, 1997, P7061 US DEP COMM BU.
   Milligan MS, 1998, SEX DISABIL, V16, P117, DOI 10.1023/A:1023080009783.
   Morgan S. R., 1987, ABUSE NEGLECT HANDIC.
   {*}NATL I DIS REH RE, 2001, RES EXCHANGE, V6, P2.
   {*}NATL I DIS REH RE, 1999, NIDRR LONG RANG PLAN.
   Nosek Margaret A., 1997, P577.
   O'Toole C.J., 1993, PERSPECTIVES DISABIL, P261.
   Olkin R, 1997, WOMEN THER, V20, P29, DOI 10.1300/J015v20n02\_03.
   Olkin R, 1999, WHAT PSYCHOTHERAPIST.
   OLKIN R, 1995, SOMETIMES YOU JUST W, P37.
   OLKIN R, 2002, J MULTICULT COUNS D, V8, P130.
   OLKIN R, 1997, NEWSLETTER AM FAMILY, V67, P27.
   OLKIN R, 2000, US DEP ED NAT I DIS.
   PARKIN EK, 2001, REHAB ED, V15, P375.
   PRESTON P, 1998, KEEPING OUR FAMILIES.
   Richardson S A, 1976, Birth Defects Orig Artic Ser, V12, P15.
   ROGERS J, 1991, MOTHER BE GUIDE PREG.
   ROLLAND J, 1994, FAMILIES ILLNESS DIS.
   Saetermoe CL, 2001, PSYCHOL HEALTH, V16, P699, DOI 10.1080/08870440108405868.
   Schatz U, 1998, IIC-INT REV IND PROP, V29, P2.
   Serafica FC, 1999, APPL PREV PSYCHOL, V8, P143, DOI 10.1016/S0962-1849(99)80005-5.
   Shah R, 1997, CHILD CARE HLTH DEV, V23, P41, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2214.1997.836836.x.
   Smart JF, 1997, J REHABIL, V63, P9.
   SMART JF, 1992, J REHABIL, V58, P29.
   SMART JF, 1993, REHABILITATION ED, V7, P167.
   Sobsey D., 1994, VIOLENCE ABUSE LIVES.
   TATE D, 1994, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V73, P175, DOI 10.1097/00002060-199406000-00006.
   Tseng W -S., 1997, CULTURE PSYCHOPATHOL.
   TULEJA C, 1999, TECHNOLOGY DISABILIT, V10, P1.
   WESTBROOK MT, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P615, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90058-C.
   WESTBROOK MT, 1993, J APPL REHAB COUNSEL, V24, P35.
   Yezierski RP, 1996, PAIN, V68, P185, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3959(96)03178-8.
   ZIRPOLI TJ, 1986, REM SPEC EDUC, V7, P39.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{80}},
Times-Cited = {{83}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{694QV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000183786200005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000189113600005,
Author = {Moss, J},
Title = {{Inclusive schooling policy: An educational detective story?}},
Journal = {{AUSTRALIAN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCHER}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{30}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{63-81}},
Month = {{APR}},
Abstract = {{Since the publication of the Salamanca statement (UNESCO 1994),
   inclusive schooling has formed a growing part of the deliberations of
   the special education community. Inclusive schooling research in
   Australia in the main continues to reproduce traditions of the special
   education field, emphasising the dominant psychological perspectives
   that have been superimposed on inclusive education discourses. At the
   fifth International Congress of Special Education (ISEC 2000) held in
   Manchester, `the death knell of the concept of special education' (ISEC
   2000) was announced. The concept proposed by Mike Oliver, Professor of
   Disability Studies at the University of Greenwich, asserts an end to
   understandings of diversity dependent on medical, psychological and
   charity-based discourses. From a recent study of inclusive schooling
   policy, and drawing from poststructuralist methodology, I suggest an
   approach to research, policy development and practice that questions
   traditionalist theorising in the special education field. Reflecting on
   the implementation of the Inclusion of Students with Disabilities Policy
   (DECCD 1995) in the Tasmanian government school system, I outline my
   alignment with Oliver's view and highlight how questions of epistemology
   and reconstructions of research methodologies are central to rethinking
   understandings of difference. I also illustrate a methodological
   orientation that offers possibilities for a different science to take
   place, thereby understanding diversity as multiple and contradictory-and
   beyond the single `detective story' (Gough 1998) of the medical,
   psychological and charity-based discourses that circulate in schools as
   the populist conceptions of `inclusion'.}},
Publisher = {{SPRINGER}},
Address = {{VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Moss, J (Reprint Author), Univ Melbourne, Dept Learning \& Educ Dev, CTAL Unit, Parkville, Vic 3010, Australia.
   Univ Melbourne, Dept Learning \& Educ Dev, CTAL Unit, Parkville, Vic 3010, Australia.
   Univ Tasmania, Hobart, Tas 7001, Australia.}},
DOI = {{10.1007/BF03216781}},
ISSN = {{0311-6999}},
EISSN = {{2210-5328}},
Keywords-Plus = {{POLITICS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Author-Email = {{j.moss@unimelb.edu.au}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Moss, Julianne/0000-0002-3086-0066}},
Cited-References = {{{*}ABS, 1997, AUSTR WOM YB.
   Ainscow M., 1999, UNDERSTANDING DEV IN.
   ALLAN J, 1999, ACTIVELY SEEKING INC.
   APPLE M, 1995, CONTINUITY CONTRADIC.
   ARONOWITZ S, 1993, POSTMODERN ED.
   Bach H, 1998, VISUAL NARRATIVE CUR.
   BALL S, 1994, ED REFORM CRITICAL P.
   Ball S. J., 1998, SCH EFFECTIVENESS WH.
   BARTOLOME LI, 1994, HARVARD EDUC REV, V64, P173, DOI 10.17763/haer.64.2.58q5m5744t325730.
   BARTON L, 1997, {[}No title captured], V1, P231, DOI DOI 10.1080/1360311970010301.
   BEARD B, 1980, FASHIONS LOOM HANDCL.
   BEAVIS C, 2000, AUSTR ED RES, V27, pR1.
   Blackmore J, 1996, J CURRICULUM STUD, V28, P253, DOI 10.1080/0022027980280302.
   BLACKMORE J, 2000, AUSTR ED RES, V27, pR1.
   Brantlinger E, 1997, REV EDUC RES, V67, P425, DOI 10.2307/1170517.
   CENTER Y, 1997, AUSTRALASIAN J SPECI, V21, P45.
   CHARD DJ, 2000, AUSTRALASIAN J SPECI, V24, P32.
   CHERRYHOLMES CH, 1987, J CURRICULUM STUD, V19, P295, DOI 10.1080/0022027870190402.
   Clarke C., 1997, NEW DIRECTIONS SPECI.
   Clough P., 2000, THEORIES INCLUSIVE E.
   COMBER B, 2000, AUSTR ED RES, V27, P79, DOI DOI 10.1007/BF03219732.
   Connell R.W., 1995, MASCULINITIES.
   CONNELL RW, 1994, HARVARD EDUC REV, V64, P125, DOI 10.17763/haer.64.2.m14947g30k1x5781.
   CORBETT J, 1993, OXFORD REV EDUC, V19, P547, DOI 10.1080/0305498930190409.
   CORBETT J, 1996, BAD MOUTHING LANGUAG.
   Corbett J., 2000, INCLUSIVE ED POLICY.
   {*}DECCD, 1995, INCL STUD DIS POL.
   {*}DEETYA, 1997, WOM WORK.
   Dyson A., 1997, BRIT J SPECIAL ED, V24, P152.
   FEARNLEYSANDER M, 2002, ANN M AM ED RES ASS.
   Foucault M., 1984, FOUCAULT READER INTR.
   FULCHER G, 1989, DISABLING POLICIES C.
   GOUGH N, 1998, CURRICULUM NEW IDENT.
   Haraway Donna J., 1997, MODEST WITNESS 2 MIL.
   {*}ISEC, 2000, NEWSL MANCH U, V1.
   Lather P, 1996, HARVARD EDUC REV, V66, P525, DOI 10.17763/haer.66.3.6qxv1p081102560g.
   Lather P., 1991, FEMINIST RES ED.
   Lather P, 1997, TROUBLING ANGELS WOM.
   Lather P., 1991, GETTING SMART FEMINI.
   LATHER P, 1996, ANN M AM ED RES ASS.
   Lingard B., 2000, AUSTR ED RES, V27, P99.
   LUKE A, 1995, CONTINUITY CONTRADIC.
   Manning P. K., 1995, REPRESENTATION ETHNO.
   {*}MCEETYA, 1994, NAT STRAT EQ SCH.
   Meyen E. I., 1995, SPECIAL ED STUDENT D.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Prosser J., 1998, IMAGE BASED RES.
   REID J, 2001, ANN C BRIT ED RES AS.
   RheddingJones J, 1996, BRIT J SOCIOL EDUC, V17, P21, DOI 10.1080/0142569960170102.
   RIZVI F, 1996, DISABILITY ED DISCOU.
   SEIDMAN S, 1995, CONTESTED KNOWLEDGE.
   SKRTIC TM, 1991, HARVARD EDUC REV, V61, P148, DOI 10.17763/haer.61.2.0q702751580h0617.
   SLEE R, 1997, AUSTR ASS RES ED BRI.
   Slee R., 1996, CAMB J EDUC, V26, P19, DOI DOI 10.1080/0305764960260102.
   Slee R., 1998, THEORISING SPECIAL E.
   SLEE R, 1998, SCH EFFECTIVENESS WH.
   Taylor S., 1997, DISCOURSE, V18, P23, DOI DOI 10.1080/0159630970180102.
   THOMAS G, 2001, DECONSTRUCTING SPECI.
   UNESCO, 1994, SAL STAT FRAM ACT SP.
   WALKER R, 1998, IMAGE BASED RES.
   Ware L., 1999, INCLUSIVE ED INT VOI.
   Weiner G., 1994, AUSTR ED RES, V21, P63.
   YEATMAN A, 1994, POSTMODERN REVISIONI.
   YEATMAN A, 1995, JUSTICE IDENTITY ANT.
   Young I. M., 1995, JUSTICE IDENTITY ANT.
   YOUNG IM, 1990, THROWING LIKE GIRL O.
   Young Iris Marion, 1990, FEMINISM POSTMODERNI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{67}},
Times-Cited = {{16}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{Aust. Educ. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{776JV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000189113600005}},
OA = {{Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000181562900006,
Author = {Dube, WV and McIlvane, WJ and Mazzitelli, K and McNamara, B},
Title = {{Reinforcer rate effects and behavioral momentum in individuals with
   developmental disabilities}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL ON MENTAL RETARDATION}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{108}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{134-143}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{Behavioral momentum theory states that behavioral resistance to change
   is positively related to reinforcer rate and independent of response
   rate under most circumstances. We examined behavioral momentum in humans
   with developmental disabilities. The experimental procedures were
   implemented as a computer game. Different rates of positive
   reinforcement were programmed in two alternating components signaled by
   distinctive cues. For 10 participants who successfully completed
   testing, resistance to disruption by an alternate source of
   reinforcement was greater in the component with the higher reinforcer
   rate, although the magnitude of the difference varied among individuals.
   These results confirm reinforcer rate effects consistent with behavioral
   momentum under laboratory conditions and with the largest number of
   human beings with developmental disabilities studied to date.}},
Publisher = {{AMER ASSOC MENTAL RETARDATION}},
Address = {{444 N CAPITOL ST, NW, STE 846, WASHINGTON, DC 20001-1512 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Dube, WV (Reprint Author), Univ Massachusetts, Sch Med, Shriver Ctr, Psychol Sci Div, 200 Trapelo Rd, Waltham, MA 02452 USA.
   Univ Massachusetts, Sch Med, Shriver Ctr, Psychol Sci Div, Waltham, MA 02452 USA.
   New England Ctr Children, Southborough, MA USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1352/0895-8017(2003)108<0134:RREABM>2.0.CO;2}},
ISSN = {{0895-8017}},
Keywords-Plus = {{STIMULUS-CONTROL TOPOGRAPHIES; MENTAL-RETARDATION; RESPONSE RATE;
   RESISTANCE; SCHEDULES; CONTINGENCIES}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NICHD NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH Eunice Kennedy
   Shriver National Institute of Child Health \& Human Development (NICHD)
   {[}HD33802, R01 HD033802]}},
Cited-References = {{Ardoin SP, 1999, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V32, P339, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1999.32-339.
   Branch MN, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P92, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00242404.
   Cohen SL, 1998, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V69, P29, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1998.69-29.
   Dube W. V., 2000, EXPT ANAL HUMAN BEHA, V18, P6.
   Dube WV, 2002, AM J MENT RETARD, V107, P136, DOI 10.1352/0895-8017(2002)107<0136:QAOSTR>2.0.CO;2.
   Dube WV, 2002, PSYCHOL REC, V52, P405, DOI 10.1007/BF03395194.
   Dube WV, 2001, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V75, P15, DOI 10.1901/jeab.2001.75-15.
   DUBE WV, 1996, ADV PSYCHOL, P197.
   FLESHLER M, 1962, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V5, P529, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1962.5-529.
   Mace FC, 1996, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V29, P557, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1996.29-557.
   MACE FC, 1990, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V54, P163, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1990.54-163.
   Mace FC, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P105, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00372405.
   McIlvane WJ, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P109, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00412409.
   McIlvane WJ, 2002, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V77, P189, DOI 10.1901/jeab.2002.77-189.
   MCILVANE WJ, 2000, EXPT APPL ANAL HUMAN, P85.
   NEVIN JA, 1981, J EXP PSYCHOL ANIM B, V7, P278, DOI 10.1037/0097-7403.7.3.278.
   Nevin JA, 2000, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V23, P73, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00002405.
   NEVIN JA, 1974, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V21, P389, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1974.21-389.
   NEVIN JA, 1992, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V57, P301, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1992.57-301.
   Nevin JA, 1996, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V29, P535, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1996.29-535.
   NEVIN JA, 1990, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V53, P359, DOI 10.1901/jeab.1990.53-359.
   Nevin JA, 2001, J EXP ANAL BEHAV, V76, P43, DOI 10.1901/jeab.2001.76-43.
   NEVIN JA, 1997, HDB LEARNING BEHAV T, P230.
   Plaud JJ, 1996, BEHAV MODIF, V20, P183, DOI 10.1177/01454455960202003.
   Strand PS, 2000, CLIN PSYCHOL REV, V20, P593, DOI 10.1016/S0272-7358(99)00010-0.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{25}},
Times-Cited = {{20}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Ment. Retard.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{655QA}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000181562900006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000183140800006,
Author = {Hughes, B},
Title = {{Handbook of disability studies.}},
Journal = {{SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH \& ILLNESS}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{25}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{260-261}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL PUBL LTD}},
Address = {{108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hughes, B (Reprint Author), Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.
   Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/1467-9566.03341}},
ISSN = {{0141-9889}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Biomedical Social
   Sciences; Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Social Sciences,
   Biomedical; Sociology}},
Cited-References = {{Albrecht G., 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sociol. Health Ill.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{683GV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000183140800006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000181892100001,
Author = {McRuer, R and Wilkerson, AL},
Title = {{Desiring disability: Queer theory meets disability studies -
   Introduction}},
Journal = {{GLQ-A JOURNAL OF LESBIAN AND GAY STUDIES}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{1-2}},
Pages = {{1-23}},
Publisher = {{DUKE UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{905 W MAIN ST, STE 18-B, DURHAM, NC 27701 USA}},
Type = {{Editorial Material}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{McRuer, R (Reprint Author), George Washington Univ, Washington, DC 20052 USA.
   George Washington Univ, Washington, DC 20052 USA.
   George Washington Univ, Writing Program, Washington, DC 20052 USA.
   George Washington Univ, Womens Studies Program, Washington, DC 20052 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1215/10642684-9-1-2-1}},
ISSN = {{1064-2684}},
Research-Areas = {{Arts \& Humanities - Other Topics; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Humanities, Multidisciplinary; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ABELSON MB, 2002, LOS ANGELES TIM 0105, P16.
   Adams Rachel, 2001, SIDESHOW USA FREAKS, P186.
   Aguilera RJ, 2000, SEX DISABIL, V18, P255, DOI 10.1023/A:1005694210483.
   ALCALDE A, 2002, ARGENTINA INDYM 0321.
   ANDERSON B, 1991, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES, pD2.
   BEDFELLOWS D, 1996, POLICING PUBLIC SEX.
   BELLO W, 2002, ZNET DAILY COMM 0131.
   BRAVERMAN H, 1998, LABOR MONOPOLY CAPIT, P59.
   BROWNWORTH VA, 2000, COMING OUT CANC WRIT.
   BUMILLER E, 2001, NY TIMES        1205, pB7.
   Chang Grace, 2000, DISPOSABLE DOMESTICS, P123.
   Charlton JI, 2000, NOTHING US US DISABI.
   Chasin Alexandra., 2000, SELLING OUT GAY LESB.
   CHINN SE, 1993, MINN REV, V40, P138.
   CLARE E, 1999, EXILE PRIDE DISABILI, P106.
   Clarke Eric O, 2000, VIRTUOUS VICE HOMOER.
   Crimp D., 1990, AIDS DEMO GRAPHICS.
   DANAHER K, 2000, GLOBALIZE THIS BATTL.
   Delany Samuel, 1999, TIMES SQUARE RED TIM.
   DUGGAN L, 1995, SEX WARS ESSAYS SEXU, P5.
   Duggan L, 2002, MAT DEMOCRACY REVITA, P176.
   Dunn K., 1989, GEEK LOVE.
   ERVIN M, 2001, MILWAUKEE J SEN 1016, pA11.
   Fee Elizabeth, 1992, AIDS MAKING CHRONIC.
   Feinberg David B, 1994, QUEER LOATHING RANTS.
   FELDMANS K, 2002, BEARING WITNESS MOUR.
   Fisher Gary, 1996, GARY YOUR POCKET STO.
   Fleischer D. A., 2001, DISABILITY RIGHTS MO.
   Foucault Michel, 1997, ETHICS SUBJECTIVITY, V1, P281.
   Gill C. J., 1994, RAGGED EDGE DISABILI, P42.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   HAMILL P, 2001, NEW YORK DAILY  1015, P18.
   HARDING J, 2002, FINANCIAL TIMES 0202, P9.
   HU W, 2001, NY TIMES        1007.
   KIM J, 2001, ANOTHER WORLD POSSIB.
   KIM JY, 2000, DYING GROWTH GLOBAL.
   KLEIN N, 2002, GUARDIAN        0328, P23.
   LANDLER M, 2002, NY TIMES        0117, pA16.
   Lefebvre H, 1991, PRODUCTION SPACE.
   Linton S, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY, P12.
   Lorde A., 1980, CANC J.
   MARCUSE H, 1969, ESSAY LIBERATION.
   Marx Karl, 1978, MARX ENGELS READER, P73.
   MASSARO G, 2001, ROCKY MOUNTAIN  1123, pA40.
   McRuer R., 2002, IMAGINE NATION AM CO, P215.
   MCRUER R, 2003, THINKING LIMITS BODY.
   McRuer Robert, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES E, P88.
   MITCHELL DT, 2000, NARRATIVE PROSTHESIS, P2.
   MONETTE P, 1988, BORROWED TIME AIDS M.
   Morse Rob, 2001, SAN FRANCISCO C 1207, pA.
   Nielsen Kim, 2001, NEW DISABILITY HIST, P268.
   Panzarino Connie, 1994, ME MIRROR.
   PERL P, 2002, WASHINGTON POST 0512, pW32.
   PUCKETT J, 1999, WHEN TRADE TOXIC WTO.
   RHONE N, 2001, NY NEWSDAY      0922, pA42.
   Rofes E, 2001, GLQ-J LESBIAN GAY ST, V7, P101, DOI 10.1215/10642684-7-1-101.
   ROMAN D, 1998, ACTA INTERVENTION PE, P278.
   SALISBURY M, 2001, SAN DIEGO UNION 1028, pE2.
   SANDERS D, 1991, HEALTH POLICY PLANN, V6, P157, DOI 10.1093/heapol/6.2.157.
   Sarton, 1988, STROKE J.
   SCHULMAN S, 1998, STAGESTRUCK THEATER, P19.
   SCHULMAN S, 1994, MY AM HIST LESBIAN G, P277.
   Shapiro JP, 1993, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   STEYN M, 2001, SPECTATOR       0915, P10.
   SZEMAN I, 2002, REV ED PEDAGOGY CULT, V24, P1.
   TEMBE FM, 2001, DISABILITY WORLD, P11.
   TREMAIN S, 1996, PUSHING LIMITS DISAB.
   WARNER M, 1993, FEAR QUEER PLANET QU, pR16.
   Warner Michael, 1999, TROUBLE NORMAL SEX P, P149.
   Welton Neva, 2001, GLOBAL UPRISING CONF.
   WENDELL S, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P267.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   Wilkerson A. L., 1998, DIAGNOSIS DIFFERENCE.
   Wilkerson Abby L, 2002, NWSA J, V14, P33, DOI DOI 10.2979/NWS.2002.14.3.33.
   WILKERSON AL, IN PRESS RECOGNITION.
   WOJNAROWICZ D, 1991, CLOSE KNIVES MEMOIR, P50.
   WRIGHT T, 1997, OUT PLACE HOMELESS M, P101.
   YOUNG A, 1992, OUT CLOSETS VOICES G, P29.
   2001, WASHINGTON POST 0710, pB1.
   2002, 1 INT QUEER DIS C SA.
   2001, SYDNEY MORNING  0914.
   2001, CNN NEWS        0201.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{82}},
Times-Cited = {{41}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{GLQ-J. Lesbian Gay Stud.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{661LM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000181892100001}},
OA = {{Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000181320100004,
Author = {Macia, F and Ballan, G and Yekhlef, F and Delmer, O and Vital, C and
   Lagueny, A and Tison, F},
Title = {{Progressive supranuclear palsy: a clinical, natural history and
   disability study}},
Journal = {{REVUE NEUROLOGIQUE}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{159}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{31-42}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Abstract = {{We studied the clinical features, the natural history and disability in
   47 progressive supranuclear palsy patients and brain imaging aspects by
   routinely performed MRI in a subgroup of 25. Unexplained falls together
   with atypical parkinsonism, (symmetric, levodopa unresponsive without
   resting tremor) are good clinical pointers of the early diagnosis, since
   they occured within the first year. Cognitive slowness and unspecific
   visual complains are also early symptoms, while usual cardinal signs
   such as supranuclear palsy are more delayed. Blepharospasm and eyelid
   opening apraxia as well as deep sighs are also quite characteristic
   clinical features (113 of cases). Cardinal signs (falls, pseudobutbar
   signs, supranuclear gaze palsy) worsened rapidily (20 to 30 months)
   towards a major disability. In the 20 patients deceased during
   follow-up, the mean survival time was about 5 years. The MRI study
   showed typical cortical fronto-temporo-parietal atrophy, mesencephalic
   and quadrigeminal plate atrophy with third ventrical dilatation. In
   conclusion, unexplained falls associated with atypical parkinsonism, are
   contributive for the early clinical diagnosis. Non specific visual
   complains could be useful pointers in the absence of supranuclear
   ophtalmoplegia. MRI contributes to the clinical diagnosis even in the
   first 3 years of the disease course.}},
Publisher = {{MASSON EDITEUR}},
Address = {{21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{French}},
Affiliation = {{Tison, F (Reprint Author), CHU Bordeaux, Hop Haut Leveque, GH Sud, Serv Neurol, Ave Magellan, F-33064 Pessac, France.
   CHU Bordeaux, Hop Haut Leveque, GH Sud, Serv Neurol, F-33064 Pessac, France.
   CHU Bordeaux, Hop Pellegrin, Serv Neuroradiol, F-33064 Pessac, France.
   CHU Bordeaux, Hop Pellegrin, Serv Anatomopathol, F-33064 Pessac, France.}},
ISSN = {{0035-3787}},
EISSN = {{2213-0004}},
Keywords-Plus = {{STEELE-RICHARDSON-OLSZEWSKI; MULTIPLE SYSTEM ATROPHY;
   DISEASE-RATING-SCALE; CONFIRMED PARKINSONIAN DISORDERS; NINDS
   NEUROPATHOLOGIC CRITERIA; POSITRON EMISSION TOMOGRAPHY; CORTICOBASAL
   DEGENERATION; TAU-GENE; DIAGNOSIS; MOTOR}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology}},
Author-Email = {{ftison@neuro.u-bordeaux2.fr}},
Cited-References = {{ARAMIDEH M, 1994, MOVEMENT DISORD, V9, P395, DOI 10.1002/mds.870090404.
   Ballan G, 1998, REV NEUROL, V154, P224.
   Barclay CL, 1997, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V62, P352, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.62.4.352.
   Barclay CL, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V52, P879, DOI 10.1212/WNL.52.4.879.
   Bergeron C, 1997, J NEUROPATH EXP NEUR, V56, P726.
   BHATT MH, 1991, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V48, P389, DOI 10.1001/archneur.1991.00530160057013.
   Bisdorff AR, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V66, P447, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.66.4.447.
   Bower JH, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V49, P1284, DOI 10.1212/WNL.49.5.1284.
   BROOKS DJ, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V31, P184, DOI 10.1002/ana.410310209.
   Buee L, 1999, BRAIN PATHOL, V9, P681.
   CAMBIER J, 1985, REV NEUROL, V141, P528.
   COLLINS SJ, 1995, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V58, P167, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.58.2.167.
   Conrad C, 1997, ANN NEUROL, V41, P277, DOI 10.1002/ana.410410222.
   Cubo E, 2000, MOVEMENT DISORD, V15, P276, DOI 10.1002/1531-8257(200003)15:2<276::AID-MDS1010>3.0.CO;2-Q.
   DANIEL SE, 1995, BRAIN, V118, P759, DOI 10.1093/brain/118.3.759.
   DAVIS PH, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V17, P337, DOI 10.1002/ana.410170406.
   DEBRUIN VMS, 1994, MOVEMENT DISORD, V9, P381, DOI 10.1002/mds.870090402.
   DeBruin VS, 1996, POSTGRAD MED J, V72, P293, DOI 10.1136/pgmj.72.847.293.
   DESTEE A, 1990, REV NEUROL, V146, P12.
   DEYEBENES JG, 1995, BRAIN, V118, P1095, DOI 10.1093/brain/118.5.1095.
   DRAYER BP, 1986, RADIOLOGY, V159, P493, DOI 10.1148/radiology.159.2.3961182.
   DUBAS F, 1983, REV NEUROL, V139, P407.
   Dubois B, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1621, DOI 10.1212/WNL.55.11.1621.
   Esmonde T, 1996, J NEUROL, V243, P638, DOI 10.1007/BF00878659.
   FENELON G, 1993, REV NEUROL, V149, P30.
   GEARING M, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P1015, DOI 10.1212/WNL.44.6.1015.
   GOLBE LI, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P1031, DOI 10.1212/WNL.38.7.1031.
   Golbe LI, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V48, P5132.
   HAUW JJ, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P2015, DOI 10.1212/WNL.44.11.2015.
   Higgins JJ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1364, DOI 10.1212/WNL.55.9.1364.
   Ikeda K, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V54, P1878, DOI 10.1212/WNL.54.9.1878.
   Ilgin N, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V52, P1221, DOI 10.1212/WNL.52.6.1221.
   JANKOVIC J, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1237, DOI 10.1212/WNL.33.9.1237.
   JANKOVIC J, 1990, ADV NEUROL, V53, P293.
   JELLINGER K, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P540, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.4.540.
   JUNCOS JL, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P25, DOI 10.1212/WNL.41.1.25.
   Kimber J, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P1422, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.7.1422.
   KLUIN KJ, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P563, DOI 10.1212/WNL.43.3\_Part\_1.563.
   Kluin KJ, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P265, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.2.265.
   KOLLER WC, 1989, CLIN NEUROPHARMACOL, V12, P98.
   Kraft E, 1999, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V56, P225, DOI 10.1001/archneur.56.2.225.
   KRISTENSEN MO, 1985, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V71, P177.
   LEGER JM, 1987, REV NEUROL, V143, P140.
   Litvan I, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V48, P1654, DOI 10.1212/WNL.48.6.1654.
   Litvan I, 1997, NEUROLOGY, V48, P119, DOI 10.1212/WNL.48.1.119.
   Litvan I, 1996, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V60, P615, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.60.6.615.
   Litvan I, 1996, J NEUROPATH EXP NEUR, V55, P97, DOI 10.1097/00005072-199601000-00010.
   Litvan I, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1, DOI 10.1212/WNL.47.1.1.
   Macia F, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P1024, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.6.1024-a.
   MAHER ER, 1986, NEUROLOGY, V36, P1005, DOI 10.1212/WNL.36.7.1005.
   MENZA MA, 1995, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V36, P550, DOI 10.1016/S0033-3182(95)71610-3.
   Muller J, 2001, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V58, P259, DOI 10.1001/archneur.58.2.259.
   Pastor P, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P263, DOI 10.1002/1531-8249(20010201)49:2<263::AID-ANA50>3.0.CO;2-K.
   PFAFFENBACH DD, 1972, AM J OPHTHALMOL, V74, P1179, DOI 10.1016/0002-9394(72)90740-4.
   PILLON B, 1991, NEUROLOGY, V41, P634, DOI 10.1212/WNL.41.5.634.
   QUINN N, 1995, BRIT MED J, V310, P447, DOI 10.1136/bmj.310.6977.447.
   RAFAL RD, 1992, PROGR SUPRANUCLEAR P, P203.
   RASCOL O, 1991, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V54, P599, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.54.7.599.
   Rivaud-Pechoux S, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V54, P1029, DOI 10.1212/WNL.54.5.1029.
   RIVEST J, 1990, NEUROLOGY, V40, P1571, DOI 10.1212/WNL.40.10.1571.
   Rojo A, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P1233, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.7.1233.
   ROYEN EV, 1997, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V50, P513.
   RUBERG M, 1985, ANN NEUROL, V18, P523, DOI 10.1002/ana.410180503.
   Santacruz P, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V50, P1637, DOI 10.1212/WNL.50.6.1637.
   SAVOIARDO M, 1994, J NEURAL TRANSM-SUPP, P93.
   Scaravilli T, 2000, ANN NEUROL, V48, P97.
   Schrag A, 1999, LANCET, V354, P1771, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(99)04137-9.
   Schrag A, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V54, P697, DOI 10.1212/WNL.54.3.697.
   Shinotoh H, 1999, ANN NEUROL, V46, P62.
   Soliveri P, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P502, DOI 10.1212/WNL.53.3.502.
   Stanford PM, 2000, BRAIN, V123, P880, DOI 10.1093/brain/123.5.880.
   Stebbins GT, 1999, MOVEMENT DISORD, V14, P585, DOI 10.1002/1531-8257(199907)14:4<585::AID-MDS1006>3.0.CO;2-3.
   Stebbins GT, 1998, MOVEMENT DISORD, V13, P633, DOI 10.1002/mds.870130404.
   STEELE JC, 1964, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V10, P333, DOI 10.1001/archneur.1964.00460160003001.
   Tison F, 2000, MOVEMENT DISORD, V15, P1148, DOI 10.1002/1531-8257(200011)15:6<1148::AID-MDS1014>3.0.CO;2-6.
   Tison F, 2000, REV NEUROL, V156, P711.
   TOLOSA E, 1995, EUR J NEUROL, V2, P259, DOI 10.1111/j.1468-1331.1995.tb00129.x.
   VALLDEORIOLA F, 1995, MOVEMENT DISORD, V10, P550, DOI 10.1002/mds.870100504.
   VallsSole J, 1997, BRAIN, V120, P1877, DOI 10.1093/brain/120.10.1877.
   Verny M, 1996, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V91, P427, DOI 10.1007/s004010050446.
   Verny M, 1999, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V155, P15.
   VICTOROFF J, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P2267, DOI 10.1212/WNL.44.12.2267.
   VIDAILHET M, 1992, BRAIN, V115, P1181, DOI 10.1093/brain/115.4.1181.
   VIDAILHET M, 1999, ADV NEUROL, V69, P399.
   Vymazal J, 1999, RADIOLOGY, V211, P489, DOI 10.1148/radiology.211.2.r99ma53489.
   Wenning GK, 1997, MOVEMENT DISORD, V12, P133, DOI 10.1002/mds.870120203.
   Wenning GK, 1999, MOVEMENT DISORD, V14, P947, DOI 10.1002/1531-8257(199911)14:6<947::AID-MDS1006>3.0.CO;2-O.
   Wenning GK, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V67, P620, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.67.5.620.
   YAGISHITA A, 1996, NEURORADIOLOGY, pS60.
   ZWEIG RM, 1987, ANN NEUROL, V22, P18, DOI 10.1002/ana.410220107.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{90}},
Times-Cited = {{7}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Rev. Neurol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{651KY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000181320100004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000186999900001,
Author = {Kuczewski, M and Kirschner, K},
Title = {{Special issue: Bioethics \& disability}},
Journal = {{THEORETICAL MEDICINE AND BIOETHICS}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{24}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{455-458}},
Abstract = {{The relationship between the work of bioethicists and that of disability
   studies scholars and activists is only now beginning to be explored. 1,2
   This special issue of Theoretical Medicine and Bioethics is an attempt
   to rectify that situation. We believe that one should not see disability
   as just one more topic for bioethicists to take up, much as they would
   take up the ethical issues involved with identifying a correlation
   between a particular gene and certain diseases. Rather, bioethics must
   approach disability as new land that is inextricably linked with
   traditional terrain yet, somehow, foreign. The essays in this special
   issue are an important step in that direction.}},
Publisher = {{KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL}},
Address = {{VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Kuczewski, M (Reprint Author), Loyola Univ, Stritch Sch Med, Rehabil Inst Chicago, 2160 S 1st Ave, Maywood, IL 60153 USA.
   Loyola Univ, Stritch Sch Med, Rehabil Inst Chicago, Maywood, IL 60153 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/B:META.0000006925.05440.1a}},
ISSN = {{1386-7415}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Social Issues; Biomedical Social
   Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Ethics; Social Issues; Social Sciences, Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{Jonsen AR, 2001, HASTINGS CENT REP, V31, P40, DOI 10.2307/3527703.
   Kirschner Kristin L., 2001, American Journal of Bioethics, V1, P60, DOI 10.1162/152651601750418143.
   Kuczewski Mark G., 2001, American Journal of Bioethics, V1, P36, DOI 10.1162/152651601750418026.
   Mahowald Mary B., 2001, American Journal of Bioethics, V1, P45, DOI 10.1162/152651601750418035.
   Parens Erik, 2001, American Journal of Bioethics, V1, P54, DOI 10.1162/152651601750418107.
   Smith W. J, 2000, CULTURE DEATH ASSAUL.
   WYNIA MK, 2001, CULTURE DEATH ASSAUL.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{7}},
Times-Cited = {{4}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Theor. Med. Bioeth.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{750MG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000186999900001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000186999900004,
Author = {Parks, JA},
Title = {{Envisioning a kinder, gentler world: On recognition and remuneration for
   care workers}},
Journal = {{THEORETICAL MEDICINE AND BIOETHICS}},
Year = {{2003}},
Volume = {{24}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{489-499}},
Abstract = {{In this paper, I argue that the status of those who take care of persons
   with disabilities, and persons with disabilities, are inextricably
   linked. That is, devaluing the status of one necessarily devalues that
   of the other. Persons with disabilities and those who help care for them
   must form an alliance to advance their common interests. This alliance
   can gain insight and inspiration from feminist thought insofar as
   caretaking is literally linked to problems of the representation of
   caretaking as ``women's work,{''} and more philosophically, by borrowing
   from the toolbox of feminist social, political, and economic analyses.}},
Publisher = {{KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL}},
Address = {{VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Parks, JA (Reprint Author), Loyola Univ, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.
   Loyola Univ, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/B:META.0000006923.67527.59}},
ISSN = {{1386-7415}},
Keywords = {{attendant care; caregiving; caretaking; disability studies; feminism}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Social Issues; Biomedical Social
   Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Ethics; Social Issues; Social Sciences, Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{Berube M, 1996, LIFE WE KNOW IT FATH.
   Fineman M, 2000, AM U J GENDER SOC PO, V8, P12.
   Hobbes T., 1839, ENGLISH WORKS T HOBB.
   Kittay E. F., 1997, FEMINISTS RETHINK SE, P219.
   Kittay Eva Feder, 1999, LOVES LABOR ESSAYS W.
   Mahowald Mary B., 1998, DISABILITY DIFFERENC, P209.
   MCCLUSKEY TM, 2000, AM U J GENDER SOCIAL, V8, P115.
   OVERALL C, 1998, FEMININST 1 REFLECTI.
   SHAPIRO JP, 1994, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   1999, CHICAGO TRIBUNE 0226, P3.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{10}},
Times-Cited = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Theor. Med. Bioeth.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{750MG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000186999900004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000173016400006,
Author = {McCarthy, H},
Title = {{On crossing borders and building bridges over troubled waters}},
Journal = {{REHABILITATION COUNSELING BULLETIN}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{45}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{114-117}},
Month = {{WIN}},
Abstract = {{Through description of personal encounters and reflections, the author
   suggests both the benefits and challenges of rehabilitation counseling
   professionals' becoming more engaged with disability studies scholars.
   Disconcerting discrepancies between the self-perception and public
   perception of counselors are discussed.}},
Publisher = {{PRO-ED INC}},
Address = {{8700 SHOAL CREEK BLVD, AUSTIN, TX 78757-6897 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{McCarthy, H (Reprint Author), Louisiana State Univ, Hlth Sci Ctr, Rehabil Counseling Dept, 1900 Gravier St, New Orleans, LA 70112 USA.
   Louisiana State Univ, Hlth Sci Ctr, Rehabil Counseling Dept, New Orleans, LA 70112 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/003435520204500206}},
ISSN = {{0034-3552}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{FRIES K, 2001, NEW MOBILITY, V12, P30.
   Moua MN, 2001, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V45, P53.
   SHAVER R, 2001, COUNSELING TODAY JUN, P4.
   SIMMONS J, 2001, COUNSELING TODAY JUL, P1.
   SIMMONS J, 2001, COUNSELING TODAY JUL, P22.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{5}},
Times-Cited = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Rehabil. Couns. Bull.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{507FM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000173016400006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000180073500007,
Author = {Oldman, C},
Title = {{Later life and the social model of disability: a comfortable
   partnership?}},
Journal = {{AGEING AND SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{791-806}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{There has been very limited debate about the usefulness of links between
   later life and disability studies. The paper reviews the arguments for
   and against a closer association. The social model of disability makes
   crucial the separation of disability from impairment and shows that it
   is society that does the disabling. This is never so clear as in the
   case of housing policies for older people, the focus of this article.
   Older people suffer discrimination and have to submit to a medical model
   of later life if they receive health or social care services. The
   argument against an association between later life studies and
   disability studies is that later life is an immensely diverse
   experience, much of it nothing to do with disability. Moreover, some
   older people reject the negative connotation when later life is equated
   with disability. The paper argues, however, for a specific application
   of the social model of disability to the situation of older people with
   impairments who receive services. It also asserts that the social model
   of disability can be accommodated in critical gerontology and, in
   particular, in a post-modern perspective. The paper concludes with
   examples of the value of the social model of disability at both the
   policy and political levels.}},
Publisher = {{CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4221 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Oldman, C (Reprint Author), Univ York, Ctr Housing Policy, Heslington, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England.
   Univ York, Ctr Housing Policy, York YO10 5DD, N Yorkshire, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1017/S0144686X02008887}},
ISSN = {{0144-686X}},
Keywords = {{social model of disability; critical gerontology; post-modernism;
   housing and disability; housing policy; older people's social movements}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DEPENDENCY}},
Research-Areas = {{Geriatrics \& Gerontology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Gerontology}},
Cited-References = {{Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   BERNARD M, 2000, AGEING SOC, V20, P35.
   {*}BETT GOV OLD PEOP, 2000, ALL OUR FUT.
   BRENTON M, 1998, WERE CHARGE CO HOUSI.
   BYTHEWAY W, 1995, {[}No title captured].
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   CLARK H, 1998, THAT BIT HELP.
   CLARK H, 2002, PILOTING CHOICE CONT.
   CROW L, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Department of the Environment Transport and the Regions/Department of Health, 2001, QUAL CHOIC OLD PEOPL.
   DRUCE N, 2000, LAING BUISS C LOND, P24.
   ESTES CL, 1979, AGEING ENTERPRISE.
   EVANDROU M., 1997, BABY BOOMERS AGEING.
   EVANS C, 2002, USERS BEST VALUE GUI.
   Featherstone M., 1989, BECOMING BEING OLD.
   Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   French S., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Gilleard C, 1996, AGEING SOC, V16, P489, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X00003640.
   HARDING T, 1997, LIFE WORTH LIVING.
   Higgs P, 1995, AGEING SOC, V15, P535, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X00002890.
   Marshall T.H, 1992, CITIZENSHIP SOCIAL C.
   Means R., 2002, HOUSING HOME LATER L.
   MEANS R, 1998, COMMJNITY CARE POLIC.
   MORRIS J, 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE.
   MURIE A, 1993, HOUSING INEQUALITY D.
   NETTLETON S, 1998, SOCIOLOGY HLTH INEQU.
   {*}OFF NAT STAT, 1999, SOC FOC OLD PEOPL 19.
   Oldman C, 2000, HOUSING STUD, V15, P429, DOI 10.1080/02673030050009267.
   Oldman C, 1999, AGEING SOC, V19, P363, DOI 10.1017/S0144686X99007370.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   PARKER G, 1993, {[}No title captured].
   PATMORE C, 1998, 1357298 U YORK SOC P.
   Peace S., 1997, REEVALUATING RESIDEN.
   Robinson J., 2001, NEW SOCIAL COMPACT C.
   {*}ROYAL COMM LONG T, 1999, RESP OLD AG REP ROYA.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1993, DIS STUD SEM HULL SE.
   Stewart J, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P5, DOI 10.1080/09687599926343.
   Swain J, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P569, DOI 10.1080/09687590050058189.
   TOWNSEND P, 1981, AGEING SOC, V1, P5, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0144686X81000020.
   TOWNSEND P, 1963, FAMILY LIFE OLD PEOP.
   Union of the Physically Impaired against Segregation, 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   VINCENT J, 1999, POLITICS POWER OLD A.
   WHEELER R, 1986, AGEING SOCIAL POLICY.
   Wilkinson Richard, 1996, UNHEALTHY SOC AFFLIC.
   Wilson G, 1997, J SOC POLICY, V26, P341, DOI 10.1017/S0047279497005047.
   WINTON ET, 1999, AGEING SOC, V19, P281.
   ZARB G, 1993, AGEING LATER LIFE.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{47}},
Times-Cited = {{27}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Ageing Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{629VY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000180073500007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000179663200005,
Author = {Roer-Strier, D},
Title = {{University students with learning disabilities advocating for change}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{24}},
Number = {{17}},
Pages = {{914-924}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{Purpose: In recent decades Western psychology has conceptualized
   learning disabilities (LD) in terms of deficits and such related `social
   emotional issues' as insecurity, low self-esteem and social isolation
   that can be rehabilitated through combined remedial teaching and
   psychological intervention. With increasing advocacy and legislation on
   behalf of people with disabilities in the US, UK and Australia, more
   resources are being made available to students with LD in institutions
   of higher education. Due to this increase in the quantity of services,
   written programmes and accommodations made to their needs, increased
   numbers of students with LD have been graduating successfully from
   institutions of higher education. This paper describes an option for
   treating students with LD that is based on a theoretical perspective
   that understands these students as an excluded population and emphasizes
   the importance of their empowerment.
   Method: A project involving social work students with LD at Hebrew
   University in Jerusalem is presented as a case study. Case-study
   investigation, one of the common methods of qualitative research,
   explores social and human problems in their natural context. A 6-year
   evaluation of this project was conducted based on questionnaires, focus
   groups, documentation of all activities related to the project, in-depth
   interviews and outcome measures.
   Results: The results suggest that the project developed in three stages:
   raising awareness, building partnerships, and lobbying for rights and
   services. Outcome measures indicate that the project was successful in
   lowering dropout rates and improving students' academic achievement.
   Analysis of interviews with students suggests that the project
   positively affected the students' perceptions by helping them reframe
   the social and emotional connotations of their learning disability.
   Students reported marked social and emotional change, including reduced
   stress and anxiety levels and increased self-esteem.
   Conclusions : Empowerment practices that are based on partnership,
   participation, advocacy and social change provide an alternative to
   rehabilitation via individual therapy.}},
Publisher = {{TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK,, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Roer-Strier, D (Reprint Author), Hebrew Univ Jerusalem, Sch Social Work, IL-91905 Jerusalem, Israel.
   Hebrew Univ Jerusalem, Sch Social Work, IL-91905 Jerusalem, Israel.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09638280210148611}},
ISSN = {{0963-8288}},
Keywords-Plus = {{ADOLESCENTS; DEPRESSION; SUICIDE; ADULTS; RISK; ADJUSTMENT; ANXIETY;
   STRESS}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Bender WN, 1999, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V22, P143, DOI 10.2307/1511272.
   BENDER WN, 1994, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V17, P323, DOI 10.2307/1511128.
   BENYEHOSHUA NZ, 1995, QUALITATIVE RES ED L.
   BERGHMAN J., 1995, THRESHOLD MEASUREMEN.
   BOKER W, 1992, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V161, P10, DOI 10.1192/S0007125000297006.
   COMMINGS P, 1993, COMBATING EXCLUSION.
   COYNE J, 1987, PSYCHOTHER, V24, P539.
   Creswell J.W, 1998, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY.
   DALLEY MB, 1992, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V21, P444.
   DOLLINGER SJ, 1998, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V58, P428.
   DORRBREME D, 1985, EDUC EVAL POLICY AN, V1, P65.
   DuBois B., 1999, SOCIAL WORK EMPOWERI.
   DUNN C, 1995, J COLL STUDENT DEV, V36, P270.
   Freire P, 1970, PEDAGOGY OPPRESSED.
   Ganschow L, 1999, J LEARN DISABIL, V32, P72, DOI 10.1177/002221949903200107.
   Geisthardt C, 1996, J LEARN DISABIL, V29, P287, DOI 10.1177/002221949602900307.
   GERBER PJ, 1990, J LEARN DISABIL, V23, P570, DOI 10.1177/002221949002300907.
   GOLDSTEIN G, 1985, ACTA OECOL-OEC PLANT, V6, P263.
   Gredler M. E., 1996, PROGRAM EVALUATION.
   GREGG N, 1992, J LEARN DISABIL, V25, P386, DOI 10.1177/002221949202500607.
   GREGG N, 1992, J APPL REHABILITATIO, V23, P52.
   GREGG N, 1993, REHABILITATION ED, V7, P1.
   GROSS C G, 1973, P77.
   GUTIERREZ L, 1998, EMPOWERMENT SOCIAL W.
   Hayes M. K., 1988, ACAD THER, V23, P469.
   Hoy C, 1997, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V20, P280, DOI 10.2307/1511226.
   HOY C, 1994, J VOCATIONAL REHABIL, V4, P122.
   HOY C, 1996, ADULTS LEARNING DISA, P208.
   HUNTINGTON DD, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL, V26, P159, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600303.
   ISRAEL BA, 1994, HLTH ED Q, V21, P147.
   Kelso W. A., 1994, POVERTY UNDERCLASS C.
   KRAVETS M, 1995, K W GUIDE COLL LEARN.
   LESHEM, 1999, U BASED SERVICES STU.
   MacPherson S, 1997, J SOC POLICY, V26, P533, DOI 10.1017/S0047279497005096.
   MANGLITZ E, 1995, ASSESSMENT REHABILIT, V2, P163.
   MANGRUM CT, 1992, PETERSONS GUIDE COLL.
   MARGALIT M, 1984, J LEARN DISABIL, V17, P226, DOI 10.1177/002221948401700408.
   McBride HEA, 1997, J LEARN DISABIL, V30, P652.
   MILY K, 1998, GEN SOCIAL WORK PRAC.
   {*}NITZ ASS ADV CHIL, 1999, BE EVERYBODY, V16.
   PARSLONE P, 1996, PATHWAYS EMPOWERMENT.
   RESNICK M, 1997, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V27, P823.
   ROOM G, 1992, {[}No title captured].
   ROSENBLUM L, 1987, ADULTS LEARNING DISA, P233.
   SARACOGLU B, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL, V22, P590, DOI 10.1177/002221948902200913.
   SHERA W, 1999, EMPOWERMENT PRACTICE.
   Sherman E., 1994, QUALITATIVE RES SOCI.
   SRINIVASAN L, 1990, TOOLS COMMUNITY PART.
   STRIER R, IN PRESS ROLE STATE.
   Strier R., 2001, SOC WELFARE, V21, P213, DOI 10.1080/0963828021014861.
   TOWNSEND P, 1987, DYNAMICS DEPRIVATION.
   Vogel S. A., 1993, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V8, P35.
   Webb S. A., 1994, SOCIAL WORK SOCIAL S, V5, P5.
   WHITE WJ, 1992, J LEARN DISABIL, V25, P448, DOI 10.1177/002221949202500705.
   WIGNARAJA P, 1997, POVERTY PARTICIPATIO.
   Wolinsky S, 1999, J LEARN DISABIL, V32, P286, DOI 10.1177/002221949903200403.
   Wright S., 1995, POWER PARTICIPATORY.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{57}},
Times-Cited = {{16}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{13}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Rehabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{622TM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000179663200005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000179385400005,
Author = {Reynolds, NJ and Meggitt, SJ},
Title = {{Phototherapy and systemic treatments}},
Journal = {{HOSPITAL MEDICINE}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{63}},
Number = {{11}},
Pages = {{657-661}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{A proportion of children and adults with moderate to severe atopic
   eczema are not adequately controlled with emollients and topical
   steroids, resulting in significant morbidity and disability. Studies
   indicate a significant placebo response, so randomized controlled trials
   of new treatments are vital. This article reviews the evidence for
   phototherapy and systemic treatments in atopic eczema.}},
Publisher = {{MARK ALLEN PUBLISHING LTD}},
Address = {{CROXTED MEWS, 286A-288 CROXTED ROAD, LONDON SE24 9BY, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Reynolds, NJ (Reprint Author), Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Sch Med, Dept Dermatol, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE2 4HH, Tyne \& Wear, England.
   Univ Newcastle Upon Tyne, Sch Med, Dept Dermatol, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE2 4HH, Tyne \& Wear, England.}},
DOI = {{10.12968/hosp.2002.63.11.1910}},
ISSN = {{1462-3935}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CHILDHOOD ATOPIC-DERMATITIS; DOUBLE-BLIND; THERAPY; ECZEMA; PSORIASIS;
   CYCLOSPORINE; INTERFERON; TRIAL; AZATHIOPRINE; MULTICENTER}},
Research-Areas = {{General \& Internal Medicine}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Medicine, General \& Internal}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Reynolds, Nick/0000-0002-6484-825X}},
Cited-References = {{Al-Daraji WI, 2002, J INVEST DERMATOL, V118, P779, DOI 10.1046/j.1523-1747.2002.01709.x.
   BerthJones J, 1996, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V34, P1016, DOI 10.1016/S0190-9622(96)90281-9.
   Bilsland D, 1997, BRIT J DERMATOL, V137, P327, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2133.1997.18441939.x.
   Chavanas S, 2000, NAT GENET, V25, P141, DOI 10.1038/75977.
   Cookson WOCM, 2001, NAT GENET, V27, P372, DOI 10.1038/86867.
   Emerson RM, 1998, BRIT J DERMATOL, V139, P73.
   GRAHAMBROWN RA, 2002, BRIT J DERMATOL, V147, P342.
   HANIFIN JM, 1993, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V28, P189, DOI 10.1016/0190-9622(93)70026-P.
   HARPER J, 1994, BRIT MED J, V308, P489, DOI 10.1136/bmj.308.6927.489.
   Herd RM, 1996, BRIT J DERMATOL, V135, P18.
   Hershey GKK, 1997, NEW ENGL J MED, V337, P1720, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199712113372403.
   Hoare C, 2000, Health Technol Assess, V4, P1.
   Jang IG, 2000, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V42, P1033, DOI 10.1016/S0190-9622(00)90300-1.
   Krutmann J, 1998, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V38, P589, DOI 10.1016/S0190-9622(98)70123-9.
   Lee YA, 2000, NAT GENET, V26, P470, DOI 10.1038/82625.
   LEUNG DYM, 1990, J ALLERGY CLIN IMMUN, V85, P927, DOI 10.1016/0091-6749(90)90079-J.
   Matthews D, 1996, NAT GENET, V14, P231, DOI 10.1038/ng1096-231.
   Meggitt SJ, 2001, CLIN EXP DERMATOL, V26, P369, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2230.2001.00837.x.
   MORISON WL, 1978, BRIT J DERMATOL, V98, P25, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2133.1978.tb07329.x.
   Murphy LA, 2002, BRIT J DERMATOL, V147, P308, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2133.2002.04922.x.
   Neuber K, 2000, BRIT J DERMATOL, V143, P385, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2133.2000.03667.x.
   NORRIS PG, 1994, BRIT J DERMATOL, V130, P246.
   Powles AV, 1998, BRIT J DERMATOL, V138, P443.
   Reynolds NJ, 2001, LANCET, V357, P2012, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(00)05114-X.
   Reynolds NJ, 1997, J ROY COLL PHYS LOND, V31, P241.
   Schneider LC, 1998, ANN ALLERG ASTHMA IM, V80, P263, DOI 10.1016/S1081-1206(10)62968-7.
   SHEEHAN MP, 1992, LANCET, V340, P13, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(92)92424-E.
   SHEEHANDARE RA, 1993, BRIT J DERMATOL, V129, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2133.1993.tb03302.x.
   SOWDEN JM, 1991, LANCET, V338, P137, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(91)90134-B.
   STILLER MJ, 1994, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V30, P597, DOI 10.1016/S0190-9622(94)70068-0.
   Tan BB, 1997, BRIT J DERMATOL, V136, P351, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2133.1997.tb14942.x.
   WEINSTEIN GD, 1993, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V28, P454, DOI 10.1016/0190-9622(93)70067-4.
   YOUNG AR, 1995, LANCET, V345, P1431, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(95)92617-8.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{33}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Hosp. Med}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{617XC}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000179385400005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000179917800001,
Author = {Bergman, GJD and Winters, JC and van der Heijden, GJMG and Postema, K
   and Meyboom-de Jong, B},
Title = {{Groningen Manipulation Study. The effect of manipulation of the
   structures of the shoulder girdle as additional treatment for symptom
   relief and for prevention of chronicity or recurrence of shoulder
   symptoms. Design of a randomized controlled trial within a comprehensive
   prognostic cohort study}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF MANIPULATIVE AND PHYSIOLOGICAL THERAPEUTICS}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{25}},
Number = {{9}},
Pages = {{543-549}},
Month = {{NOV-DEC}},
Abstract = {{Background: We present the design of the Groningen Manipulation Study.
   This randomized controlled trial is' part of the Dutch Shoulder
   Disability Study, a comprehensive prognostic cohort study on shoulder
   disorders, with randomized controlled interventions in subcohorts.
   Objective: To. evaluate the effectiveness of manipulative treatment of
   the structures of the shoulder girdle; in addition to standard treatment
   by the general practitioner for. relief of shoulder symptoms and
   prevention of persistent or recurrent shoulder symptoms.
   Methods: A total of 250 patients with shoulder symptoms and a functional
   limitation of the shoulder girdle will be included from 30 general
   practices in Groningen, The Netherlands. All participating patients
   receive standard treatment by the general practitioner and will be
   randomly allocated to additional manipulative treatment: Evaluation
   measurements take place 6, 12, 26, and 52 weeks after randomization.
   Conclusion: The short-term primary outcome measure is the proportion of
   patients with relief of shoulder complaints and the long-term primary
   outcome is the proportion of patients without persistent or recurrent
   shoulder symptoms. Dependent and independent variables include a
   structured medical history, a physical examination of the shoulder and
   shoulder girdle, and a measure of the mobility of the cervico-thoracic
   spine with a 6-degree-of-freedom electromagnetic tracking device.}},
Publisher = {{MOSBY-ELSEVIER}},
Address = {{360 PARK AVENUE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Bergman, GJD (Reprint Author), Univ Groningen, Univ Hosp Groningen, Dept Gen Practice, Bloemsingel 1, NL-9713 BZ Groningen, Netherlands.
   Univ Groningen, Univ Hosp Groningen, Dept Gen Practice, NL-9713 BZ Groningen, Netherlands.
   Univ Groningen, Univ Hosp Groningen, Dept Rehabil Med, NL-9713 BZ Groningen, Netherlands.
   Maastricht Univ, Inst Extra \& Transmural Care Res, Maastricht, Netherlands.
   Univ Med Ctr, Julius Ctr Hlth Sci \& Primary Care, Utrecht, Netherlands.}},
DOI = {{10.1067/mmt.2002.128373}},
ISSN = {{0161-4754}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CERVICOTHORACIC MOTION SEGMENT; GENERAL-PRACTICE; CORTICOSTEROID
   INJECTION; SPINAL MANIPULATION; FUNCTIONAL STATUS; SINGLE-BLIND;
   PRIMARY-CARE; NECK PAIN; COMPLAINTS; QUESTIONNAIRE}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Integrative \& Complementary Medicine;
   Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Integrative \& Complementary Medicine;
   Rehabilitation}},
Author-Email = {{g.j.d.bergman@med.rug.nl}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{van der Heijden, Geert/M-3733-2013}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{van der Heijden, Geert/0000-0003-4979-2099}},
Cited-References = {{Beurskens AJ, 1999, J MANIP PHYSIOL THER, V22, P144, DOI 10.1016/S0161-4754(99)70127-2.
   Bronfort G, 1999, NEUROL CLIN, V17, P91, DOI 10.1016/S0733-8619(05)70116-X.
   Brooks R, 1996, HEALTH POLICY, V37, P53, DOI 10.1016/0168-8510(96)00822-6.
   Croft P, 1996, BRIT MED J, V313, P601.
   Giles LGF, 2000, J MANIP PHYSIOL THER, V23, P107, DOI 10.1016/S0161-4754(00)90077-0.
   Goossens MEJB, 2000, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V53, P688, DOI 10.1016/S0895-4356(99)00177-8.
   Herzog W, 1999, SPINE, V24, P146, DOI 10.1097/00007632-199901150-00012.
   Hoving JL, 2001, SPINE, V26, P196, DOI 10.1097/00007632-200101150-00015.
   Karasek R, 1998, J Occup Health Psychol, V3, P322, DOI 10.1037/1076-8998.3.4.322.
   KOERHUIS CL, 2002, IN PRESS CLIN BIOMEC.
   KOES BW, 1991, BRIT MED J, V303, P1298, DOI 10.1136/bmj.303.6813.1298.
   Lamberts H, 1993, INT CLASSIFICATION P.
   Norlander S, 1997, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V29, P167.
   Norlander S, 1996, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V28, P183.
   Sobel J S, 1996, J Manipulative Physiol Ther, V19, P469.
   SOBEL JS, 1996, HUISARTS WET, V39, P169.
   Symons BP, 2000, J MANIP PHYSIOL THER, V23, P155, DOI 10.1016/S0161-4754(00)90244-6.
   Terluin B, 1998, PSYCHOLOOG, V33, P18.
   van der Heijden GJMG, 1999, BEST PRACT RES CL RH, V13, P287, DOI 10.1053/berh.1999.0021.
   van der Heijden GJMG, 2000, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V53, P29, DOI 10.1016/S0895-4356(99)00078-5.
   Van der Windt DAWM, 2000, BRIT J GEN PRACT, V50, P371.
   vanderHeijden GJMG, 1997, BRIT MED J, V315, P25, DOI 10.1136/bmj.315.7099.25.
   vanderHeijden GJMG, 1996, BRIT J GEN PRACT, V46, P309.
   vanderWindt DAWM, 1996, BRIT J GEN PRACT, V46, P519.
   VANDERWINDT DAWM, 1995, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V48, P691, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(94)00170-U.
   VLAEYEN JWS, 1990, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V29, P383, DOI 10.1111/j.2044-8260.1990.tb00901.x.
   Winters JC, 1996, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V28, P163.
   Winters JC, 1997, BRIT MED J, V314, P1320, DOI 10.1136/bmj.314.7090.1320.
   Winters JC, 1999, RHEUMATOLOGY, V38, P160, DOI 10.1093/rheumatology/38.2.160.
   Winters JC, 1997, RHEUMATOL INT, V16, P219, DOI 10.1007/BF01375652.
   Winters JC, 1999, BRIT MED J, V318, P1395, DOI 10.1136/bmj.318.7195.1395.
   WINTERS JC, 1999, HUISARTS WET, V42, P222.
   WOLF J, 1975, FUNCTIONAL PATHOLOGY, P30.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{33}},
Times-Cited = {{16}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Manip. Physiol. Ther.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{627DQ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000179917800001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000178796000005,
Author = {Molloy, H and Vasil, L},
Title = {{The social construction of Asperger syndrome: the pathologising of
   difference?}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{659-669}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{This article poses the question `Is Asperger Syndrome (AS) a disorder or
   a neurological difference that has been socially constructed as a
   disorder?' AS is currently defined within the medical paradigm as a
   developmental disorder. Alternative conceptualisations of Asperger
   Syndrome have largely been absent within the academic discourse on AS.
   Drawing on the emerging field of disability studies we examine how the
   diagnostic category of AS has been socially constructed. Our contention
   is that Asperger Syndrome has been readily adopted as a category because
   of its value as a category of special education. In other words, the
   school is a pivotal institution in the dissemination of AS as a
   category. Within the framework of special needs AS is viewed as a social
   disability and the aim of professional interventions is to help to
   rehabilitate or `normalise' the child. In attempting to re-frame this
   conceptualisation of AS it is important to shift the emphasis from
   issues of diagnosis and evaluation to examining the social implications
   of representing children as having AS.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Molloy, H (Reprint Author), Natl Univ Singapore, 10 Kent Ridge Crescent, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
   Natl Univ Singapore, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
   Nanyang Technol Univ, Singapore 639798, Singapore.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/0968759022000010434}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABILITY; IMPAIRMENT; DISORDER; MODEL}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   ATWOOD T, 1998, ASPERGERS SYNDROME.
   BISHOP DVM, 1989, BRIT J DISORD COMMUN, V24, P107.
   BOGDAN R, 1984, SPECIAL ED SOCIAL IN.
   Corker M., 1998, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   DANFORTH S, 1995, BEHAV DISORDERS, V20, P136.
   DUDLEYMARLING C, 1995, J LEARN DISABIL, V28, P408, DOI 10.1177/002221949502800704.
   Fairclough N., 1992, DISCOURSE SOCIAL CHA.
   FERGUSON PM, 1992, INTERPRETING DISABIL.
   Foucault Michel, 1991, DISCIPLINE PUNISH.
   FRITH U, 1991, AUTISM ASPERGER SYND.
   GILLBERG IC, 1989, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V30, P631, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1989.tb00275.x.
   Goodley D, 2001, DISABIL SOC, V16, P207, DOI 10.1080/09687590120035816.
   Goodley D., 2000, SELF ADVOCACY LIVES.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Marks D., 1999, DISABILITY CONTROVER.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   SINGER J, 1998, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Sleeter C E, 1986, Except Child, V53, P46.
   Thomas G., 2000, DISCOURSE, V21, P283, DOI DOI 10.1080/713661165.
   VOLKMAR FR, 1994, AM J PSYCHIAT, V151, P1361.
   WILLEY LH, 1999, PRETENDING NORMAL.
   WING L, 1981, PSYCHOL MED, V11, P115, DOI 10.1017/S0033291700053332.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{23}},
Times-Cited = {{76}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{607MU}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000178796000005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000177919200004,
Author = {Wexler, AR},
Title = {{Chorea and community in a nineteenth-century town}},
Journal = {{BULLETIN OF THE HISTORY OF MEDICINE}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{76}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{495-527}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Note = {{72nd Annual Meeting of the American-Association-for-the
   History-of-Medicine, NEW BRUNSWICK, NEW JERSEY, MAY   08, 1999}},
Organization = {{Amer Assoc Hist Med}},
Publisher = {{JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{JOURNALS PUBLISHING DIVISION, 2715 NORTH CHARLES ST, BALTIMORE, MD
   21218-4319 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Wexler, AR (Reprint Author), 1930 Ocean Ave,315, Santa Monica, CA 90405 USA.
   Univ Calif Los Angeles, Ctr Study Women, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1353/bhm.2002.0150}},
ISSN = {{0007-5140}},
Keywords = {{Huntington's chorea; Huntington's disease; St. Vitus's dance; magrums;
   megrims; East Hampton; George Huntington; disability studies}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; History \& Philosophy of Science}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; History \& Philosophy Of Science}},
Cited-References = {{ABEL EK, 2000, HEARTS WISDOM AM WOM.
   {[}Anonymous], 1887, RECORDS TOWN E HAMPT, V1.
   AQUARRELL O, 1991, MAJOR PROBLEMS NEURO, P67.
   BOSWELL J, 1952, LIFE S JOHNSON, P41.
   Bowler Peter J., 1989, MENDELIAN REVOLUTION.
   BREEN TH, 1989, IMAGINING PAST E HAM.
   BROWING W, 1908, NEUROGRAPHS, V1, P143.
   BRUYN GW, 1968, HDB CLIN NEUROLOGY, V6, P304.
   BUCHAN W, 1772, DOMESTIC MED, P551.
   Cohen E, 2000, AM HIST REV, V105, P36, DOI 10.2307/2652434.
   COLEMAN LM, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P225.
   DAYTON C, 1999, COL SEM EARL AM COL.
   Douglas Mary, 1966, PURITY DANGER ANAL C, p{[}40, 38].
   Dwight Timothy, 1969, TRAVELS NEW ENGLAND, V3, P218.
   DWYER E, 1992, FARMING DIS STUDIES.
   {*}ESS I, 1910, VIT REC IPSW, V2, P548.
   FERRIS B, 1931, COMMUNICATION   1217.
   Geertz C., 1983, LOCAL KNOWLEDGE FURT.
   GILMAN S, 1988, DIS REPRESENTATION I, P7.
   GRAY LC, 1895, TREATISE NERVOUS MEN, P343.
   GROCE EN, 1985, EVERYONE HERE SPOKEN.
   Gussow Zachary, 1970, B HIST MED, V44, P443.
   HAFTER NH, 1988, WHITE TRASH EUGENIC.
   HANS MB, 1969, J NERV MENT DIS, V147, P5.
   HANS MB, 1968, AM J PSYCHIAT, V114, P97.
   HARPER P, 1991, MAJOR PROBLEMS NEURO, P367.
   HARPER P, 1991, MAJOR PROBLEMS NEURO, P251.
   HEDGES, 1908, COMMUNICATION   0709.
   HEDGES HP, 1908, COMMUNICATION   0709.
   HEDGES HP, 1908, COMMUNICATION   0708.
   HUNTINGTON G, 1872, {[}No title captured], V26, P320.
   HUNTINGTON G, 1910, J NERV MENT DIS, V37, P255.
   KALSER M, 1998, COMMUNICATION   1023.
   KEVLES DJ, 1989, NAME EUGENICS GENETI.
   KING C, 1916, NEW YORK MED J, V1040, P306.
   KING C, 1889, MED NEWS, V55, P39.
   KING C, 1885, MED PRESS W NEW YORK, V1, P674.
   KING C, 1885, N Y MED J, V41, P468.
   KING C, 1906, MED REC, V70, P765.
   KLINE W, 2001, BUILDING BETTER RACE, P89.
   KUSHNER H, 1991, AM SUICIDE, P17.
   KUSHNER HI, 1999, {[}No title captured].
   Lathrop Joseph, 1805, 2 SERMONS ATROCITY S.
   Lyon IW, 1863, AM MED TIMES, V7, P289.
   MACDONALD ME, 1993, CELL, V72, P971, DOI 10.1016/0092-8674(93)90585-E.
   MARTIN RM, 1923, GENETIC EUGENICS FAM, V1, P278.
   MEYERSON A, 1936, EUGENICAL STERILIZAT, P179.
   MIDELFORD HCE, 1999, HIST MADNESS 16 CENT, P37.
   Miller Samuel, 1805, GUILT FOLLY SOURCES.
   MULFORD P, 1875, SAG HARBOR CORR 0206.
   MUNCEY EB, 1913, HUNTINGTONS CHOREA.
   MUNCEY EB, 1916, AM J INSANITY, V73, P212.
   OSBORNE E, 1905, COMMUNICATION   0527.
   OSLER W, 1899, PRINCIPLES PRACTICE, P1090.
   OSLER W, 1894, CHOREA CHOREIFORM AF, pB.
   Osler W, 1893, J NERV MENT DIS, V18, P97.
   OSLER W, 1905, COMMUNICATION   0216.
   PARSON J, COMMUNICATION   0323.
   Porter Roy, 1987, MIND FORGD MANACLES.
   PROCTOR R, 1988, RACIAL HYGIENE MED N, P9.
   RATTRAY HS, 1999, NEWSDAY         0726, pA23.
   REED TE, 1958, AM J HUM GENET, V10, P213.
   REILLY RP, 1991, SURGICAL SOLUTION HI, P88.
   Rosenberg C, 1974, PERSPECT AM HIST, V8.
   Rothman Sheila M., 1994, LIVING SHADOW DEATH.
   RUSHTON AR, 1994, GENETICS MED US 1800, P83.
   Stevenson CS, 1934, B I HIST MED, V2, P53.
   SYDENHAM T, 1686, SCHEDULA MONITORIA N, P28.
   TATTRAY JE, E HAMPTON STAR.
   THOMSON RG, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES, P33.
   TYLER A, 1991, MAJOR PROBLEMS NEURO, P186.
   Ulrich Laurel Thatcher, 1990, MIDWIFES TALE LIFE M.
   Vessie PR, 1932, J NERV MENT DIS, V76, P553, DOI 10.1097/00005053-193212000-00001.
   Vessie PR, 1939, J CONNECTICUT STATE, V3, P596.
   AUTOBIOGRAPHY J OSBO, P3.
   1906, HARBOR GAZETTE  0630.
   1999, BREEDING BETTER VERM, P69.
   1806, SAG HARBOR GAZE 0707.
   1856, DIARY F HUNTING 1215.
   1966, PURITY DANGER ANAL C, P97.
   1806, SAG HARBOR GAZE 0630.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{81}},
Times-Cited = {{5}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Bull. Hist. Med.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{592CM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000177919200004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000178103600001,
Author = {Dahl, TH},
Title = {{International classification of functioning, disability and health: An
   introduction and discussion of its potential impact on rehabilitation
   services and research}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF REHABILITATION MEDICINE}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{34}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{201-204}},
Month = {{SEP 1}},
Abstract = {{This paper provides an introduction to the content and concepts of the
   World Health Organization's new International Classification of
   Functioning, Disability and Health (2001) and discusses its potential
   applications in rehabilitation services and research. Great interest has
   been expressed in the International Classification of Functioning,
   Disability and Health by its potential users and there is growing
   evidence that its conceptual framework is consistent with the
   understanding of functioning both for professionals and for people with
   disabilities.}},
Publisher = {{TAYLOR \& FRANCIS AS}},
Address = {{CORT ADELERSGT 17, PO BOX 2562, SOLLI, 0202 OSLO, NORWAY}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Dahl, TH (Reprint Author), Roennehavew 9, DK-8520 Lystrup, Denmark.
   WHO, Collaborating Ctr Classificat Dis Nord Countries, Uppsala, Sweden.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/165019702760279170}},
ISSN = {{1650-1977}},
Keywords = {{ICF; international classification of functioning; disability and health;
   rehabilitation research; rehabilitation concepts; disability studies}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABLEMENT; ICIDH}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Sport Sciences}},
Cited-References = {{Bickenbach JE, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V48, P1173, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(98)00441-9.
   {*}CAN I HLTH INF, 2001, DEV MUT EXCL LISTS A.
   DAHL TH, 2000, IRISH J OCCUPAT THER, V30, P40.
   FOUGEYROLLAS P, 1995, DISABIL REHABIL, V17, P145, DOI 10.3109/09638289509166709.
   FOUGEYROLLAS P, 1991, HANDICAP CREATION PR, P4.
   Gray DB, 2000, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V81, pS10, DOI 10.1053/apmr.2000.20616.
   Grimby G, 2001, J REHABIL MED, V33, P193.
   Helander E., 1992, PREJUDICE DIGNITY.
   Murray CJ, 2000, GLOBAL BURDEN DIS.
   Pfeiffer D, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P1079, DOI 10.1080/713662020.
   Ustun TB, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P829.
   USTUN TB, 1999, ICIDH 2 INT CLASSIFI.
   VERBRUGGE LM, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90294-1.
   Wade DT, 2000, BRIT MED J, V320, P1385, DOI 10.1136/bmj.320.7246.1385.
   World Health O, 2001, ICF INT CLASS FUNCT.
   World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{16}},
Times-Cited = {{69}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{12}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Rehabil. Med.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{595HT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000178103600001}},
OA = {{DOAJ Gold}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000177014500002,
Author = {Watson, N},
Title = {{Well, I know this is going to sound very strange to you, but I don't see
   myself as a disabled person: Identity and disability}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{509-527}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{This paper focuses on issues of disabled people's notions of
   self-identity and is grounded in their accounts around their own self
   and identity. It starts with a brief description of what Hall (1996)
   describes as the two main schools of thought on identity. It then moves
   on to explore and discuss the self, and the embodied nature of self, and
   then explores the place of identity in disability studies. Disabled
   people's accounts around self-identification are then presented. The
   analysis of the data suggests that many of the informants do not see
   themselves as disabled and do not identify as disabled people. The
   political consequences of this are briefly examined. The views of those
   who identified as disabled are also explored.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Watson, N (Reprint Author), Univ Edinburgh, Dept Nursing Studies, Adam Ferguson Bldg,40 George Sq, Edinburgh EH8 9LL, Midlothian, Scotland.
   Univ Edinburgh, Dept Nursing Studies, Edinburgh EH8 9LL, Midlothian, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590220148496}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CHRONIC ILLNESS}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Watson, Nicholas/0000-0002-0364-427X}},
Cited-References = {{ANTONOVSKY A, 1978, HLTH STRESS COPING N.
   BARNES C, 1990, CABBAGE SYNDROME.
   Barnes C, 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT.
   Bauman Z., 1992, MORTALITY IMORTALITY.
   Benhabib Seyla, 1992, SITUATING SELF GENDE.
   BURY M, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P451, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-9566.1991.tb00522.x.
   BUTLER J, 1990, FEMINISM POSTMODERNI.
   Butler J., 1993, BODIES MATTER DISCUR.
   Calhoun C. J., 1994, SOCIAL THEORY POLITI.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Charmaz K, 1983, Sociol Health Illn, V5, P168, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10491512.
   Collins P. H., 1990, BLACK FEMINIST THOUG.
   CORBETT J, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P343, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780381.
   Corker M, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P627, DOI 10.1080/09687599925984.
   CORKER M, 1997, DEAF DISABLED DEAFNE.
   CUNNINGHAMBURLE.S, 1998, BODY EVERYDAY LIFE.
   Dunn R, 1998, IDENTITY CRISIS SOCI.
   Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Finkelstein V., 1996, COALITION        APR, P30.
   FRASER N, 1990, FEMINISM POSTMODERNI.
   Gerhardt U., 1989, IDEAS ILLNESS INTELL.
   Giddens Anthony, 1991, MODERNITY SELF IDENT.
   Goffman E, 1968, STIGMA.
   Hall S, 1996, QUESTIONS CULTURAL I.
   KELLY M, 1992, SOCIOLOGY HLTH ILLNE, V14, P390.
   KELLY M, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   Lemert C., 1994, SOCIAL THEORY POLITI.
   Liggett H., 1988, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V3, P263, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648866780261.
   LOFFLAND J, 1995, ANAL SOCIAL SETTINGS.
   MACNAY L, 1992, FAUCAULT FEMINISM PO.
   MAUSS M, 1998, CATEGORY PERSON.
   MELLUCCI A, 1996, PLAYING SELF PERSON.
   MORRIS J, 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Philipson I, 1991, TEKKUN, V6, P51.
   Schutz A, 1973, STRUCTURES LIFE WORL.
   SCHUTZ A, 1971, COLLECTED PAPERS, V1.
   SCOTT RA, 1969, MAKING BLIND MEN.
   Seidman S., 1998, EUROPEAN J CULTURAL, V1, P177.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 2001, INT HDB DISABILITY S.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1993, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V8, P249, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649366780261.
   SHELDRICH M, 1996, BODY SOC, V2, P93.
   SIMON W, 1967, SEXUAL DEVIANCE.
   SOMERS MR, 1994, THEOR SOC, V23, P605, DOI 10.1007/BF00992905.
   Strauss AL, 1991, CREATING SOCIOLOGICA.
   Taylor C, 1989, SOURCES SELF.
   Touraine A., 1981, VOICE EYE ANAL SOCIA.
   Turner Bryan S, 1996, BODY SOC.
   WILLIAMS G, 1984, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V6, P175, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10778250.
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{52}},
Times-Cited = {{174}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{4}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{20}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{576PW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000177014500002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000177014500005,
Author = {Jarman, M and Lamp, S and Mitchell, D and Nepveux, D and Nowell, N and
   Snyder, S},
Title = {{Theorising disability as political subjectivity: work by the UIC
   Disability Collective on political subjectivities}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{555-569}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{Disability studies has shown how therapeutic professionals and people
   with disabilities occupy opposite sides of a deep cultural divide, one
   that artificially bisects normalcy from `abnormalcy'. The philosophy of
   political subjectivity provides an opportunity to analyse the fraught
   nexus that exists between institutions and those who navigate them as
   professionals and `clients'. Our essay seeks to theorise the subject
   positions that emerge as a result of this often volatile intersection by
   offering up four critical vignettes: (1) an analysis of the systems and
   networks that characterise disabled transport within the Chicago Transit
   Authority; (2) speech therapy training and clinical practices designed
   for those whose articulation is diagnosed as inferior; (3) an African
   American clinician's analysis of disability taxonomies applied to
   minority wards of the state of Illinois; and (4) an analysis of
   scapegoating at the national level in a class-action law suit regarding
   the `missed' diagnosis of disability prior to birth. These overlapping
   cross-disability accounts seek to enact boundary crossings as the
   foundation for a new Chicago Model of interdisciplinary disability
   studies. The essay concludes with a discussion of the need to broaden
   disability coalitions as the terrain of political struggle becomes
   increasingly diverse and complex.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Mitchell, D (Reprint Author), Univ Illinois, PhD Program Disabil Studies, 1640 W Roosevelt Rd, Chicago, IL 60608 USA.
   Univ Illinois, PhD Program Disabil Studies, Chicago, IL 60608 USA.
   Univ Illinois, Dept Disabil \& Human Dev, Chicago, IL 60608 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590220148522}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{{*}BBC NEWS, 2001, BBC NEWS ONLINE 0731.
   {*}BCC NEWS, 2000, BBC NEWS ONL    1117.
   Butler J, 1997, PSYCHIC LIFE POWER.
   Butler Judith, 1999, GENDER TROUBLE FEMIN.
   Foucault M, 1995, DISCIPLINE PUNISH BI.
   Foucault M., 1988, MADNESS CIVILIZATION.
   GORDON C, 1980, POWER KNOWLEDGE SELE.
   KUNJUFU J, 1995, COUNTERING CONSPIRAC.
   Laclau E., 1985, HEGEMONY SOCIALIST S.
   Porter M., 1998, KILL THEM THEY GROW.
   Shakespeare T, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687599727380.
   SIBERS T, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES E, P47.
   Zizek Slavoj, 1989, SUBLIME OBJECT IDEOL.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{13}},
Times-Cited = {{7}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{576PW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000177014500005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000177014500006,
Author = {Hughes, B},
Title = {{Bauman's strangers: impairment and the invalidation of disabled people
   in modern and post-modern cultures}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{571-584}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{Modernity is at the heart of the transformation of impairment into
   disability. This paper seeks to map out the processes that underpin this
   claim. Its focus is on the cultures of modernity and post-modernity, and
   how these complex legacies have constituted and invalidated mental and
   physical difference. The work of Zygmunt Bauman, particularly his use of
   the sociology of the (modern) stranger and his redemptive critique of
   modern and post-modern cultures provides a framework for the discussion.
   Bauman's work has no explicit connection to Disability Studies, but his
   sensitivity to modern patterns of exclusion and `othering' provide not
   only a useful template to think through the relationship between
   modernity and disability, but also a useful corrective to the tendency
   in UK disability studies to ignore the `cultural turn'.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hughes, B (Reprint Author), Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Sch Social Sci, City Campus,Cowcaddens Rd, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.
   Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Sch Social Sci, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590220148531}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Agar Michael H., 1980, PROFESSIONAL STRANGE.
   Ahmed Sara, 2000, STRANGE ENCOUNTERS E.
   Bailyn Bernard, 1991, STRANGERS REALM CULT.
   Bakhtin Mikhail, 1968, RABELAIS HIS WORLD.
   Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   BAUMAN K, 1998, WORK CONSUMERISM NEW.
   Bauman Z., 1991, MODERNITY AMBIVALENC.
   Bauman Z, 1973, CULTURE PRAXIS.
   Bauman Z, 1987, LEGISLATORS INTERPRE.
   BAUMAN Z, 1997, POSTMODERNITY ITS DI.
   BAUMAN Z, 1978, HERMENEUTIC SOCIAL S.
   BAUMAN Z, 1995, LIFE FRAGMENTS ESSAY.
   Bauman Z., 1989, MODERNITY HOLOCAUST.
   Beilharz Peter, 2000, ZYGMUNT BAUMAN DIALE.
   BERMAN M, 1983, ALL IS SOLID MELTS A.
   Braddock D., 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.
   Buci-Glucksman Christine., 1994, BAROQUE REASON AESTH.
   CLASSEN C, 1993, WORLDS SENSE EXPLAIN.
   DECERTEAU M, 1988, PRACTICE EVERYDAY LI.
   DELANTY G, 1999, SOCIAL SCI CONSTRUCT.
   DIPROSE R, 1993, NIETZSCHE FEMINISM P.
   ELIAS N, 1982, STATE FORMATION CIVI, V2.
   ELIAS NJ, 1978, HIST MANNERS CIVILIZ, V1.
   FOUCAULT M, 1967, MADNESS CIVILISATION.
   Goffman E., 1968, ASYLUMS.
   HARMAN LD, 1988, MODERN STRANGER.
   Hughes B, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P155, DOI 10.1080/09687599926244.
   Hughes B, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P555, DOI 10.1080/09687590050058170.
   Kahn JS, 2001, MODERNITY EXCLUSION.
   LEMERT C, 1997, POSTMODERNISM NOT WH.
   Levinas Emmanuel, 1981, OTHERWISE BEING ESSE.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   LOFLAND L. H, 1973, WORLD STRANGERS ORDE.
   Mellor P. A., 1997, REFORMING BODY RELIG.
   Miles M, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P603, DOI 10.1080/09687590050058206.
   Mitchell D, 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.
   Morris J., 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Nietzsche FW, 1968, TWILIGHT IDOLS ANTIC.
   Oliver M, 2001, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   REILLY PR, 1991, SURG SOLUTION HIST I.
   Schuetz A, 1944, AM J SOCIOL, V49, P499, DOI 10.1086/219472.
   SIMMEL G, 1907, G SIMMEL INDIVIDUALI.
   STRIKER H, 1997, HIST DISABILITY.
   Touraine A, 1995, CRITIQUE MODERNITY.
   Williams R, 1965, LONG REVOLUTION.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{46}},
Times-Cited = {{43}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{576PW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000177014500006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000177450700008,
Author = {Beresford, P and Harrison, C and Wilson, A},
Title = {{Mental health service users and disability: implications for future
   strategies}},
Journal = {{POLICY AND POLITICS}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{30}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{387-396}},
Month = {{JUL}},
Note = {{ESRC Seminar on Voices in the Policy Process, EDINBURGH, SCOTLAND, JUL,
   2000}},
Organization = {{ESRC}},
Abstract = {{Mental health service users/survivors are subject to both mental health
   and disability policies, yet there appears to be an ambiguity in the
   approach of disability policy and disability politics to them. Mental
   health policy, which has always had powers to restrict their rights,is
   now increasingly associating mental health service users/survivors with
   `dangerousness' and focusing on them as a threat to `public safety'.
   Mental health service users'/survivors' organisations, which have so far
   tended to focus their activities on mental health policy and partnership
   approaches to making change, are now beginning to look to disability
   policy and politics to,develop their thinking and activities for the
   future, while retaining their own distinct and independent identity.
   This has important implications for disability studies, policy and
   politics, and highlights the importance of addressing issues relating to
   mental health service users/survivors fully and equally.}},
Publisher = {{POLICY PRESS}},
Address = {{UNIV BRISTOL, 34 TYNDALLS PARK RD, BRISTOL BS8 1PY, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Beresford, P (Reprint Author), Brunel Univ, Ctr Citizen Participat, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, Middx, England.
   Brunel Univ, Ctr Citizen Participat, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, Middx, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1332/030557302760094748}},
ISSN = {{0305-5736}},
Keywords = {{mental health serice users/survivors; change; rights}},
Research-Areas = {{Government \& Law; Public Administration}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Political Science; Public Administration}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Beresford, Peter/0000-0001-6052-033X}},
Cited-References = {{Barton Len, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   BERESFORD P, 2000, MENTAL HTLH ISSUES O.
   BERESFORD P, 1999, STORMING MILLENNIUM, P35.
   BERESFORD P, 1996, SPEAKING OUR MINDS P.
   BINDLE D, 2000, IMPR MED REPR MENT H.
   Bird L., 1999, FUNDAMENTAL FACTS AL.
   BREGGIN PR, 1997, BRAIN DISABLING TREA.
   CAMPBELL J, 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS, P218.
   Campbell P, 1999, THIS IS MADNESS CRIT, P195.
   Campbell P., 1996, MENTAL HLTH MATTERS.
   Curtis T. R., 2000, MAD PRIDE CELEBRATIO.
   DAVIS A, 2000, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   DUNN S, 1999, CREATING ACCEPTING C.
   GABEL S, 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   {*}HOM OFF DOH, 1999, MAN DANG PEOPL SEV P.
   McNamara J, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS, P194.
   MIND, 2000, ENV FRIENDL PAT VIEW.
   {*}MIND BBC, 2000, MENT HLTH FACTF.
   {*}MIND SE, 2000, B SE MIND, P1.
   Morris J., 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Oliver M., 1998, DISABLED PEOPLE SOCI.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Plumb A, 1994, DISTRESS DISABILITY.
   ROBERTS M, 2000, OPEN MIND        NOV, P12.
   SAYCE L, 2000, PSYCHIAT PATIENT CIT.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 2000, HELP.
   Taylor PJ, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V174, P9, DOI 10.1192/bjp.174.1.9.
   1999, COMMON AGENDA NE DEC.
   2000, OPEN MIND        NOV, P18.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{29}},
Times-Cited = {{8}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Policy Polit.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{584CY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000177450700008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000176379700020,
Author = {Koch, T},
Title = {{One principle and three fallacies of disability studies}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF MEDICAL ETHICS}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{203}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Publisher = {{BRITISH MED JOURNAL PUBL GROUP}},
Address = {{BRITISH MED ASSOC HOUSE, TAVISTOCK SQUARE, LONDON WC1H 9JR, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Editorial Material}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Koch, T (Reprint Author), SFU Gerontol, 2118 W 13th Ave, Vancouver, BC V6K 2S1, Canada.
   SFU Gerontol, Vancouver, BC V6K 2S1, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.1136/jme.28.3.203}},
ISSN = {{0306-6800}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LIFE}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Medical Ethics; Social Issues;
   Biomedical Social Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Ethics; Medical Ethics; Social Issues; Social Sciences, Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{GOLDBLATT D, 1993, SEMIN NEUROL, V13, P375, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1041150.
   GRAVES FG, 1997, AM JOURNALISM RE MAR, P25.
   Harris J, 2001, J MED ETHICS, V27, P383, DOI 10.1136/jme.27.6.383.
   HAWKING S, 1993, BLACK HOLES BABY UNI, V14, P167.
   Koch T, 2001, J MED ETHICS, V27, P370, DOI 10.1136/jme.27.6.370.
   Koch T, 2000, SOC SCI MED, V51, P419, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(99)00474-8.
   KOCH T, 1994, WATERSHEDS STORIES C, P1.
   KOCH T, 1993, PLACE TIME CARE GIVE.
   Nussbaum Martha, 2001, NEW YORK REV BO 0111.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{9}},
Times-Cited = {{3}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Med. Ethics}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{565PY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000176379700020}},
OA = {{Bronze, Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000176379700021,
Author = {Harris, J},
Title = {{One principle and a fourth fallacy of disability studies}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF MEDICAL ETHICS}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{204}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Publisher = {{BRITISH MED JOURNAL PUBL GROUP}},
Address = {{BRITISH MED ASSOC HOUSE, TAVISTOCK SQUARE, LONDON WC1H 9JR, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Editorial Material}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Harris, J (Reprint Author), Univ Manchester, Inst Med Law \& Bioeth, Sch Law, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
   Univ Manchester, Inst Med Law \& Bioeth, Sch Law, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1136/jme.28.3.204}},
ISSN = {{0306-6800}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Medical Ethics; Social Issues;
   Biomedical Social Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Ethics; Medical Ethics; Social Issues; Social Sciences, Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{Koch T, 2002, J MED ETHICS, V28, P203, DOI 10.1136/jme.28.3.203.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{8}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Med. Ethics}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{565PY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000176379700021}},
OA = {{Bronze, Green Published, Green Accepted}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000175703000002,
Author = {Lubet, A},
Title = {{Disability studies and performing arts medicine}},
Journal = {{MEDICAL PROBLEMS OF PERFORMING ARTISTS}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{58-62}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Publisher = {{HANLEY \& BELFUS INC}},
Address = {{210 S 13TH ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19107 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Lubet, A (Reprint Author), Univ Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
   Univ Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0885-1158}},
Research-Areas = {{General \& Internal Medicine; Music}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Medicine, General \& Internal; Music}},
Cited-References = {{CORKER M, 1990, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   FARRAR A, 2001, REPETITIVE MOTION DI.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   MARSCHARK M, 1997, RAISING EDUCATING DE.
   OSTWALD P, 1995, G GOULD ARCH.
   Shakespeare T., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P164.
   Simkin B, 1999, MED PROBL PERFORM AR, V14, P113.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{7}},
Times-Cited = {{5}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Med. Probl. Perform. Artist.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{553XU}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000175703000002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000175526500007,
Author = {Hendy, HM and Nagle, TR},
Title = {{A critical examination of gender differences in nutritional risk for
   rural adults with disability}},
Journal = {{REHABILITATION PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{47}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{219-229}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Abstract = {{Objectives: To examine gender differences in nutritional risk for rural
   adults with disability. To identify specific perceived nutrition
   barriers that intervention programs might target among rural adults with
   disability. Study Design: Telephone interviews. Participants: One
   hundred twenty-four rural adults from Meals-on-Wheels and Center for
   Independent Living programs (46 men, 78 women; mean age = 57.7 years,
   96\% Caucasian). Outcome Measures: Nutrition Screening Initiative,
   Nutritional Risk Index, Perceived Nutrition Barriers Scale. Results:
   Women reported greater nutritional risk on all measures, but gender
   differences appeared mediated by age and disability. Top barriers were
   identical for men and women. Conclusions: Rehabilitation psychologists
   should consider age and disability first, rather than gender-related
   assumptions about nutritional risk. Nutrition intervention should
   encourage shared food cost, transportation, preparation, and new tastes.}},
Publisher = {{EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHING FOUNDATION}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST, NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hendy, HM (Reprint Author), Penn State Univ, Dept Psychol, 200 Univ Dr, Schuylkill Haven, PA 17972 USA.
   Penn State Univ, Dept Psychol, Schuylkill Haven, PA 17972 USA.
   Anthracite Region Ctr Independent Living, Pottsville, PA USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1037//0090-5550.47.2.219}},
ISSN = {{0090-5550}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SELF-EFFICACY; HEALTH; BARRIERS; BEHAVIOR; PEOPLE; INDEPENDENCE; POLICY;
   OLD}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Clinical; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{BAKER DI, 1995, J APPL GERONTOL, V14, P261, DOI 10.1177/073346489501400302.
   Bandura A., 1997, SELF EFFICACY EXERCI.
   BAX N, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V12, P1035.
   BECKER HA, 1989, INT J REHABIL RES, V12, P235, DOI 10.1097/00004356-198909000-00001.
   BECKINGHAM AC, 1995, EDUC GERONTOL, V21, P479, DOI 10.1080/0360127950210508.
   BEEDON L, 1992, AGING DISABILITIES, V16, P79.
   BUDDE JF, 1986, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V11, P240.
   Burg M. M., 1994, ANN BEHAV MED, V16, P109.
   CLAYTON GM, 1994, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V38, P65, DOI 10.2190/XV9T-JKJK-HBTA-62H1.
   DART J, 1990, WORKLIFE, V3, P1.
   GLASGOW N, 1993, J APPL GERONTOL, V12, P302, DOI 10.1177/073346489301200302.
   GORDON SR, 1985, J AM GERIATR SOC, V33, P334, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1985.tb07133.x.
   Hendy HM, 1998, INT J AGING HUM DEV, V47, P299, DOI 10.2190/F770-RNBD-GFMT-RQGV.
   HSU LKG, 1989, CLIN PSYCHOL REV, V9, P393, DOI 10.1016/0272-7358(89)90063-9.
   JOHNSON RJ, 1993, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V34, P105, DOI 10.2307/2137238.
   KERR N, 1987, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V32, P173, DOI 10.1037//0090-5550.32.3.173.
   Marge M, 1988, Am J Health Promot, V2, P29, DOI 10.4278/0890-1171-2.4.29.
   MCCULLOCH BJ, 1993, J APPL GERONTOL, V12, P388, DOI 10.1177/073346489301200307.
   McIntosh W A, 1989, FOOD FOODWAYS, V3, P317, DOI DOI 10.1080/07409710.1989.9961959.
   MILLER B, 1992, GERONTOLOGIST, V32, P498, DOI 10.1093/geront/32.4.498.
   NOSEK MA, 1992, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V36, P21.
   OLEARY A, 1985, BEHAV RES THER, V23, P437, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(85)90172-X.
   POSNER BM, 1993, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V83, P972, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.83.7.972.
   RAPPOPORT L, 1988, AM BEHAV SCI, V32, P31, DOI 10.1177/0002764288032001004.
   Roberto K. A., 1989, OLDER ADULT FRIENDSH, P147.
   ROLLS BJ, 1991, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V10, P133, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.10.2.133.
   ROOK KS, 1992, MEANING MEASUREMENT.
   SMICIKLASWRIGHT H, 1990, J NUTR, V120, P1535, DOI 10.1093/jn/120.suppl\_11.1535.
   Smith Carol E., 1994, Annals of Behavioral Medicine, V16, P352.
   SOLTESZ KS, 1994, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V78, P968, DOI 10.2466/pms.1994.78.3.968.
   STOLLER EP, 1994, HLTH SERVICES RURAL, P33.
   STONE AA, 1992, STRESS DIS PROCESSES, P55.
   STRECHER VJ, 1986, HEALTH EDUC QUART, V13, P73, DOI 10.1177/109019818601300108.
   VERBRUGGE LM, 1989, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V30, P282, DOI 10.2307/2136961.
   WATSON D, 1988, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V54, P1063, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.54.6.1063.
   WEINSTEIN ND, 1993, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V12, P324, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.12.4.324.
   WELCH DC, 1995, DEV REV, V15, P150, DOI 10.1006/drev.1995.1007.
   WHITE JV, 1991, J AM DIET ASSOC, V91, P783.
   WOLINSKY P, 1985, AM J PREV MED, V1, P53.
   Zarb G., 1995, REMOVING DISABLING B.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{40}},
Times-Cited = {{4}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Rehabil. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{550WD}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000175526500007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000181365300008,
Author = {Poore, C},
Title = {{``The (im)perfect human being{''} and the beginning of disability
   studies in Germany: A report}},
Journal = {{NEW GERMAN CRITIQUE}},
Year = {{2002}},
Number = {{86}},
Pages = {{179-190}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Publisher = {{TELOS PRESS LTD}},
Address = {{431 E 12TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10009 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Poore, C (Reprint Author), Brown Univ, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
   Brown Univ, Providence, RI 02912 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/3115206}},
ISSN = {{0094-033X}},
Research-Areas = {{Literature}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Literary Theory \& Criticism}},
Cited-References = {{Albrecht G., 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.
   BARWIG G, 1993, UNBESCHREIBLICH WEIB.
   BISKY J, 2000, BERLINER Z      1227.
   Faulstich H, 1998, HUNGERSTERBEN PSYCHI.
   HOLTORF C, 2001, ZEIT            0621.
   KLEE E, 1980, BEHINDERT KRITISCHES.
   LAU M, 2001, WELT            0709.
   MACHO T, 2001, FRANKFURTER RUN 0706.
   MEISTER M, 2001, FRANKFURTER RUN 0709.
   Miles-Paul Ottmar, 1992, WIR SIND NICHT MEHR.
   Mitchell David T., 2000, NARRATIVE PROSTHESIS.
   POORE C, 2000, HEROES HEROISM GERMA, P65.
   SCHAFER A, 2002, BERLINER Z      0515.
   SCHMUHL HW, 2001, VERNICHTEN HEILEN NU.
   SLOTERDIJK P, 1999, ZEIT DOKUMENT, V2.
   SNYDER S, 2002, DISABILITY STUDIES E.
   TERVOOREN A, 2002, TAGESSPIEGEL    0310.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   WUNDER M, 1982, SIE NENNEN FURSORGE.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{19}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{New Ger. Crit.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{652DV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000181365300008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000175368300030,
Author = {Scarth, LL},
Title = {{Handbook of disability studies.}},
Journal = {{REFERENCE \& USER SERVICES QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{41}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{287-288}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Publisher = {{AMER LIBRARY ASSOC}},
Address = {{50 E HURON ST, CHICAGO, IL 60611 USA}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Scarth, LL (Reprint Author), Mt Mercy Coll, Cedar Rapids, IA USA.
   Mt Mercy Coll, Cedar Rapids, IA USA.}},
ISSN = {{1094-9054}},
Research-Areas = {{Information Science \& Library Science}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Information Science \& Library Science}},
Cited-References = {{ALBRECHT GL, 2001, HANDBOOK DISABILITY.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Ref. User Serv. Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{548BL}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000175368300030}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000173224900012,
Author = {Alexopoulos, GS and Kiosses, DN and Klimstra, S and Kalayam, B and
   Bruce, ML},
Title = {{Clinical presentation of the ``depression-executive dysfunction
   syndrome{''} of late life}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{10}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{98-106}},
Month = {{JAN-FEB}},
Abstract = {{It has been proposed that a ``depression-executive dysfunction (DED)
   syndrome{''} occurs in late life. This assertion was based on clinical,
   neuropathological, and neuroimaging findings suggesting that
   frontostriatal dysfunctions contribute to the development of bot
   depression and executive dysfunction and influence the course of
   depression. The authors describe the clinical presentation of DED and
   its relationship to disability studying 126 elderly subjects with major
   depression and evaluating depressive symptoms, cognitive functioning,
   disability and personality dimensions. Patients with the DED syndrome
   bad reduced fluency, impaired visual naming, paranoia, loss of interest
   in activities, and psychomotor retardation, but showed a rather mild
   vegetative syndrome. Depressive symptomatology and especially
   psychomotor retardation and loss of interest in activities, contributed
   to disability in DED patients, whereas paranoia was associated with
   disability independently of executive dysfunction. These findings may
   aid clinicians in identifying patients needing vigilant follow-up,
   because depression with executive dysfunction was found to be associated
   with disability, poor treatment response, relapse, and recurrence.}},
Publisher = {{ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC}},
Address = {{360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Alexopoulos, GS (Reprint Author), Cornell Univ, Inst Geriatr Psychiat, 21 Bloomingdale Rd, White Plains, NY 10605 USA.
   Cornell Univ, Joan \& Sanford I Weill Med Coll, White Plains, NY 10605 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1176/appi.ajgp.10.1.98}},
ISSN = {{1064-7481}},
EISSN = {{1545-7214}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SUBGENUAL PREFRONTAL CORTEX; DEMENTIA RATING-SCALE; GERIATRIC
   DEPRESSION; VASCULAR DEPRESSION; DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA;
   ALZHEIMERS-DISEASE; TREATMENT RESPONSE; AFFECTIVE-ILLNESS; ELDERLY
   SUBJECTS; MEDICAL ILLNESS}},
Research-Areas = {{Geriatrics \& Gerontology; Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Geriatrics \& Gerontology; Gerontology; Psychiatry}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Kiosses, Dimitris/Y-3565-2019
   }},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Alexopoulos, George/0000-0001-5677-7001
   Kiosses, Dimitris/0000-0003-3664-3799}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NIMH NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human ServicesNational
   Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Institute of Mental Health
   (NIMH) {[}P30 MH49762, T32 MH19132, R01 MH42819, R01 MH51842]}},
Cited-References = {{Alexopoulos GS, 1997, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V54, P915.
   Alexopoulos GS, 2000, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V57, P285, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.57.3.285.
   ALEXOPOULOS GS, 2001, {[}No title captured], V9, P1.
   American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   ANDREASEN NC, 1977, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V34, P1229.
   Benton A., 1978, MULTILINGUAL APHASIA.
   Benton A.L., 1974, REVISED VISUAL RETEN.
   BOONE KB, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P549, DOI 10.1001/archneur.1992.00530290141024.
   BUCHSBAUM MS, 1986, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V10, P137, DOI 10.1016/0165-0327(86)90036-4.
   CLONINGER GR, 1987, TRIPARTITE PERSONALI.
   Coffey C E, 1989, J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci, V1, P135.
   COFFEY CE, 1990, AM J PSYCHIAT, V147, P187.
   CORRIGAN M, 1997, ANN M AM COLL NEUR.
   Cummings JL, 2000, AM J PSYCHIAT, V157, P4, DOI 10.1176/ajp.157.1.4.
   de Asis JM, 2001, AM J PSYCHIAT, V158, P1321, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajp.158.8.1321.
   DEBATTISTA C, 1998, ANN NCDEU M BOC RAT.
   DREVETS WC, 1992, J NEUROSCI, V12, P3628.
   Drevets WC, 1998, ANNU REV MED, V49, P341, DOI 10.1146/annurev.med.49.1.341.
   Drevets WC, 1997, NATURE, V386, P824, DOI 10.1038/386824a0.
   FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189, DOI 10.1016/0022-3956(75)90026-6.
   FRITH CD, 1991, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V29, P1137, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(91)90029-8.
   HAMILTON M, 1960, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V23, P56, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.23.1.56.
   HICKIE I, 1995, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V37, P151, DOI 10.1016/0006-3223(94)00174-2.
   Hitchcott PK, 1997, PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY, V133, P240, DOI 10.1007/s002130050397.
   Jueptner M, 1997, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V77, P1313.
   Kalayam B, 1999, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V56, P713, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.56.8.713.
   KENNEDY GJ, 1989, AM J PSYCHIAT, V146, P220.
   Kiosses DN, 2000, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V15, P992, DOI 10.1002/1099-1166(200011)15:11<992::AID-GPS248>3.0.CO;2-6.
   Kornetsky C, 1995, NIDA Res Monogr, V147, P33.
   KRISHNAN KRR, 1993, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V6, P39, DOI 10.1177/002383099300600107.
   Krishnan KRR, 1997, AM J PSYCHIAT, V154, P497.
   LAWTON MP, 1982, J GERONTOL, V37, P91, DOI 10.1093/geronj/37.1.91.
   LESSER IM, 1994, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V51, P677.
   Lesser IM, 1996, AM J PSYCHIAT, V153, P1280.
   Lyketsos CG, 1998, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V10, P103, DOI 10.1176/jnp.10.1.103.
   LYNESS JM, 1993, AM J PSYCHIAT, V150, P910.
   Masterman DL, 1997, J PSYCHOPHARMACOL, V11, P107, DOI 10.1177/026988119701100203.
   MATTIS S, 1978, BRAIN LANG, V6, P179, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(78)90057-3.
   Mattis S., 1989, DEMENTIA RATING SCAL.
   MAYBERG HS, 1994, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V6, P428.
   Mayberg HS, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P1057, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199703030-00048.
   Mega MS, 1999, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V56, P1388, DOI 10.1001/archneur.56.11.1388.
   Menza MA, 2000, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V61, P378, DOI 10.4088/JCP.v61n0510.
   MILLER MD, 1992, PSYCHIAT RES, V41, P237, DOI 10.1016/0165-1781(92)90005-N.
   Morissette M, 1998, EUR J NEUROSCI, V10, P2565, DOI 10.1046/j.1460-9568.1998.00264.x.
   Ongur D, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P13290, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.22.13290.
   PAOLO AM, 1995, J GERIATR PSYCH NEUR, V8, P184, DOI 10.1177/089198879500800308.
   Rajkowska G, 1999, BIOL PSYCHIAT, V45, P1085, DOI 10.1016/S0006-3223(99)00041-4.
   RISCH SC, 1981, J CLIN PSYCHOPHARM, V1, P186, DOI 10.1097/00004714-198107000-00003.
   ROSSER AE, 1994, J NEUROL, V241, P531, DOI 10.1007/BF00873515.
   Sakai K, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P1827.
   Schwartz JC, 1998, BRAIN RES REV, V26, P236, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0173(97)00046-5.
   Smith EE, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1657, DOI 10.1126/science.283.5408.1657.
   Sobin C, 1997, AM J PSYCHIAT, V154, P4.
   SPITZER R, 1975, SCHEDULE AFFECTIVE D.
   SPITZER RL, 1978, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V35, P773, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.1978.01770300115013.
   STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P725, DOI 10.1001/archneur.1988.00520310031013.
   STARKSTEIN SE, 1988, BRAIN, V111, P375, DOI 10.1093/brain/111.2.375.
   STUSS DT, 1983, LOCALIZATION NEUROPS, P429.
   SZEGEDI A, 1997, CLIN NEUROPHARMACOL, V20, pS36.
   Weiner MF, 2000, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V61, P487, DOI 10.4088/JCP.v61n0705.
   WILLNER P, 1994, PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY, V115, P454, DOI 10.1007/BF02245568.
   Willner P, 1997, INT CLIN PSYCHOPHARM, V12, pS7, DOI 10.1097/00004850-199707003-00002.
   Xu M, 1998, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V844, P27, DOI 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1998.tb08219.x.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{64}},
Times-Cited = {{231}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{12}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Geriatr. Psychiatr.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{510UD}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000173224900012}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000176546300007,
Author = {Iezzoni, LI},
Title = {{Assessing the field of disability 4. Using administrative data to study
   persons with disabilities}},
Journal = {{MILBANK QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{2002}},
Volume = {{80}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{347+}},
Abstract = {{Administrative data result from administering health plans-tracking
   service utilization, paying claims, monitoring costs and quality-and
   have been used extensively for health services research. This article
   examines the strengths and limitations of administrative data for health
   services research studies of people with disabilities. Administrative
   data offer important advantages: encompassing large populations over
   time, ready availability, low cost, and computer readability. Questions
   arise about how to identify people with disabilities, capture
   disability-related services, and determine meaningful health care
   outcomes. Potentially useful administrative data elements include
   eligibility for Medicare or Medicaid through Social Security disability
   determinations, diagnosis and procedure codes, pharmacy claims, and
   durable medical equipment claims. Linking administrative data to survey
   or other data sources enhances the utility of administrative data for
   disability studies.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL PUBLISHERS}},
Address = {{350 MAIN STREET, STE 6, MALDEN, MA 02148 USA}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Iezzoni, LI (Reprint Author), Beth Israel Deaconess Med Ctr, Dept Med, Div Gen Med \& Primary Care, 330 Brookline Ave, Boston, MA 02215 USA.
   Harvard Univ, Cambridge, MA 02138 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/1468-0009.t01-1-00007}},
ISSN = {{0887-378X}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME; DISABLED-WORKER BENEFICIARIES;
   PROSPECTIVE-PAYMENT SYSTEM; RISK ADJUSTMENT; HEALTH-CARE; CASE-MIX;
   CAPITATION PAYMENTS; MEDICARE BENEFICIARIES; PREDICTIVE-VALIDITY;
   HOSPITAL ADMISSION}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Health Policy \& Services}},
Cited-References = {{Adams E K, 1989, Health Care Financ Rev, V11, P1.
   Adler G S, 1994, Health Care Financ Rev, V15, P153.
   Adler G S, 1995, Health Care Financ Rev, V16, P175.
   {*}AHCPR, 1997, AHCPR PUB.
   {*}AHCPR, 1996, AHCPR PUB.
   Ash AS, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P7.
   Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   Batavia A. I, 2000, AM DISABILITIES EXPL, P283.
   Bierman AS, 2001, J GEN INTERN MED, V16, P785, DOI 10.1111/j.1525-1497.2001.10918.x.
   Bogardus ST, 2001, J GEN INTERN MED, V16, P728, DOI 10.1046/j.1525-1497.2001.00625.x.
   Boult C, 2000, J AM GERIATR SOC, V48, P996.
   BOULT L, 1994, J AM GERIATR SOC, V42, P707, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1994.tb06528.x.
   BRANDT E, 1997, ENABLING AM ASSESSIN.
   BRIGHT RA, 1989, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V42, P937, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(89)90158-3.
   BROWN F, 1989, ICD 9 CM CODING HDB.
   BYE B, 1987, SOC SECUR BULL, V50, P13.
   BYE BV, 1989, SOC SECUR BULL, V52, P2.
   BYE BV, 1991, SOC SECUR BULL, V54, P2.
   CALKINS DR, 1991, ANN INTERN MED, V114, P451, DOI 10.7326/0003-4819-114-6-451.
   Cassel CK, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P118, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.1.118.
   Chan L, 1999, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V80, P642, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(99)90166-1.
   Charlton J. I., 1998, NOTHING US US DISABI.
   CHIRIKOS TN, 1991, AM DISABILITIES ACT, P150.
   CLANCY CM, 1997, DIS MANAGE CLIN OUTC, V1, P72.
   CULLER SD, 1995, MED CARE, V33, P1089, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199511000-00003.
   Dolan P, 1996, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V49, P551, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(95)00532-3.
   DONALDSON MS, 1994, HLTH DATA INFORMATIO.
   ELIXHAUSER A, 1996, DATA NEEDS ERA HLTH, P359.
   Ellis RP, 1996, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V17, P101.
   Ettner SL, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P185.
   FISHER ES, 1992, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V82, P243, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.82.2.243.
   Fishman PA, 1999, MED CARE, V37, P874, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199909000-00004.
   Foote SM, 2001, HEALTH AFFAIR, V20, P242, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.20.6.242.
   FRIES BE, 1994, MED CARE, V32, P668, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199407000-00002.
   Gitterman DP, 2001, HEALTH AFFAIR, V20, P68, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.20.4.68.
   Greenwald LM, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P1.
   {*}HARR INT INC, 2000, 2000 NOD HARR SURV A.
   Hawes C, 1997, J AM GERIATR SOC, V45, P977, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1997.tb02970.x.
   Hermann RC, 1998, MED CARE, V36, P720, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199805000-00011.
   HOENIG H, 1993, CLIN GERIATR MED, V9, P883, DOI 10.1016/S0749-0690(18)30384-7.
   Horn D, 1998, NEURAL COMPUT, V10, P1, DOI 10.1162/089976698300017863.
   HSIA DC, 1992, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V268, P896, DOI 10.1001/jama.268.7.896.
   HSIA DC, 1988, NEW ENGL J MED, V318, P352, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198802113180604.
   Iezzoni LI, 2000, MED CARE, V38, P1051, DOI 10.1097/00005650-200010000-00009.
   IEZZONI LI, 1992, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V267, P2197, DOI 10.1001/jama.267.16.2197.
   Iezzoni LI, 1997, ANN INTERN MED, V127, P666, DOI 10.7326/0003-4819-127-8\_Part\_2-199710151-00048.
   Iezzoni LI, 1998, NEW ENGL J MED, V339, P1933, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199812243392613.
   Iezzoni LI, 1997, RISK ADJUSTMENT MEAS, P169.
   IOM, 2001, COV MATT INS HLTH CA.
   JENCKS SF, 1988, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V260, P2240, DOI 10.1001/jama.260.15.2240.
   KANE RL, 2000, ASSESSING OLDER PERS, P1.
   KARNOFSKY DA, 1948, CANCER-AM CANCER SOC, V1, P634, DOI 10.1002/1097-0142(194811)1:4<634::AID-CNCR2820010410>3.0.CO;2-L.
   KRONICK R, 1995, INQUIRY-J HEALTH CAR, V32, P41.
   Kronick R, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P29.
   Kronick R, 1996, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V17, P7.
   Kuhlthau K, 1998, PEDIATRICS, V102, P610, DOI 10.1542/peds.102.3.610.
   Lamers LM, 1999, MED CARE, V37, P824, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199908000-00012.
   Laschober MA, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P150, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.6.150.
   LAVE JR, 1994, MED CARE, V32, pJS77.
   Lillard LA, 1997, ANN INTERN MED, V127, P691, DOI 10.7326/0003-4819-127-8\_Part\_2-199710151-00051.
   Mairs N, 1996, WAIST HIGH WORLD.
   MANTON KG, 1993, GERONTOLOGIST, V33, P168, DOI 10.1093/geront/33.2.168.
   Martin L, 2001, ANN STAT REPORT SOCI.
   Master R, 1996, Manag Care Q, V4, P26.
   McCarthy EP, 2000, MED CARE, V38, P868, DOI 10.1097/00005650-200008000-00010.
   {*}MED PAYM ADV COMM, 2001, REP C MED PAYM POL.
   {*}MED PAYM ADV COMM, 1998, REP C MED PAYM POL, V2.
   Meyer J.A., 1999, PROFILES DISABILITY.
   MITCHELL JB, 1994, MED CARE, V32, pJS38.
   MOR V, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P1274, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.8.1274.
   MORRIS J, 1995, {[}No title captured].
   N Mathiowetz, 2000, SURVEY MEASUREMENT W.
   {*}NAT CANC I, 2001, LINK SEER MED DAT.
   {*}NAT COMM QUAL ASS, 1996, HEDIS 3 0 HLTH PLAN.
   {*}NAT COMM VIT HLTH, 2001, CLASS REP FUNCT STAT.
   NELSON E, 1983, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V249, P3331, DOI 10.1001/jama.249.24.3331.
   {*}OFF TECHN ASS, 1995, SOTAITC624.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   PACALA JT, 1995, J AM GERIATR SOC, V43, P374, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1995.tb05810.x.
   Pacala JT, 1997, J AM GERIATR SOC, V45, P614, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1997.tb03097.x.
   Pelka Fred, 1997, ABC CLIO COMPANION D.
   Perrin JM, 1998, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V19, P117.
   Perrin JM, 1998, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V88, P928, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.88.6.928.
   Perrin JM, 1999, ARCH PEDIAT ADOL MED, V153, P80.
   POPE AM, 1991, DISABILITY AM NATL A.
   Pope G, 2000, DIAGNOSTIC COST GROU.
   Pope GC, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P93.
   POTOSKY AL, 1993, MED CARE, V31, P732.
   RAY WA, 1989, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V129, P837, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a115198.
   Riley GF, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P135.
   Robinson J, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P149.
   Robinson JC, 1999, CORPORATE PRACTICE M.
   ROCKOW K, 2001, WORKING DEAF HARD HE.
   ROETZHEIM RG, 2002, IN PRESS J HLTH CARE.
   Romano P S, 1993, Med Care Rev, V50, P451, DOI 10.1177/002570879305000404.
   ROMANO PS, 1994, MED CARE, V32, P81, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199401000-00006.
   ROMANO PS, 1992, AHCPR PUB, P57.
   Rosenbach M L, 1995, Health Care Financ Rev, V17, P147.
   SCHNEIDER DP, 1988, HLTH CARE FINANCING.
   Sharma R, 2001, HLTH HLTH CARE MEDIC.
   Shaughnessy PW, 1997, MED CARE, V35, pNS115, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199711001-00013.
   SHAUGHNESSY PW, 1995, HEALTH SERV RES, V30, P79.
   {*}SSA, 1998, SSA PUBL.
   STINEMAN MG, 1994, MED CARE, V32, P366, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199404000-00005.
   Stineman MG, 1997, MED CARE, V35, pJS90, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199706001-00018.
   Stone D., 1984, DISABLED STATE.
   Swan J, 2000, HEALTH CARE FINANC R, V21, P203.
   TANENBAUM S, 1989, MILBANK Q, V67, P288, DOI 10.2307/3350147.
   U.S. General Accounting Office, 2000, GAOHEHS00176.
   U.S. General Accounting Office, 1996, GAOHEHS9662.
   {*}US GEN ACC OFF, 2001, GAO01126SP.
   Virnig BA, 2001, ANNU REV PUBL HEALTH, V22, P213, DOI 10.1146/annurev.publhealth.22.1.213.
   Williams BC, 1997, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V78, P48, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(97)90009-5.
   Williams G, 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI, P123, DOI DOI 10.4135/9781412976251.N5.
   World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA.
   World Health Organization, 1997, ICIDH 2 INT CLASS IM.
   World Health Organization, 2001, INT CLASS FUNCT DIS.
   Young NL, 1996, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V49, P1097, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(96)00214-4.
   1997, FED REG         0310, V62, P11004.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{119}},
Times-Cited = {{76}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{12}},
Journal-ISO = {{Milbank Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{568MQ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000176546300007}},
OA = {{Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@inproceedings{ ISI:000176703200038,
Author = {Davis, J and Kendall, T and Meeks, H},
Editor = {{Herkert, JR}},
Title = {{The message is the message: Designing information technology for
   inclusiveness and accessibility}},
Booktitle = {{SOCIAL IMPLICATIONS OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY,
   PROCEEDINGS}},
Year = {{2002}},
Pages = {{283-289}},
Note = {{International Symposium on Technology and Society (ISTAS 02), RALEIGH,
   NC, JUN 06-08, 2002}},
Organization = {{IEEE Soc Social Implicat Technol; N Carolina State Univ; IEEE Comp Soc;
   IEEE Eastern N Carolina Sect; ACM Special Interest Grp Comp \& Soc;
   Online Ethics Ctr Engn \& Sci; Comp Professionals Social Responsiabil,
   RTP Chapter}},
Abstract = {{Universal design advocates designing virtual as well as physical
   environments to be accessible and usable by as many potential users as
   possible. However, dominant ways of thinking about accessibility and
   information technology, and the resulting design and implementation
   practices, tend to create needless barriers to information and
   opportunities for a large and growing group of technology users. These
   assumptions and practices are also disabling the development and uses of
   information technology in general. We describe some technological and
   barriers to providing universal access to information technology
   resources for students with disabilities at North Carolina State
   University. We present research from social sciences and disability
   studies that suggests insights and alternative models for understanding
   how and why ``disability{''} is being socially reconstructed on the Web.
   We end with general suggestions for accessible technology and Web design
   that can expand possibilities for both technology development and
   technology users.}},
Publisher = {{IEEE}},
Address = {{345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017 USA}},
Type = {{Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Davis, J (Reprint Author), N Carolina State Univ, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA.
   N Carolina State Univ, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1109/ISTAS.2002.1013827}},
ISBN = {{0-7803-7284-0}},
Research-Areas = {{Computer Science; Social Issues}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Computer Science, Information Systems; Computer Science,
   Interdisciplinary Applications; Social Issues}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Kendall, Tyler/0000-0002-0989-1765}},
Cited-References = {{BERNERSLEE T, 1999, WEAVING WEB ORIGINAL.
   BRAITHWAITE DO, 2000, HDB COMMUNICATION PE, P508.
   Castro E., 1998, HTML 4 WORLD WIDE WE.
   {*}CTR ACC SOC, NEW PAR DIS.
   DAVIS L, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D, P27.
   {*}FREED SCI, CO HIST.
   JOHNSON C, 2001, WASHINGTON POST 0821.
   LINTON S, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY, P4.
   MCLUHAN HM, 1994, UNDERST MEDIA, P7.
   {*}N CAR INF RES MAN, N CAR STAT TECHN ARC, pCH13.
   National Council on Disability, 2001, ACC FUT.
   {*}NC STAT U, 2001, ASS TECHN HIGH ED SU.
   {*}NC STAT U CTR UN, WHAT IS UN DES.
   NEWELL AF, 1997, HDB HUMAN COMPUTER I, P823.
   NEWELL AF, 1997, HDB HUMAN COMPUTER I, P814.
   Steiner P., 1993, NEW YORKER, V69.
   SUCHMAN L, LOCATED ACCOUNTABILI.
   Zessner WW, 1998, WIRING THE WORLD: THE IMPACT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ON SOCIETY (ISTAS 98), P37, DOI 10.1109/ISTAS.1998.688147.
   2001, MACROMEDIA WEB DESIG.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{19}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{BU68D}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000176703200038}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000172484300007,
Author = {Heiman, T},
Title = {{Depressive mood in students with mild intellectual disability: students'
   reports and teachers' evaluations}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF INTELLECTUAL DISABILITY RESEARCH}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{45}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{526-534}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Note = {{2nd European Congress of Mental Health in Mental Retardation, LONDON,
   ENGLAND, SEP 08-10, 1999}},
Abstract = {{The present study examined 310 students with mild intellectual
   disability (ID) who attended special schools and self-contained classes
   in mainstream schools with regard to their reports of depressive mood,
   and loneliness and social skills, and teachers' perception of the
   students' academic, social and behavioural competencies. A multivariate
   analysis of Variance (MANOVA) revealed that: students in special schools
   reported higher levels of depression and felt lonelier than mainstream
   school students; girls exhibited a greater sense of depressive mood than
   boys; teachers assessed boys as having higher academic competencies than
   girls; and boys were considered more easily distracted and less
   independent. However, teachers considered girls to have more adequate
   social adjustment, and be more task-oriented and more independent. For
   both groups, depressive mood can be predicted by distractibility and
   loneliness; by gender and lower academic competencies for special school
   students; or mainly by difficulties in social adjustment in the case of
   mainstream school students.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{P O BOX 88, OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD OX2 0NE, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Heiman, T (Reprint Author), Open Univ, Dept Educ \& Psychol, 16 Klausner St, IL-61392 Tel Aviv, Israel.
   Open Univ, Dept Educ \& Psychol, IL-61392 Tel Aviv, Israel.}},
DOI = {{10.1046/j.1365-2788.2001.00363.x}},
ISSN = {{0964-2633}},
Keywords = {{depression; loneliness; social adjustment; teachers' evaluations}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-RETARDATION; ADOLESCENT DEPRESSION; CHILDHOOD DEPRESSION; GENDER
   DIFFERENCES; SELF-ESTEEM; CHILDREN; LONELINESS; SCHOOL; SYMPTOMS;
   BEHAVIOR}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Genetics \& Heredity; Neurosciences
   \& Neurology; Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Genetics \& Heredity; Clinical Neurology;
   Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Alfieri T, 1996, DEV PSYCHOL, V32, P1129, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.32.6.1129.
   ALLEN JD, 1998, KAPPA DELTA PI RECOR, V35, P28.
   American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   Angold A, 1999, PSYCHOL MED, V29, P1043, DOI 10.1017/S0033291799008946.
   Asher S. R., 1990, PEER REJECTION CHILD, P253.
   BARON P, 1988, SEX ROLES, V18, P1, DOI 10.1007/BF00288013.
   BLOCK JH, 1991, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V60, P726, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.60.5.726.
   Charlot LR, 1997, PSYCHIAT ANN, V27, P190, DOI 10.3928/0048-5713-19970301-11.
   Dagnan D, 1999, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V43, P372, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2788.1999.043005372.x.
   Fink G, 1998, CLIN EXP PHARMACOL P, V25, P764, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-1681.1998.tb02151.x.
   FLETT GL, 1994, CURR PSYCHOL, V13, P263, DOI 10.1007/BF02686853.
   GALAMBOS NL, 1990, CHILD DEV, V61, P1905, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1990.tb03574.x.
   Gresham F. M., 1990, SOCIAL SKILLS RATING.
   GRIFFIN GW, 1987, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V54, P246.
   Heath NL, 2000, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V23, P24, DOI 10.2307/1511097.
   HEIMAN T, 1999, THE EDUCATION, V10, P24.
   HENRY B, 1993, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V21, P469, DOI 10.1007/BF00916314.
   Hudson P, 1997, J LEARN DISABIL, V30, P442, DOI 10.1177/002221949703000411.
   Hunt P, 1997, J SPEC EDUC, V31, P3, DOI 10.1177/002246699703100102.
   Idol L, 1997, J LEARN DISABIL, V30, P384, DOI 10.1177/002221949703000405.
   Kauffman J. M., 1995, ILLUSION FULL INCLUS.
   KAZDIN AE, 1990, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V31, P121, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1990.tb02276.x.
   KENNEDY E, 1989, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V30, P561, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1989.tb00268.x.
   KOBE FH, 1994, RES DEV DISABIL, V15, P209, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(94)90012-4.
   KOENIG LJ, 1994, J RES PERS, V28, P27, DOI 10.1006/jrpe.1994.1004.
   KOVACS M, 1977, DEPRESSION CHILDHOOD, P56.
   Linna SL, 1999, EUR CHILD ADOLES PSY, V8, P77.
   MANIKAM R, 1995, RES DEV DISABIL, V16, P349, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(95)00018-I.
   Marcotte D, 1999, SEX ROLES, V41, P31, DOI 10.1023/A:1018833607815.
   MARGALIT M, 1993, AM J MENT RETARD, V97, P685.
   MARGALIT M, 1988, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V35, P179.
   Margalit M, 1994, LONELINESS CHILDREN.
   Margalit M., 1991, EXCEPTIONALITY, V2, P195.
   MCMAHON RJ, 1987, BEHAV ASSESS, V9, P235.
   MEINS W, 1993, RES DEV DISABIL, V14, P299, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(93)90024-E.
   Nurmi JE, 1997, PERS INDIV DIFFER, V23, P205, DOI 10.1016/S0191-8869(97)00039-1.
   ODOM SL, 1992, SOCIAL COMPETENCE YO.
   PATROS P, 1989, DEPRESSION SUICIDE C.
   Peplau L. A., 1982, LONELINESS SOURCEBOO, P1, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.PSE.2016.03.002.
   Roberts C., 1992, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V59, P192.
   ROJAHN J, 1988, HDB TREATMENT APPROA, P467.
   Ronen T., 1993, MENT HANDICAP RES, V6, P97.
   SABORNIE EJ, 1987, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V22, P139.
   SCHAEFER ES, 1978, UNPUB CLASSROOM BEHA.
   Sobsey D., 1993, DEV DISABILITIES B, V21, P1.
   STEFANEK ME, 1987, COGNITIVE THER RES, V11, P229, DOI 10.1007/BF01183267.
   STUMME VS, 1983, J BEHAV ASSESS, V5, P161, DOI 10.1007/BF01322145.
   TALMOR R, 1999, TOPICS SPECIAL ED, V14, P45.
   TAYLOR AR, 1987, CHILD DEV, V58, P1321, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1987.tb01461.x.
   Valas H, 1999, SOC PSYCHOL EDUC, V3, P173, DOI DOI 10.1023/A:1009626828789.
   VAUGHN S, 1996, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V11, P96.
   Villa RA, 1996, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V63, P29.
   Weinstock LS, 1999, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V60, P9.
   WILLIAMS GA, 1992, AM J MENT RETARD, V96, P373.
   YAFFE Y, 1981, CDI CHILDREN HEBREW.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{55}},
Times-Cited = {{28}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Intell. Disabil. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{497ZA}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000172484300007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000172853600006,
Author = {Harris, J},
Title = {{Equality and disability symposium - One principle and three fallacies of
   disability studies}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF MEDICAL ETHICS}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{27}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{383-387}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{My critics in this symposium illustrate one principle and three
   fallacies of disability studies. The principle, which we all share, is
   that all persons are equal and none are less equal than others. No
   disability however slight, nor however severe, implies lesser moral,
   political or ethical status, worth or value. This is a version of the
   principle of equality, ne three fallacies exhibited by some or all of my
   critics are the following: (1) Choosing to repair damage or dysfunction
   or to enhance function, implies either that the previous state is
   intolerable or that the person in that state is of lesser value or
   indicates that the individual in that state has a life that is not
   worthwhile or not thoroughly worth living. None of these implications
   hold. (2) Exercising choice in reproduction with the aim of producing
   children who will be either less damaged or diseased, or more healthy,
   or who will have enhanced capacities, violates the principle or
   equality. It does not. (3) Disability or impairment must be defined
   relative either to normalcy, ``normal species functioning{''} or
   ``species typical functioning{''}. It is not necessarily so defined.}},
Publisher = {{BRITISH MED JOURNAL PUBL GROUP}},
Address = {{BRITISH MED ASSOC HOUSE, TAVISTOCK SQUARE, LONDON WC1H 9JR, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Harris, J (Reprint Author), Univ Manchester, Ctr Social Eth \& Policy, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
   Univ Manchester, Ctr Social Eth \& Policy, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.
   Univ Manchester, Inst Med Law \& Bioeth, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1136/jme.27.6.383}},
ISSN = {{0306-6800}},
Keywords = {{disability; impairment; handicap; equality; social conception of
   disability; harmed condition conception of disability}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Medical Ethics; Social Issues;
   Biomedical Social Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Ethics; Medical Ethics; Social Issues; Social Sciences, Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{BOORSE C, 1981, MED MORAL PHILOS.
   BUCHANAN A, 2000, CHANCE CHOICE, P286.
   Daniels N., 1985, JUST HLTH CARE.
   EDWARDS, 2001, J MED ETHICS, V27, P380.
   Harris J, 1999, KENNEDY INST ETHIC J, V9, P293, DOI 10.1353/ken.1999.0026.
   HARRIS J, 1993, BIOETHICS, V7, P179.
   Harris J, 1992, WONDERWOMAN SUPERMAN.
   JONES B, 2001, J MED ETHICS, V27, P377.
   Koch T, 2001, J MED ETHICS, V27, P370, DOI 10.1136/jme.27.6.370.
   PARFIT D, 1984, REASONS PERSONS, P358.
   1996, JUSTICE JUSTIFICATIO, P185.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{11}},
Times-Cited = {{71}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Med. Ethics}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{504JM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000172853600006}},
OA = {{Green Published, Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000172462500015,
Author = {Goldberg, RJ and Steury, S},
Title = {{Depression in the workplace: Costs and barriers to treatment}},
Journal = {{PSYCHIATRIC SERVICES}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{52}},
Number = {{12}},
Pages = {{1639-1643}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Surveys estimate that 1.8 to 3.6 percent of workers in the U.S. labor
   force suffer from major depression. Depression has a significant impact
   on vocational functioning. Seventeen to 21 percent of the workforce
   experiences short-term disability during any given year, and 37 to 48
   percent of workers with depression experience short-term disability.
   Studies indicate that treating workplace depression provides favorable
   cost offsets for employers, although a number of methodological issues
   have influenced the interpretation of these findings. In addition to
   disability costs, cost analyses need to include lost wages and indirect
   costs to employers, such as the costs of hiring and training new
   employees. In general, employers are not aware of the extent of the
   indirect costs of untreated depression. They have mistaken assumptions
   about the availability of effective treatment, and they are unaware of
   how often depression contributes to worker disability. The workers'
   compensation system and the courts have been slow to recognize
   depression as a work-related disability, and as a result employers have
   few incentives to treat and prevent workplace depression.}},
Publisher = {{AMER PSYCHIATRIC PRESS, INC}},
Address = {{1400 K ST, N W, STE 1101, WASHINGTON, DC 20005 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Goldberg, RJ (Reprint Author), Rhode Isl Hosp, 593 Eddy St, Providence, RI 02905 USA.
   Rhode Isl Hosp, Providence, RI 02905 USA.
   Brown Univ, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
   Miriam Hosp, Providence, RI 02906 USA.
   Georgetown Univ, Sch Med, Dept Mental Hlth, Washington, DC USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1176/appi.ps.52.12.1639}},
ISSN = {{1075-2730}},
Keywords-Plus = {{NATIONAL-COMORBIDITY-SURVEY; MAJOR DEPRESSION; DISABILITY; CARE;
   PREVALENCE; COMMUNITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Public, Environmental \& Occupational
   Health; Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Policy \& Services; Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health;
   Psychiatry}},
Cited-References = {{Birnbaum H. G., 1999, DRUG BENEFIT TRENDS, V11, p6BH.
   BLAZER DG, 1994, AM J PSYCHIAT, V151, P979.
   CONTI DJ, 1994, J OCCUP ENVIRON MED, V36, P983.
   Frank RG, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P71, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.5.71.
   Glozier N, 1998, J OCCUP ENVIRON MED, V40, P793, DOI 10.1097/00043764-199809000-00008.
   Kessler RC, 1999, HEALTH AFFAIR, V18, P163, DOI 10.1377/hlthaff.18.5.163.
   KESSLER RC, 1994, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V51, P8.
   Kouzis AC, 1997, SOC PSYCH PSYCH EPID, V32, P379.
   LARSON A, 1987, LAW WORKMENS COMPENS.
   Lave JR, 1998, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V55, P645, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.55.7.645.
   MALLIN L, 1988, COLUMBIA J ENV LAW, V13, P357.
   Murray C., 1996, GLOBAL BURDEN DIS.
   Ormel J, 1999, PSYCHOL MED, V29, P847, DOI 10.1017/S0033291799008600.
   WELLS KB, 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V262, P914, DOI 10.1001/jama.262.7.914.
   Zhang ML, 1999, PSYCHIATR SERV, V50, P1209, DOI 10.1176/ps.50.9.1209.
   1999, PSYCHIAT NEWS   1015, P26.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{16}},
Times-Cited = {{74}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{Psychiatr. Serv.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{497NN}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000172462500015}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000173640500003,
Author = {Albrecht, GL and Ravaud, JF and Stiker, HJ},
Title = {{The emergence of disability studies: current situation and future
   directions}},
Journal = {{SCIENCES SOCIALES ET SANTE}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{19}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{43-73}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Disability studies are an emerging field that has strong,
   interdisciplinary and academic roots but is equally shaped by social and
   political activity. The field is exciting because of the very
   interesting international debates and the controversies, which are not
   widely disseminated in France. This paper points to the growing
   attention given by research to disability in general and to the vitality
   of disability studies which aim to understand disability in a social,
   cultural and political context. The paper briefly describes the origins
   and history of disability studies and examines the theory, models and
   methods upon which the field is based in English-speaking countries. The
   paper reviews some of the current conceptual efforts, research
   activities, academic programs and interdisciplinary developments shaping
   disability studies and compares them to the French situation. The paper
   then explores the issue of who is qualified to conduct research in, and
   to teach, disability studies. Finally, the paper identifies and
   discusses the major tensions in disability studies and explores where
   the field is going.}},
Publisher = {{JOHN LIBBEY EUROTEXT LTD}},
Address = {{127 AVE DE LA REPUBLIQUE, 92120 MONTROUGE, FRANCE}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{French}},
Affiliation = {{Albrecht, GL (Reprint Author), Univ Illinois, Chicago, IL 60612 USA.
   Univ Illinois, Chicago, IL 60612 USA.
   Ctr Rech Med Sci Sante \& Soc, Reseau Federat Rech Handicap, F-75019 Paris, France.
   Univ Paris 07, Lab Hist \& Civilisat Soc Occidentales, F-75252 Paris, France.}},
DOI = {{10.3406/sosan.2001.1535}},
ISSN = {{0294-0337}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABLEMENT; REVISION; ICIDH; NEED}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Policy \& Services; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{RAVAUD, Jean-Francois/F-7190-2013}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{RAVAUD, Jean-Francois/0000-0003-3959-4195}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Agnew B, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1999, DOI 10.1126/science.283.5410.1999.
   ALBRECHT G, 1999, HDB SOCIAL STUDIES H, P293.
   Albrecht G., 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.
   Albrecht GL, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V48, P977, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(98)00411-0.
   Albrecht GL, 1992, DISABILITY BUSINESS.
   Altman BM, 2000, RES SOC SCI DIS, V1, P1.
   Annas GJ, 1998, NEW ENGL J MED, V339, P1778, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199812103392411.
   {*}ATD Q MOND, 1999, CROIS SAV QUAND Q MO.
   BARNARTT SN, IN PRESS CONTENTIOUS.
   Barnes C., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   BARRAL C, 2000, COLLECTION SOC.
   Benford R., 2000, ANN REV SOCIOLOGY.
   Berube M, 1997, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0530, pB4.
   Bessis S., 1995, SOCIAL EXCLUSION SOC.
   Bickenbach JE, 1999, SOC SCI MED, V48, P1173, DOI 10.1016/S0277-9536(98)00441-9.
   BLOCHLAINE F, 1968, INADAPTATION PERSONN.
   Bury M., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL, P17.
   CASSUTO L, 1999, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0319, pA60.
   CASTEL R, 1995, METAMORPHOSES QUESTI.
   DEJONG G, 1979, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V60, P435.
   GARDOU C, 2000, CONNAITRE HANDICAP R.
   GILL C, 1998, ALERT, V9, P6.
   GROSJEAN C, 1995, REV FRANCAISE AFFAIR, V49, P5.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Imrie R., 1996, DISABILITY CITY INT.
   KASNITZ D, 2000, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V14, P155.
   Linton S, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P525, DOI 10.1080/09687599826588.
   MANTON KG, 1988, J GERONTOL, V43, P153.
   Mitchell D, 2001, HDB DISABILITY STUDI.
   Mitka M, 1999, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V281, P595, DOI 10.1001/jama.281.7.595.
   MONAGHAN P, 1998, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0123, P2.
   MURPHY R, 1987, BODY SILENT JOURNEY.
   Murray CJL, 1997, LANCET, V349, P1436, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)07495-8.
   {*}NAT ORG DIS, 1998, CLOS GAPS 1998 EXP P.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   {*}OMS, 1988, CLASS INT HAND DEF I.
   OMS, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA.
   Pelka Fred, 1997, ABC CLIO COMPANION D.
   Pfeiffer D, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P503, DOI 10.1080/09687599826579.
   Priestley M, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P75, DOI 10.1080/09687599826920.
   Priestley M., 1999, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Rabeharisoa V., 1999, POUVOIR MALADES ASS.
   RAVAUD JF, 1998, CAHIERS CTNERHI, P79.
   RAVAUD JF, 1909, CAHIERS CTNERHI, P225.
   Rioux Marcia H., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME.
   RVAUD JF, 2000, HANDICAP REV SCI HUM, V87, P1.
   RVAUD JF, 1999, HANDICAP REV SCI HUM, V81, P64.
   RVAUD JF, 2000, HANDICAP REV SCI HUM, V86, P1.
   Shakespeare T., 1998, DISABILITY READER SO.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1993, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V8, P249, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649366780261.
   STIKER H.J., 1997, CORPS INFIRMES SOC.
   Stone E, 1996, BRIT J SOCIOL, V47, P699, DOI 10.2307/591081.
   Ustun TB, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P829.
   VERBRUGGE LM, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P1, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90294-1.
   VIAL M, 1996, HANDICAP INADAPTATIO.
   VIAL Monique, 1990, ENFANTS ANORMAUX ECO.
   WESTBROOK MT, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P615, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90058-C.
   Wieviorka Michel, 1997, SOC FRAGMENTEE MULTI.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{61}},
Times-Cited = {{32}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sci. Sociales Sante}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{517ZH}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000173640500003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000171756300002,
Author = {Tam, KY and Rousseau, MK and Nassivera, JW and Vreeland, P},
Title = {{Holiday in the museum: An alternative program for at-risk high school
   students}},
Journal = {{INTERVENTION IN SCHOOL AND CLINIC}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{37}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{77-85}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{Nineteen inner-city, at-risk high school students attended a 4-day pilot
   program, Holiday in the Museum, for science credit during their winter
   holiday break. This pilot program was a collaborative effort involving a
   local education agency, a higher education institution, and a museum of
   natural history. The main purpose was developing and implementing
   science activities that were aligned with the new state standards using
   the resources of an informal educational setting (i.e., the museum). The
   new standards are intended to help bring all students (e.g., students
   with disabilities, students whose first language is not English) to
   higher levels of performance. Several suggestions for developing similar
   programs are provided.}},
Publisher = {{PRO-ED INC}},
Address = {{8700 SHOAL CREEK BLVD, AUSTIN, TX 78757-6897 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Rousseau, MK (Reprint Author), CUNY City Coll, Sch Educ, NAC, Room 6-207,138th St \& Convent Ave, New York, NY 10031 USA.
   CUNY City Coll, Sch Educ, NAC, New York, NY 10031 USA.
   New York City Board Educ, New York City Math Project, New York, NY USA.
   Amer Museum Nat Hist, New York, NY 10024 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/105345120103700202}},
ISSN = {{1053-4512}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special}},
Cited-References = {{Johnson D. W., 1993, CIRCLES OF LEARNING.
   LOVITT TC, 1994, REM SPEC EDUC, V15, P105, DOI 10.1177/074193259401500206.
   MASTROPIERI MA, 1998, BEHAV DISORDERS, V14, P48.
   {*}NEW YORK STAT ED, 1998, CAR CURR LIV ENV.
   TAM BKY, 2000, TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL, V33, P70.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{5}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Interv. Sch. Clin.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{485LR}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000171756300002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000171764400012,
Author = {Earle, S},
Title = {{Disability, facilitated sex and the role of the nurse}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF ADVANCED NURSING}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{36}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{433-440}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{Aim. The aim of this paper is to explore the role that nurses can play
   in acknowledging and facilitating the sexual needs of disabled patients
   within an holistic framework of nursing care.
   Background. Contemporary nursing claims to offer patient care within an
   holistic framework; this framework should encompass the biopsychosocial
   needs of patients, as defined by patients themselves. In spite of the
   importance of sexuality and sexual expression to the psychosocial
   welfare of patients, sexuality is often excluded from nursing practice.
   Method. Literature is reviewed from nursing, disability Studies, and a
   variety of social science disciplines.
   Findings. The paper begins with a discussion of the concept of `holistic
   care' and the ways in which this has been interpreted in the nursing
   literature. The biopsychosocial approach and the notion of `whole
   person' holism seem particularly significant, although the lack of
   attention to patient Sexuality is identified. Literature from the social
   sciences is used to explore the significance of sexuality to individual
   self-identity and psychosocial welfare. This literature also highlights
   the way in which the denial of sexual identity is a significant feature
   of power relations. The disability studies literature catalogues the way
   in which disabled people are generally infantilized by society and
   perceived as asexual. This literature also highlights the professional
   neglect of disabled sexual identities. Using a variety of literature,
   the concept of facilitated sex is explored as a continuum of activities
   and the role of nursing, within a holistic framework, is examined.
   Conclusion. The paper concludes by arguing that an holistic approach to
   nursing care should include an appreciation of patient sexuality. In
   particular, it suggests that nurses can play an important role along the
   continuum of facilitated sex.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{P O BOX 88, OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD OX2 0NE, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Earle, S (Reprint Author), Univ Coll Northampton, Ctr Healthcare Educ, Boughton Green Rd,Pk Campus, Northampton NN2 7AL, England.
   Univ Coll Northampton, Ctr Healthcare Educ, Northampton NN2 7AL, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1046/j.1365-2648.2001.01991.x}},
ISSN = {{0309-2402}},
Keywords = {{facilitated sex; sexual needs; sexuality; disability; holistic nursing}},
Keywords-Plus = {{PEOPLE; CARE; EUGENICS; ABUSE; NEED}},
Research-Areas = {{Nursing}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Nursing}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Earle, Sarah/0000-0003-2810-5659}},
Cited-References = {{Anderson Jr, 2000, ADV INSTR P, V5, P1.
   ANGELO SD, 2000, POSITIVE INITIATIVES, P52.
   Aylott J, 1998, Nurs Times, V94, P34.
   BECKER E, 1978, FEMALE SEXUALITY SPI.
   Bernard C, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599926172.
   BILLINGTON R, 1998, EXPLORING SELF SOC.
   BROWN H, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P123, DOI DOI 10.1080/09687599466780181.
   Burr V., 1994, INTRO SOCIAL CONSTRU.
   Bury M., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL, P17.
   Cambridge P, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P285, DOI 10.1080/09687599926154.
   Cort E, 1998, Nurs Times, V94, P54.
   Ducharme S, 1997, SEXUALITY SPINAL COR.
   Earle S, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P309, DOI 10.1080/09687599926163.
   Evans G, 1999, Nurs Times, V95, P46.
   FIRESTONE S, 1979, DIALECTIC SEX CASE F.
   Foucault Michel, 1979, HIST SEXUALITY, V1.
   Francis H, 1998, Nurs Times, V94, P34.
   FRENCH S, 1994, EQUAL TERMS WORKING, P103.
   Fulton J., 1996, INTEGRATING PERSPECT, P36.
   GODFREY J, 1999, POWER NURSING PRACTI, P172.
   GRAHAM N, 1998, NURS TIMES, V94, P28.
   Greer G, 1971, FEMALE EUNUCH.
   HOLLENKAMP TL, 1994, TRANSM DISTRIB, V46, P21.
   JERROME D, 1993, AGEING SOC INTRO SOC, P226.
   Kinsey Alfred C, 1948, SEXUAL BEHAV HUMAN M.
   Kolcaba R, 1997, J ADV NURS, V25, P290, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.1997025290.x.
   Lonsdale S., 1990, WOMEN DISABILITY EXP.
   MACE DR, 1974, TEACHING HUMAN SEXUA.
   Marchant R., 1993, BRIDGING GAP CHILD P.
   MAY C, 1992, SOCIOLOGY HLTH ILLNE, V14, P307.
   McCann E, 2000, J ADV NURS, V32, P132, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.2000.01452.x.
   MILLETT K, 1987, SEXUAL POLITICS.
   MOORE S, 1993, {[}No title captured].
   MORRIS J, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVES CO.
   Nye Robert A., 1999, SEXUALITY.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Patterson EF, 1998, J ADV NURS, V27, P287, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1998.00533.x.
   PFEIFFER D, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P481, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780471.
   Porter S, 1997, HEALTH SOC CARE COMM, V5, P17.
   Seymour W., 1998, REMAKING BODY REHABI.
   Shakespeare T, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P665, DOI 10.1080/09687599826452.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   Sim AJ, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P53, DOI 10.1080/09687599826911.
   SOSEBY D, 1994, VIOLENCE ABUSE LIVES.
   Thomson R., 1998, MALE HEAD YOUNG PEOP.
   Weeks Jeffrey., 1986, SEXUALITY.
   Westcott H. L., 1994, EQUAL TERMS WORKING, P190.
   WHYTE A, 2000, NURS TIMES, V96, P35.
   WILLIAMS A, 1998, SOCIOLOGY NURSING HL.
   Willmann G, 1999, ADV ENG MATER, V1, P95.
   Wynne N, 1997, J ADV NURS, V26, P470, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2648.1997.t01-4-00999.x.
   1999, SUN             0601, P11.
   1999, SUNDAY TIMES    0530, P9.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{53}},
Times-Cited = {{49}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Adv. Nurs.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{485PX}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000171764400012}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000171387200001,
Author = {Banks, P and Cogan, N and Deeley, S and Hill, M and Riddell, S and
   Tisdall, K},
Title = {{Seeing the invisible children and young people affected by disability}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{797-814}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{This paper presents a brief review of literature relating to children in
   families with a disabled member, including the `young carers' and
   disability studies literature, and relevant works from the social
   psychology and sociology of childhood. Key themes identified in the
   literature are then illustrated by findings from two exploratory
   research studies that sought to explore the experiences and service
   needs of children in families with a disabled member, within two
   Scottish areas. The authors suggest that, although young people affected
   by disability in the family, including young carers, face significant
   problems, particularly in socially disadvantaged areas, there are other
   issues that need to be addressed. Alternative conceptual frameworks are
   proposed, which challenge the dominance of the young carers research
   paradigm.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Banks, P (Reprint Author), Univ Glasgow, Strathclyde Ctr Disabil Res, Adam Smith Bldg, Glasgow G12 8RT, Lanark, Scotland.
   Univ Glasgow, Strathclyde Ctr Disabil Res, Glasgow G12 8RT, Lanark, Scotland.
   Univ Glasgow, Ctr Child \& Soc, Glasgow G12 8RT, Lanark, Scotland.
   Univ Edinburgh, Children Scotland, Edinburgh EH8 9YL, Midlothian, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590120083967}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SIBLINGS; BROTHERS; PARENTS; SISTERS}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Tisdall, Kay/0000-0001-8967-6426}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   ALDRIDGE J, 1993, CHILDREN WHO CARE IN.
   ALDRIDGE J, 1993, CHILDREN SOC, V7, P376, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1099-0860.1993.TB00293.X.
   AMES J, 1999, SIGNPOSTS FOSTERING.
   ANDERSON E, 1982, DISABILITY ADOLESCEN.
   Barnes C, 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT.
   Barnett B., 1998, CHILD PSYCHOL PSYCHI, V3, P146, DOI {[}10.1111/1475-3388.00234, DOI 10.1111/1475-3588.00234].
   BEAXLEY S, 1996, CHILDRENS RELFECTION.
   Becker Samuel, 1998, YOUNG CARERS THEIR F.
   Bibby A, 2000, YOUNG CARERS THEIR O.
   BOER F, 1990, SIBLING RELATIONSHIP.
   BOOTH T, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V39, P415, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90139-2.
   Booth T., 1998, GROWING PARENTS WHO.
   BRYANT BK, 1982, SIBLING RELATIONSHIP.
   CHRISTENSEN P, 2000, RES CHILDREN.
   {*}CTR CHILD SOC STR, 1999, UNPUB CHILDR AFF DIS.
   Dearden C, 1998, YOUNG CARERS UK.
   Department of Health, 1999, CAR CAR NAT STRAT CA.
   Dunn J., 1982, SIBLINGS LOVE ENVY U.
   Dyson LL, 1996, J LEARN DISABIL, V29, P280, DOI 10.1177/002221949602900306.
   Frank J, 1999, SMALL SHOULDERS LEAR.
   James A., 1998, THEORIZING CHILDHOOD.
   James Allison, 1998, CONSTRUCTING RECONST.
   KAGAN C, 1996, CHILDRENS REFLECTION.
   Keith L, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   KIRP DL, 1982, WORLD POLIT, V34, P137, DOI 10.2307/2010261.
   LAYBOURN A, 1996, HURTING INSIDE.
   LOBATO DJ, 1991, RES DEV DISABIL, V12, P387, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(91)90034-P.
   MACASKILL C, 1985, AGAINST ODDS.
   Mayall B., 1994, CHILDRENS CHILDHOODS.
   MCHALE SM, 1989, DEV PSYCHOL, V25, P421, DOI 10.1037/0012-1649.25.3.421.
   Moore M., 1996, CHILDRENS REFLECTION.
   MORRIS J, 1993, {[}No title captured], V43, P57.
   {*}NCH ACT CHILDR, 1997, UNPUB YOUNG CARERS R.
   NEWSON E, 1994, INNOVATION FAMILY SU.
   {*}OFF POP CENS SURV, 1989, DIS AD SERV TRANSP E.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Olsen R, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P41, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023317.
   Olsen R., 1997, CRIT SOC POLICY, V50, P125.
   OPPENHEIM C, 1990, POVERTY FACTS.
   Princess Royal Trust for Carers, 1999, TOO MUCH TAK REP YOU.
   ROEYERS H, 1995, CHILD CARE HLTH DEV, V21, P305, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1995.tb00760.x.
   Rutter M., 1966, CHILDREN SICK PARENT.
   RUTTER M, 1976, MATERNAL DEPRIVATION.
   Scelles R, 1997, INT J REHABIL RES, V20, P129, DOI 10.1097/00004356-199706000-00002.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1998, GROWING DISABILITY R, V34.
   SHAMGARHANDELMA.L, 1994, CHILDHOOD MATTERS SO.
   {*}STRATHC CTR DIS R, 1999, UNPUB EXT NAT NEEDS.
   SUMMERS CR, 1994, J SOC BEHAV PERS, V9, P169.
   Vandell D. L., 1992, CONFLICT CHILD ADOLE.
   Walker JP, 1998, CONTEMP FAM THER, V20, P521, DOI 10.1023/A:1021684317493.
   {*}YOUNG CAR RES GRO, 1998, YOUNG CAR UK.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{52}},
Times-Cited = {{26}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{479CW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000171387200001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000171528700004,
Author = {Smith, P},
Title = {{Inquiry cantos: Poetics of developmental disability}},
Journal = {{MENTAL RETARDATION}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{39}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{379-390}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{Postmodern thought is increasingly critical of foundations central to
   modern, positivist research into the lives of people labeled as having
   so-called developmental disabilities and mental retardation. This
   approach has brought about changes in how developmental disability is
   both understood and, ultimately, created. Responding to what has been
   called the postmodern turn, some disability studies scholars are
   choosing to represent their work in alternative textual formats,
   including poetry and fiction. These texts, representing multiple
   subjectivities, offer ways to explicate, problematize, and reconstruct
   new ways of understanding so-called developmental disability that are
   complex and plural. Examples of alternative research texts are provided
   from a recent qualitative research project with self-advocates and their
   construction of choice, control, and power.}},
Publisher = {{AMER ASSOC MENTAL RETARDATION}},
Address = {{444 N CAPITOL ST, NW, STE 846, WASHINGTON, DC 20001-1512 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Smith, P (Reprint Author), Vermont Self Determinat Project, Weeks Bldg,103 S Main St, Waterbury, VT 05641 USA.
   Vermont Self Determinat Project, Waterbury, VT 05641 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1352/0047-6765(2001)039<0379:ICPODD>2.0.CO;2}},
ISSN = {{0047-6765}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-RETARDATION; IDEOLOGY; POLITICS; SCIENCE}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Angrosino M., 1998, OPPORTUNITY HOUSE.
   {[}Anonymous], 1971, OXFORD ENGLISH DICT.
   BACH H, 1998, VISUAL NARRATIVE CON.
   Bateson M. C., 1989, COMPOSING LIFE.
   BERNSTEIN C, 1997, FRAME LOCK.
   BIKLEN D, 1998, SCH CHILDREN SYNDROM, pR9.
   BILEN D, 1999, LESSONS 20 CENTURY.
   BLATT B, 1981, IN OUT MENTAL RETARD.
   BLATT B, 1973, SOULS EXTEMIS ANTHOL.
   BLATT B, 1970, EXODUS PANDEMONIUM H.
   Bogdan R., 1994, SOCIAL MEANING MENTA.
   Bogdan R, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P303.
   CHOPIN H, 2000, WHY I AM AUTHOR SOUN.
   CODRESCU A, 1986, CRAVING SWAN.
   Crossley R., 1984, ANNIES COMING OUT.
   Danforth S, 1997, MENT RETARD, V35, P93, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(1997)035<0093:OWBHMP>2.0.CO;2.
   Danforth S, 2000, MENT RETARD, V38, P364, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(2000)038<0364:WCTFOD>2.0.CO;2.
   Danforth S, 1998, MENT RETARD, V36, P31, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(1998)036<0031:SASTSC>2.0.CO;2.
   DAWKINS R, 1991, VIRUSES MIND.
   Denzin N. K., 1995, EDUC THEORY, V45, P7.
   DONMOYER R, 1995, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V1, P402, DOI DOI 10.1177/107780049500100403.
   Donnellan A. M., 1995, MOVEMENT DIFFERENCES.
   Ellis C., 1996, COMPOSING ETHNOGRAPH, P13.
   FADIMAN A, 1997, SPIRIT CATCHES YOU Y.
   FERGUSON P, 1994, MENT RETARD, V32, P151.
   FURNEY K, 1998, ANN M AM ED STUD ASS.
   Gadamer Hans-Georg, 1997, GADAMER CELAN WHO AM.
   Gelb SA, 2000, MENT RETARD, V38, P369, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(2000)038<0369:BCDWTF>2.0.CO;2.
   Giroux Henry, 1997, PEDAGOGY POLITICS HO.
   GLESNE C, 1998, M AM ED STUD ASS PHI.
   Glesne C., 1997, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V3, P202, DOI DOI 10.1177/107780049700300204.
   GLESNE C, 1999, BECOMING QUALITATIVE.
   Grandin T., 1986, EMERGENCE LABELED AU.
   Grandin Temple, 1995, THINKING PICTURES OT.
   Griffin Susan, 1997, ECOFEMINISM WOMEN CU, P213.
   Heshusius L, 1995, DISABILITY DEMOCRACY, P166.
   Jipson J. A., 1997, DAREDEVIL RES RECREA.
   Johnson R., 1999, LOST DESERT WORLD AU.
   JONES DM, 1995, CRITICAL THEORY ED R, P39.
   JOSEPHSON G, 1997, BUS GIRL.
   Kennedy MJ, 2000, MENT RETARD, V38, P373, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(2000)038<0373:OTDOOF>2.0.CO;2.
   King Stephen, 1989, DARK HALF.
   Kliewer C, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P95, DOI 10.1080/09687599826939.
   KLIEWER C, 1998, SCH CHILDREN DOWN SY.
   Kociatkiewicz Jerzy, 1999, QUALITATIVE SOCIOLOG, V22, P37.
   Lather P, 1997, TROUBLING ANGELS WOM.
   Lather P., 1995, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V1, P41, DOI DOI 10.1177/107780049500100104.
   Lincoln Y. S., 1994, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, V1, P105, DOI DOI 10.1093/INTQHC/MZM042.
   Linton S., 1995, RADICAL TEACHER, V47, P4.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   Maguire P., 1996, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V2, P106.
   MCKNIGHT J, 1995, CARELESS SOC COMMUNI.
   Merwin W. S, 1993, TRAVELS.
   MORRIS W, 1975, AM HERITAGE DICT ENG.
   MULICK JA, 1990, AM J MENT RETARD, V95, P142.
   Neath Jeanne, 1997, J DISABILITY POLICY, V8, P195.
   PALERMO J, 1999, PHILOS ED 1994.
   Peter D, 2000, MENT RETARD, V38, P354, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(2000)038<0354:DODACS>2.0.CO;2.
   Richardson L., 1994, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, P516.
   Ronai CR, 1997, MENT RETARD, V35, P417, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(1997)035<0417:OLAHMM>2.0.CO;2.
   RORTY R, 1979, PHILOS MIRROR NAURE.
   Rose Dan, 1993, ANTHR LIT, P192.
   SANDELOWSKI M, 1994, CRITICAL ISSUES IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS, P46.
   SELLIN B, 1995, I DONT WANT BE INSID.
   Sibley D., 1995, GEOGRAPHIES EXCLUSIO, P224.
   SIENKIEWICZMERC.R, 1989, I RAISE MY EYES SAY.
   SLEETER C, 1995, DISABILITY DEMOCRACY, P153.
   Smith Andy, 1997, ECOFEMINISM WOMEN CU, P21.
   Smith P, 1999, REV EDUC RES, V69, P117, DOI 10.2307/1170672.
   Smith P, 1999, MENT RETARD, V37, P71, DOI 10.1352/0047-6765(1999)037<0071:IPASIU>2.0.CO;2.
   SMITH P, 2000, DES DIS STUD INT C S.
   SMITH P, 1999, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V5, P244, DOI DOI 10.1177/107780049900500204.
   SMITH P, 1999, DISS ABSTR INT A, V60, P3965.
   SMITH P, 1997, NOT WORDS BLOOD.
   SONTAG S, 1978, I ETCETERA.
   STEWART JO, 1989, DRINKERS DRUMMERS DE.
   Sultana R. G., 1995, CRITICAL THEORY ED R, P113.
   Taylor C., 1989, SOURCES SELF MAKING.
   TAYLOR S, 2000, MENT RETARD, V38, P363.
   Taylor S, 1996, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V16, P4.
   TRENT JW, 1994, INVENTING FEEBLE MIN.
   WADE CM, 1995, RADICAL TEACHER, V47, P30.
   WARREN K, 1997, ECOFEMINISM WOMEN CU, P3.
   WEEMS M, 2000, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V6, P152.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   WERSHERHENRY D, 2000, NOISE CHANNEL I REAL.
   Williams D., 1996, LIKE COLOR BLIND.
   WILLIAMS D, 1992, NOBODY NOWHERE EXTRA.
   Williams Donna, 1994, SOMEBODY SOMEWHERE B.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{89}},
Times-Cited = {{12}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Ment. Retard.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{481PN}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000171528700004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000170829400011,
Author = {Richardson, JTE and Woodley, A},
Title = {{Perceptions of academic quality among students with a hearing loss in
   distance education}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{93}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{563-570}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{There has been little research on the experiences of students with a
   hearing loss in mainstream higher education. This investigation compared
   perceptions of academic quality in 265 students with a hearing loss who
   were taking courses by distance learning and 178 students taking the
   same courses who had no declared form of disability. Students who were
   classified as hard of hearing (rather than deaf) produced significantly
   lower ratings of the appropriateness of their academic workload than did
   the students with no declared disability, but the ratings produced by
   students who were classified as deaf were not significantly different
   from those produced by the comparison group. In other respects, the
   students with a hearing loss were remarkably similar to the students
   with no declared disability in their perceptions of academic quality and
   their overall satisfaction with their courses.}},
Publisher = {{AMER PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Richardson, JTE (Reprint Author), Brunel Univ, Dept Human Sci, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, Middx, England.
   Brunel Univ, Dept Human Sci, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, Middx, England.
   Open Univ, Inst Educ Technol, Milton Keynes MK7 6AA, Bucks, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1037/0022-0663.93.3.563}},
ISSN = {{0022-0663}},
Keywords-Plus = {{COURSE EXPERIENCE QUESTIONNAIRE; RATINGS; VALIDITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Educational}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Richardson, John/0000-0002-6267-0603}},
Cited-References = {{Ainley J., 1994, COURSE EXPERIENCE SU.
   BREUNIG HL, 1965, VOLTA REV, V67, P17.
   BREUNIG HL, 1965, VOLTA REV, V67, P94.
   CATTELL RB, 1966, MULTIVAR BEHAV RES, V1, P245, DOI 10.1207/s15327906mbr0102\_10.
   Cohen J., 1969, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA.
   CRONBACH LJ, 1951, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V16, P297.
   dApollonia S, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P1198, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.52.11.1198.
   Greenwald AG, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P1209, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.52.11.1209.
   Horn L., 1999, 1999187 NCES.
   JORESKOG KG, 1971, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V36, P409, DOI 10.1007/BF02291366.
   Lawless C, 2000, STUD HIGH EDUC, V25, P97, DOI 10.1080/030750700116046.
   LEWIS L, 1994, 94394 NCES.
   Marsh HW, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P1187, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.52.11.1187.
   McKeachie WJ, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P1218, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.52.11.1218.
   MONTANELLI RG, 1976, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V41, P341, DOI 10.1007/BF02293559.
   Moores D., 1987, ED DEAF PSYCHOL PRIN.
   NICKERSON W, 1986, 4 LONGM GROUP RES UN.
   Paul P., 1990, ED DEAFNESS.
   RAMSDEN P, 1991, STUD HIGH EDUC, V16, P129, DOI 10.1080/03075079112331382944.
   Richardson JTE, 1999, BRIT J EDUC PSYCHOL, V69, P533, DOI 10.1348/000709999157888.
   Richardson JTE, 2001, HIGH EDUC, V42, P61, DOI 10.1023/A:1017520102705.
   Van de Vijver F, 1996, EUR PSYCHOL, V1, P89, DOI 10.1027/1016-9040.1.2.89.
   VERNON M, 1990, PSYCHOL DEAFNESS.
   Wilson KL, 1997, STUD HIGH EDUC, V22, P33, DOI 10.1080/03075079712331381121.
   WINER BJ, 1991, STAT PRINCIPLES EXPT.
   WOODLEY A, 1983, TEACHING DISTANCE, P2.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{26}},
Times-Cited = {{18}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Educ. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{469RV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000170829400011}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000170502500002,
Author = {Ali, Z},
Title = {{Pica in people with intellectual disability: a literature review of
   aetiology, epidemiology and complications}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF INTELLECTUAL \& DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{26}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{205-215}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{Pica is a common problem in people with intellectual disability. Its
   significance can be under-recognised by carers and healthcare
   professionals. Pica can be a manifestation of a range of medical
   conditions and can lead to a variety of complications including lead and
   nicotine toxicity, surgical intervention requirements, and parasitic
   infestation. The literature is reviewed for references to the
   epidemiology, aetiology and complications of pica in people with
   intellectual disability. Studies of the prevalence of pica in
   institutional and community settings show lower rates in the community
   (0.3-14.4\%), although rates remain quite high in institutionalised
   populations (9-25\%). The psychological, cultural and medical theories
   on aetiology are explored, along with complications. Areas for further
   research are highlighted.}},
Publisher = {{ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Ali, Z (Reprint Author), Ctr Dev Disabil Hlth Victoria, Suite 202,3 Chester St, Oakleigh, Vic 3166, Australia.
   Ctr Dev Disabil Hlth Victoria, Oakleigh, Vic 3166, Australia.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/13668250020054486}},
ISSN = {{1366-8250}},
EISSN = {{1469-9532}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-RETARDATION; FUNCTIONAL-ANALYSIS; BEHAVIOR; ADULTS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{ACCARDO P, 1988, CLIN PEDIATR, V27, P41, DOI 10.1177/000992288802700108.
   American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   ARBITER EA, 1991, CHILD CARE HLTH DEV, V17, P231, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1991.tb00693.x.
   BARLTROP D, 1966, AM J DIS CHILD, V112, P116, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1966.02090110060004.
   BEANGE H, 1995, AM J MENT RETARD, V99, P595.
   Beecroft N, 1998, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V13, P638, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199809)13:9<638::AID-GPS837>3.0.CO;2-N.
   BOGART LC, 1995, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V7, P39, DOI 10.1007/BF02578713.
   BUGLE C, 1993, RES DEV DISABIL, V14, P445, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(93)90037-K.
   COLTMAN CA, 1969, J AMER MED ASSOC, V207, P513, DOI 10.1001/jama.207.3.513.
   Danford D E, 1983, Prog Clin Biol Res, V129, P185.
   DANFORD DE, 1982, AM J MENT DEF, V87, P141.
   DANFORD DE, 1981, APPETITE, V2, P281, DOI 10.1016/S0195-6663(81)80017-7.
   DANFORD DE, 1982, AM J CLIN NUTR, V35, P958.
   DONOVICK PJ, 1992, VULNERABLE BRAIN ENV, V1, P127.
   EINFELD SL, 1992, UNPUB PREVALENCE PSY.
   FOXX RM, 1975, BEHAV RES THER, V13, P153, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(75)90009-1.
   Giacometti A, 1997, EUR J EPIDEMIOL, V13, P825, DOI 10.1023/A:1007306630301.
   GUTELIUS MF, 1962, PEDIATRICS, V29, P1012.
   JAWED SH, 1993, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V162, P835, DOI 10.1192/bjp.162.6.835.
   KINNELL HG, 1985, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V147, P80, DOI 10.1192/bjp.147.1.80.
   LANZKOWSKY P, 1959, ARCH DIS CHILD, V34, P140, DOI 10.1136/adc.34.174.140.
   LOFTS RH, 1990, AM J MENT RETARD, V95, P103.
   Lohiya GS, 1996, MENT RETARD, V34, P215.
   Luiselli JK, 1996, J BEHAV THER EXP PSY, V27, P195, DOI 10.1016/0005-7916(96)82613-9.
   MACE FC, 1986, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V19, P411, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1986.19-411.
   MCALPINE C, 1986, J MENT DEFIC RES, V30, P171.
   MCLOUGHLIN IJ, 1987, BRIT J HOSP MED, V37, P286.
   MCLOUGHLIN IJ, 1988, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V152, P842, DOI 10.1192/bjp.152.6.842.
   MCMAHON B, 1986, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V255, P1045.
   MORRIS CH, 1989, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V154, P801, DOI 10.1192/bjp.154.6.801.
   OBRIEN G, 1990, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V157, P281, DOI 10.1192/bjp.157.2.281.
   Piazza CC, 1996, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V29, P437, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1996.29-437.
   Reid R M, 1992, Med Anthropol, V13, P337.
   ROJAHN J, 1986, AM J MENT RETARD, V91, P268.
   SHISSLAK CM, 1987, INT J EAT DISORDER, V6, P663, DOI 10.1002/1098-108X(198709)6:5<663::AID-EAT2260060510>3.0.CO;2-1.
   SINGH NN, 1994, J CHILD ADOL PSYCHOP, V4, P93, DOI 10.1089/cap.1994.4.93.
   SOLYOM C, 1991, CAN J PSYCHIAT, V36, P50, DOI 10.1177/070674379103600111.
   TEWARI S, 1995, BRIT J DEV DISABIL, V41, P13, DOI 10.1179/bjdd.1995.003.
   Turner S, 1996, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V40, P438.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{39}},
Times-Cited = {{34}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Intellect. Dev. Dis.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{463XL}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000170502500002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000172519200003,
Author = {Haager, D and Windmueller, MP},
Title = {{Early reading intervention for English language learners at-risk for
   learning disabilities: Student and teacher outcomes in an urban school}},
Journal = {{LEARNING DISABILITY QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{24}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{235-250}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Abstract = {{Student and teacher outcomes following the first year of implementation
   of an early reading intervention project designed to improve literacy
   outcomes in one urban school are described. The intervention was
   delivered through ongoing supplemental reading instruction for English
   language learners (ELLs) at-risk of reading failure. Students at-risk
   for reading-related learning disabilities were identified using the
   Dynamic Indicators or Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS), a
   performance-based reading assessment. Students at-risk and students with
   learning disabilities (LD) received supplemental small-group reading
   instruction provided by the classroom teacher and support personnel
   implementing an inclusive special education program. Results indicated
   positive growth for ELLs, with a disproportionately large percentage of
   students falling into the risk range. At-risk and LD students showed
   steady improvement, supporting the coupling of an inclusive special
   education program with reading intervention in the primary grades.
   Teacher reports indicated that professional development should be
   grounded in the reality of classroom experience.}},
Publisher = {{COUNC LEARNING DISABILITES KRISTEN MCBRIDE}},
Address = {{EXECUTIVE SECRETARY PO BOX 40303, OVER LAND PARK, KS 66204 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Haager, D (Reprint Author), Calif State Univ Los Angeles, 5151 State Univ Dr, Los Angeles, CA 90032 USA.
   Calif State Univ Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90032 USA.
   Univ So Calif, Los Angeles, CA 90089 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/1511113}},
ISSN = {{0731-9487}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SPECIAL-EDUCATION; LITERACY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Adams M., 1990, BEGINNING READ THINK.
   August D., 1998, ED LANGUAGE MINORITY.
   Baker S., 1999, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V14, P239, DOI {[}10.1207/sldrp1404\_5, DOI 10.1207/SLDRP1404\_, DOI 10.1207/SLDRP1404\_5].
   Chall J. S., 2000, SOCIOECONOMIC LEARNI.
   DENO SL, 1997, LEA SPEC EDUC DISAB, P77.
   Dickson S. V., 1999, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V14, P191.
   Foegen A, 2001, J SPEC EDUC, V34, P226, DOI 10.1177/002246690103400405.
   Fuchs L. S, 1989, CURRICULUM BASED MEA, P153.
   GANDARA P, 1997, REV RES INSTRUCTION.
   GERSTEN R, 1995, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V62, P52.
   Gersten R, 1997, J LEARN DISABIL, V30, P466, DOI 10.1177/002221949703000501.
   Gersten R, 2000, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V66, P454, DOI 10.1177/001440290006600402.
   GOLDENBERG C, 1991, EDUC LEADERSHIP, V49, P69.
   GOOD RH, 2000, RUINING PREDICTIONS.
   HARGREAVES A, 2000, THEOR PRACT, V339, P50.
   Hiebert E. H., 2000, HDB READING RES, VIII.
   JUEL C, 1988, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V80, P437, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.80.4.437.
   Kaminski RA, 1996, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V25, P215.
   LABERGE D, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P293, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90015-2.
   LEFEVRE D, 1999, ANN M AM ED RES ASS.
   LIPSON M, 1997, ASSESSMENT INSTRUCTI.
   MALOUF DB, 1995, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V61, P414.
   NASLUND JC, 1997, READING WRITING Q OV, V13, P147.
   RICHARDSON V, 1990, EDUC RES, V19, P10, DOI DOI 10.3102/0013189X019007010.
   SCHUMM JS, 1995, REM SPEC EDUC, V16, P344, DOI 10.1177/074193259501600604.
   SHOWERS B, 1985, EDUC LEADERSHIP, V42, P43.
   SIMMONS DC, 1998, WHAT READING RES TEL.
   Snow C. E., 1998, PREVENTING READING D.
   STANOVICH KE, 1986, READ RES QUART, V21, P360, DOI 10.1598/RRQ.21.4.1.
   Stecker P. M., 2000, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V15, P128, DOI {[}10.1207/SLDRP1503\_2, DOI 10.1207/SLDRP1503\_2].
   Torgesen J., 1998, AM EDUC, V22, P32.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{31}},
Times-Cited = {{34}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Learn. Disabil. Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{498PE}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000172519200003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000171598700004,
Author = {Snyder, SL and Mitchell, DT},
Title = {{Re-engaging the body: Disability studies and the resistance to
   embodiment}},
Journal = {{PUBLIC CULTURE}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{13}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{367-389}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Publisher = {{DUKE UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{905 W MAIN ST, STE 18-B, DURHAM, NC 27701 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Snyder, SL (Reprint Author), Univ Illinois, Dept Disabil \& Human Dev, Chicago, IL 60637 USA.
   Univ Illinois, Dept Disabil \& Human Dev, Chicago, IL 60637 USA.
   Univ Illinois, Disabil Studies Program, Chicago, IL USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1215/08992363-13-3-367}},
ISSN = {{0899-2363}},
Research-Areas = {{Anthropology; Cultural Studies}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Anthropology; Cultural Studies}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Bell, Martha G/C-1353-2009}},
Cited-References = {{Bragg L, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P165, DOI 10.1080/09687599727317.
   Browning Tod, 1932, FREAKS.
   BYRON GGB, 1905, POETICAL WORKS BYRON.
   Canguilhem G., 1989, NORMAL PATHOLOGICAL.
   CLARE E, 1997, VITAL SIGNS CRIP CUL.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DEMONTAIGNE M, 1971, COMPLETE WORKS MONTA.
   Deutsch Helen, 2000, DEFECTS ENGENDERING.
   DUFFY M, 1997, VITAL SIGNS CRIP CUL.
   EPSTEIN J, 1995, ALTERED CONDITIONS D.
   Foucault Michel, 1975, BIRTH CLIN ARCHAEOLO.
   Goffman E., 1961, ASYLUMS ESSAYS SOCIA.
   Goffman E, 1986, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   Grosskurth Phyllis, 1997, BYRON FLAWED ANGEL.
   HERZOG W, 1971, EVEN DWARFS STARTED.
   HUET MH, 1998, MONSTROUS IMAGINATIO.
   KESEY K, 1962, ONE FLEW OVER CUCKOO.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   Longmore P., 1987, IMAGES DISABLED DISA.
   LONGMORE PK, 2000, J AM HIST, V87, P288.
   LONGMORE PK, 1997, BODY PHYSICAL DIFFER.
   MITCHELL DT, 1997, BODY PHYSICAL DIFFER.
   MITCHELL DT, 2000, NARRATIVE POSTHESIS.
   Pare Ambroise, 1982, MONSTERS MARVELS.
   Paterson K, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P597, DOI 10.1080/09687599925966.
   PERNICK MS, 1996, BLACK STORK EUGENICS.
   Ronell Avital, 1989, TELEPHONE BOOK TECHN.
   SANDAH C, 1997, VITAL SIGNS CRIP CUL.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P283, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780341.
   STEWART S, 1993, LONGING NARRATIVES M.
   Stiker HJ, 1999, HIST DISABILITY.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   WADE CM, 1997, VITAL SIGNS CRIP CUL.
   Watkins John, 1822, MEMOIRS LIFE WRITING.
   WISEMAN F, 1986, DEAF.
   WISEMAN F, 1986, ADJUSTMENT WORK.
   WISEMAN F, 1986, BLIND.
   Wiseman Fred, 1986, MULTIHANDICAPPED.
   Wiseman Frederick, 1967, TITICUT FOLLIES.
   WISEMASN F, 1969, HOSPITAL.
   ZINNEMANN F, 1950, MEN.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{60}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Public Cult.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{482VV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000171598700004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000170269000007,
Author = {Tierney, S},
Title = {{A reluctance to be defined `disabled'. How can the social model of
   disability enhance understanding of anorexia?}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{742-764}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{Most people would not ordinarily regard anorexia as a disability,
   exposing the narrow social understanding of the latter term, although
   for certain bureaucratic purposes, like claiming Disability Living
   Allowance, anorexia is demarcated thus. The oppression faced by people
   labelled `anorexic' mirrors that which theorists suggest disadvantages
   disabled people, a similarity examined below using the social model of
   disability as a tool of enquiry. In addition, the reasons against and
   for defining anorexia as a disability, and arguments for incorporating
   the experiences of people labelled `anorexic' into the Disability
   Movement will be discussed. This paper is based on the comments of nine
   interviewees, medically or self-defined as `anorexic', whose words
   clarify and make theoretical discussion more engaging. It is anticipated
   that exploring anorexia in a new light will improve understanding of the
   condition and will also be beneficial to Disability Studies.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Tierney, S (Reprint Author), 79 Birmingham Rd, Sutton Coldfield B72 ILT, W Midlands, England.
   Univ Sheffield, Dept Sociol Studies, Sheffield, S Yorkshire, England.}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ABLON J, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V30, P879, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90215-E.
   ABRAHAM S, 1997, EATING DISORDERS FAC.
   Barnes C, 1992, DISABLING IMAGERY ME.
   Barnes C., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   Barnes C, 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT.
   BEGUM N, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   Bogdan Robert, 1988, FREAK SHOW PRESENTIN.
   Booth T, 1994, PARENTING PRESSURE M.
   BOOTH T, 1998, GROWING PARENT WHO H.
   Bordo S., 1993, UNBEARABLE WEIGHT FE.
   Borsay A., 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P179.
   Bray A, 1996, CULT STUD, V10, P413, DOI 10.1080/09502389600490251.
   BUSFIELD J, 1996, MEN WOMEN MADNESS.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Chernin Kim, 1986, HUNGRY SELF WOMEN EA.
   Cooper C, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P31, DOI 10.1080/09687599727443.
   Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   French S, 1996, DISABILITY ENABLING.
   French S., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Hepworth J, 1999, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION.
   JENKINS R, 1996, SOCIAL IDENTITY.
   Macleod S, 1981, ART STARVATION.
   MacSween M, 1993, ANOREXIC BODIES FEMI.
   Malson Helen, 1998, THIN WOMAN FEMINISM.
   Mason M, 1990, DISABILITY EQUALITY.
   MORGAN HG, 1977, BRIT MED J, V2, P1652, DOI 10.1136/bmj.2.6103.1652.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   MORRISSEY MC, 1999, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V19, P100.
   OLIVER M, 1993, {[}No title captured].
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   ORBACH S, 1993, HUNGER STRIKE ANOREX.
   PALMER RL, 1980, ANOREXIA NERVOSA GUI.
   PETERS S., 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   Rieser R., 1990, DISABILITY EQUALITY.
   Ryan J., 1987, POLITICS MENTAL HAND.
   Shearer A., 1981, DISABILITY WHOSE HAN.
   SHELLEY R, 1997, ANOREXICS ANOREXIA.
   SUSMAN J, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P15, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90295-X.
   Wendell S., 1996, REJECTED BODY.
   WILLIAMS G, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   World Health Organization, 1992, ICD 10 CLASS MENT BE.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{7}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{459UC}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000170269000007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000169505100002,
Author = {Coles, J},
Title = {{The social model of disability: what does it mean for practice in
   services for people with learning difficulties?}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{501-510}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{Does the social model of disability currently inform the delivery of
   services for people labelled as having profound and complex learning
   difficulties? What distinguishes practice which draws on the social
   model from that which is influenced by an individual model or a medical
   model of disability? This paper draws on the findings of a small scale
   interpretive research study and some of the current debates within
   disability studies to illuminate these questions. It concludes that the
   social model can and does positively impact on some practice and that it
   should be taught to all providers of services for this group. It further
   concludes that to include discussion about individual experience of
   impairment in such training may have negative consequences.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Coles, J (Reprint Author), Univ W England, Fac Hlth \& Social Care, Glenside Campus,Blackberry Hill, Bristol BS16 1DD, Avon, England.
   Univ W England, Fac Hlth \& Social Care, Bristol BS16 1DD, Avon, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590120059504}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Barnes G, 1996, COMPUT COMPLEX, V6, P1, DOI 10.1007/BF01202039.
   BARTON L., 1995, MAKING DIFFICULTIES.
   BOGDAN R, 1976, AM PSYCHOL, V31, P47.
   Booth T, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P55, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023326.
   CROW L, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE.
   EDGERTON RB, 1967, CLOAK COMPETENCE.
   FEATHERSTONE M, 1991, BODY SOCIAL PROCESS.
   French S., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   GOLDSMITH, 1996, HEARING VOICE PEOPLE.
   Humphrey JC, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P63, DOI 10.1080/09687590025775.
   Johnston M, 1996, PSYCHOLOGIST, V9, P205.
   Morris J, 1991, PRIDE AGAINST PREJUD.
   OBRIEN J, 1987, ACTIVITIES CATALOGUE.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Shakespeare T, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687599727380.
   Shilling Chris, 1993, BODY SOCIAL THEORY.
   TURNER B, 1992, REGULATING BODIES ES.
   Turner B. S., 1984, BODY SOC EXPLORATION.
   TYNE A, 1981, PRINCIPLE NORMALISAT.
   VASSEY S, 1992, COALITION        SEP, P42.
   WEYMONT D, 1997, ADULTS LEARNING, V19, P25.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{21}},
Times-Cited = {{15}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{446GP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000169505100002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000169135700005,
Author = {McNamara, JK and Wagner, J},
Title = {{Implicit and explicit awareness of a phonics rule in the word
   recognition of students with and without learning disabilities}},
Journal = {{ALBERTA JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{47}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{57-74}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{This study investigates the ability of students with and without
   learning disabilities to learn a phonics rule implicitly and the ability
   of these students to report accurately about the rule verbally. Many
   researchers have argued that implicit learning denotes a form of
   learning that occurs without intention and results in adequate
   performance, but is not available to consciousness and so not
   verbalizable (Reber, 1993). Others have suggested that this inability to
   verbalize may not be as definite as originally thought (Ericsson B
   Simon, 1993). This study examined the implicit learning and explicit
   knowledge capabilities of students between the ages of 10 and 12 with
   and without learning disabilities. Students acquired knowledge
   implicitly about the pronunciation of pseudowords that were governed by
   one of two phonics rules. They were then asked to verbalize explicitly
   about the acquired knowledge. Results indicate that implicit knowledge
   capabilities for all students were not significantly different. However,
   there were significant differences between students with and without
   learning disabilities on explicit knowledge scores.}},
Publisher = {{ALBERTA JOURNAL EDUC RESEARCH}},
Address = {{FACULTY EDUCATION, 845 EDUCATION SOUTH, EDMONTON, ALBERTA T6G 2G5,
   CANADA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{McNamara, JK (Reprint Author), Simon Fraser Univ, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada.
   Simon Fraser Univ, Burnaby, BC V5A 1S6, Canada.
   Brock Univ, Reading Clin, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.}},
ISSN = {{0002-4805}},
Keywords-Plus = {{INDIVIDUAL-DIFFERENCES; WORKING-MEMORY; ACQUISITION; KNOWLEDGE;
   CHILDREN; TASK}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Cited-References = {{ATKINSON RC, 1968, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V2, P85.
   Baddeley A.D., 1986, WORKING MEMORY.
   BERRY DC, 1987, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V49, P7, DOI 10.1007/BF00309197.
   BERRY DC, 1994, ATTENTION PERFORM, V15, P755.
   BERRY DC, 1988, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V36, P209.
   Bower G. H., 1974, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, DOI {[}10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1, DOI 10.1016/S0079-7421(08)60452-1].
   BROADBENT DE, 1986, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V77, P33, DOI 10.1111/j.2044-8295.1986.tb01979.x.
   DANEMAN M, 1980, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V19, P450, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(80)90312-6.
   DULANY DE, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V113, P541, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.113.4.541.
   Ericsson Karl Anders, 1993, PROTOCOL ANAL.
   GLEASON JB, 1985, DEV LANGUAGE, P1.
   KARANTH P, 1993, LITERACY AND LANGUAGE ANALYSIS, P143.
   LEWICKI P, 1988, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V20, P24, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(88)90023-0.
   MATHEWS RC, 1989, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P1083, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.15.6.1083.
   Nagy W. E., 1984, READING RES Q, V19, P357.
   NISBETT RE, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P231, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.84.3.231.
   Reber A. S., 1993, IMPLICIT LEARNING TA.
   SMITH EE, 1994, MEM COGNITION, V22, P377, DOI 10.3758/BF03200864.
   STANLEY WB, 1989, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V41, P553, DOI 10.1080/14640748908402382.
   STANOVICH KE, 1986, READ RES QUART, V21, P360, DOI 10.1598/RRQ.21.4.1.
   STANOVICH KE, 1988, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V21, P590, DOI 10.1177/002221948802101003.
   SWANSON HL, 1993, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V56, P87, DOI 10.1006/jecp.1993.1027.
   SWANSON HL, 1998, LEARNING LEARNING DI, P107.
   SWANSON HL, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL, V59, P213.
   TARVER SG, 1976, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V22, P375, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(76)90101-6.
   VANORDEN GC, 1990, PSYCHOL REV, V97, P488, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.97.4.488.
   WAGNER RK, 1987, PSYCHOL BULL, V101, P192, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.101.2.192.
   Winter B, 1994, IMPLICIT EXPLICIT LE, P115.
   WONG BYL, 1982, J LEARN DISABIL, V15, P33.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{29}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Alta. J. Educ. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{439UJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000169135700005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000168076200004,
Author = {Lenze, EJ and Rogers, JC and Martire, LM and Mulsant, BH and Rollman, BL
   and Dew, MA and Schulz, R and Reynolds, CF},
Title = {{The association of late-life depression and anxiety with physical
   disability - A review of the literature and prospectus for future
   research}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{113-135}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{Depression and anxiety disorders are associated with excess disability.
   The authors searched the recent geriatric literature for studies
   associating late-life depression or anxiety with physical disability
   Studies showed depression in old age to be an independent risk factor
   for disability; similarly, disability was found to be a risk factor for
   depression. Anxiety, in late life was also found to be a risk factor for
   disability,, although not necessarily independently of depression.
   Increased disability, due to depression is only partly! explained by
   differences in socioeconomic measures, medical conditions, and
   cognition. Physical disability, improves with treatment for depression;
   comparable studies hare not been done for anxiety! The authors discuss
   how these findings inform current concepts of physical disability and
   discuss the implications for future intervention studies of late-life
   depression and anxiety disorders.}},
Publisher = {{ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC}},
Address = {{STE 800, 230 PARK AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10169 USA}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Lenze, EJ (Reprint Author), Western Psychiat Inst \& Clin, Room E1124,3811 OHara St, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.
   Univ Pittsburgh, Sch Med, Intervention Res Ctr Late Life Mood Disorders, Dept Psychiat, Pittsburgh, PA 15213 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1176/appi.ajgp.9.2.113}},
ISSN = {{1064-7481}},
EISSN = {{1545-7214}},
Keywords-Plus = {{RECURRENT MAJOR DEPRESSION; PRIMARY-CARE PATIENTS; FUNCTIONAL STATUS;
   ELDERLY-PATIENTS; OLDER-PEOPLE; POSTSTROKE DEPRESSION; MEDICAL ILLNESS;
   HIP FRACTURE; RISK-FACTORS; INSTRUMENTAL ACTIVITIES}},
Research-Areas = {{Geriatrics \& Gerontology; Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Geriatrics \& Gerontology; Gerontology; Psychiatry}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NIMH NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human ServicesNational
   Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Institute of Mental Health
   (NIMH) {[}P30 MH 52247, R01 MH37869, K01 MH01613, K05 MH00295, T32
   MH19986, R01 MH59318, R37MH43832]}},
Cited-References = {{ADES PA, 1992, ARCH INTERN MED, V152, P1033, DOI 10.1001/archinte.152.5.1033.
   Alexopoulos GS, 1996, AM J PSYCHIAT, V153, P877.
   ANDERSEN G, 1995, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V92, P193, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1995.tb09567.x.
   Astrom M, 1996, STROKE, V27, P270, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.27.2.270.
   AWAD IA, 1986, STROKE, V17, P1084, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.17.6.1084.
   BARBERGERGATEAU P, 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, pS88, DOI 10.1093/geronj/47.2.S88.
   Barbisoni P, 1996, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V77, P346, DOI 10.1016/S0003-9993(96)90082-9.
   Barrett JE, 1999, GEN HOSP PSYCHIAT, V21, P260, DOI 10.1016/S0163-8343(99)00023-7.
   BARSKY AJ, 1992, SOC SCI MED, V34, P1147, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(92)90288-2.
   Beekman ATF, 2000, AM J PSYCHIAT, V157, P89, DOI 10.1176/ajp.157.1.89.
   Beekman ATF, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V174, P307, DOI 10.1192/bjp.174.4.307.
   Beekman ATF, 1997, PSYCHOL MED, V27, P1397, DOI 10.1017/S0033291797005734.
   BERKMAN LF, 1986, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V124, P372, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a114408.
   Bienenfeld D, 1997, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V5, P43.
   Black SA, 1998, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V53, pS198, DOI 10.1093/geronb/53B.4.S198.
   Bond J, 1998, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V13, P601, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199809)13:9<601::AID-GPS827>3.3.CO;2-2.
   BORSON S, 1992, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V33, P190, DOI 10.1016/S0033-3182(92)71995-1.
   Brorsson A, 1998, PATIENT EDUC COUNS, V34, P75, DOI 10.1016/S0738-3991(98)00052-4.
   BRUCE ML, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P1796, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.11.1796.
   Cahn DA, 1996, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V8, P404.
   Callahan CM, 1998, J GEN INTERN MED, V13, P746, DOI 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1998.00226.x.
   CARNEY RM, 1995, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V14, P88, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.14.1.88.
   Chen PJ, 1999, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V56, P261, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.56.3.261.
   CORYELL W, 1992, AM J PSYCHIAT, V149, P100.
   Covinsky KE, 1997, ANN INTERN MED, V126, P417, DOI 10.7326/0003-4819-126-6-199703150-00001.
   CRAIG TJ, 1978, AM J PSYCHIAT, V135, P1036.
   CRESS ME, 1995, J AM GERIATR SOC, V43, P93, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1995.tb06372.x.
   Dentino AN, 1999, J AM GERIATR SOC, V47, P6, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1999.tb01894.x.
   DIAMOND PT, 1995, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P214, DOI 10.1097/00002060-199505000-00006.
   Dunham N C, 1994, Arch Fam Med, V3, P676, DOI 10.1001/archfami.3.8.676.
   EGAN M, 1992, OCCUP THER J RES, V12, P342, DOI 10.1177/153944929201200602.
   EHMANN TS, 1989, J GERIATR PSYCHIAT, V2, P3.
   Everson SA, 1998, ARCH INTERN MED, V158, P1133, DOI 10.1001/archinte.158.10.1133.
   FLEMINGER S, 1991, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V6, P459, DOI 10.1002/gps.930060619.
   FLINT AJ, 1994, AM J PSYCHIAT, V151, P640.
   FORSELL Y, 1994, AM J PSYCHIAT, V151, P1600.
   Frank E, 1997, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V58, P11.
   FRASURESMITH N, 1995, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V14, P388, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.14.5.388.
   Fyer AJ, 1996, ANXIETY, V2, P157, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1522-7154(1996)2:4<157::AID-ANXI1>3.0.CO;2-L.
   GALANOS AN, 1994, J AM GERIATR SOC, V42, P368, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1994.tb07483.x.
   Gallo JJ, 1997, J AM GERIATR SOC, V45, P570, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1997.tb03089.x.
   Ganguli M, 1999, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V14, P807, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199910)14:10<807::AID-GPS31>3.0.CO;2-\#.
   GRANGER CV, 1993, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V72, P84, DOI 10.1097/00002060-199304000-00005.
   Grigsby J, 1998, J AM GERIATR SOC, V46, P590, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1998.tb01075.x.
   GUCCIONE AA, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P351, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.3.351.
   GUILMETTE TJ, 1992, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V73, P587.
   GURLAND BJ, 1988, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V3, P163, DOI 10.1002/gps.930030304.
   Hebert R, 1999, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V150, P501.
   Heiligenstein J H, 1995, Int Psychogeriatr, V7 Suppl, P125, DOI 10.1017/S1041610295002407.
   Herrmann N, 1998, STROKE, V29, P618, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.29.3.618.
   HOWARD RJ, 1993, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V8, P183, DOI 10.1002/gps.930080213.
   KATON W, 1995, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V273, P1026, DOI 10.1001/jama.273.13.1026.
   Katz IR, 1996, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V4, P1, DOI 10.1097/00019442-199624410-00001.
   KATZ IR, 1995, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V3, P161, DOI 10.1097/00019442-199500320-00007.
   KATZ S, 1963, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V185, P914, DOI 10.1001/jama.1963.03060120024016.
   Kempen GIJM, 1999, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V54, pP380, DOI 10.1093/geronb/54B.6.P380.
   Kennedy G J, 1990, J Community Health, V15, P93, DOI 10.1007/BF01321314.
   Koenig HG, 1999, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V7, P48, DOI 10.1097/00019442-199924710-00007.
   Koenig HG, 1997, AM J PSYCHIAT, V154, P1369.
   Koenig HG, 1998, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V6, P230.
   Kraemer HC, 1997, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V54, P337.
   Krishnan KRR, 1997, AM J PSYCHIAT, V154, P497.
   Kurlowicz LH, 1998, NURS RES, V47, P219, DOI 10.1097/00006199-199807000-00007.
   LAUKKANEN P, 1993, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V8, P287, DOI 10.1002/gps.930080403.
   Laukkanen P, 1997, AGING-CLIN EXP RES, V9, P258, DOI 10.1007/BF03341828.
   Lavie CJ, 1999, AM J CARDIOL, V83, P1480, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9149(99)00127-7.
   LAWTON MP, 1969, GERONTOLOGIST, V9, P179, DOI 10.1093/geront/9.3\_Part\_1.179.
   Lebowitz BD, 1997, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V278, P1186, DOI 10.1001/jama.278.14.1186.
   Leipzig RM, 1999, J AM GERIATR SOC, V47, P30, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1999.tb01898.x.
   Lenze E, 1999, AM J PSYCHIAT, V156, P1602, DOI 10.1176/ajp.156.10.1602.
   Lustman PJ, 1998, ANN INTERN MED, V129, P613, DOI 10.7326/0003-4819-129-8-199810150-00005.
   Lyness JM, 1996, J AM GERIATR SOC, V44, P198, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1996.tb02440.x.
   Lyness JM, 1999, J AM GERIATR SOC, V47, P647, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1999.tb01584.x.
   Lyness JM, 1997, ARCH INTERN MED, V157, P449, DOI 10.1001/archinte.157.4.449.
   Lyness JM, 1998, AM J PSYCHIAT, V155, P969, DOI 10.1176/ajp.155.7.969.
   LYNESS JM, 1993, AM J PSYCHIAT, V150, P910.
   MacNeill SE, 1998, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V43, P246, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.43.3.246.
   MAGAZINER J, 1990, J GERONTOL, V45, pM101, DOI 10.1093/geronj/45.3.M101.
   Manton KG, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P2593, DOI 10.1073/pnas.94.6.2593.
   MARIN RS, 1993, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V28, P117, DOI 10.1016/0165-0327(93)90040-Q.
   Mazumdar S, 1996, PSYCHIAT RES, V63, P183, DOI 10.1016/0165-1781(96)02815-6.
   MCNEIL JM, 1997, CURRENT POPULATION R.
   MENZA MA, 1994, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V6, P165.
   Michelson D, 1996, NEW ENGL J MED, V335, P1176, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199610173351602.
   Mossey JM, 1996, J GERONTOL A-BIOL, V51, pM172, DOI 10.1093/gerona/51A.4.M172.
   MOSSEY JM, 1990, J GERONTOL, V45, pM163, DOI 10.1093/geronj/45.5.M163.
   Mulsant BH, 1997, J AM GERIATR SOC, V45, P954, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1997.tb02966.x.
   Murberg TA, 1998, INT J PSYCHIAT MED, V28, P273, DOI 10.2190/8TRC-PX8R-N498-7BTP.
   Murray C. J. L., 1996, GLOBAL BURDEN DIS CO.
   Musselman DL, 1998, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V55, P580, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.55.7.580.
   Nanna MJ, 1997, J APPL GERONTOL, V16, P120, DOI 10.1177/073346489701600107.
   {*}NAT I HLTH NAT I, BRIDG SCI SERV.
   NEILL WA, 1985, ARCH INTERN MED, V145, P1642, DOI 10.1001/archinte.145.9.1642.
   Newman AB, 1997, J AM GERIATR SOC, V45, P1.
   Ormel J, 1998, J AM GERIATR SOC, V46, P39, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1998.tb01011.x.
   ORMEL J, 1993, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V83, P385, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.83.3.385.
   Oxman TE, 1997, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V52, pP1, DOI 10.1093/geronb/52B.1.P1.
   PALINKAS LA, 1990, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V43, P1131, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(90)90014-G.
   Paolucci S, 1998, CEREBROVASC DIS, V8, P228, DOI 10.1159/000015856.
   PEARSON JL, 1995, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V3, P191, DOI 10.1097/00019442-199522330-00002.
   Penninx BWJH, 1998, J NATL CANCER I, V90, P1888, DOI 10.1093/jnci/90.24.1888.
   Penninx BWJH, 1998, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V279, P1720, DOI 10.1001/jama.279.21.1720.
   Penninx BWJH, 1999, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V89, P1346, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.89.9.1346.
   Prince MJ, 1997, PSYCHOL MED, V27, P311, DOI 10.1017/S0033291796004473.
   RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306.
   Ramasubbu R, 1998, J NEUROPSYCH CLIN N, V10, P26, DOI 10.1061/(ASCE)0899-1561(1998)10:1(26).
   Ravaglia G, 1997, J AM GERIATR SOC, V45, P1196, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1997.tb03769.x.
   Ravindran AV, 1999, AM J PSYCHIAT, V156, P1608, DOI 10.1176/ajp.156.10.1608.
   Reynolds CF, 1999, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V281, P39, DOI 10.1001/jama.281.1.39.
   Roberts RE, 1997, AM J PSYCHIAT, V154, P1384.
   Robinson RG, 2000, AM J PSYCHIAT, V157, P351, DOI 10.1176/appi.ajp.157.3.351.
   ROGERS JC, 1994, AM J OCCUP THER, V48, P914, DOI 10.5014/ajot.48.10.914.
   Sabbe B, 1997, J AFFECT DISORDERS, V43, P53, DOI 10.1016/S0165-0327(96)01409-7.
   SALAFFI F, 1991, J RHEUMATOL, V18, P1581.
   Sato R, 1999, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V150, P919.
   Saver JL, 1999, STROKE, V30, P293, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.30.2.293.
   SCHNEIER FR, 1994, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V55, P322.
   Schulberg HC, 1998, INT J PSYCHIAT MED, V28, P421, DOI 10.2190/G23R-NGGN-K1P1-MQ8N.
   SCHULZ R, 1994, J SOC BEHAV PERS, V9, P139.
   Schweizer E, 1997, J CLIN PSYCHIAT, V58, P30.
   Sheehan DV, 1996, INT CLIN PSYCHOPHARM, V11, P89, DOI 10.1097/00004850-199606003-00015.
   Sherrill JT, 1997, PSYCHIAT SERV, V48, P76.
   SHMUELYDULITZKI Y, 1995, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V3, P325, DOI 10.1097/00019442-199503040-00007.
   SINYOR D, 1986, STROKE, V17, P1102, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.17.6.1102.
   STARKSTEIN SE, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P377, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.55.5.377.
   Steffens DC, 1999, J AM GERIATR SOC, V47, P319, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1999.tb02995.x.
   Steffens DC, 1999, AM J GERIAT PSYCHIAT, V7, P34.
   SULLIVAN M, 1993, ARCH INTERN MED, V153, P2251, DOI 10.1001/archinte.153.19.2251.
   Sullivan MD, 1997, AM J MED, V103, P348, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9343(97)00167-8.
   TINETTI ME, 1995, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V273, P1348, DOI 10.1001/jama.273.17.1348.
   TREXLER LE, 1996, PHYSICAL MED REHABIL, P66.
   TREZONA RR, 1991, PSYCHOL ASPECTS GERI, P187.
   Trivedi MH, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOPHARMACOL, V20, P447, DOI 10.1016/S0893-133X(98)00131-6.
   TURNER RJ, 1988, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V29, P23, DOI 10.2307/2137178.
   {*}US BUR CENS, 1996, POP PROJ US AG SEX R.
   Ustun TB, 1999, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V89, P1315, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.89.9.1315.
   van de Weg FB, 1999, CLIN REHABIL, V13, P268, DOI 10.1191/026921599672495022.
   Wagner EH, 1997, WESTERN J MED, V167, P295.
   WELLS KB, 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V262, P914, DOI 10.1001/jama.262.7.914.
   West CG, 1998, J AM GERIATR SOC, V46, P49, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1998.tb01012.x.
   Whooley MA, 1999, ARCH INTERN MED, V159, P484, DOI 10.1001/archinte.159.5.484.
   WILLIAMSON GM, 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, pP367, DOI 10.1093/geronj/47.6.P367.
   WOLINSKY FD, 1993, J GERONTOL, V48, pS93.
   World Health Organization, 1980, INT CLASS IMP DIS HA.
   Wulsin LR, 1999, PSYCHOSOM MED, V61, P6, DOI 10.1097/00006842-199901000-00003.
   YESAVAGE JA, 1988, PSYCHOPHARMACOL BULL, V24, P709.
   Yohannes AM, 1998, AGE AGEING, V27, P155, DOI 10.1093/ageing/27.2.155.
   YU LC, 1993, BEHAV HLTH AGING, V3, P23.
   ZAUTRA AJ, 1991, J PERS, V59, P507, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-6494.1991.tb00258.x.
   Zeiss AM, 1996, PSYCHOL AGING, V11, P572, DOI 10.1037/0882-7974.11.4.572.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{150}},
Times-Cited = {{353}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{32}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Geriatr. Psychiatr.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{421QZ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000168076200004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000168263000001,
Author = {Walmsley, J},
Title = {{Normalisation, emancipatory research and inclusive research in learning
   disability}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{187-205}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{In this article I set out to trace the influence of two major sets of
   ideas: normalisation/srv, and the social model of disability on
   inclusive research in learning disability. The argument is that
   normalisation set the agenda for learning disability research for two or
   more decades. Inclusive researchers continue to apply normalisation
   thinking to work with people with learning difficulties, particularly in
   assuming the role of advocate-offering people the opportunity to take on
   valued social roles and assuming responsibility for promoting positive
   images.
   Latterly, a number of researchers have tried to rise to the challenges
   posed by emancipatory research, particularly in attempting to find ways
   to put people with learning difficulties in control. This illustrates
   the influence of thinking emanating front disability studies. However,
   the paper shows that whilst some ideas from emancipatory research have
   been applied in learning disability, there are debates in the disability
   literature that have not been addressed in learning disability research
   to date.
   The result is that inclusive research in learning disability is in
   danger of being marginalised, both in the context of disability studies
   and in the context of the broad sweep of learning disability research.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Walmsley, J (Reprint Author), Open Univ, Sch Hlth \& Soc Welf, Milton Keynes MK7 6AA, Bucks, England.
   Open Univ, Sch Hlth \& Soc Welf, Milton Keynes MK7 6AA, Bucks, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590120035807}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{INDEPENDENT RESEARCHER; DIFFICULTIES; PEOPLE; MYTH}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ANTIKINSON D, 2000, GOOD TIMES BAD TIMES.
   Aspis S, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P647, DOI 10.1080/09687599727182.
   Aspis Simone, 2000, CROSSING BOUNDARIES.
   Atkinson D, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P203, DOI 10.1080/09687599926271.
   Atkinson D., 1990, KNOW ME AS I AM ANTH.
   Barnes C, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P107, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023362.
   Booth T., 1998, GROWING PARENTS WHO.
   Booth T, 1994, PARENTING PRESSURE.
   BROWNING R, 1997, INNOVATIONS ADVOCACY.
   Bury M, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P111.
   Cambridge P, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687590025685.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   CHAPPEL A, IN PRESS BRIT J LEAR.
   CHAPPELL AL, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.
   FELCE D, 1998, FULL LIFE RES POLICY.
   Finkelstein V, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P859.
   Finkelstein V., 1996, COALITION        APR, P30.
   Freire P, 1969, PEDAGOGIA OPRIMIDO.
   FREIRE P, 1964, ED COMO PRACTICE LIB.
   FRENCH S, 1997, PHYSIOTHERAPY, V83, P26, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0031-9406(05)66107-X.
   Gluck S. B., 1991, WOMENS WORDS FEMINIS.
   GRADWELL L, 1999, COMMUNITY CARE, P36.
   King's Fund, 1980, ORD LIF.
   {*}KINGS FUND, 1988, TIES CONN.
   March J, 1997, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V25, P77.
   Marks D., 1999, DISABILITY CONTROVER.
   NIRJE B, 1980, NORMALISATION INTEGR.
   OBRIEN J, 1987, FRAM ACC WORKSH PEOP.
   OLIVER M, 1990, {[}No title captured].
   Priestley M., 1999, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Race D., 1999, SOCIAL ROLE VALORISA.
   Rapley M, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P807, DOI 10.1080/09687599826524.
   Riddell S., 1998, ARTICULATING DIFFICU.
   Rodgers J, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P421, DOI 10.1080/09687599926046.
   Rolph S., 2000, THESIS OPEN U MILTON.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P115, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023380.
   Sheldon A, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P643, DOI 10.1080/09687599925993.
   Stalker K, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P5, DOI 10.1080/09687599826885.
   STALKER K, 1999, BRIT J LEARNING DISA, V27, P117.
   TOWNSLEY R, 1998, INNOVATIONS ADVOCACY.
   WALMSLEY J, 1994, EQUAL TERMS WORKING.
   WALMSLEY J, 1997, EMPOWERMENT EVERYDAY.
   WHITEHEAD S, 1992, NORMALISATION READER.
   WHITTAKER A, 1995, VALUES VISIONS CHANG.
   Williams L, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P659, DOI 10.1080/09687599926000.
   Williams P., 1990, NETWORKS WORKBOOK 2.
   Williams P, 1979, WE CAN SPEAK OURSELV.
   Williams V., 1999, BRIT J LEARN DISABIL, V27, P48, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1468-3156.1999.TB00085.X.
   WOLFENSBERGER W, 1989, MAKING CONNECTIONS R.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{50}},
Times-Cited = {{132}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{12}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{424ZC}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000168263000001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000166217400005,
Author = {Riddell, S and Baron, S and Wilson, A},
Title = {{The significance of the learning society for women and men with learning
   difficulties}},
Journal = {{GENDER AND EDUCATION}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{13}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{57-73}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{This article draws on work undertaken as part of the Economic and Social
   Research Council's Learning Society Programme. The project from which
   data are drawn, entitled `The Meaning of the Learning Society for Adults
   with Learning Difficulties', focused on lifelong learning opportunities
   available to people with learning difficulties and experiences of these
   services. The article begins by examining theories of late modernity,
   their use by feminist and disability studies theorists and their
   relationship to ideas of a learning society. Subsequently, using case
   study material, it is argued that the identities of people with learning
   difficulties are not chosen freely from a range of options but are
   socially ascribed. The status of learning difficulties is used as a
   dominant category to justify deprivation of basic political and economic
   rights. In addition, the lives of people with learning difficulties are
   structured by gender and class, and these intersect with the category of
   learning difficulties. For both women and men, the advantages of
   middle-class social and economic capital are overridden by the negative
   category of learning difficulties. In relation to gender, men with
   learning difficulties are more likely to receive post-school training,
   but in inappropriate areas of the labour market. Their domestic needs
   are also likely to be attended to by others, but in the absence of
   employment, they find themselves without any valued social role. Women
   with learning difficulties are also likely to be excluded from the
   labour market, but are more likely to be involved in reciprocal, albeit
   limited, social relationships. It is concluded that postmodernist
   theories are inadequate to describe the structuring of the lives of
   people with learning difficulties.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Riddell, S (Reprint Author), Univ Glasgow, Strathclyde Ctr Disabil Res, Adam Smith Bldg, Glasgow G12 8RT, Lanark, Scotland.
   Univ Glasgow, Strathclyde Ctr Disabil Res, Glasgow G12 8RT, Lanark, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09540250124323}},
ISSN = {{0954-0253}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABILITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Barnes C, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P577, DOI 10.1080/09687599926136.
   Barnes C, 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT.
   Barrett M., 1992, DESTABILIZING THEORY.
   Beck U., 1992, RISK SOC.
   Beck U., 1999, DEMOCRACY ENEMIES.
   BECK U, 1994, ECOLOGICAL POLITICS.
   Becker G., 1975, HUMAN CAPITAL THEORE.
   Bourdieu P., 1989, SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY, V7, P14, DOI DOI 10.2307/202060.
   Coffield F., 1999, BRIT EDUC RES J, V25, P479, DOI DOI 10.1080/0141192990250405.
   COLEMAN JS, 1988, AM J SOCIOL, V94, P95, DOI DOI 10.1086/228943.
   Crow L., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   DAVIES B, 1997, GENDER ED, V9, P271, DOI DOI 10.1080/09540259721259.
   DAVIES B, 1992, RES SBUJECTIVITY WIN.
   Department for Education and Employment, 1998, LEARN AG REN NEW BRI.
   Durkheim E, 1938, RULES SOCIOLOGICAL M.
   Edwards R., 1993, ADULT LEARNERS ED TR.
   Egerton Commission, 1889, REP ROYAL COMM BLIND.
   ESPIE C, 1999, ROLE NHS MEETING HLT.
   FEVRE R, 1996, EUR C ED RES U SEV 2.
   Fukuyama Francis, 1995, TRUST SOCIAL VIRTUES.
   Gleeson BJ, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P179, DOI 10.1080/09687599727326.
   HUGHES C, 1995, BRIT J EDUC STUD, V43, P290, DOI 10.2307/3121985.
   JONES A, 1997, GENDER ED, V9, P261, DOI DOI 10.1080/09540259721240.
   MAGUIRE M, 1993, FACTORS INFLUENCING.
   MCNABB R, 1994, MARKET TRAINING.
   Morris J., 1993, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   {*}NAT I AD CONT ED, 1994, WID PART ROUT LEARN.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   PUTNAM RD, 1995, PS, V28, P664, DOI 10.2307/420517.
   RIDDELL S, 1997, MEANING LEARNING SOC.
   Riddell S., 1998, J ED POLICY, V13, P531, DOI {[}10.1080/0268093980130406, DOI 10.1080/0268093980130406].
   Riddell S., 1999, STUDIES ED ADULTS, V31, P49.
   RIDDELL S, 1998, J ED POLICY, V12, P473.
   Shakespeare T, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687599727380.
   Skeggs B., 1997, FORMATIONS CLASS GEN.
   TETT L, 1999, GENDER ED CHANGE.
   Thomas C., 1999, FEMALE FORMS EXPERIE.
   Tomlinson S., 1982, SOCIOLOGY SPECIAL ED.
   WILLIAMS R, 1961, CULTURE SOC 1780 195.
   Williams R., 1977, MARXISM LIT.
   Wolfensberger W. P., 1972, NORMALIZATION PRINCI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{42}},
Times-Cited = {{11}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{Gend. Educ.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{389BB}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000166217400005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000167048600003,
Author = {Ware, L},
Title = {{Writing, identity, and the other - Dare we do disability studies?}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF TEACHER EDUCATION}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{52}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{107-123}},
Month = {{MAR-APR}},
Abstract = {{Although inclusive education is often characterized as a special
   education initiative, both general and special educators must assume
   responsibility for all children's learning as mandated by 1997
   amendments to the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act. The
   practice and implementation of inclusion policy in both K-12 public
   education and teacher education necessitates close examination of many
   issues that extend beyond compliance concerns. This article
   problematizes two related aspects of inclusion reform and its
   implementation in practice: persistence of unexamined assumptions about
   disability anti uninspired curriculum. The author begins with an
   overview of humanities-based disability studies, an emerging field of
   scholarship that holds great promise for reimagining disability. Then
   the author describes a partnership between a secondary language arts
   teacher and herself wherein they created and cotaught Writing, Identity,
   and the Other, a curriculum unit informed by humanities-based disability
   studies. This example provides insight to the question, Dare we do
   disability studies?}},
Publisher = {{AMER ASSOC COLL TEACH EDUC}},
Address = {{SUITE 610, ONE DUPONT CIRCLE, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Ware, L (Reprint Author), Univ Rochester, Warner Grad Sch Educ \& Human Dev, Rochester, NY 14627 USA.
   Univ Rochester, Warner Grad Sch Educ \& Human Dev, Rochester, NY 14627 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/0022487101052002003}},
ISSN = {{0022-4871}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SPECIAL-EDUCATION; POLITICS; RACISM}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Cited-References = {{ANDERSON JF, 1990, J WILDLIFE DIS, V26, P1, DOI 10.7589/0090-3558-26.1.1.
   BARTON L, 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, pR11.
   Baynton Douglas, 2001, NEW DISABILITY HIST, P33, DOI DOI 10.1086/AHR/107.5.1523.
   Berube M, 1996, LIFE WE KNOW IT FATH.
   Berube M., 1997, CHRON HIGHER EDUC, V43, pB4.
   BLANTON L, 1997, TEACHER ED TRANSITIO.
   BLOCK L, 1997, AFFLICTION DISABILIT.
   Brantlinger E, 1997, REV EDUC RES, V67, P425, DOI 10.2307/1170517.
   BROCK W, 1998, I CANT DO IT.
   CAMPBELL J, 1996, UNDERSTANDING OUR PA.
   CARLSON AL, 1998, THESIS U TORONTO CAN.
   CARLSON AL, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V17, P277.
   CASSUTO L, 1999, CHRON HIGHER EDUC, V45, pA60.
   Charlton J. I., 1998, NOTHING US US DISABI.
   Cochran-Smith M, 2000, HARVARD EDUC REV, V70, P157, DOI 10.17763/haer.70.2.e77x215054558564.
   Corker M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   DANFORTH S, 2000, M AM ED RES ASS NEW.
   DAVIS AB, 1973, TRIUMPH DISABILITY D.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   Davis LJ, 1998, NOVEL-FORUM FICT, V31, P317, DOI 10.2307/1346103.
   DAVIS LJ, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R.
   Ellsworth E., 1997, TEACHING POSITIONS D.
   Erevelles N., 2000, EDUC THEORY, V50, P25, DOI {[}10.1111/j.1741-5446.2000.00025.x, DOI 10.1111/J.1741-5446.2000.00025.X].
   FREIRE P, 1970, PEDAGOGY PROCESS.
   GABEL S, J CURRICULUM INQUIRE.
   GABEL S, RES SOCIAL SCI DISAB, V2.
   GABEL S, 1998, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P38.
   GABEL SL, 2001, J TEACHER ED, V52.
   Gallagher DJ, 1998, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V64, P493.
   Garland-Thomson Rosemarie., 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   Gilman S. L., 1985, DIFFERENCE PATHOLOGY.
   Giroux Henry A, 1996, COUNTERNARRATIVES CU.
   Golfus Billy, 1994, BILLY BROKE HIS HEAD.
   HESHSUSIUS L, 2000, ANN M AM ED ASS NEW.
   HESHUSIUS L, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL, V22, P403, DOI 10.1177/002221948902200702.
   Heshusius L, 1995, DISABILITY DEMOCRACY, P166.
   Hockenbury J., 1995, MOVING VIOLATIONS.
   Kittay E. F., 1997, FEMINISTS RETHINK SE, P219.
   Kittay Eva Feder, 1999, LOVES LABOR ESSAYS W.
   Kittay Eve, 1999, MOTHER TROUBLES RETH, P3.
   KLEIWER C, 2000, J ASS SEVERE HANDICA, V25, P59.
   Lather P., 1998, EDUC THEORY, V48, P487, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1741-5446.1998.00487.X.
   LINTON S, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILTIY.
   LONGMORE P, 1999, NAT ENDOWMENT HUMANI.
   Longmore P., 1987, IMAGES DISABLED DISA, P65.
   Longmore Paul, 2001, NEW DISABILITY HIST, P1.
   Longmore PK, 2000, J AM HIST, V87, P888, DOI 10.2307/2675276.
   MAIRS N, 1996, WAIST HIGH WORLD LIF.
   Mairs Nancy, 1986, PLAINTEXT ESSAYS.
   MCINTYRE A, 1999, DEPENDENT RATIONAL A.
   MCRUER R, 2001, ENABLING HUMANITIES.
   MITCHELL D, IN PRESS DISABILITY.
   MITCHELL DT, 1997, BODY PHYSICAL DIFFER.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   NAPATILINO S, 1998, BARRIERS CONSULTATIO.
   NORDEN MF, 1994, HIST PHYSICAL DIFFER.
   OTT K, 2000, HIST DISABILITY MED.
   PAUL J, 1993, TEACHER ED SPECIAL E, V16, P95.
   Peters S, 2000, COMP EDUC REV, V44, P245, DOI 10.1086/447614.
   Peters S, 2000, DISABIL SOC, V15, P583, DOI 10.1080/09687590050058198.
   PETERS S, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P215.
   PETERS S, 1995, MAKING DIFFICULTIES, P59.
   PHILIP M, 1985, RETURN GRAND THEORY.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1999, DISABILTIY DIS.
   Shapiro J. P., 1993, PITY PEOPLE DISABILI.
   SHAW B, 1994, RAGGED EDGE.
   SKRTIC T, 1995, DISABILITY DEMOCRACY.
   Skrtic T. M., 1991, SPECIAL ED CRITICAL.
   Smith P, 1999, REV EDUC RES, V69, P117, DOI 10.2307/1170672.
   SMITH P, 1999, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY, V5, P244, DOI DOI 10.1177/107780049900500204.
   SMITH P, 2000, DESEGREGATING DISABI.
   TATUM BD, 1992, HARVARD EDUC REV, V62, P1.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   WARE L, 2000, GREEC CENGR SCH BOAR.
   Ware L., 1995, INCLUSIVE SCH, P127.
   WARE L, 1998, THEM US INT STUDY IN, P21.
   WARE L, 2000, EDUCATION GLOBAL ECO, P111.
   Ware L., 2000, INCLUSIVE ED POLICY, P42.
   WARE L, 1999, INCLUSIVE ED INT VOI, P43.
   WARE L, 2000, 8 ANN M INT RES C IN.
   WARE L, 2000, ANN M AM ED ASS NEW.
   WARE L, 2000, COLLABORATIVE INQUIR.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   YU J, 1996, BREATHING LESSONS LI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{84}},
Times-Cited = {{53}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Teach. Educ.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{403ND}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000167048600003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000170278100003,
Author = {Brueggemann, BJ and White, LF and Dunn, PA and Heifferon, BA and CHeu, J},
Title = {{Becoming visible: Lessons in disability}},
Journal = {{COLLEGE COMPOSITION AND COMMUNICATION}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{52}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{368-398}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{The five authors call for increased awareness of disability in
   composition studies and argue that such an awareness can productively
   disrupt notion of `writing' and `composing' at the same time it
   challenges `normal'/'not normal' binaries in the field. In six sections:
   Brueggemann introduces and examines the paradox of disability's
   `invisibility'; White considers the social construction of learning
   disabilities; Dunn analyzes the rhetoric of backlash against learning
   disabilities; Heifferon illustrates how a disability text challenged her
   students; Cheu describes how a disability-centered writing class made
   disability visible; all five conclude with challenges and directions for
   composition studies in intersecting with disability studies.}},
Publisher = {{NATL COUNCIL TEACHERS ENGLISH}},
Address = {{1111 KENYON RD, URBANA, IL 61801 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Brueggemann, BJ (Reprint Author), Ohio State Univ, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
   Ohio State Univ, Columbus, OH 43210 USA.
   Stephen F Austin State Univ, Nacodoches, TX USA.
   Illinois State Univ, Normal, IL 61761 USA.
   Clemson Univ, Clemson, SC 29631 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/358624}},
ISSN = {{0010-096X}},
Research-Areas = {{Literature}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Literature}},
Cited-References = {{ALCOFF L, 1991, CULTURAL CRITIQUE, V20, P5, DOI DOI 10.2307/1354221.
   Bartholomae David, 1993, J BASIC WRITING, V12, P4.
   BERUBE M, 1998, LIFE WE KNOW IT.
   BORDO S, 1993, UNBEARABLE WEIGHT FM.
   Bruner M., 1998, LANDMARK ESSAYS REHT, P209.
   Carrier J. G., 1986, LEARNING DISABILITY.
   CHARLTON JI, 1998, NOTHING US WITHOUT U.
   COLES G, 1987, LEARNING MYSTIQUE CR.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DONOVAN LA, 1987, WINGS ANTHOLOGY LIT, P31.
   DUNN PA, 1995, LEARNING RE-ABLED LE.
   FINGER A, 1990, PAST DUE STORY DISAB.
   Franklin B., 1987, LEARNING DISABILITY.
   Fries Kenny, 1997, BODY REMEMBER MEMOIR.
   FUNK D, 1998, E COMMUNICATION 0809.
   Gardner H., 1985, FRAMES MIND THEORY M.
   Gerber P. J., 1991, SPEAKING THEMSELVES.
   HORNER B, 1996, COLL COMPOS COMMUN, V47, P199, DOI 10.2307/358793.
   Hubbard R., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P187.
   KATZ JI, 1999, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0924, pV4.
   KAVALE K, 1985, SCI LEARNING DISABIL.
   Kelman Mark, 1998, JUMPING QUEUE INQUIR.
   Lane H., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P153.
   LEWIN T, 1997, DIASBILITY STUDIES R, pB9.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   Longo J. A., 1988, J DEV ED, V11, P10.
   LU MZ, 1992, COLL ENGL, V54, P887, DOI 10.2307/378444.
   MacNealy M. S., 1998, STRATEGIES EMPIRICAL.
   Mairs Nancy, 1990, CARNAL ACTS, P81.
   MARCUS N, 1995, STORM READING.
   MCKEON R, 1987, RHETORIC ESSAYS INVE.
   Metcalf SD, 1998, LINGUA FRANCA, V8, P60.
   Minh-ha T., 1989, WOMAN NATIVE OTHER W.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   ORFALEA P, 1998, E COMMUNICATION 0427.
   RATNESAR R, 1998, TIME            0302, P60.
   Roof Judith, 1995, WHO CAN SPEAK AUTHOR.
   Shapiro Joseph P., 1997, US NEWS WORLD R 0414, P31.
   SIEGEL LS, 1992, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V25, P618, DOI 10.1177/002221949202501001.
   STANOVICH KE, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL, V22, P487, DOI 10.1177/002221948902200807.
   TORGESEN J, 1994, RES ISSUES LEARNING, P3.
   WEST TG, 1998, E COMMUNICATION 0427.
   WESTALL S, 1998, E COMMUNICATION 1231.
   Williams W. M., 1999, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0806, pB4.
   Wittgenstein L, 1958, PHILOS INVESTIGATION.
   WOLF R, 1999, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0810.
   ZIMINSKY PC, 1993, RISING WIND PERSONAL.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{47}},
Times-Cited = {{24}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{Coll. Compost. Commun.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{459YB}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000170278100003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000166344700008,
Author = {Dowse, L},
Title = {{Contesting practices, challenging codes: self advocacy, disability
   politics and the social model}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{123-141}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Abstract = {{This paper examines the relationship between Self Advocacy and the
   disability movement in Britain in the light of social movement theory.
   Using the concept of `collective identity' as it is explored in social
   movement theory, the analysis examines why the disability movement's
   promotion of a strong disabled identity may be difficult to achieve for
   all its constituents, particularly people with learning difficulties.
   Additionally the concept of symbolic production within social movement
   theory is used to explore how the movement uses the social model of
   disability as its `collective action frame'. It is argued realignment of
   this frame is taking place within the movement and is reflected in
   debates within Disability Studies about the role of impairment. The
   voices of people with learning difficulties remain silent in this
   debate. The paper concludes by arguing for the recognition of social,
   psychological and cognitive difference as pre-requisite to an inclusive
   theory and politics of disability.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Dowse, L (Reprint Author), Univ New S Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
   Univ New S Wales, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/713662036}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MOVEMENTS}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Aspis S, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P647, DOI 10.1080/09687599727182.
   Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   Barnes C., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   Begum N., 1994, REFLECTIONS VIEWS BL.
   BEGUM N, 1992, {[}No title captured], V40, P70.
   Blumer H, 1951, PRINCIPLES SOCIOLOGY.
   Calhoun C. J., 1994, SOCIAL THEORY POLITI.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   CHAPPELL AL, 1996, DISABILITY READER.
   COHEN JL, 1985, SOC RES, V52, P663.
   Corker M, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P627, DOI 10.1080/09687599925984.
   Corker M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Corker M., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Crow L., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   DALTON RJ, 1990, CHALLENGING POLITICA.
   Della Porta D., 1999, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS INT.
   Dybwad G, 1996, NEW VOICES SELF ADVO.
   EMERSON E, 1992, NORMALISATION READER.
   Finkelstein V., 1980, WORLD REHABILITATION, V5.
   FOWERAKER J, 1995, THEORISING SOCIAL MO.
   French S., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Friedman D, 1992, FRONTIERS SOCIAL MOV.
   Gamson William A., 1992, FRONTIERS SOCIAL MOV.
   GERMON P, 1998, DISABILITY READER.
   Goffman Erving, 1974, FRAME ANAL.
   GOODLEY D, IN PRESS POLITICS RE.
   GRIFFITHS R, 1988, {[}No title captured].
   HILL M, 1994, REFLECTIONS VIEWS BL.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   KESTENBAUM A, 1996, INDEPENDENT LIVING R.
   Klandermans Bert, 1995, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS CUL.
   Laclau E., 1985, HEGEMONY SOCIALIST S.
   MARX GT, 1994, COLLECTIVE BEHAV SOC.
   McAdam D., 1988, HDB SOCIOLOGY.
   MCNAMARA J, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   MEEKOSHA H, 1998, DISABILITY READER.
   MELUCCI A, 1989, NOMADS PRESENT.
   MELUCCI A, 1996, CHALLENGING CODES CO.
   Melucci A., 1995, SOCIAL MOVEMENTS CUL.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   Morris J., 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Oberschall Anthony, 1973, SOCIAL CONFLICT SOCI.
   OFFE C, 1985, SOC RES, V52, P817.
   OLIVER M, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   OLIVER M, 1995, UNPUB DEFINING IMPAI.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   {*}PEOPL 1 WORK, 1996, WORK TOG CHANG WORKB, V3.
   {*}PEOPL 1 WORK, 1996, SPEAK OUT EQ RIGHTS, V2.
   Priestley M., 1999, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   ROBINSON C, 1998, GROWING UP DISABILIT.
   Shakespeare T, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687599727380.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, DISABILITY READER.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1993, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V8, P249, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649366780261.
   SIMONS K, 1992, STICKING YOURSELF.
   Smelser Neil J., 1962, THEORY COLLECTIVE BE.
   SNOW DA, 1986, AM SOCIOL REV, V51, P454.
   TARROW S, 1988, ANN REV SOCIOLOGY.
   Tarrow Sidney, 1992, FRONTIERS SOCIAL MOV.
   Taylor Verta, 1992, FRONTIERS SOCIAL MOV.
   Thomas C., 1999, FEMALE FORMS EXPERIE.
   Tilly C., 1984, STATE MAKING SOCIAL.
   Tilly Charles, 1978, MOBILISATION REVOLUT.
   Touraine A., 1981, VOICE EYE ANAL SOCIA.
   Touraine A., 1977, SELF PRODUCTION SOC.
   Union of the Physically Impaired against Segregation, 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   VERNON A, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   WALMSLEY J, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.
   Williams P., 1982, WE CAN SPEAK OURSELV.
   WOLFENSBERGER W, 1983, MENT RETARD, V21, P234.
   ZALD MN, 1966, SOC FORCES, V44, P327, DOI 10.2307/2575833.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{74}},
Times-Cited = {{35}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{6}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{391FJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000166344700008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@inproceedings{ ISI:000189462800006,
Author = {Paterson, K},
Editor = {{CunninghamBurley, S and BackettMilburn, K}},
Title = {{Disability studies and phenomenology: Finding a space for both the
   carnal and the political}},
Booktitle = {{EXPLORING THE BODY}},
Series = {{EXPLORATIONS IN SOCIOLOGY}},
Year = {{2001}},
Pages = {{81-97}},
Note = {{Annual Conference of the British-Sociological-Association, Univ
   Edinburgh, Edinburgh, SCOTLAND, APR 06-09, 1998}},
Organization = {{British Sociol Assoc}},
Publisher = {{PALGRAVE}},
Address = {{HOUNDMILLS, BASINGSTOKE RG21 6XS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
ISBN = {{0-333-77595-3}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SOCIAL MODEL; SOCIOLOGY}},
Research-Areas = {{Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sociology}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.
   ABBERLEY P, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Barnes C., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   BENDELOW GA, 1995, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V17, P139, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10933376.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   CAMPLING J, 1981, IMAGES OURSELVES WOM.
   Crossley N., 1995, BODY SOC, V1, P43, DOI DOI 10.1177/1357034X95001001004.
   CROW L, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   CSORDAS TJ, 1993, CULT ANTHROPOL, V8, P135, DOI 10.1525/can.1993.8.2.02a00010.
   Donzelot J., 1979, POLICING FAMILIES.
   FEATHERSTONE M, 1992, {[}No title captured].
   Featherstone M, 1995, UNDOING CULTURE.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1980, ATTITUDES DISABLED P.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1996, DISABILITY NOW  0211.
   Goffman E., 1963, BEHAV PUBLIC PLACES.
   Habermas J., 1975, LEGITIMATION CRISIS.
   Hales G., 1996, DISABILITY ENABLING.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Imrie Rob, 1996, DISABILITY CITY.
   Jackson J., 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC.
   Keith L, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Lasch C., 1980, CULTURE NARCISSISM.
   Leder Drew, 1990, ABSENT BODY.
   LYON ML, 1994, {[}No title captured].
   Maffesoli Michel, 1996, TIME TRIBES.
   Merleau-Ponty M., 1962, PHENOMENOLOGY PERCEP.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   Morris Jenny, 1989, ABLE LIVES WOMENS EX.
   OLIVER M, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   Oliver M., 1983, SOCIAL WORK DISABLED.
   Oliver M, 1988, WALKING DARKNESS EXP.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver Michael, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   PATERSON K, 1999, DISABIL SOC, P14.
   Robillard A., 1996, BODY SOC, V2, P17.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P283, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780341.
   Shakespeare T, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687599727380.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1995, QUINC C HIST MED.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1995, DIS STUD SEM.
   Shilling Chris, 1993, BODY SOCIAL THEORY.
   Sutherland AT, 1981, DISABLED WE STAND.
   TURNER B, 1992, REGULATING BODIES ES.
   Turner B. S., 1996, BODY SOC EXPLORATION.
   Turner B. S., 1984, BODY SOC EXPLORATION.
   Turner T., 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC.
   Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation (UPIAS), 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{51}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{BY78R}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000189462800006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000172707400006,
Author = {Saetermoe, CL and Scattone, D and Kim, KH},
Title = {{Ethnicity and the stigma of disabilities}},
Journal = {{PSYCHOLOGY \& HEALTH}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{699-713}},
Abstract = {{Recent studies reveal significant differences in the attitudes held by
   people of various ethnic groups toward people with disabilities. We
   surveyed university students and community members on a scale of desired
   social distance from people with disabilities. Study 1 revealed that
   Asian-American participants were more likely to stigmatize and less
   likely to differentiate between individuals with physical and mental
   illness than were their African-American, Latin-American or
   European-American counterparts. Study 2 compared U.S. born with Asian
   born Asian-Americans and found that nativity was a useful predictor of
   attitudes toward people with disabilities. Asian born participants were
   more likely to stigmatize disabilities overall (except mental illness
   and old age) than U.S. born participants presumably because of the level
   of assimilation. These cultural differences may have health care and
   psychosocial implications for those who are disabled and for health care
   providers.}},
Publisher = {{HARWOOD ACAD PUBL GMBH, TAYLOR \& FRANCIS GROUP}},
Address = {{325 CHESTNUT ST, 8TH FL, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Saetermoe, CL (Reprint Author), Calif State Univ Northridge, Northridge, CA 91330 USA.
   Calif State Univ Northridge, Northridge, CA 91330 USA.
   Univ So Mississippi, Mississippi State, MS USA.
   Univ Calif Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/08870440108405868}},
ISSN = {{0887-0446}},
Keywords = {{disability; stigma; ethnic differences; Asian-Americans}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-ILLNESS; PHYSICAL-DISABILITY; ATTITUDES; EXPERIENCE; EPILEPSY;
   IMPACT}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Psychology,
   Multidisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ALBRECHT GL, 1982, SOC SCI MED, V16, P1319, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(82)90027-2.
   ANSPACH RR, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED SOC, V13, P765, DOI 10.1016/0271-7123(79)90123-8.
   {*}CERI, 1988, DIS YOUTH RIGHT AD S.
   CHAN F, 1988, INT J SOC PSYCHIAT, V34, P206.
   Chan F, 1988, J APPL REHABILITATIO, V19, P21.
   Chaplin JE, 1998, SEIZURE-EUR J EPILEP, V7, P299, DOI 10.1016/S1059-1311(98)80022-8.
   Crystal DS, 1999, INT J BEHAV DEV, V23, P91, DOI 10.1080/016502599384017.
   DEMPSTER AP, 1977, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V39, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.2517-6161.1977.tb01600.x.
   DEVINS GM, 1994, CAN J PSYCHIAT, V39, P608, DOI 10.1177/070674379403901005.
   Fan C, 1999, COMMUNITY MENT HLT J, V35, P47, DOI 10.1023/A:1018795925455.
   FLORIAN V, 1983, INT J INTERCULT REL, V7, P167, DOI 10.1016/0147-1767(83)90019-6.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   GROCE NE, 1993, PEDIATRICS, V91, P1048.
   HARASYMIW SJ, 1976, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V8, P33.
   Hedrick B. N., 1996, Therapeutic Recreation Journal, V30, P137.
   JAQUES M, 1970, INT J SOC PSYCHIAT, V15, P54.
   JAQUES ME, 1973, REHABILITATION COUNS, V17, P206.
   KLECK R, 1969, HUM RELAT, V22, P53.
   KLEINMAN A, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V40, P1319, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)00254-Q.
   KOJIMA Y, 1977, REHABILITATION WORLD, V3, P18.
   Kuo C L, 1994, Issues Ment Health Nurs, V15, P551, DOI 10.3109/01612849409040533.
   Li L., 1996, APPL BEHAV SCI REV, V4, P99.
   Lien O., 1993, AUSTRALAS PSYCHIATRY, V1, P110.
   Livneh H., 1988, ATTITUDES PERSONS DI, P35.
   Mardiros M, 1989, Med Anthropol, V12, P55.
   MCCUBBIN HI, 1988, FAM RELAT, V37, P247, DOI 10.2307/584557.
   MUNAKATA T, 1986, JAPANESE CULTURE BEH, P369.
   MURPHY R, 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P140.
   MURPHY RF, 1988, SOC SCI MED, V26, P235, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(88)90244-4.
   MUZZIN LJ, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P1201, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90185-6.
   Ng CH, 1997, AUST NZ J PSYCHIAT, V31, P382, DOI 10.3109/00048679709073848.
   Roth W., 1980, UNEXPECTED MINORITY.
   RUBIN S, 1983, FDN VOCATIONAL REHAB.
   SHOKOOHIYETA M, 1992, INT J SOC PSYCHIAT, V37, P192.
   SUSMAN J, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P15, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90295-X.
   {*}US BUR CENS, 1994, CHAR AD WORK DIS MOB.
   {*}US DHHS, 1999, MENT HLTH REP SURG G.
   WEINER B, 1988, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V55, P738, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.55.5.738.
   WESTBROOK MT, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P615, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90058-C.
   Whaley AL, 1997, PSYCHIATR SERV, V48, P1328.
   Whyte S. R., 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P3.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{48}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Psychol. Health}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{501VU}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000172707400006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000166001100004,
Author = {Murray, C and Greenberg, MT},
Title = {{Relationships with teachers and bonds with school: Social emotional
   adjustment correlates for children with and without disabilities}},
Journal = {{PSYCHOLOGY IN THE SCHOOLS}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{38}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{25-41}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Abstract = {{In this investigation, fifth- and sixth-grade children (N = 289)
   completed a measure to assess aspects of their relationships with
   teachers and bonds with schools. Children and teachers also completed
   measures related to children's social and emotional adjustment. Analyses
   of responses to these measures indicated that students with disabilities
   had greater dissatisfaction with their relationships with teachers,
   poorer bonds with school, and perceived higher school danger than did
   students without disabilities. Comparisons involving students who were
   receiving services for emotional disturbance (ED), learning disabilities
   (LD), mild mental retardation (MMR), other health impairments (OHI), and
   no disabilities indicated that students with ED and students with MMR
   had poorer affiliation with teachers and greater dissatisfaction with
   teachers than students without disabilities. Students with ED also had
   poorer bonds with school than did students without disabilities.
   Students with LD and students with MMR had significantly higher ratings
   of perceived school danger than did students without disabilities.
   Results of correlational analyses indicated that student-teacher
   relationship and school bonding variables were associated with social
   and emotional adjustment variables for students with and without
   disabilities. (C) 2001 John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.}},
Publisher = {{JOHN WILEY \& SONS INC}},
Address = {{605 THIRD AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10158-0012 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Murray, C (Reprint Author), De Paul Univ, Sch Educ, 2320 N Kenmore Ave, Chicago, IL 60614 USA.
   De Paul Univ, Sch Educ, Chicago, IL 60614 USA.
   Penn State Univ, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1002/1520-6807(200101)38:1<25::AID-PITS4>3.0.CO;2-C}},
ISSN = {{0033-3085}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING-DISABILITIES; PROTECTIVE FACTORS; EARLY ADULTHOOD; ADOLESCENTS;
   DEPRESSION; BEHAVIOR; PREVENTION; SUPPORT; RISK; COMPETENCE}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Educational}},
Cited-References = {{Ainsworth M. D. S., 1978, PATTERNS ATTACHMENT.
   ARMSDEN GC, 1987, J YOUTH ADOLESCENCE, V16, P427, DOI 10.1007/BF02202939.
   Bandura A., 1977, SOCIAL LEARNING THEO.
   Birch SH, 1997, J SCHOOL PSYCHOL, V35, P61, DOI 10.1016/S0022-4405(96)00029-5.
   Bowlby J., 1969, ATTACHMENT LOSS, V1.
   Cassidy J., 1999, HDB ATTACHMENT THEOR.
   Comer J. P., 1993, SCH POWER IMPLICATIO.
   CONNELL JP, 1991, MINN SYM CHILD PSYCH, V23, P43.
   COOOK ET, 1995, SOC RES CHILD DEV IN.
   Elliot DS, 1985, EXPLAINING DELINQUEN.
   Fink C. M., 1990, UNDERSTANDING TROUBL, P61.
   GOODENOW C, 1993, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V30, P79, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(199301)30:1<79::AID-PITS2310300113>3.0.CO;2-X.
   Goodenow C., 1993, J EARLY ADOLESC, V13, P21, DOI {[}10.1177/0272431693013001002, DOI 10.1177/0272431693013001002].
   GOTTLIEB J, 1978, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V70, P396, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.70.3.396.
   GOTTLIEB J, 1975, MENTALLY RETARDED SO.
   Greenberg M, 1999, HDB ATTACHMENT THEOR, P469.
   GREENBERG MT, 1995, DEV PSYCHOPATHOL, V7, P117, DOI 10.1017/S0954579400006374.
   GREENBERG MT, 1992, UNPUB DELINQUENCY RA.
   GREENBERG MT, 1990, UNPUB DRAFT MANUAL S.
   GREENBERG MT, 1994, SOCIAL COMPETENCY RA.
   Hawkins J D, 1985, J Prim Prev, V6, P73, DOI 10.1007/BF01325432.
   HAWKINS JD, 1988, AM EDUC RES J, V25, P31, DOI 10.2307/1163158.
   HAWKINS JD, 1992, PSYCHOL BULL, V112, P64, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.112.1.64.
   Hawkins JD, 1992, COMMUNITIES CARE ACT.
   HIGHTOWER AD, 1986, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V15, P393.
   Hirschi T., 1969, CAUSES DELINQUENCY.
   HUNTINGTON DD, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL, V26, P159, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600303.
   JUVONEN J, 1992, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V21, P410.
   Kauffman J. M., 1997, CHARACTERISTICS EMOT.
   LAGRECA AM, 1990, LEARNING DISABILITIES : THEORETICAL AND RESEARCH ISSUES, P333.
   MACMILLAN DL, 1980, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V72, P437, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.72.4.437.
   MANIKAM R, 1995, RES DEV DISABIL, V16, P349, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(95)00018-I.
   Miller GE, 1998, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V27, P364.
   Morrison G. M., 1994, EDUC TREAT CHILD, V17, P356.
   Morrison GM, 1997, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V20, P43, DOI 10.2307/1511092.
   MORRISON GM, 1992, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V27, P132.
   MURRAY C, IN PRESS J SCH PSYCH.
   NEWMANN FM, 1981, HARVARD EDUC REV, V51, P546, DOI 10.17763/haer.51.4.xj67887u87l5t66t.
   PIANTA RC, 1994, J SCHOOL PSYCHOL, V32, P15, DOI 10.1016/0022-4405(94)90026-4.
   PIANTA RC, 1996, UNPUB MANUAL SCORING.
   PIANTA RC, 1992, NEW DIR CHILD ADOLES, V57, P61, DOI DOI 10.1002/CD.23219925706.
   PIANTA RC, 1999, ENHANCING RELATIONSH.
   QUAMMA JP, 1994, J CLIN CHILD PSYCHOL, V23, P295, DOI 10.1207/s15374424jccp2303\_7.
   Resnick MD, 1997, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V278, P823, DOI 10.1001/jama.278.10.823.
   Reynolds W. M, 1989, REYNOLDS CHILD DEPRE.
   REYNOLDS WM, 1985, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V13, P513, DOI 10.1007/BF00923138.
   REYNOLDS WM, 1989, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V17, P647, DOI 10.1007/BF00917728.
   REYNOLDS WM, 1985, APPL RES MENT RETARD, V6, P295, DOI 10.1016/0270-3092(85)90003-7.
   Rutter M, 1979, 15000 HOURS SECONDAR.
   SALYER KM, 1991, AM J ORTHOPSYCHIAT, V61, P230, DOI 10.1037/h0079244.
   SKINNER EA, 1993, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V85, P571, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.85.4.571.
   {*}STAT WASH, 1995, RUL REG PROGR PROV S, pCH392.
   TOLAN PH, 1994, APPL PREV PSYCHOL, V3, P251, DOI 10.1016/S0962-1849(05)80098-8.
   U. S. Department of Education, 1994, 16 ANN REP C.
   VAUGHN S, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL, V26, P404, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600606.
   WAGNER MM, 1995, FUTURE CHILD, V5, P90, DOI 10.2307/1602359.
   WenzGross M, 1997, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V63, P183, DOI 10.1177/001440299706300203.
   Werner E.W., 1989, VULNERABLE INVINCIBL.
   Werner EE, 1993, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V8, P28.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{59}},
Times-Cited = {{101}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{Psychol. Schools}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{385JR}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000166001100004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000167612300004,
Author = {Promis, D and Erevelles, N and Matthews, J},
Title = {{Reconceptualizing inclusion: The politics of university sports and
   recreation programs for students with mobility impairments}},
Journal = {{SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT JOURNAL}},
Year = {{2001}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{37-50}},
Abstract = {{In this essay, we explore and expand the meaning of ``inclusion,{''} as
   it relates specifically to the sports and recreation programs that are
   made available to students with mobility impairments enrolled at
   colleges and universities. In the first part of the essay we examine how
   the two disciplinary areas of disability sport and disability studies
   address the politics of inclusion. in the second section of the paper,
   we will use one public university, South State (a pseudonym), as an
   example to demonstrate how certain social institutions interpret the
   concept of inclusion. Finally, we expand this discussion to offer an
   alternative theorization of the concept of inclusion that will impact
   not only students with disabilities but also students marked by race,
   class, gender, and sexuality who are also excluded despite the
   university's espousal of the popular rhetoric of ``inclusion.{''}.}},
Publisher = {{HUMAN KINETICS PUBL INC}},
Address = {{1607 N MARKET ST, CHAMPAIGN, IL 61820-2200 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Promis, D (Reprint Author), Auburn Univ, Dept Educ Fdn Leadership \& Technol, Auburn, AL 36849 USA.
   Auburn Univ, Dept Educ Fdn Leadership \& Technol, Auburn, AL 36849 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1123/ssj.18.1.37}},
ISSN = {{0741-1235}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABILITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Sociology; Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Hospitality, Leisure, Sport \& Tourism; Sociology; Sport Sciences}},
Cited-References = {{ALMEKINDERS SV, 1994, PALAESTRA        SUM, P34.
   Asch A., 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E, P1.
   Blinde E. M., 1999, Journal of Sport Behavior, V22, P181.
   Blinde EM, 1997, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V14, P327, DOI 10.1123/apaq.14.4.327.
   Brasile F. M., 1990, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V7, P3.
   Brasile F. M., 1992, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V9, P293, DOI DOI 10.1123/apaq.9.4.293.
   Connell W., 1990, SPORT MEN GENDER ORD, P83.
   DePauw KP, 1997, QUEST, V49, P416, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1997.10484258.
   DEPAUW KP, 1995, DISABILITY SPORT.
   Duncan M. C., 1994, Journal of Sport and Social Issues, V18, P48, DOI 10.1177/019372394018001004.
   Erevelles N., 2000, EDUC THEORY, V50, P25, DOI {[}10.1111/j.1741-5446.2000.00025.x, DOI 10.1111/J.1741-5446.2000.00025.X].
   Hahn H., 1984, Arena Review, USA, V8, P1.
   Hall Margaret, 1996, FEMINISM SPORTING BO.
   Jarrow J. E., 1987, J POSTSECONDARY ED D, V5, P38.
   Kozub F. M., 1996, Journal of Physical Education, Recreation \& Dance, V67, P19.
   LINDSTROM H, 1992, PALAESTRA, V8, P28.
   Messner Michael A., 1990, SPORT MEN GENDER ORD, P1.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   RAGHEB MG, 1993, J COLL STUDENT DEV, V34, P5.
   SAGE GH, 1993, QUEST, V45, P151, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1993.10484081.
   SAGE GH, 1990, POWER IDEOLOGY SPORT.
   Shapiro JP, 1993, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   Sherrill C., 1986, SPORT DISABLED ATHLE.
   THIBOUTOT A, 1992, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V9, P283.
   Whitson D., 1990, SPORT MEN GENDER ORD, P19.
   WILLIAMS T, 1994, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V11, P14, DOI 10.1123/apaq.11.1.14.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{26}},
Times-Cited = {{19}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sociol. Sport J.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{413KX}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000167612300004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000166112400007,
Author = {Rosebraugh, CJ},
Title = {{Learning disabilities and medical schools}},
Journal = {{MEDICAL EDUCATION}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{34}},
Number = {{12}},
Pages = {{994-1000}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Learning disabilities are a group of disorders that affect 10-15\% of
   the general population and 3\% of United Stares medical students.
   Medical students with learning disabilities are typically unaware of
   their disorder and may only learn of it when the pace of medical school
   curriculum overtakes what were previously successful study techniques.
   Despite the significant prevalence of this disorder, medical educators'
   awareness, understanding and provision of services for people with these
   disabilities are inadequate. This paper will present a medical student
   with a learning disability as a basis for discussion of the prevalence,
   classification systems and diagnostic testing methods for this disorder.
   Finally, recommendations for medical school administrative preparedness
   and accommodation of learning disability students will be presented,
   followed by a list of celebrated physicians with learning disabilities.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{P O BOX 88, OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD OX2 0NE, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Rosebraugh, CJ (Reprint Author), Georgetown Univ, Med Ctr, Dent NE 405,3900 Reservoir Rd NW, Washington, DC 20007 USA.
   Georgetown Univ, Med Ctr, Washington, DC 20007 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1046/j.1365-2923.2000.00689.x}},
ISSN = {{0308-0110}},
Keywords = {{aptitude; education, medical, undergraduate; learning disabilities,
   diagnosis; professional competence}},
Keywords-Plus = {{STUDENTS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Health Care Sciences \& Services}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Scientific Disciplines; Health Care Sciences \& Services}},
Cited-References = {{ACCARDO P, 1989, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V10, P253.
   ANDERSON PL, 1989, P AHSSPPE 12 NAT C C, P77.
   Antonoff S, 1988, J Dent Educ, V52, P173.
   {*}ASS HIGH ED DIS, 1999, GUID DOC LEARN DIS A.
   BEEKER BA, 1985, NURSING HLTH CARE, V6, P559.
   BRINCKERHOFF L, 1996, LEARNING DISABILITIE.
   {*}COORD CAMP LEARN, 1997, EARL WARN SIGNS LEAR.
   ESSEXSORLIE D, 1994, ACAD MED, V69, P525, DOI 10.1097/00001888-199407000-00002.
   Faigel HC, 1998, ACAD MED, V73, P1290, DOI 10.1097/00001888-199812000-00020.
   GOTTESMAN RL, 1991, SEMIN NEUROL, V11, P64, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1041207.
   GRANTHAM S, 1995, DARTMOUTH ALUMNI MAY, P28.
   GUYER BP, 1988, SOUTHERN MED J, V81, P1151, DOI 10.1097/00007611-198809000-00019.
   HEATH Resource Center, 1995, COLL FRESHM DIS.
   Horgan J, 1996, SCI AM, V275, P102.
   HYND GW, 1983, DYSLEXIA NEUROPSYCHO.
   ILLINGWORTH RS, 1966, LESSONS CHILDHOOD SO.
   Little D, 1999, ACAD MED, V74, P622, DOI 10.1097/00001888-199906000-00004.
   {*}NAT JOINT COMM LE, 1987, ISS LEARN DIS ASS DI.
   RUNYAN MK, 1991, J LEARN DISABIL, V24, P104, DOI 10.1177/002221949102400207.
   Walters JA, 1993, TEACH LEARN MED, V5, P29.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{20}},
Times-Cited = {{28}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Med. Educ.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{387FP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000166112400007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000166582900006,
Author = {Shuttleworth, RP},
Title = {{The search for sexual intimacy for men with cerebral palsy}},
Journal = {{SEXUALITY AND DISABILITY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{263-282}},
Month = {{WIN}},
Note = {{Conference on Disability, Sexuality, and Culture: Societal and
   Experiential Perspectives on Multiple Identities, SAN FRANCISCO,
   CALIFORNIA, 2000}},
Abstract = {{Exploring accounts of the search for sexual intimacy for 14 men with
   cerebral pals?: revealed a range of issues and impediments and a complex
   inter-subjective process in their search for a lover: Yet, despite an
   adverse sociocultulral context of disability and desirability, most of
   the men had experienced longterm sexual relationships, The cultivation
   of several aspects of self and society was noted as facilitating the
   possibility of their establishing sexual intimacy with others.}},
Publisher = {{KLUWER ACADEMIC-HUMAN SCIENCES PRESS}},
Address = {{233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013-1578 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Shuttleworth, RP (Reprint Author), 6010 Sacramento Ave, Richmond, CA 94804 USA.
   Univ Calif San Francisco, Dept Anthropol Hist \& Social Med, San Francisco, CA 94143 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/A:1005646327321}},
ISSN = {{0146-1044}},
Keywords = {{sexuality; cerebral palsy; disability studies; existential-phenomenology}},
Keywords-Plus = {{EMBODIMENT; DISABILITY; EXPERIENCE; ILLNESS; BODY}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{ABLON J, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED ANTH, V15, P5, DOI 10.1016/0160-7987(81)90003-X.
   Ablon J., 1984, LITTLE PEOPLE AM SOC.
   Arnold Regina, 1986, DILEMMA DIFFERENCE M, P39.
   BECKER G, 1994, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V8, P383, DOI 10.1525/maq.1994.8.4.02a00040.
   Becker G., 1980, GROWING OLD SILENCE.
   Bourdieu P., 1977, OUTLINE THEORY PRACT.
   BUYTENDIJK FJ, 1950, FEELINGS EMOTIONS MO, P127.
   Csordas Thomas J., 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC, P1, DOI DOI 10.1155/2013/575814.
   CSORDAS TJ, 1993, CULT ANTHROPOL, V8, P135, DOI 10.1525/can.1993.8.2.02a00010.
   CSORDAS TJ, 1990, ETHOS, V18, P5, DOI 10.1525/eth.1990.18.1.02a00010.
   Denzin N.K., 1989, INTERPRETIVE INTERAC.
   EDGERTON RB, 1993, LIVES MENTALLY RETAR.
   FELL JP, 1977, EMOTION, P252.
   Foucault Michel, 1978, HIST SEXUALITY, V1.
   FRANK G, 1986, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V10, P189, DOI 10.1007/BF00114696.
   FRIEDL E, 1994, AM ANTHROPOL, V96, P833, DOI 10.1525/aa.1994.96.4.02a00060.
   Gerschick TJ, 1996, NEW PSYCHOL GENDER, P455.
   GULDIN A, 1999, UNPUB MA PAPER ANTHR.
   Hahn H, 1989, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V9, P1.
   Halperin David, 1990, 100 YEARS HOMOSEXUAL.
   Herdt G., 1990, INTIMATE COMMUNICATI.
   HERSKOVITS EJ, 1994, J AGING STUD, V8, P327, DOI 10.1016/0890-4065(94)90007-8.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Jackson Michael., 1996, THINGS THEY ARE NEW, P1.
   Jackson Michael, 1989, PATHS CLEARING RADIC.
   KASNITZ D, IN PRESS DISABILITY.
   Kaufman Sharon R., 1986, AGELESS SELF SOURCES.
   KIRMAYER LJ, 1992, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V6, P323, DOI 10.1525/maq.1992.6.4.02a00020.
   KLEINMAN A, 1991, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V15, P275, DOI 10.1007/BF00046540.
   Low Setha, 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC, P139.
   LUBORSKY MR, 1994, QUALITATIVE METHODS.
   Merleau-Ponty M., 1962, PHENOMENOLOGY PERCEP.
   Ostrow J. M., 1990, SOCIAL SENSITIVITY S.
   Paterson K, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P597, DOI 10.1080/09687599925966.
   Predaswat P, 1992, THESIS U CALIFORNIA.
   SHAKESPEARE, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   Shakespeare T, 1999, SEX DISABIL, V17, P53, DOI 10.1023/A:1021403829826.
   SHRAG CO, 1969, EXPERIENCE BEING PRO.
   SHUTTLEWORTH R, DISABILITY POSTMODER.
   SHUTTLEWORTH R, IN PRESS SEMIOTICS D.
   SHUTTLEWORTH RP, 1996, ANN M AM ANTHR ASS S.
   SHUTTLEWORTH RP, IN PRESS P 1998 SOC.
   SHUTTLEWORTH RP, 1997, 2 ANN DIS STUD C U C.
   Tepper MS, 1999, SEX DISABIL, V17, P37, DOI 10.1023/A:1021451712988.
   Waxman Barbara, 1989, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V9, P1.
   Weeks Jeffrey, 1985, SEXUALITY ITS DISCON.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{46}},
Times-Cited = {{41}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sex. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{395LY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000166582900006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000166582900007,
Author = {Tepper, MS},
Title = {{Sexuality and disability: The missing discourse of pleasure}},
Journal = {{SEXUALITY AND DISABILITY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{283-290}},
Month = {{WIN}},
Note = {{Conference on Disability, Sexuality, and Culture: Societal and
   Experiential Perspectives on Multiple Identities, SAN FRANCISCO,
   CALIFORNIA, 2000}},
Abstract = {{In the realm of sexuality and disability there is public discourse on
   deviance and inappropriate behavior abuse and victimization, asexuality,
   gender and orientation with regard to women, and reproductive issues in
   women and men. However there seems to be a missing discourse of
   pleasure. The purpose of this talk is to shed some cultural and
   historical insight into why this may be so, To argue why sexual pleasure
   is important to quality of life, to point out a Sew of the consequences
   of nor including a discourse of pleasure, to share some of my research
   on sexual pleasure in people with spinal cord injury (SCI), and to make
   a plea for inclusion of sexual pleasure in the disability studies
   agenda.}},
Publisher = {{KLUWER ACADEMIC-HUMAN SCIENCES PRESS}},
Address = {{233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013-1578 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Tepper, MS (Reprint Author), 3 Mayflower Lane, Shelton, CT 06484 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/A:1005698311392}},
ISSN = {{0146-1044}},
Keywords = {{sexuality; disability; pleasure; disability studies}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{American Psychiatric Association, 1994, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   Blank Hanne, 2000, BIG BIG LOVE SOURCEB.
   BULLARD DG, 1981, SEXUALITY PHYSICAL D, P318.
   BULLOUGH VL, 1977, SIN SICKNESS SANITY.
   Comfort A., 1978, SEXUAL CONSEQUENCES.
   FINE M, 1988, HARVARD EDUC REV, V58, P29, DOI 10.17763/haer.58.1.u0468k1v2n2n8242.
   FINE M, 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E, P347.
   FREUD S, 1930, 3 CONTRIBUTIONS THEO.
   GARDETTO DC, 1992, ENGENDERED SENSATION, P350.
   JACOBY S, 1999, MOD MATURITY     SEP, P41.
   Kinsey A., 1953, SEXUAL BEHAV HUMAN F.
   Kinsey Alfred C, 1948, SEXUAL BEHAV HUMAN M.
   Kuhn T., 1970, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU.
   Masters W., 1974, PLEASURE BOND NEW LO.
   Masters W. H., 1970, HUMAN SEXUAL INADEQU.
   Masters WH, 1966, HUMAN SEXUAL RESPONS.
   OGDEN G, 1994, WOMEN WHO LOVE SEX.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   TEPPER MS, 1997, PROVIDING COMPREHENS.
   Tiger L., 1992, PURSUIT PLEASURE.
   WAXMAN BF, 1991, ITS TIME POLITICIZE, P82.
   WHIPPLE B, 1985, PAIN, V21, P357, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(85)90164-2.
   Whipple B., 1989, SAFE ENCOUNTERS WOME.
   Whipple B., 1996, WOMAN PHYSICAL DISAB, P69.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{24}},
Times-Cited = {{124}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{14}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sex. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{395LY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000166582900007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000165595200009,
Author = {Scherer, M},
Title = {{Disability studies: Past, present and future.}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{17}},
Pages = {{811}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Publisher = {{TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Scherer, M (Reprint Author), Univ Rochester, Med Ctr, 486 Lake Rd, Webster, NY 14580 USA.
   Univ Rochester, Med Ctr, Webster, NY 14580 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0963-8288}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Barton L, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Rehabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{378QN}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000165595200009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000165170200005,
Author = {DePauw, KP},
Title = {{Social-cultural context of disability: Implications for scientific
   inquiry and professional preparation}},
Journal = {{QUEST}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{52}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{358-368}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{Disability has long been considered a biological category. Our research
   and professional practice has traditionally reflected this perspective.
   Recent scholarship emerging out of the disability rights movements and
   grounded in disability studies promotes new understanding of disability
   as socially constructed and as social identity. In considering
   disability in the social-cultural context, the scholarly inquiry and
   professional practices in kinesiology and physical education must
   change. To do so requires an examination of the assumptions about
   disability, the body, and physical activity. As we challenge these
   assumptions and traditional views of disability, our research can become
   more meaningful and relevant to individuals with a disability and
   informative to the body of knowledge underlying kinesiology and physical
   education.}},
Publisher = {{HUMAN KINETICS PUBL INC}},
Address = {{1607 N MARKET ST, CHAMPAIGN, IL 61820-2200 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{DePauw, KP (Reprint Author), Washington State Univ, Grad Sch, Pullman, WA 99164 USA.
   Washington State Univ, Grad Sch, Pullman, WA 99164 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/00336297.2000.10491723}},
ISSN = {{0033-6297}},
Keywords-Plus = {{PHYSICAL-EDUCATION; SPORT; SOCIOLOGY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research; Sport Sciences}},
Cited-References = {{BEAVER D, 1999, PALAESTRA, V15, P31.
   Block M. E., 1992, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V9, P97, DOI 10.1123/apaq.9.2.97.
   Block M. E., 1994, PALAESTRA, V10, P17.
   BLOCK ME, 1999, PALAESTRA, V15, P30.
   BLOCK ME, 1999, PALAESTRA, V15, P55.
   CARNES C, 1990, CABBAGE SYNDROME SOC.
   Chappell A. L., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P35, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780041.
   Colquhoun D, 1991, PHYS ED REV, V14, P5.
   Condeluci A., 1995, INTERDEPENDENCE ROUT.
   CRAFT D. H., 1994, J PHYSICAL ED RECREA, V65, P23.
   CRAFT DH, 1994, J PHYSICAL ED RECREA, V65, P54.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DePauw K. P., 1994, Physical Education Review, V17, P6.
   DePauw K. P., 1994, J PHYSICAL ED RECREA, V89, P51.
   DePauw K. P., 1986, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V3, P1, DOI 10.1123/apaq.3.1.1.
   DEPAUW KP, 1994, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V11, P3, DOI 10.1123/apaq.11.1.3.
   DePauw KP, 2000, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V17, P135, DOI 10.1123/apaq.17.2.135.
   DePauw KP, 1997, QUEST, V49, P416, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1997.10484258.
   DEPAUW KP, 1995, DISABILITY SPORT.
   DEPAUW KP, 1994, J PHYSICAL ED RECREA, V65, P56.
   DEWAR A, 1993, {[}No title captured], P147.
   DEWAR A, 1991, PHYSICAL ED CURRICUL, P67.
   Donnelly P, 1996, QUEST, V48, P221, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1996.10484192.
   FINE M, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P3, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02045.x.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   Hall M. A., 1995, FEMINISM SPORTING BO.
   HANKS M, 1981, DEVIANT BEHAV, V2, P309, DOI 10.1080/01639625.1981.9967560.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   Massengale J., 1997, HIST EXERCISE SPORT.
   MCCLOY CH, 1936, J HLTH PHYSICAL ED, V3, P302.
   MCCLOY CH, 1936, J HLTH PHYSICAL ED, V3, P355.
   Morris J, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P157, DOI {[}DOI 10.1080/02674649266780181, 10.1080/02674649266780181].
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   SAGE GH, 1993, QUEST, V45, P151, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1993.10484081.
   SEAMAN JA, 1989, NEW ADAPTED PHYSICAL.
   Shapiro JP, 1993, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   SHERRILL C, 1993, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT.
   Sherrill C., 1994, PALAESTRA, V10, P25.
   Sherrill C., 1997, HIST EXERCISE SPORT, P39.
   Shogan D, 1998, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V15, P269, DOI 10.1123/apaq.15.3.269.
   SMITH YR, 1992, QUEST, V44, P228, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1992.10484052.
   Stainback W, 1990, SUPPORT NETWORKS INC.
   VERTINSKY P, 1990, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT.
   VERTINSKY PA, 1992, QUEST, V44, P373, DOI 10.1080/00336297.1992.10484063.
   Williams JF, 1930, J HIGH EDUC, V1, P279, DOI 10.2307/1973984.
   YILLA A, 2000, 1999 AAHPERD CONV OR.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{46}},
Times-Cited = {{32}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{6}},
Journal-ISO = {{Quest}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{371GJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000165170200005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000089339400007,
Author = {Schumm, JS and Moody, SW and Vaughn, S},
Title = {{Grouping for reading instruction: Does one size fit all?}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF LEARNING DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{33}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{477-488}},
Month = {{SEP-OCT}},
Abstract = {{Twenty-nine third-grade teachers and selected students from their
   classes participated. Study 1 used teacher interviews and classroom
   observations to examine teachers' perceptions and practices for grouping
   for reading instruction; Study 2 examined the impact of these grouping
   practices on the academic progress, social progress, and attitudes about
   reading of students representing a range of achievement levels,
   including students with learning disabilities. Results indicated that,
   overall, teachers used whole class instruction for reading and the same
   materials for all students, including students with learning
   disabilities. Students with learning disabilities made little academic
   progress and their attitudes about reading did not improve over time.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Schumm, JS (Reprint Author), Univ Miami, Sch Educ, Dept Teaching \& Learning, POB 248065, Coral Gables, FL 33124 USA.
   Univ Miami, Sch Educ, Dept Teaching \& Learning, Coral Gables, FL 33124 USA.
   Univ Texas, Austin, TX 78712 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/002221940003300508}},
ISSN = {{0022-2194}},
Keywords-Plus = {{ABILITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{ALLINGTON R, 1996, 1 R EVERY CHILDS RIG, P73.
   Allington R, 1991, HDB READING RES, VII, P984.
   ALLINGTON RL, 1980, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V72, P371, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.72.3.371.
   ANDERSON RC, 1985, BECOMIING NATION REA.
   BARR R, 1989, NRC YEAR, V38, P19.
   BARR R, 1991, FLEXIBLE GROUPING LI, P1.
   CORNO L, 1986, HDB RES TEACHING, V3, P605.
   Elbaum BE, 1997, ELEM SCHOOL J, V97, P475, DOI 10.1086/461877.
   FLOOD J, 1992, READ TEACH, V45, P608.
   Floyd C, 1954, ELEM SCHOOL J, V55, P99, DOI 10.1086/458653.
   Good T. L., 1994, LOOKING CLASSROOMS.
   HALLINAN MT, 1985, AM EDUC RES J, V22, P485, DOI 10.3102/00028312022004485.
   HIEBERT EH, 1983, READ RES QUART, V18, P231, DOI 10.1598/RRQ.18.2.5.
   KAUFMAN AS, 1985, KAUFMAN TEST ED ACHI.
   Kulik Chen-Lin C., 1984, 92 ANN M AM PSYCH AS.
   MADDEN R, 1982, STANFORD ACHIEVEMENT.
   MCINTOSH R, 1993, {[}No title captured], V60, P249.
   MCKENNA MC, 1995, J READING BEHAV, V27, P19, DOI 10.1080/10862969509547867.
   MCKENNA MC, 1990, READ TEACH, V43, P626, DOI 10.1598/RT.43.8.3.
   Miles M. B., 1994, QUALITATIVE DATA ANA.
   NOLAND TK, 1986, THESIS U COLORADO BO.
   Oakes J., 1992, HDB RES CURRICULUM, P570.
   OTTO WR, 1984, HDB READING RES, P799.
   PIIERS EV, 1984, PIERSHARRIS CHILDREN.
   SCHUMM JS, 1992, EXCEPTIONALITY, V3, P81.
   SCHUMM JS, 1996, LIT 21 CENTURY RES P, P543.
   SLAVIN RE, 1987, REV EDUC RES, V57, P293, DOI 10.2307/1170460.
   WILL MC, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V52, P11.
   YIN RK, 1991, CASE STUDY RES DESIG.
   ZOLOTOW C, 1998, HOOKED PHONICS.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{30}},
Times-Cited = {{37}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Learn. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{354PT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000089339400007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000174417500001,
Author = {Wehmeyer, ML and Palmer, SB and Agran, M and Mithaug, DE and Martin, JE},
Title = {{Promoting causal agency: The self-determined learning model of
   instruction}},
Journal = {{EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{66}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{439-453}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Abstract = {{Teachers seeking to promote the self-determination of their students
   must enable them to become self-regulated problem-solvers. This article
   introduces a model of teaching, The Self-Determined Learning Model of
   Instruction, incorporating principles of self-determination, which
   enables teachers to teach students to become causal agents in their own
   lives. This model was field-tested with students with disabilities.
   Students receiving instruction from teachers using the model attained
   educationally relevant goals, showed enhanced self-determination, and
   communicated their satisfaction with the process., Teachers implementing
   the model likewise indicated their satisfaction with the process and
   suggested that they would continue to use the model after the completion
   of the field test.}},
Publisher = {{COUNCIL EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN}},
Address = {{1920 ASSOCIATION DR, RESTON, VA 22091-1589 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Wehmeyer, ML (Reprint Author), Univ Kansas, Beach Ctr Families \& Disabil, Self Determinat Projects, 3136 Haworth Hall, Lawrence, KS 66045 USA.
   Univ Kansas, Beach Ctr Families \& Disabil, Self Determinat Projects, Lawrence, KS 66045 USA.
   Univ No Iowa, Dept Special Educ, Cedar Falls, IA 50614 USA.
   Columbia Univ, Teachers Coll, Dept Hlth \& Behav Studies, New York, NY 10027 USA.
   Univ Colorado, Ctr Self Determinat, Colorado Springs, CO 80907 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/001440290006600401}},
ISSN = {{0014-4029}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-RETARDATION; CONTROL SCALE; DISABILITIES; INDIVIDUALS; LOCUS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Agran M, 1987, Prog Behav Modif, V21, P108.
   Agran M., 1997, STUDENT DIRECTED LEA.
   AGRAN M, IN PRESS ED TRAINING.
   AGRAN M, 1999, TEACHING PROBLEM SOL.
   BANDURA A, 1986, SOCIAL FDN THOUGHT A.
   Cardillo J. R., 1994, GOAL ATTAINMENT SCAL, P273.
   CARR RA, 1979, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V46, P88, DOI 10.1177/001440297904600202.
   Field S., 1998, PRACTICAL GUIDE TEAC.
   Joyce B., 1980, MODELS TEACHING.
   KANFER FH, 1986, HELPING PEOPLE CHANG.
   KIRESUK TJ, 1994, GOAL ATTAINMENT SCAL.
   Martin J. E., 1996, SELF DETERMINATION L, P215.
   MARTIN JE, 1988, INT REV RES MENT RET, P155.
   MARTIN JE, 1998, MAKING IT HAPPEN STU, P211.
   Mithaug D.E., 1996, EQUAL OPPORTUNITY TH.
   Mithaug D. E., 1988, WHY SPECIAL ED GRADU.
   Mithaug D. E., 1996, SELF DETERMINATION L, P147.
   Mithaug D. E., 1998, MAKING IT HAPPEN STU, P299.
   MITHAUG DE, 1987, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V53, P500.
   Mithaug DE, 1998, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V23, P41, DOI 10.2511/rpsd.23.1.41.
   NOWICKI S, 1974, J PERS ASSESS, V38, P136, DOI 10.1080/00223891.1974.10119950.
   PALMER S, 1998, TEACHERS GUIDE USE S.
   SANDS D, 1999, {[}No title captured], V14, P17, DOI DOI 10.1177/108835769901400103.
   Sarason S., 1990, PREDICTABLE FAILURE.
   Wehmeyer M, 1997, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V9, P175, DOI 10.1023/A:1024981820074.
   Wehmeyer M, 1997, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V63, P245, DOI 10.1177/001440299706300207.
   Wehmeyer M. L., 1998, TEACHERS GUIDE USE S.
   Wehmeyer M. L., 1993, CAREER DEV EXCEPTION, V16, P135, DOI {[}10.1177/088572889601900102, DOI 10.1177/088572889301600203].
   Wehmeyer M. L., 1995, ARCS SELF DETERMINAT.
   Wehmeyer M. L, 1998, TEACHING SELF DETERM.
   Wehmeyer ML, 1998, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V23, P5, DOI 10.2511/rpsd.23.1.5.
   WEHMEYER ML, 1993, EDUC PSYCHOL MEAS, V53, P1055, DOI 10.1177/0013164493053004018.
   Wehmeyer ML, 1996, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V31, P282.
   WEHMEYER ML, 1994, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V29, P9.
   Wehmeyer ML, 1996, SELF DETERMINATION L, P15.
   Wolman J., 1994, AIR SELF DETERMINATI.
   ZHANG D, 1998, THESIS U NEW ORLEANS.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{37}},
Times-Cited = {{203}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{18}},
Journal-ISO = {{Except. Child.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{531LU}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000174417500001}},
OA = {{Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000088697701110,
Author = {Stodden, R and Johnson, J and Kelly, D and Kim-Rupnow, S and Stodden, N
   and Guinan, M and Radliffe, K},
Title = {{Centre on Disability Studies/University Affiliated Program, University
   of Hawaii at Manoa, Hawaii, USA}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF INTELLECTUAL DISABILITY RESEARCH}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{44}},
Number = {{3-4}},
Meeting = {{1110}},
Pages = {{476}},
Month = {{JUN-AUG}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{P O BOX 88, OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD OX2 0NE, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Meeting Abstract}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Univ Hawaii Manoa, Ctr Disabil Studies, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA.
   Univ Hawaii Manoa, Univ Affiliated Program, Honolulu, HI 96822 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0964-2633}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Genetics \& Heredity; Neurosciences
   \& Neurology; Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Genetics \& Heredity; Clinical Neurology;
   Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Intell. Disabil. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{343HV}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000088697701110}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087978500009,
Author = {Reid, G},
Title = {{Disability studies in motor development}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF SPORT \& EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{S}},
Pages = {{S4}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Publisher = {{HUMAN KINETICS PUBL INC}},
Address = {{1607 N MARKET ST, CHAMPAIGN, IL 61820-2200 USA}},
Type = {{Meeting Abstract}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{McGill Univ, Montreal, PQ H3A 2T5, Canada.}},
ISSN = {{0895-2779}},
Research-Areas = {{Social Sciences - Other Topics; Psychology; Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Hospitality, Leisure, Sport \& Tourism; Psychology, Applied; Psychology;
   Sport Sciences}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Sport Exerc. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{330UA}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087978500009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087832200005,
Author = {Scott, DL},
Title = {{Prognostic factors in early rheumatoid arthritis}},
Journal = {{RHEUMATOLOGY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{39}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{24-29}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Note = {{International Conference on Challenges and Advances in Rheumatoid
   Arthritis, CANNES, FRANCE, AUG 26-28, 1999}},
Abstract = {{The current paradigm for rheumatoid arthritis suggests that persistent
   synovitis leads to erosive joint damage, progression of which results in
   functional disability. Studies of X-ray progression followed for 1-9 yr
   have shown that 40-83\% of subsequent progression can be predicted by a
   combination of prognostic factors such as joint involvement, high levels
   of C-reactive protein and rheumatoid factor (RF) positivity. There are
   similar findings for predictors of functional disability in studies
   followed for 2-15 yr. The most consistent prognostic feature is BF
   positivity which is equally important in predicting joint damage and
   functional disability Immunoglobulin A RF and the co-presence of RF with
   anti-keratin or anti-filaggrin antibodies may increase levels of
   prediction. Added value of genetic predictors over that of RF remains
   inconclusive. Therefore, therapeutic management should be
   individualized. Cases with active disease and seropositive RF tests
   merit aggressive therapy; conversely, cases with little synovitis and
   seronegative tests require conservative management.}},
Publisher = {{OXFORD UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Scott, DL (Reprint Author), Kings Coll Hosp London, Dept Clin Rheumatol, London SE22 8PT, England.
   GKT, Sch Med, London, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1093/oxfordjournals.rheumatology.a031490}},
ISSN = {{1462-0324}},
EISSN = {{1462-0332}},
Keywords = {{prognostic factors; early rheumatoid arthritis; X-ray progression;
   functional disability}},
Keywords-Plus = {{C-REACTIVE PROTEIN; FOLLOW-UP; RADIOLOGICAL PROGRESSION; RADIOGRAPHIC
   PROGRESSION; FUNCTIONAL DISABILITY; SAWTOOTH STRATEGY; DISEASE-ACTIVITY;
   ONSET; IGA; ASSOCIATION}},
Research-Areas = {{Rheumatology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rheumatology}},
Cited-References = {{Aho K, 1999, SCAND J RHEUMATOL, V28, P113.
   AMOS RS, 1977, BRIT MED J, V1, P195, DOI 10.1136/bmj.1.6055.195.
   Brennan P, 1996, BRIT MED J, V313, P471.
   DAWES PT, 1986, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V25, P44.
   Eberhardt K, 1996, ANN RHEUM DIS, V55, P34, DOI 10.1136/ard.55.1.34.
   EBERHARDT KB, 1990, RHEUMATOL INT, V10, P135, DOI 10.1007/BF02274837.
   EGSMOSE C, 1995, J RHEUMATOL, V22, P2208.
   Emery P, 1995, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V34, P87.
   FEIGENBAUM SL, 1979, AM J MED, V66, P377, DOI 10.1016/0002-9343(79)91055-6.
   FLEMING A, 1976, BRIT MED J, V1, P1243, DOI 10.1136/bmj.1.6020.1243.
   Fries JF, 1996, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V39, P616, DOI 10.1002/art.1780390412.
   GOUGH A, 1994, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V37, P1166, DOI 10.1002/art.1780370809.
   Graudal NA, 1998, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V41, P1470, DOI 10.1002/1529-0131(199808)41:8<1470::AID-ART18>3.0.CO;2-V.
   Harrison BJ, 1996, J RHEUMATOL, V23, P1326.
   Higami K, 1997, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V40, P2241, DOI 10.1002/art.1780401220.
   HOUSSEIN DA, 1996, BR J RHEUMATOL S2, V35, P14.
   Houssien D. A., 1997, Arthritis and Rheumatism, V40, pS152.
   Houssien DA, 1998, SCAND J RHEUMATOL, V27, P46.
   Houssien DA, 1998, SCAND J RHEUMATOL, V27, P300.
   Houssien DA, 1997, J RHEUMATOL, V24, P2119.
   ISOMAKI H, 1984, SCAND J RHEUMATOL, V13, P33, DOI 10.3109/03009748409102665.
   JACOBY RK, 1973, BRIT MED J, V2, P96, DOI 10.1136/bmj.2.5858.96.
   Kaarela K, 1985, Scand J Rheumatol Suppl, V57, P1.
   Kaarela K, 1997, J RHEUMATOL, V24, P1285.
   LASSERE M, 1995, J RHEUMATOL, V22, P1241.
   LI C, 1999, ANN RHEUM DIS S, V58, P97.
   Machold KP, 1998, J RHEUMATOL, V25, P13.
   Mottonen T, 1998, ANN RHEUM DIS, V57, P533, DOI 10.1136/ard.57.9.533.
   Mottonen T, 1996, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V39, P996, DOI 10.1002/art.1780390617.
   Plant MJ, 1998, J RHEUMATOL, V25, P417.
   RAGAN C, 1962, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V181, P663, DOI 10.1001/jama.1962.03050340001001.
   RASKER JJ, 1984, CLIN RHEUMATOL, V3, P11, DOI 10.1007/BF02715690.
   SHERRER YS, 1986, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V29, P494, DOI 10.1002/art.1780290406.
   Smedstad LM, 1996, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V35, P746.
   Speyer I, 1996, J RHEUMATOL, V23, P84.
   Talamo J, 1997, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V36, P463.
   TEITSSON I, 1984, ANN RHEUM DIS, V43, P673, DOI 10.1136/ard.43.5.673.
   Van De Putte LBA, 1998, ANN RHEUM DIS, V57, P511, DOI 10.1136/ard.57.9.511.
   van Jaarsveld CHM, 1998, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V37, P411.
   VANDERHEIDE A, 1995, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V38, P1466.
   VANDERHEIJDE DMFM, 1992, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V31, P519.
   VANLEEUWEN MA, 1993, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V32, P9.
   VANLEEUWEN MA, 1995, SCAND J RHEUMATOL, V24, P146, DOI 10.3109/03009749509099303.
   VANZEBEN D, 1993, J RHEUMATOL, V20, P1288.
   WOLFE F, 1988, J RHEUMATOL, V15, P1480.
   Wolfe F, 1998, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V41, P1571, DOI 10.1002/1529-0131(199809)41:9<1571::AID-ART7>3.0.CO;2-R.
   WOLFE F, 1991, J RHEUMATOL, V18, P1290.
   YOUNG A, 1988, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V27, P94.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{48}},
Times-Cited = {{128}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{RHEUMATOLOGY}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{328CX}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087832200005}},
OA = {{Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000088623900007,
Author = {Mercer, G},
Title = {{The disability studies reader}},
Journal = {{SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{70}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{382-384}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Publisher = {{UNIV TEXAS PRESS}},
Address = {{BOX 7819, AUSTIN, TX 78713-7819 USA}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Mercer, G (Reprint Author), Univ Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
   Univ Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.}},
ISSN = {{0038-0245}},
Research-Areas = {{Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sociology}},
Cited-References = {{DAVIS LJ, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sociol. Inq.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{342AW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000088623900007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087774800003,
Author = {Hogan, A and McLellan, L and Bauman, A},
Title = {{Health promotion needs of young people with disabilities - a population
   study}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{8}},
Pages = {{352-357}},
Month = {{MAY 20}},
Abstract = {{Purpose: Few research studies have sought to examine the health
   promotion needs of young people with disabilities. This paper reports
   the association between self-reported disability and various health
   behaviours (tobacco and alcohol use, physical activity, sedentary
   activities) psyche-social outcomes and school satisfaction.
   Method: Cluster stratified random sampling was combined with a
   cross-sectional descriptive design to obtain 3918 school students
   attending year 6 (primary school), year 8 and year 10 (high school
   throughout New South Wales Australia), to complete a self-administered
   questionnaire.
   Results: The: prevalence of self-reported disability among this student
   sample was 5.8\%. The most frequently reported disabilities were
   physical, sensory and teaming disabilities. Students with disabilities
   reported similar health and educational outcomes as their able-bodied
   peers. However, they also reported lower levels of school satisfaction,
   greater voluntary absenteeism and were more likely to get drunk or smoke
   cigarettes. Students with disabilities reported higher levels of
   psycho-social distress. They were also as physically active as other
   students. but also spent more time engaged in sedentary activities.
   Conclusion: students with self-reported disabilities exhibit attitudes
   and behaviours that are consistent with studies of students who are
   alienated from their school communities. Community-based health
   promotion interventions are required to address these Issues in order to
   prevent the onset of secondary disease processes or additional
   disability.}},
Publisher = {{TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hogan, A (Reprint Author), Univ Sydney, Sch Commun Sci \& Disorders, Fac Hlth Sci, C42, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
   Univ Sydney, Sch Commun Sci \& Disorders, Fac Hlth Sci, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
   S Western Sydney Area Hlth Serv, Epidemiol Unit, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
   Cent Sydney Area Hlth Serv, Needs Assessment \& Hlth Outcomes Unit, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
   Univ New S Wales, Sch Community Med, Kensington, NSW 2033, Australia.}},
ISSN = {{0963-8288}},
Keywords-Plus = {{BEHAVIORS}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{{*}AUSTR BUR STAT, 1991, 44300 AUSTR BUR STAT.
   BUAMAN A, 1998, HLTH BEHAV SCH STUDE.
   FEIN O, 1995, J GEN INTERN MED, V10, P577, DOI 10.1007/BF02640369.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1980, ATTITUDES DISABLED P.
   Forero R, 1996, J ASTHMA, V33, P157, DOI 10.3109/02770909609054547.
   KING A, 1996, WHO REGIONAL PUBLIC, V69.
   MARMOT MG, 1995, LANCET, V8, P1387.
   MCLELLAN L, IN PRESS HLTH PROMOT.
   NUTBEAM D, 1993, J PAEDIATR CHILD H, V29, pS25, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-1754.1993.tb02256.x.
   OLIVER M, 1993, SOCIAL WORK DISABLED.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Pfeiffer D, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P503, DOI 10.1080/09687599826579.
   Steele CA, 1996, HEALTH EDUC RES, V11, P173, DOI 10.1093/her/11.2.173.
   Swain J., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{14}},
Times-Cited = {{67}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Rehabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{327CF}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087774800003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087537700008,
Author = {Cocks, A},
Title = {{Respite care for disabled children: micro and macro reflections}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{15}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{507-519}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Abstract = {{This paper examines the proposal that by exploring at a micro level the
   control exercised over children it is possible to identify the wider
   societal mechanisms for maintaining power at a macro level. The focus of
   the paper is on the provision of respite care for disabled children in
   settings away from home. Drawing on principles within childhood
   sociology and referencing recent research within disability studies
   consideration is given to issues of `power and control' an relation to
   disabled children and how that reflects the structure of adult society.
   The paper concludes with a discussion of the concept of citizenship as a
   model for change.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Cocks, A (Reprint Author), Univ Surrey, Dept Sociol, Guildford GU2 5XH, Surrey, England.
   Univ Surrey, Dept Sociol, Guildford GU2 5XH, Surrey, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/713661961}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABILITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ALDERSON P, 1993, CHILDRENS CONSENT SU.
   Archard David, 1993, CHILDREN RIGHTS CHIL.
   BERESFORD B, 1997, {[}No title captured].
   COCKS A, 1999, THESIS KING ALFREDS.
   Corsaro W. A., 1997, SOCIOLOGY CHILDHOOD.
   Davis J., 1998, CHILDREN SOC, V12, P325, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1099-0860.1998.TB00089.X.
   Davis J, 2000, RES CHILDREN PERSPEC, P201.
   Garrett PM, 1999, BRIT J SOC WORK, V29, P27.
   GOODE DA, 1986, HUMAN STUDIES, V9, P8.
   Hacking I, 1999, SOCIAL CONSTRUCTION.
   HENDRICK H, 1999, CHILDR SOC ACT HIST.
   IENKS C, 1996, CHILDHOOD.
   Ikeda Daisaku, 1999, CULTURE PEACE COSMIC.
   James A, 1998, THEORISING CHILDHOOD.
   James A., 1997, CONSTRUCTING RECONST.
   Lee N, 1998, SOCIOL REV, V46, P458, DOI 10.1111/1467-954X.00127.
   MADDISON F, 1999, RE PARENTS PEOPLE DI.
   MCKNIGHT J, 1995, CARELESS SOC COMMUNI.
   MIDDLETON L, 1999, DISABLED CHILDREN CH.
   Morris J., 1998, ACCESSING HUMAN RIGH.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   OSWIN M, 1984, THEY KEEP GOING AWAY.
   Priestley M, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P75, DOI 10.1080/09687599826920.
   Priestley M, 1998, CHILDHOOD, V5, P207, DOI 10.1177/0907568298005002007.
   PRIESTLEY M, 1999, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V19.
   PRIESTLEY M, 1998, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   Priestley M., 1999, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   ROBINSON C, 1994, ASSESSING QUALITY SE.
   ROBINSON C, 1998, GROWING DISABILITY.
   Shakespeare Tom, 1998, GROWING DISABILITY, P13.
   Shakespeare Tom, 1998, POLITICS CONSTRUCTIO, P168.
   WHITE R, 1990, GUIDE CHILDRENS ACT.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{32}},
Times-Cited = {{8}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{322YT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087537700008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087727600006,
Author = {de Seze, J and Ayachi, M and Stojkovic, T and Gauvrit, JY and Saint
   Michel, T and Pruvo, JP and Vermersch, P},
Title = {{Spinal cord magnetic resonance imaging in multiple sclerosis: importance
   of determining degree of atrophy as a marker of disease course}},
Journal = {{REVUE NEUROLOGIQUE}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{156}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{491-496}},
Month = {{MAY}},
Abstract = {{Spinal cord magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is of particular interest
   in the management of multiple sclerosis (MS) especially in primary
   progressive forms. Most of the demyelinating lesions are located in the
   cervical or dorsal cord Spinal cord area reduction has been recently
   correlated with the progression of disability (Losseff et ai., 1996,
   Lycklama a Nijeholt et al., 1998). The aim of this study was to confirm
   this first result, to assess the reproducibility of this method and to
   correlate demyelinating lesions with spinal cord area reduction. Fifty
   two patients were included and compared with 15 controls (normal
   subjects). T2 Sagittal and axial plane images were performed to
   localized hypersignal lesions, Spinal cord area was obtained by a volume
   acquired inversion prepared fast spoiled gradient echo acquisition
   (MP-Rage) sequence. We compared the mean area value with clinical
   parameters (age, course of the disease, expanded disability status scale
   {[}EDSS]) and with the number and location of demyelinating lesions.
   Demyelinating lesions were found in 82\% of MS patients and in none of
   controls. Mean spinal cord area was closely similar to Losseff et ai.
   (1996) results and was reduced compared with controls (p<0.001). Spinal
   cord reduction was correlated with disability, studied by the EDSS.
   Furthermore, no correlation was found between demyelinating lesions and
   spinal cord area reduction, This study confirms the interest of spinal
   cord area mesurement in MS. Spinal cord atrophy is a reliable marker for
   axonal loss. This method should be of particular interest for the
   follow-up of axonal loss in thepeutic trials especially in primary
   progressive MS.}},
Publisher = {{MASSON EDITEUR}},
Address = {{21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{French}},
Affiliation = {{de Seze, J (Reprint Author), CHU Lille, Hop R Salengro, Neurol Clin, F-59037 Lille, France.
   CHRU Lille, Hop R Salengro, Serv Neurol \& Neuroradiol, Lille, France.}},
ISSN = {{0035-3787}},
EISSN = {{2213-0004}},
Keywords-Plus = {{APPEARING WHITE-MATTER; MULTIARRAY COILS; AXONAL DAMAGE; MRI;
   DISABILITY; LESIONS; BRAIN; SPECTROSCOPY; PROGRESSION; ECHO}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology}},
Author-Email = {{j-deseze@chru.lille.fr}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{De Seze, Jerome/M-8316-2016}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{De Seze, Jerome/0000-0002-7197-7578}},
Cited-References = {{Davie CA, 1997, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V63, P736, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.63.6.736.
   De Stefano N, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P1469, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.8.1469.
   Edwards SGM, 1999, BRAIN, V122, P291, DOI 10.1093/brain/122.2.291.
   Fu L, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P103, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.1.103.
   GANTER P, 1998, MULT SCLER, V4, P272.
   Hittmair K, 1996, AM J NEURORADIOL, V17, P1555.
   Jacobs LD, 1996, ANN NEUROL, V39, P285, DOI 10.1002/ana.410390304.
   Kidd D, 1996, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V60, P15, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.60.1.15.
   KIDD D, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2632, DOI 10.1212/WNL.43.12.2632.
   KURTZKE JF, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1444, DOI 10.1212/WNL.33.11.1444.
   Liu C, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V66, P323, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.66.3.323.
   Losseff NA, 1996, BRAIN, V119, P701, DOI 10.1093/brain/119.3.701.
   Lublin FD, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V46, P907, DOI 10.1212/WNL.46.4.907.
   Nijeholt GJLA, 1996, AM J NEURORADIOL, V17, P1533.
   Nijeholt GJLA, 1998, BRAIN, V121, P687, DOI 10.1093/brain/121.4.687.
   O'Riordan JI, 1998, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V64, P353, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.64.3.353.
   PAPADOPOULOS A, 1994, NEURORADIOLOGY, V36, P130, DOI 10.1007/BF00588078.
   POSER CM, 1983, ANN NEUROL, V13, P227, DOI 10.1002/ana.410130302.
   Rudick R, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V52, pA289.
   Stevenson VL, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P234, DOI 10.1212/WNL.51.1.234.
   TARTAGLINO LM, 1995, RADIOLOGY, V195, P725, DOI 10.1148/radiology.195.3.7754002.
   THORPE JW, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2625, DOI 10.1212/WNL.43.12.2625.
   Trapp BD, 1998, NEW ENGL J MED, V338, P278, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199801293380502.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{23}},
Times-Cited = {{6}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Rev. Neurol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{326HK}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087727600006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000086544400006,
Author = {Scherer, M and Oliver, M},
Title = {{Disability studies: Past, present and future.}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{255-256}},
Month = {{MAR 20}},
Publisher = {{TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Scherer, M (Reprint Author), Univ Rochester, Med Ctr, 486 Lake Rd, Webster, NY 14580 USA.
   Univ Rochester, Med Ctr, Webster, NY 14580 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0963-8288}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Barton L, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Rehabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{305MT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000086544400006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087968700004,
Author = {Titchkosky, T},
Title = {{Disability studies: The old and the new}},
Journal = {{CANADIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIOLOGY-CAHIERS CANADIENS DE SOCIOLOGIE}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{25}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{197-224}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{This paper does not intend to empirically establish whether Disability
   Studies is old or new; instead, it aims to uncover what the gloss
   ``new{''} means in relation to mainstream sociology's rejection of such
   a claim and the repetitive articulation of it by Disability Studies.
   Conceptions of disability found in traditional sociological studies of
   disability-as-deviance are explored, turning first to the work of
   Goffman and then to a mainstream deviance text book. The paper then
   uncovers the values and assumptions that lie behind the social act of
   conceiving Disability Studies as a ``new{''} field of inquiry. Thus,
   ``new{''} is symbolic of an affirmation of inquiry into ablebodiedness
   as itself a culture in need of critical engagement. It is also a way to
   articulate the standpoint of disability as a means to provoke such
   inquiry. Further, ``new{''} is a rhetorical device to highlight that
   many Disability Studies researchers are now challenging the mainstream
   approaches to the study of disability.}},
Publisher = {{UNIV ALBERTA}},
Address = {{DEPT SOCIOLOGY, EDMONTON, ALBERTA T6G 2E1, CANADA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Titchkosky, T (Reprint Author), St Francis Xavier Univ, Antigonish, NS B2G 1C0, Canada.
   St Francis Xavier Univ, Antigonish, NS B2G 1C0, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/3341823}},
ISSN = {{0318-6431}},
Research-Areas = {{Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sociology}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   ANDERSON K, 1996, SOCIOLOGY CRITICAL I.
   Arendt H., 1958, HUMAN CONDITION.
   Arendt Hannah, 1994, ARENDT ESSAYS UNDERS.
   BARNES C, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P111, DOI 10.1080/09687599550023769.
   Barnes C., 1999, EXPLORING DISABILITY.
   BARNES C, 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P66.
   Bauman Z., 1990, THINKING SOCIOLOGICA.
   Berger Peter L., 1963, INVITATION SOCIOLOGY.
   BICKENBACH JE, 1993, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.
   CAHILL SE, 1998, SOCIAL LIFE READINGS.
   {*}CHRC, 1999, CAN DIS STILL DEN EQ.
   CLINARD B, 1998, SOCIOLOGY DEVIANT BE.
   Corker M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE.
   DAVIS F, 1961, SOC PROBL, V9, P120, DOI 10.1525/sp.1961.9.2.03a00020.
   Davis L., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P1.
   Davis Lennard J., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P110.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DAVIS LJ, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R.
   DAVIS LJ, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P928.
   DELOS K, 1996, DEVIANT BEHAV TEXT.
   DRIEDGER D, 1989, LAST CIVIL RIGHTS MO.
   Durkheim E, 1915, ELEMENTARY FORMS REL.
   Dyer R., 1993, MATTER IMAGES ESSAYS.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1998, DISABILITY READER SO, P28.
   Frank A., 1995, WOUNDED STORYTELLER.
   Frank A. W., 1998, STORIES THEIR LIMITS, P31.
   FRANK AW, 1990, THEOR CULT SOC, V7, P131, DOI DOI 10.1177/026327690007001007.
   FREUD S, 1973, INT LECT PSYCHOANALY.
   GADACZ R, 1994, RETHINKING DISABILIT.
   Garfinkel H., 1967, STUDIES ETHNOMETHODO.
   GEYLA F, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P95.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   Goode Erich, 1996, SOCIAL DEVIANCE.
   Hales G., 1996, DISABILITY ENABLING.
   HEITZEG NA, 1996, DEVIANCE RULEMAKERS.
   Herman Nancy J., 1990, QUALITATIVE SOCIOLOG, V13, P251.
   HILLYER B, 1993, FEMINISM DISABILITY.
   Jenkins R., 1998, QUESTIONS COMPETENCE.
   Johnstone D., 1998, INTRO DISABILITY STU.
   Jones E. E., 1984, SOCIAL STIGMA PSYCHO.
   JONES R, 1994, THEIR RIGHTFUL PLACE.
   KUHN TH, 1962, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU.
   Liachowitz CH, 1988, DISABILITY SOCIAL CO.
   Liggett H., 1988, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V3, P263, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648866780261.
   Linton S., 1995, RADICAL TEACHER, V47, P4.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   Manning Phillip, 1992, E GOFFMAN MODERN SOC.
   MICHALKO R, 2000, IN PRESS EMBODIED RH, P278.
   MICHALKO R, 1999, 2 IN ONE WALKING SMO.
   Michalko Rod, 1998, MYSTERY EYE SHADOW B.
   MINNICH EK, 1980, TRANSFORMING KNOWLED.
   Mitchell David T., 1997, BODY PHYS DIFFERENCE, P1.
   NIJHOF G, 1998, QUALITATIVE HLTH RES, V8, P95105.
   NORWICH B, 1997, EUROPEAN J SPECIAL N, V12, P38.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P183.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Pontell H. N., 1996, SOCIAL DEVIANCE READ.
   Ricoeur P., 1974, CONFLICT INTERPRETAT.
   Rubington Earl, 1999, DEVIANCE INTERACTION.
   RUSSELL M, 1998, RAMPS DISABILITY END.
   SAGARIN E, 1975, DEVIANTS DEVIANCE IN, P210.
   SCHISSEL B, 1996, SOCIAL CONTROL CANAD.
   SCHUTZ A, 1973, COLLECTED PAPERS, V1.
   Scott R. A., 1969, MAKING BLIND MED STU.
   Shakespeare T., 1998, DISABILITY READER SO.
   Shapiro JP, 1993, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   Simpson MK, 1996, SOC WORK SOC SCI REV, V6, P85.
   Smith D. E., 1990, CONCEPTUAL PRACTICES.
   Smith D. E., 1999, WRITING SOCIAL CRITI.
   SMITH DE, 1995, POLITICAL CORRECTNES, P23.
   {*}STAT CAN, 1995, PORT PERS DIS TARG G.
   {*}STAT CAN, 1991, CENS DIS RAT CAN PRO.
   Stone D., 1984, DISABLED STATE.
   SUSMAN J, 1994, SOC SCI MED, V38, P15, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)90295-X.
   THOMAS WI, 1971, CLASSICAL STATEMENTS, P274.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1996, FREAKERY CULTURAL SP.
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   TITCHKOSKY T, 1998, CANADIAN WOMEN STUDI, V23, P479.
   {*}UN, 1996, INF NOT PREP UN SECR.
   {*}US DEP COMMMM, 1997, CENS BRIEF DIS AFF 1.
   Wendell S, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P260.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   West C, 1996, SOCIOL PERSPECT, V39, P353, DOI 10.2307/1389251.
   Whyte SR, 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE.
   Zola I. K, 1982, MISSING PIECES CHRON.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{87}},
Times-Cited = {{33}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{14}},
Journal-ISO = {{Can. J. Sociol.-Cahiers Can. Sociol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{330NT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087968700004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087088200001,
Author = {Davis, JM},
Title = {{Disability studies as ethnographic research and text: research
   strategies and roles for promoting social change?}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{15}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{191-206}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{This paper problematises the notion of research production within
   disability studies by comparing literature oil emancipatory research
   with concepts of reflexivity, authority and empowerment employed within
   ethnographic research. It critically examines a number of proposals
   within disability studies on how researchers can stimulate or contribute
   to processes which improve their respondents life conditions. A variety
   of strategies for change are discussed within the context of how
   ethnographers do fieldwork, and write up and disseminate their findings.
   This discussion also questions the role of the researcher and respondent
   as `expert', suggesting that ethnographers should not privilege their
   own perspectives over that of respondents. It is concluded that the
   variety of research strategies and roles outlined in this paper need not
   be mutually exclusive and therefore, that there are a number of
   different yet complementary ways, in which researchers call contribute
   to the conditions within which self-emancipation flourishes.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Davis, JM (Reprint Author), Univ Edinburgh, Res Unit Hlth \& Behav Change, Sch Med, Teviot Pl, Edinburgh EH8 9AG, Midlothian, Scotland.
   Univ Edinburgh, Res Unit Hlth \& Behav Change, Sch Med, Edinburgh EH8 9AG, Midlothian, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590025621}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Asad Talal, 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P141.
   Bakhtin M. M., 1986, SPEECH GENRES OTHER.
   Barnes C, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P107, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023362.
   Barnes C., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P115, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780151.
   Bloor M, 1997, CONTEXT METHOD QUALI, P37.
   BORDIEU P, 1978, SOC SCI INFORM, V17, P819.
   Bourdieu P, 1986, DISTINCTION.
   BRETON A, 1937, A FOU.
   Campbell A. T., 1995, GETTING KNOW WAIWAI.
   Campbell Alan, 1996, POPULARIZING ANTHR, P58.
   CLIFFORD J, 1983, REPRESENTATIONS, V1, P118.
   Clifford J., 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P165.
   Clifford James, 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P98.
   Corker M, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P627, DOI 10.1080/09687599925984.
   Corker M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P192.
   CORKER M, 2000, AM DISABILITIES IMPL.
   CORKER M, 1999, ENABLING HUMANITIES.
   CORKER M, 1998, U BIRM DEAF ED SEM 1.
   CRAPANZANO V, 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P51.
   Davis J., 1998, CHILDREN SOC, V12, P325, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1099-0860.1998.TB00089.X.
   Davis J, 2000, RES CHILDREN PERSPEC, P201.
   DAVIS JM, 1999, BSA C SOC U GLASG 6.
   DAVIS JM, 1996, THESIS U EDINBURGH.
   DAVIS JM, 1999, SCOTTISH CTR RES PAP, V3, P1.
   Denzin Norman, 1997, INTERPRETATIVE ETHNO.
   Finkelstein V., 1975, MAGIC CARPET, V28, P31.
   Fischer M., 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P194.
   Fischer Michael M. J., 1986, ANTHR CULTURAL CRITI.
   Geertz C., 1973, INTERPRETATION CULTU.
   GIDDENS A, 1976, NEW RULES SOCIOLOGIC.
   Giddens A., 1987, SOCIAL THEORY MODERN.
   Glaser G., 1967, DISCOVERY GROUNDED T.
   Hammersley M., 1983, ETHNOGRAPHY PRINCIPL.
   HAMMERSLEY M, 1990, CLASSROOM ETHNOGRAPH.
   Hertz R., 1997, REFLEXIVITY VOICE.
   HUNT P, 1966, {[}No title captured].
   MIDDLETON L, 1999, DISABLED CHILDREN CH.
   Morris J, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P157, DOI {[}DOI 10.1080/02674649266780181, 10.1080/02674649266780181].
   OKELY J, 1997, WRITING CULTURE, P223.
   OKELY J, 1975, J ANTHR SOC OXFORD, V6, P171.
   Okely J., 1992, ANTHR AUTOBIOGRAPHY, P1, DOI DOI 10.4324/9780203450536.
   OKELY J, 1992, ANTHR AUTOBIOGRAPHY.
   Okely Judith, 1994, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT, P18.
   Oliver M., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P183.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Phillipson M., 1972, NEW DIRECTIONS SOCIO, P119.
   Pratt M. - L., 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET.
   Priestley M, 1998, CHILDHOOD, V5, P207, DOI 10.1177/0907568298005002007.
   PRIESTLEY M, 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P89.
   PRIESTLEY M, 2000, IN PRESS DISABILITY, V19.
   Rabinow P., 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P234.
   Rabinow Paul, 1977, REFLECTIONS FIELDWOR.
   Rorty R., 1980, PHILOS MIRROR NATURE.
   Rosaldo R., 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P77.
   Seidman S., 1998, EUROPEAN J CULTURAL, V1, P177.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P115, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023380.
   Shakespeare T., 1999, GROWING DISABILITY, P13.
   Shakespeare Tom, 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P177.
   Smith D. E., 1990, CONCEPTUAL PRACTICES.
   Stone E, 1996, BRIT J SOCIOL, V47, P699, DOI 10.2307/591081.
   SWAIN J, 1998, CONFRONTING DISABLIN.
   THOMAS C, 1998, BSA C MAK SENS BOD U.
   Tyler S.A., 1986, WRITING CULTURE POET, P122.
   Union of the Physically Impaired against Segregation, 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   Wagner Helmut R., 1970, PHENOMENOLOGY SOCIAL.
   Willis Paul, 1977, LEARNING LABOUR.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{68}},
Times-Cited = {{43}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{314ZM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087088200001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087088200010,
Author = {Tregaskis, C},
Title = {{Interviewing non-disabled people about their disability-related
   attitudes: Seeking methodologies}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{15}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{343-353}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{Within the field of disability studies there has been a concentration
   upon the representation of disabled people's experiences within a social
   context. However, research into non-disabled people's perspectives on
   disability and impairment has traditionally been based upon a
   psychologically-driven individualist model of disability which sees
   disabled people uncritically as `the problem'. In this apparent
   epistemological divide, little work has been done on the exploration of
   non-disabled people's perspectives from a social model angle. This paper
   outlines a current study, of the formation of such perspectives, and
   specifically explores the methodological conditioners of such an
   enquiry.}},
Publisher = {{ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Tregaskis, C (Reprint Author), Univ Sheffield, Dept Educ Studies, 388 Glossop Rd, Sheffield S10 2JA, S Yorkshire, England.
   Univ Sheffield, Dept Educ Studies, Sheffield S10 2JA, S Yorkshire, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590025711}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ABBERLEY P, 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P15.
   Abberley P., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P, P25.
   BAGLEY C, 1975, ATTITUDES SELECTED R, P271.
   Barnes C., 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P43.
   Barnes C., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P115, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780151.
   BAXTER C, 1989, J MENT DEFIC RES, V33, P455.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Connolly P., 1996, METHODOLOGICAL IMAGI, P185.
   Eagly AH, 1993, PSYCHOL ATTITUDES.
   Finch F., 1993, SOCIAL RES PHILOS PO, P166.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1980, ATTITUDES DISABLED P.
   Finkelstein V., 1996, DISABILITY NOW   FEB, P11.
   Fishbein M, 1975, BELIEF ATTITUDE INTE.
   Foucault M., 1991, DISCIPLINE PUNISH BI.
   Freire P., 1997, PEDAGOGY HOPE RELIVI.
   Giddens Anthony, 1991, MODERNITY SELF IDENT.
   Hammersley M., 1983, ETHNOGRAPHY PRINCIPL.
   Hammersley M, 1998, READING ETHNOGRAPHIC.
   HENWOOD KL, 1993, SOCIAL RES PHILOS PO.
   Hevey David, 1992, CREATURES TIME FORGO.
   Hymes Dell H., 1996, ETHNOGRAPHY LINGUIST.
   JAHODA A, 1988, J MENT DEFIC RES, V32, P103.
   Knight J., 1999, EXCLUDING ATTITUDES.
   MIES M, 1993, SOCIAL RES PHILOS PO.
   Moore M., 1998, RES DISABILITY ISSUE.
   MORRIS J, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVES CO.
   MORRIS J, 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Priestley M, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P75, DOI 10.1080/09687599826920.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P283, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780341.
   Silverman D., 1993, INTERPRETING QUALITA.
   Stanley L., 1993, BREAKING OUT AGAIN F.
   Sutherland AT, 1981, DISABLED WE STAND.
   Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation (UPIAS), 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   VLACHOU AD, 1997, STRUGGLES INCLUSIVE.
   WARREN N, 1976, ATTITUDES SELECTED R.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.
   1999, GMCDP INFORMATION B, P1.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{9}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{314ZM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087088200010}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000085748000006,
Author = {Ford, LC and Sulprizio, SL and Rasgon, BM},
Title = {{Otolaryngological manifestations of velocardiofacial syndrome: A
   retrospective review of 35 patients}},
Journal = {{LARYNGOSCOPE}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{110}},
Number = {{3, 1}},
Pages = {{362-367}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Note = {{Meeting of the Western Section of the
   American-Laryngological-Rhinological-and-Otological-Society, SAN
   FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA, JAN 08-09, 2000}},
Organization = {{Amer Laryngol Rhinol \& Otolog Soc, Western Sect}},
Abstract = {{Objective: Because many patients with velocardiofacial syndrome (VCFS)
   are first examined by otolaryngologists for ear or speech problems
   before being diagnosed with VCFS, we describe a series of patients with
   this genetic disorder, which is associated with multiple anomalies,
   including velopharyngeal insufficiency, cardiac defects, characteristic
   facial features, and learning disabilities. Study Design: We
   retrospectively analyzed the medical charts and available nasoendoscopic
   observations for 35 patients who were diagnosed with VCFS and who had a
   microscopic deletion in chromosome 22q11 as shown by DNA probe and
   fluorescence in situ hybridization. Results For most patients, the
   medical chart documented cardiac anomalies, velopharyngeal insufficiency
   with hypernasal speech, and characteristic facial features including
   nasal, auricular, craniofacial, and ocular abnormalities. Incidence of
   middle ear infection with associated conductive hearing loss was also
   high and necessitated early placement of pressure equalization tubes.
   Some patients were treated with adenoidectomy for chronic otitis media;
   consequently, velopharyngeal insufficiency and hypernasal speech
   worsened Nasoendoscopic examination as documented in the medical chart
   showed occult cleft palate, a small adenoid pad, and pulsation in the
   muscular wall. Conclusion: Otolaryngologists have an important role in
   diagnosis and treatment of persons with VCFS and therefore should
   familiarize themselves with the typical history and most frequent head
   and neck manifestations of this syndrome.}},
Publisher = {{LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS \& WILKINS}},
Address = {{530 WALNUT ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106-3621 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Rasgon, BM (Reprint Author), Kaiser Permanente Med Ctr, Dept Head \& Neck Surg, 280 W MacArthur Blvd, Oakland, CA 94611 USA.
   Kaiser Permanente Med Ctr, Dept Head \& Neck Surg, Oakland, CA 94611 USA.
   Kaiser Permanente Med Ctr, Reg Craniofacial Ctr, Oakland, CA 94611 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1097/00005537-200003000-00006}},
ISSN = {{0023-852X}},
Keywords = {{human chromosome pair 22; chromosome 22; q11 deletion; cleft palate;
   speech disorder; velopharyngeal insufficiency; platybasia}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CARDIO-FACIAL SYNDROME; SUBMUCOUS CLEFT-PALATE; DELETIONS}},
Research-Areas = {{Research \& Experimental Medicine; Otorhinolaryngology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Medicine, Research \& Experimental; Otorhinolaryngology}},
Cited-References = {{ARVYSTAS M, 1984, J CRAN GENET DEV BIO, V4, P39.
   BLUESTONE CD, 1971, ANN OTO RHINOL LARYN, V80, P1.
   CROFT CB, 1981, OTOLARYNG HEAD NECK, V89, P179, DOI 10.1177/019459988108900208.
   CROFT CB, 1978, CLEFT PALATE J, V15, P150.
   DRISCOLL DA, 1992, AM J MED GENET, V44, P261, DOI 10.1002/ajmg.1320440237.
   FINKELSTEIN Y, 1993, ARCH OTOLARYNGOL, V119, P563.
   GOLDBERG R, 1993, AM J MED GENET, V45, P313, DOI 10.1002/ajmg.1320450307.
   GOLDINGKUSHNER KJ, 1991, THESIS CITY U NEW YO.
   KAPLAN EN, 1975, CLEFT PALATE J, V12, P356.
   MACKENZIESTEPNER K, 1987, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V80, P347, DOI 10.1097/00006534-198709000-00002.
   Mitnick RJ, 1996, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V97, P908, DOI 10.1097/00006534-199604001-00005.
   SCAMBLER PJ, 1992, LANCET, V339, P1138, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(92)90734-K.
   SHPRINTZEN RJ, 1981, PEDIATRICS, V67, P167.
   SHPRINTZEN RJ, 1978, CLEFT PALATE J, V15, P56.
   SHPRINTZEN RJ, 1996, ADV SPEECH LANG 0930, P5.
   Thomas JA, 1997, CLIN PEDIATR, V36, P253, DOI 10.1177/000992289703600502.
   WILLIAMS MA, 1987, J CRAN GENET DEV BIO, V7, P23.
   WILSON DI, 1993, J MED GENET, V30, P852, DOI 10.1136/jmg.30.10.852.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{18}},
Times-Cited = {{42}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Laryngoscope}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{291QR}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000085748000006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087584200005,
Author = {Tilley, CM},
Title = {{The contributions of the Australian government in meeting the health
   needs of Queensland women with physical disabilities}},
Journal = {{SEXUALITY AND DISABILITY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{61-71}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{This article overviews the Australian federal and state government
   disability strategies, as well as the Women's Health Centres'
   contributions, in meeting the health needs of Queensland women with
   physical disabilities. It also explores one of the least considered
   intersections of multiple identity discourses-feminism and disability
   studies and argues that access to health and related services is an
   equity issue that must be addressed in particular ways for women with
   physical disabilities, In fact, it elaborates how our women's health
   services still largely continue to see the needs of women with
   disabilities as too narrow for their attention and our disability
   services continue to see their clients as ungendered and untouched by
   sociopolitical constructions of gender.}},
Publisher = {{KLUWER ACADEMIC-HUMAN SCIENCES PRESS}},
Address = {{233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013-1578 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Tilley, CM (Reprint Author), Queensland Univ Technol, Sch Informat Syst, 2 George St,GPO Box 2434, Brisbane, Qld 4001, Australia.
   Queensland Univ Technol, Sch Informat Syst, Brisbane, Qld 4001, Australia.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/A:1005429828971}},
ISSN = {{0146-1044}},
Keywords = {{women with physical disabilities; Australian Government Disability
   Strategy; Women's Health Centres; women's health needs}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{{*}AGPS, 1995, COMM DIS STRAT 1 PRO.
   {*}AGPS, 1994, COMM DIS STRAT 10 YE.
   {*}BETT HLTH COMM, 1987, BETT HLTH ALL.
   BLUMBERG L, 1993, HLTH PAC B       SUM, P35.
   Broom DH, 1997, AUST NZ J PUBL HEAL, V21, P275, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-842X.1997.tb01699.x.
   Brown WJ, 1996, AUST NZ J PUBL HEAL, V20, P149, DOI 10.1111/j.1753-6405.1996.tb01809.x.
   BURRIDGE R, 1989, AUSTR WOMENS HL 0411, P78.
   Campbell F., 1984, AUSTR DISABILITY REV, V1, P30.
   COOPER M, 1996, AUSTR DISABILITY REV, V2, P53.
   {*}DEET, 1990, FAIR CHANG ALL HIGH.
   {*}EP HLTH INF BRANC, 1996, QUEENSL WOM HLTH SUR.
   Fine M., 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E.
   FINGER A, 1985, TEST TUBE WOMEN WHAT, P281.
   GETH L, 1992, MED J AUSTRALIA, V157, P752.
   Graham A, 1998, SPINAL CORD, V36, P340, DOI 10.1038/sj.sc.3100613.
   HILLYER B, 1993, FEMINISM DISABILITY.
   HUME J, 1991, AUSTR DISABILITY REV, V3, P56.
   KENNY M, 1996, WORKING FRAMEWORK AD.
   LEEKS M, 1995, CENTRAL QUEENSLAND J, V3, P13.
   MARTIN R, 1986, WOMENS HLTH CHANGING, V1, P36.
   Morris J., 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   PANE L, 1994, EMERGING SHADOWS REP.
   PANE LG, 1995, VICTORIAN WOMEN  OCT.
   {*}QUEENSL HLTH, 1993, WOM HLTH POL QUEENSL.
   RAMSEY M, 1994, WOE GO DISCUSSION PA.
   ROGERS R, 1995, HLTH JOURNEY     JAN, P4.
   ROGERS R, 1995, HLTH JOURNEY     JAN, P1.
   Savage A., 1989, WOMEN DISABILITIES S.
   SRAHAN F, 1997, MORE JUST RAMP GUIDE.
   STRAHAN F, 1996, DOING IT OURSELVES H.
   STRAHAN F, 1997, WOORARRA WOMENS REFU.
   TAIT S, 1995, USERS GUIDE DISABILI.
   TEMBY D, 1996, MORE LESS REPORT HLT.
   Tilley CM, 1996, SEX DISABIL, V14, P139, DOI 10.1007/BF02590607.
   Waxman Barbara Faye, 1994, Sex Disabil, V12, P155, DOI 10.1007/BF02547889.
   WESTBROOK MT, 1995, AUSTR DISABILITY REV, V3, P3.
   WILLMUTH M, 1993, WOMEN DISABILITIES F.
   {*}WOM HLTH POL UN Q, 1993, QUEENSL WOM HLTH POL.
   1996, QUEENSLAND WOMEN JUL, P6.
   1993, NAT WOMENS HLTH PROG.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{3}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sex. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{323UW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087584200005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000085265000007,
Author = {Sturm, J and Koppenhaver, DA},
Title = {{Supporting writing development in adolescents with developmental
   disabilities}},
Journal = {{TOPICS IN LANGUAGE DISORDERS}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{20}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{73-92}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{Written language is a powerful vehicle that can transport individuals
   with developmental disabilities to richer participation and independence
   in social. academic, and employment environments. This article describes
   a cognitive process model of writing as it pertains to adolescents with
   developmental disabilities. It then attempts to synthesize what is known
   about the writing process, writing instruction, and technologies that
   may support the writing development in adolescents with developmental
   disabilities. Student writing samples and case examples are used to
   illustrate bridges among the cognitive process model, individual
   students, and application of particular strategies.}},
Publisher = {{ASPEN PUBL INC}},
Address = {{7201 MCKINNEY CIRCLE, FREDERICK, MD 21704 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Sturm, J (Reprint Author), Univ N Carolina, Div Speech \& Hearing Sci, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 USA.
   Univ N Carolina, Div Speech \& Hearing Sci, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 USA.
   Gustavus Adolphus Coll, Dept Educ, St Peter, MN 56082 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1097/00011363-200020020-00007}},
ISSN = {{0271-8294}},
Keywords = {{developmental disabilities; literacy; technology}},
Research-Areas = {{Linguistics; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Linguistics; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Atwell N., 1987, MIDDLE WRITING READI.
   BEREITER C, 1982, EDUC PSYCHOL, V17, P165.
   Bereiter C., 1987, PSYCHOL WRITTEN COMP.
   BLACK HS, 1989, NONSTEROIDAL ANTIINF, V2, P1.
   BLACKSTONE S, 1989, AUGMENTATIVE COMMUNI, V2, P8.
   {*}CRICK SOFTW LTD, 1997, GLICK PLUS.
   {*}D JOHNST, 1999, WRIT.
   DUNNING S, 1967, REFLECTIONS GIFT WAT.
   EHREN BJ, 1994, LANGUAGE LEARNING DI, P393.
   Erickson K.A., 1994, TR9415 NAT CTR AD LI.
   ERICKSON KA, 1997, FOCUS AUTISM OTHER D, V12, P142, DOI DOI 10.1177/108835769701200302.
   Flower L., 1981, COLLEGE COMPOSITION, V32, P365, DOI DOI 10.2307/356600.
   Flower L., 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P31.
   Graham S., 1997, LEA SPEC EDUC DISAB, P239.
   HARRIS K, 1992, HELPING YOUNG WRITER.
   Harris K. R., 1992, PROMOTING ACAD COMPE, P277, DOI {[}10.1177/ 10883576050200040201, DOI 10.1177/10883576050200040201].
   Harris KR, 1996, MAKING WRITING PROCE.
   HAYES JR, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P3, DOI DOI 10.4324/9781315630274.
   Hillocks G. J., 1995, TEACHING WRITING REF.
   Hunt KW, 1965, 3 NCTE.
   HUNTBERG M, 1994, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V9, P169.
   {*}INF SERV INC, 1989, WRIT AW 2000.
   {*}INSP SOFTW, 1997, INSP.
   {*}INT INC, 1996, INT.
   KOCH K, 1970, WISHES LIES DREAMS T.
   LIGHT J, 1991, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V7, P186, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434619112331275893.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1987, J SPEC EDUC, V21, P22, DOI 10.1177/002246698702100304.
   NELSON NW, 1994, LANGUAGE LEARNING DI, P104.
   NELSON NW, 1998, CHILDHOOD LANGUAGE D.
   Owens RE., 1992, LANGUAGE DEV INTRO.
   PRESSLEY M, 1995, COGNITIVE STRATEGY I.
   REIF L, 1992, SEEKING DIVERSITY LA.
   SCARDAMALIA M, 1981, WRITING NATURE DEV T, V2.
   Scott C., 1989, READING DISABILITIES, P261.
   SCOTT CM, 1995, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V26, P309, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461.2604.309.
   SEIDENBERG PL, 1988, TOP LANG DISORD, V8, P56, DOI 10.1097/00011363-198806000-00007.
   Sturm JM, 1997, INTERV SCH CLIN, V32, P148, DOI 10.1177/105345129703200305.
   WILLIAMS MB, 1994, 4 S LIT DIS RES TRIA.
   Worthy J, 1995, J READING BEHAV, V27, P585, DOI 10.1080/10862969509547900.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{39}},
Times-Cited = {{12}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Top. Lang. Disord.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{283FG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000085265000007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@inproceedings{ ISI:000168410500003,
Author = {Gunn, AJ and Guan, J and Bennet, L and Jones, KR and Gluckman, PD},
Editor = {{Oehmichen, M}},
Title = {{Hypoxic-ischemic injury of the perinatal brain and neuronal rescue}},
Booktitle = {{BRAIN HYPOXIA AND ISCHEMIA}},
Series = {{RESEARCH IN LEGAL MEDICINE}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{24}},
Pages = {{41-57}},
Note = {{4th International Symposium on Advances in Legal Medicine (ISALMIV),
   ACAD SCI \& LITERATURE, MAINZ, GERMANY, SEP 22-25, 1999}},
Abstract = {{Exposure to perinatal asphyxia remains a significant cause of death and
   long-term neurological disability. Studies of asphyxia have demonstrated
   that the development of hypotension and consequent hypotension during
   ring asphyxia, i.e. hypoxia-ischemia, plays a central role in localising
   and precipitating neural injury. Functional models of hypoxia-ischemia
   have therefore been used to characterise the events surrounding
   asphyxial injury. The seminal observation from both clinical and
   experimental studies is that brain cells may initially, recover from the
   primary hypoxic-ischemic event, only to die many hours, or even days
   later (secondary or delayed cell death). We have found that the
   evolution of hypoxic-ischemic injury is associated with the
   characteristic induction over time of a number of broadly anti-apoptotic
   growth factors including insulin like growth factor 1 (IGF-1). Secondary
   cell death appears to be due to the induction of `apoptosis'-like events
   involving a pre-programmed cell death cascade; thus growth factor
   induction may help limit the development of cell death. Consistent with
   this hypothesis, exogenous therapy with IGF-1 and similar agents within
   a few hours of injury has been shown to be neuroprotective. It is
   likely, that clinically effective rescue therapies in the future will
   require the development of a multi-modal approach, which includes
   anti-apoptotic agents such as IGF-1.}},
Publisher = {{SCHMIDT-ROMHILD, MAX}},
Address = {{POSTFACH 2051, 23508 LUBECK, GERMANY}},
Type = {{Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Gunn, AJ (Reprint Author), Univ Auckland, Res Ctr Dev Med \& Biol, Dept Pediat, Private Bag 92019, Auckland 1, New Zealand.
   Univ Auckland, Res Ctr Dev Med \& Biol, Dept Pediat, Auckland 1, New Zealand.}},
ISBN = {{3-7950-0321-0}},
Keywords = {{hypoxia; ischemia; apoptosis; necrosis; growth factor; neuronal rescue}},
Keywords-Plus = {{GROWTH-FACTOR-I; UMBILICAL-CORD OCCLUSION; MAGNETIC-RESONANCE
   SPECTROSCOPY; CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; N-TERMINAL TRIPEPTIDE; DEVELOPING
   RAT-BRAIN; CELL-DEATH; FETAL SHEEP; IGF-I; INFANT RAT}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Neurosciences}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Bennet, Laura/0000-0002-4336-7596
   Guan, Jian/0000-0002-2847-1627}},
Cited-References = {{AIZENMAN Y, 1987, BRAIN RES, V406, P32, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(87)90766-9.
   AZZOPARDI D, 1989, PEDIATR RES, V25, P445, DOI 10.1203/00006450-198905000-00004.
   BALLOTTI R, 1987, EMBO J, V6, P3633, DOI 10.1002/j.1460-2075.1987.tb02695.x.
   Beilharz EJ, 1998, MOL BRAIN RES, V59, P119, DOI 10.1016/S0169-328X(98)00122-3.
   BEILHARZ EJ, 1995, MOL BRAIN RES, V29, P81, DOI 10.1016/0169-328X(94)00232-4.
   Beilharz Erica J., 1995, Molecular Brain Research, V29, P1, DOI 10.1016/0169-328X(94)00217-3.
   Bennet L, 1999, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V517, P247, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7793.1999.0247z.x.
   Bennet L, 1998, PEDIATR RES, V44, P951, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199812000-00022.
   Bourguignon JP, 1999, BRAIN RES, V847, P247, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(99)02051-X.
   BOURGUIGNON JP, 1994, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V134, P1589, DOI 10.1210/en.134.3.1589.
   CARONI P, 1990, J CELL BIOL, V110, P1307, DOI 10.1083/jcb.110.4.1307.
   Coimbra C, 1996, STROKE, V27, P1578, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.27.9.1578.
   Colbourne F, 1999, J NEUROSCI, V19, P4200.
   CZECH MP, 1989, CELL, V59, P235, DOI 10.1016/0092-8674(89)90281-X.
   DeHaan HH, 1997, PEDIATR RES, V41, P96, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199701000-00015.
   DEHAAN HH, 1993, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V169, P1493, DOI 10.1016/0002-9378(93)90424-H.
   DEHAAN HH, 1996, PRENAT NEONAT MED, V1, P16.
   DIETRICH WD, 1993, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V13, P541, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1993.71.
   DRAGUNOW M, 1994, MOL BRAIN RES, V25, P19, DOI 10.1016/0169-328X(94)90274-7.
   Famularo G, 1998, Eur J Emerg Med, V5, P249.
   Funaba M, 1997, J NEUROENDOCRINOL, V9, P105, DOI 10.1046/j.1365-2826.1997.00558.x.
   GALLI C, 1995, J NEUROSCI, V15, P1172.
   GIULIAN D, 1993, STROKE, V24, P184.
   Giussani D, 1994, FETAL MED REV, V6, P17.
   GLUCKMAN P, 1992, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V182, P593, DOI 10.1016/0006-291X(92)91774-K.
   GLUCKMAN PD, 1992, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V34, P1015.
   Guan J, 2000, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V20, P513, DOI 10.1097/00004647-200003000-00010.
   Guan J, 1996, NEUROREPORT, V7, P632, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199601310-00061.
   Guan J, 1996, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V137, P893, DOI 10.1210/en.137.3.893.
   Guan J, 2000, BRAIN RES, V853, P163, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(99)02030-2.
   GUAN J, 1993, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V13, P609, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1993.79.
   Guan J, 1999, NEUROSCIENCE, V89, P649, DOI 10.1016/S0306-4522(98)00338-8.
   Guan J, 2000, BRAIN RES, V859, P286, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(00)01988-0.
   GUNN AJ, 1992, PEDIATR RES, V31, P486, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199205000-00016.
   Gunn AJ, 1997, J CLIN INVEST, V99, P248, DOI 10.1172/JCI119153.
   GUNN AJ, 1990, BRAIN RES, V531, P105, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(90)90763-2.
   Ikeda T, 1998, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V178, P24, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9378(98)70621-0.
   IKEDA T, 1995, BRAIN RES, V686, P87, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(95)00473-4.
   Jensen A, 1996, EUR J OBSTET GYN R B, V65, P19, DOI 10.1016/0028-2243(95)02297-6.
   Johnston BM, 1996, J CLIN INVEST, V97, P300, DOI 10.1172/JCI118416.
   Jung YK, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P5112.
   KLEMPT ND, 1992, MOL BRAIN RES, V15, P55, DOI 10.1016/0169-328X(92)90151-Z.
   KLEMPT ND, 1992, MOL BRAIN RES, V13, P93, DOI 10.1016/0169-328X(92)90048-G.
   KNUSEL B, 1991, ADV EXP MED BIOL, V293, P351.
   Lai M, 1996, NEUROSCIENCE, V70, P1013, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(95)00413-0.
   LARSEN CJ, 1994, ANN GENET-PARIS, V37, P121.
   LO AC, 1995, ARCH HISTOL CYTOL, V58, P139, DOI 10.1679/aohc.58.139.
   LOREK A, 1994, PEDIATR RES, V36, P699, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199412000-00003.
   MacGibbon GA, 1997, BRAIN RES, V750, P223, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(96)01351-0.
   MALLARD EC, 1992, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V167, P1423, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9378(11)91728-1.
   Marks KA, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V39, P48, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199601000-00007.
   Mascotti F, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P1447.
   MCMORRIS FA, 1993, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V692, P321.
   MCNEILL H, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P901, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199404000-00012.
   NIETOSAMPEDRO M, 1982, SCIENCE, V217, P860, DOI 10.1126/science.7100931.
   OCRANT I, 1988, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V123, P1023, DOI 10.1210/endo-123-2-1023.
   PAHLMAN S, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P9994, DOI 10.1073/pnas.88.22.9994.
   Parer JT, 1998, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS A, V119, P711, DOI 10.1016/S1095-6433(98)01009-5.
   Parrizas M, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P154.
   RAFF MC, 1992, NATURE, V356, P397, DOI 10.1038/356397a0.
   Roth SC, 1997, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V39, P718.
   SCHUBERT A, 1995, J NEUROSURG ANESTH, V7, P139, DOI 10.1097/00008506-199504000-00021.
   SIRIMANNE ES, 1994, J NEUROSCI METH, V55, P7, DOI 10.1016/0165-0270(94)90034-5.
   TOMAS FM, 1991, J ENDOCRINOL, V128, P97, DOI 10.1677/joe.0.1280097.
   TORVIK A, 1984, STROKE, V15, P221, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.15.2.221.
   Trescher WH, 1997, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V19, P326, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(97)00027-2.
   Troy CM, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P5635, DOI 10.1073/pnas.93.11.5635.
   TRUMP BF, 1995, FASEB J, V9, P219.
   WILLIAMS CE, 1991, STROKE, V22, P516, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.22.4.516.
   Wu DD, 1999, BRAIN RES, V835, P369, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(99)01638-8.
   YAMAGUCHI F, 1991, NEUROSCI LETT, V128, P273, DOI 10.1016/0304-3940(91)90278-2.
   YAMAMOTO H, 1995, J ENDOCRINOL, V146, P141, DOI 10.1677/joe.0.1460141.
   YAMAMOTO H, 1994, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V135, P2432, DOI 10.1210/en.135.6.2432.
   YIN QW, 1994, J NEUROSCI, V14, P7629.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{74}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{BS03V}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000168410500003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000086348800004,
Author = {Humphrey, JC},
Title = {{Researching disability politics, or, some problems with the social model
   in practice}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{15}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{63-86}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Abstract = {{This article arises from a research project involving the disabled
   members' group irt UNISON, and problematises the social model which
   explicitly undergirds the discourses and practices of this group. In
   abstract terms, there are dangers that the social model call be
   interpreted in a way which privileges some impaired identities over
   others, sanctions a separatist ghetto which cannot reach out to other
   groups of disabled and disadvantaged people, and weaves a tangled web
   around researchers who adhere to the emancipatory paradigm. In concrete
   terms, these dangers are explored with reference to the stories of
   impaired people who believe that they are excluded from the disabled
   members' group, the predicaments of ex-disabled and differently-disabled
   people in relation to the movement, and the culture of suspicion
   surrounding academics, particularly the `non-disabled' researcher as
   would-be ally. It is argued that, whilst such identities and
   issues,night appear to be `marginal' ones in the sense of occurring at
   the boundary of disabled communities, disability politics and disability
   studies, they should not be `marginalised' by disabled activists and
   academics, and indeed that they pose challenges to our collective
   identities, social movements, theoretical models and research paradigms
   which need to be addressed.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Humphrey, JC (Reprint Author), Open Univ, Fac Appl Social Sci, Milton Keynes MK7 6AL, Bucks, England.
   Open Univ, Fac Appl Social Sci, Milton Keynes MK7 6AL, Bucks, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590025775}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{INDEPENDENT RESEARCHER; NONDISABLED PEOPLE; DISABLED PEOPLE; MOVEMENT;
   USERS; MYTH}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ANTHIAS F, 1992, RACIALISED BOUNDARIE.
   Barnes C, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P107, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023362.
   BARNES C, 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES.
   Barnes C., 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P43.
   BARNES C, 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P1.
   Barnes C, 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT.
   Barnes C., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P115, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780151.
   BERESFORD P, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P315, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780361.
   Beresford P, 1996, ETHICS SOCIAL POLICY, P41.
   Beresford P., 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P67.
   Branfield F, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P143, DOI 10.1080/09687599826966.
   Branfield F, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P399, DOI 10.1080/09687599926226.
   Brod Harry, 1994, THEORISING MASCULINI.
   Bury M, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P111.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   CARAS S, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P89, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780081.
   Collier A., 1994, CRITICAL REALISM INT.
   Connolly P., 1996, METHODOLOGICAL IMAGI, P185.
   Cooper C, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P31, DOI 10.1080/09687599727443.
   DEAN H, 1996, ETHICS SOCIAL POLICY, P1.
   DRAKE R, 1999, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Drake RF, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P643, DOI 10.1080/09687599727173.
   DRUCKETT PS, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P625.
   Fay B, 1987, CRITICAL SOCIAL SCI.
   FRASER N, 1995, NEW LEFT REV, P68.
   French S., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P17.
   Glucksmann M., 1994, RES WOMENS LIVES FEM, P149.
   Griffin C. W., 1986, ACCEPTANCE PARENTS L.
   Hammersley M, 1995, POLITICS SOCIAL RES.
   HARRIS J, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P295, DOI 10.1080/09687599550023543.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Humphrey JC, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P173, DOI 10.1080/09687599926253.
   Humphrey JC, 1998, DISABIL SOC, V13, P587, DOI 10.1080/09687599826623.
   Jones L., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P189, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266.
   Kelly L., 1994, RES WOMENS LIVES FEM, P27.
   Kitzinger C., 1996, REPRESENTING OTHER F, P1.
   Lee R., 1993, DOING RES SENSITIVE.
   LIDDLE AM, 1996, METHODOLOGICAL IMAGI.
   Lloyd M, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P301, DOI 10.1080/09687599627624.
   Messner M. A., 1997, POLITICS MASCULINITI.
   Mohanty C., 1992, DESTABILISING THEORY.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   NICHOLSON LJ, 1995, SOCIAL POSTMODERNISM.
   Oliver M, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P811, DOI 10.1080/09687599727074.
   Oliver M., 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P15.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Phelan S., 1995, SIMPLE MATTER JUSTIC.
   Phoenix A., 1994, RES WOMENS LIVES FEM, P49.
   PRIESTLEY M, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P157, DOI 10.1080/09687599550023624.
   Priestley M., 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P88.
   Reason P., 1994, PARTICIPATION HUMAN.
   ROGERS A, 1991, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V13, P129, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep11340759.
   ROGERS A, 1995, COMMUNITY CARE ASKIN, P198.
   Scott J, 1994, POWER CRITICAL CONCE.
   Segal L., 1990, SLOW MOTION CHANGING.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P115, DOI 10.1080/09687599650023380.
   Shakespeare T, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P293, DOI 10.1080/09687599727380.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   Shakespeare T., 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P191.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1993, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V8, P249, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649366780261.
   Shakespeare Tom, 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P177.
   STANKO EA, 1994, RES WOMENS LIVES FEM, P93.
   Stone E, 1996, BRIT J SOCIOL, V47, P699, DOI 10.2307/591081.
   Stone E., 1997, DOING DISABILITY RES, P207.
   SWAIN J, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Turner R, 1989, POLITICS FIELD RES, P13.
   Vernon A, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P385, DOI 10.1080/09687599926217.
   Wilkinson Sue, 1996, REPRESENTING OTHER F.
   Young I.M., 1990, FEMINISM POSTMODERNI, P300.
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.
   1996, EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES, P31.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{73}},
Times-Cited = {{57}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{302CY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000086348800004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000086348800010,
Author = {Beresford, P},
Title = {{What have madness and psychiatric system survivors got to do with
   disability and disability studies?}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{15}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{167-172}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Beresford, P (Reprint Author), Brunel Univ, Ctr Citizen Participat, Twickenham Campus,300 St Margarets Rd, Twickenham TW1 1PT, Middx, England.
   Brunel Univ, Ctr Citizen Participat, Twickenham TW1 1PT, Middx, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687590025838}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Barnes C, 1999, DISABIL SOC, V14, P577, DOI 10.1080/09687599926136.
   Barton Len, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   BERESFORD P, 1994, DIS RIGHTS S S EUR R, P83.
   Beresford P, 1996, SPEAKING OUR MINDS P, P209.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   Gabel S., 1999, DISABILITY DISCOURSE, P38.
   LIGHT R, 1999, NEWSLETTER       JUN, P2.
   McNamara J, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS, P194.
   MORRIS J, 1996, INDEPENDENT LIVES CO.
   MORRIS J, 1998, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Oliver M., 1998, DISABLED PEOPLE SOCI.
   Oliver M., 1996, UNDERSTANDING DISABI.
   Plumb A, 1994, DISTRESS DISABILITY.
   Taylor PJ, 1999, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V174, P9, DOI 10.1192/bjp.174.1.9.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{15}},
Times-Cited = {{52}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{302CY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000086348800010}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000165474400007,
Author = {Hopper, K and Wanderling, J},
Title = {{Revisiting the developed versus developing country distinction in course
   and outcome in schizophrenia: Results from ISoS, the WHO collaborative
   followup project}},
Journal = {{SCHIZOPHRENIA BULLETIN}},
Year = {{2000}},
Volume = {{26}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{835-846}},
Abstract = {{This article examines the long-standing and provocative finding of a
   differential advantage in coarse and outcome for persons with
   schizophrenia living in ``developing{''} countries, using results from
   the newly completed World Health Organization (WHO) collaborative
   project, the International Study of Schizophrenia (ISoS). The article
   addresses two questions: Has the differential survived the 13 years
   since it was last reported? If so, are the results demonstrably not
   attributable to artifactual confounding? The analysis focuses on the 809
   subjects who make up the combined incidence cohort of ISoS. These
   include members of the original treated incidence cohorts of two earlier
   WHO studies (the Determinants of Outcome of Severe Mental Disorders and
   the Reduction of Disability Studies) as well as subjects drawn from two
   additional samples (Hong Kong and Madras/Chennai). We first review the
   consistency of the finding of a ``developed versus developing{''}
   differential in course and outcome and then examine a variety of course
   and outcome measures for the ISoS incidence cohorts. Evidence of
   differences in illness trajectory in favor of the developing centers was
   consistently found. Six potential sources of bias are then examined:
   differences in followup, arbitrary grouping of centers, diagnostic
   ambiguities, selective outcome measures, gender, and age. None of these
   potential confounds explains away the differential in course and
   outcome. We conclude with suggestions for further research, with
   particular attention to the need for close documentation of everyday
   practices in the local moral,worlds that ``culture{''} refers to.}},
Publisher = {{OXFORD UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hopper, K (Reprint Author), Nathan S Kline Inst Psychiat Res, 140 Old Orangeburg Rd, Orangeburg, NY 10962 USA.
   Nathan S Kline Inst Psychiat Res, Orangeburg, NY 10962 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1093/oxfordjournals.schbul.a033498}},
ISSN = {{0586-7614}},
EISSN = {{1745-1701}},
Keywords = {{schizophrenia; culture; developing versus developed; recovery; WHO}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-ILLNESS; PSYCHIATRY; CHALLENGE; PSYCHOSIS; RECOVERY; DISORDER;
   CULTURE; HEALTH; SELF; OLD}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychiatry}},
Author-Email = {{hopper@nki.rfmh.org}},
Cited-References = {{American Psychiatric Association, 1980, DSM 3 R DIAGN STAT M.
   Barrett Robert J., 1996, PSYCHIAT TEAM SOCIAL.
   BARUCH G, 1978, PSYCHIAT OBSERVED.
   Bleuler M., 1978, SCHIZOPHRENIC DISORD.
   BOYLE M, 1990, SCHIZOPHRENIA SCI DE.
   COOPER J, 1977, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V130, P50, DOI 10.1192/bjp.130.1.50.
   CORIN EE, 1988, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V14, P153.
   Craig TJ, 1997, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V170, P229, DOI 10.1192/bjp.170.3.229.
   CRAIG TJ, IN PRESS PROSPECTS R.
   DAVIDSON L, 1992, BRIT J MED PSYCHOL, V65, P131, DOI 10.1111/j.2044-8341.1992.tb01693.x.
   DAVIDSON L, 1995, PSYCHIATRY, V58, P44, DOI 10.1080/00332747.1995.11024710.
   Davidson L, 1997, CAN J PSYCHIAT, V42, P34, DOI 10.1177/070674379704200105.
   Desjarlais R, 1995, WORLD MENTAL HLTH.
   DRAKE C, IN PRESS PROSPECTS R.
   EDGERTON RB, 1994, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V164, P222, DOI 10.1192/bjp.164.2.222.
   Ellen IG, 1997, HOUS POLICY DEBATE, V8, P833, DOI 10.1080/10511482.1997.9521280.
   ESTROFF SE, 1991, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V5, P331, DOI 10.1525/maq.1991.5.4.02a00030.
   Good BJ, 1994, MED RATIONALITY EXPE.
   Gureje O., 1996, PSYCHIAT DEV WORLD, P111.
   HARDING CM, 1992, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V161, P27, DOI 10.1192/S0007125000298887.
   HARDING CM, 1988, SCHIZOPHRENIA BULL, V14, P633, DOI 10.1093/schbul/14.4.633.
   HARRISON G, 1994, BRIT MED J, V308, P813, DOI 10.1136/bmj.308.6932.813.
   HOPPER K, 1991, MED ANTHROPOL Q, V5, P299, DOI 10.1525/maq.1991.5.4.02a00020.
   HOPPER K, IN PRESS PROSPECTS R.
   HOPPER K, IN PRESS CULTURE SUB.
   JABLENSKY A, 1994, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V165, P434, DOI 10.1192/bjp.165.4.434.
   JABLENSKY A, 1992, MONOGRAPH S, V20.
   Janzen J.M, 1978, QUEST THERAPY.
   Kleinman A, 1997, SCI AM, V276, P86, DOI 10.1038/scientificamerican0397-86.
   KLEINMAN A, 1908, RETHINKING PSYCHIAT.
   LIN KM, 1988, SCHIZOPHRENIA BULL, V14, P555, DOI 10.1093/schbul/14.4.555.
   LOEBEL AD, 1992, AM J PSYCHIAT, V149, P1183.
   Malla AK, 1999, CAN MED ASSOC J, V160, P843.
   MURPHY HBM, 1982, SCHIZOPHRENIA INT FO, V17, P158.
   NICHTER M, 1981, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V5, P5, DOI 10.1007/BF00049156.
   Nunley M, 1998, CULT MED PSYCHIAT, V22, P317, DOI 10.1023/A:1005351332024.
   ORTNER SB, 1995, COMP STUD SOC HIST, V37, P173, DOI 10.1017/S0010417500019587.
   SANJEK R, 1999, FUTURE US ALL RACE N.
   Sartorius N, 1996, SOC PSYCH PSYCH EPID, V31, P249.
   SEDGWICK P, 1982, PSYCHOPOLITICS.
   SIEGEL C, IN PRESS PROSPECTS R.
   STEVENS J, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V151, P393, DOI 10.1192/bjp.151.3.393.
   STRAUSS JS, 1994, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V164, P103, DOI 10.1192/S0007125000292830.
   STRAUSS JS, 1985, AM J PSYCHIAT, V142, P289.
   STRAUSS JS, 1989, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V155, P22, DOI 10.1192/S0007125000295937.
   SUSSER E, 1994, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V51, P294.
   {*}UN, 1982, DEM YB 1980.
   Warner Richard, 1985, RECOVERY SCHIZOPHREN.
   {*}WHO, 1988, PSYCH DIS ASS SCHED.
   {*}WHO, 1979, SCHIZ INT FOLL UP ST.
   {*}WHO, 1973, INT PIL STUD SCHIZ.
   {*}WHO, 1994, WHOMNH9216REV1.
   WIG NN, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V151, P156, DOI 10.1192/bjp.151.2.156.
   Wikan U, 1996, AM ANTHROPOL, V98, P279, DOI 10.1525/aa.1996.98.2.02a00050.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{54}},
Times-Cited = {{120}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{14}},
Journal-ISO = {{Schizophr. Bull.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{376UD}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000165474400007}},
OA = {{Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000082714000005,
Author = {Davis, LJ},
Title = {{Crips strike back: The rise of disability studies}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN LITERARY HISTORY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{11}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{500-512}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Publisher = {{OXFORD UNIV PRESS INC}},
Address = {{JOURNALS DEPT, 2001 EVANS RD, CARY, NC 27513 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Davis, LJ (Reprint Author), SUNY Binghamton, Binghamton, NY 13902 USA.
   SUNY Binghamton, Binghamton, NY 13902 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1093/alh/11.3.500}},
ISSN = {{0896-7148}},
Research-Areas = {{Literature}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Literature, American}},
Cited-References = {{Asch Adrienne, 1988, WOMEN DISABILITIES E, P297.
   Baynton DC, 1996, FORBIDDEN SIGNS AM C.
   BERUBE M, 1997, CHRONICLE HIGHER MAY, P85.
   Berube M, 1996, LIFE WE KNOW IT FATH.
   Browning Tod, 1932, FREAKS.
   CHARLTON JI, 1998, NOTHING US WITHOUT U.
   Davis Lennard J., 1996, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DAVIS LJ, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R.
   EDWARDS M, DISABILITY STUDIES R.
   EDWARDS M, 1996, B ANCIENT HIST, V10, P79.
   FRIES K, 1997, STARING BACK DISABIL.
   HAHN H, 1987, POLICY STUD J, V15, P551.
   HAHN H, 1988, SOC POLICY, V18, P26.
   Hahn H., 1989, POWER GEOGRAPHY TERR, P370.
   HAWKINS J, 1996, FREAKERY CULTURAL SP.
   KAYE HS, 1997, DISABILITYW ATCH STA.
   Lane Harlan, 1992, MASK BENEVOLENCE DIS.
   Linton Simi, 1998, CLAIMING DISABILITY.
   MASEFIELD P, 1997, FRAMED INTERROGATING.
   MITCHELL DT, 1997, BODY PHYSICAL DIFFER.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   PERNICK MS, 1996, BLACK STORK EUGENICS.
   PFEIFFER D, UNPUB SIMILAR DIFFER.
   Shapiro JP, 1993, NO PITY PEOPLE DISAB.
   THOMSON RG, 1997, {[}No title captured].
   Thomson Rosemarie Garland, 1997, EXTRAORDINARY BODIES.
   TRENT J, 1948, INVENTING FEEBLE MIN.
   TRENT JW, 1984, INVENTING FEEBLE MIN.
   Wendell S, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R, P260.
   Wendell S, 1996, REJECTED BODY FEMINI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{30}},
Times-Cited = {{26}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. Lit. Hist.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{238ML}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000082714000005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000082446600001,
Author = {Paterson, K and Hughes, B},
Title = {{Disability studies and phenomenology: the carnal politics of everyday
   life}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{14}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{597-610}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{This paper is an attempt to develop a sociology of impairment and to
   theorise embodiment in the lebenswelt. Disability studies has failed to
   address adequately the fundamental issue of bodily agency. The impaired
   body is represented as a passive recipient of social forces. Such a
   conception of the body is losing ground within social theory. This paper
   attempts to overcome disability studies' disembodied view of disability
   by utilising a phenomenological concept of embodiment. Phenomenology
   offers the opportunity to transcend the traditional Cartesian dualisms
   which posit the body as a passive precultural object. However, such a
   view, when extended to impairment is empty of political content since
   phenomenological analyses have relied upon medicalised and
   individualised understandings of disability. In order to counter the
   disablism evident in phenomenology on the one side and disability
   studies' disembodied view of disability on the other, we argue for a
   radical phenomenological approach to the (impaired) body. To demonstrate
   the vitality of such an approach, we also attempt to deploy Leders'
   (1990) concept of dys-appearance as a means of analysing the carnal
   politics of everyday life.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Paterson, K (Reprint Author), Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Sch Social Sci, City Campus, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.
   Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Sch Social Sci, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599925966}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SOCIOLOGY}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P107.
   Abberley P., 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P, P25.
   Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   BENDELOW GA, 1995, SOCIOL HEALTH ILL, V17, P139, DOI 10.1111/1467-9566.ep10933376.
   Campbell J., 1996, DISABILITY POLITICS.
   CAMPLING J, 1981, IMAGES OURSELVES WOM.
   Crossley N., 1995, BODY SOC, V1, P43, DOI DOI 10.1177/1357034X95001001004.
   CROW J, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   Csordas T.J., 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC.
   CSORDAS TJ, 1993, CULT ANTHROPOL, V8, P135, DOI 10.1525/can.1993.8.2.02a00010.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   DEBEAUVOIR S, 1972, I SEX.
   Donzelot J., 1979, POLICING FAMILIES.
   FEATHERSTONE M, 1992, {[}No title captured].
   Featherstone M, 1995, UNDOING CULTURE.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1980, ATTITUDES DISABLED P.
   Finkelstein V., 1996, DISABILITY NOW   FEB, P11.
   Habermas J., 1975, LEGITIMATION CRISIS.
   Hales G., 1996, DISABILITY ENABLING.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Imrie Rob, 1996, DISABILITY CITY.
   Jackson J., 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC.
   Keith L, 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   LAWS G, 1994, POLIT GEOGR, V13, P7, DOI 10.1016/0962-6298(94)90008-6.
   Leder Drew, 1990, ABSENT BODY.
   LYON ML, 1994, {[}No title captured].
   Maffesoli Michel, 1996, TIME TRIBES.
   Merleau-Ponty M., 1962, PHENOMENOLOGY PERCEP.
   MORRIS J, 1991, PRIDE PREJUDCE TRANS.
   Morris Jenny, 1989, ABLE LIVES WOMENS EX.
   OLIVER M, 1983, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   OLIVER M, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG.
   Oliver M, 1988, WALKING DARKNESS EXP.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Oliver Mike., 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL, P39.
   Robillard A., 1996, BODY SOC, V2, P17.
   Shakespeare T., 1995, HABEMUS CORPUS SOCIO.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1995, BODY LINE CONTROVERS.
   Sutherland AT, 1981, DISABLED WE STAND.
   TURNER B, 1992, REGULATING BODIES ES.
   Turner T., 1994, EMBODIMENT EXPERIENC.
   Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation (UPIAS), 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   Wajcman Judy, 1991, FEMINISM CONFRONTS T.
   WILLIAMS G, 1996, EXPLORING DIVIDE ILL.
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.
   Zarb G, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P125, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780161.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{46}},
Times-Cited = {{133}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{233UX}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000082446600001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000082446600009,
Author = {Abberley, P},
Title = {{The disability studies reader}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{14}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{693-697}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Abberley, P (Reprint Author), 1 Rew Lea Cottages,Rew Rd, Ashburton TQ13 7EL, Devon, England.}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{LENNARD JD, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES R.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{233UX}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000082446600009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000082035600010,
Author = {Barnes, C},
Title = {{Disability studies: new or not so new directions?}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{14}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{577-580}},
Month = {{JUL}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Barnes, C (Reprint Author), Univ Leeds, Dept Sociol \& Social Policy, Disabil Res Unit, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
   Univ Leeds, Dept Sociol \& Social Policy, Disabil Res Unit, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599926136}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{27}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{226RP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000082035600010}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000079538500001,
Author = {Hughes, B},
Title = {{The Constitution of Impairment: modernity and the aesthetic of
   oppression}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{14}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{155-172}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{Impairment has been set aside in debates about disability dominated by
   the social model. This paper seeks to go beyond the Cartesianism which
   produces this neglect. It suggests that radical disability studies can
   prosper from a critique of modernity which entails a shift from its
   singular epistemological origins in the critique of capitalism. The
   argument challenges the contention that the oppression of disabled
   people is reducible to social restrictions which are the outcome of a
   sec of structural determinations. It suggests that the oppression of
   disabled people is also umbilically linked to the visual constitution of
   impairment in the scopic regime of modernity. The vision of modernity is
   impaired by the assumption that to see is to know, that is, by its
   ocularcentrism. In deconstructing the visual culture of modernity, it is
   possible to demonstrate that the non-disabled gaze is a product of this
   specific way of seeing which actually constructs the world that it
   claims to discover. Using the work of Sartre and, to a lesser extent,
   Foucault, this paper argues that impairment is constructed-not
   discovered-in the non-disabled gaze. The invalidation and disfigurement
   of impaired bodies is, therefore, not simply an economic and cultural
   response to them, but also arises in the mode of perception which
   visualises and articulates them as strangers.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBLISHING}},
Address = {{RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hughes, B (Reprint Author), Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Dept Social Sci, City Campus,Cowcaddens Rd, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.
   Glasgow Caledonian Univ, Dept Social Sci, Glasgow G4 0BA, Lanark, Scotland.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599926244}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABILITY; SOCIOLOGY}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ABBERLEY P, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P61.
   Barnes C., 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P43.
   Barnes C, 1991, DISABLED PEOPLE BRIT.
   Bauman Z., 1991, MODERNITY HOLOCAUST.
   BAUMAN Z, 1997, POSTMODERNITY ITS DI.
   BUCKMORSS S, 1971, NEW LEFT REV     JUL, P128.
   Canguilhem G., 1991, NORMAL PATHOLOGICAL.
   CHERNIN K, 1983, TYRANNY SLENDERNESS.
   Classen C, 1997, BODY SOC, V3, P1, DOI DOI 10.1177/1357034X97003002002.
   Crossley N., 1995, BODY SOC, V1, P43, DOI DOI 10.1177/1357034X95001001004.
   Duden B, 1993, DISEMBODYING WOMEN.
   Eagleton Terry, 1990, IDEOLOGY AESTHETIC.
   Fanon F., 1963, WRETCHED EARTH.
   Featherstone M., 1992, MODERNITY IDENTITY, P65.
   Featherstone Mike, 1991, BODY SOCIAL PROCESS, P170, DOI {[}DOI 10.4135/9781446280546, 10.4135/9781446280546].
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1980, ATTITUDES DISABLED P.
   Foucault M., 1973, BIRTH CLIN.
   Foucault M, 1977, MADNESS CIVILISATION.
   Foucault M., 1977, DISCIPLINE PUNISH.
   Gillan John Lewis, 1930, OUTLINES SOCIOLOGY.
   GLASSNER B., 1992, BODIES TYRANNY PERFE.
   Goffman E., 1968, ASYLUMS.
   GOFFMAN E, 1978, STIGMA NOTES MANAGME.
   HAHN H, 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P2.
   Hevey D., 1992, CREATURES TIME FORGE.
   Hughes B, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P325, DOI 10.1080/09687599727209.
   Jay Martin, 1996, VISION CONTEXT HIST.
   Jay Martin, 1994, DOWNCAST EYES DENIGR.
   Jenks Chris, 1995, VISUAL CULTURE.
   Levin David Michael, 1988, OPENING VISION NIHIL.
   LOWE D, 1995, BODY LATE CAPITALIST.
   Merleau-Ponty M., 1962, PHENOMENOLOGY PERCEP.
   MURPHY R, 1995, DISABILITY CULTURE, P138.
   Nietzsche F, 1968, WILL POWER.
   Nietzsche Friedrich, 1961, THUS SPOKE ZARATHUST.
   OLIVER M, 1996, DISABILITY SOC EMERG, P18.
   Oliver M., 1983, SOCIAL WORK DISABLED.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648666780021.
   PAGLIA C, 1990, SEXUAL PERSONATE.
   Rorty R., 1980, PHILOS MIRROR NATURE.
   Rose A, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P395, DOI 10.1080/09687599727245.
   Sartre J.-P, 1958, BEING NOTHINGNESS ES.
   Satre J. P., 1982, CRITIQUE DIALECTICAL.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P283, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780341.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1995, DIS STUD SEM 1995 HU.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1995, C CHRON ILLN DIS 199.
   Shakespeare Tom, 1995, QUINC C HIST MED AB.
   Shilling Chris, 1993, BODY SOCIAL THEORY.
   SHUSTERMAN R, 1988, THEOR CULT SOC, V5, P96.
   Sutherland AT, 1981, DISABLED WE STAND.
   Swain J., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   Synnott A., 1993, BODY SOCIAL SYMBOLIS.
   TURNER B, 1992, REGULATING BODIES ES.
   Turner Bryan S, 1996, BODY SOC.
   Union of the Physically Impaired Against Segregation (UPIAS), 1976, FUND PRINC DIS.
   WEINSTEIN D, 1984, HIST EUR IDEA, V5, P349, DOI 10.1016/0191-6599(84)90041-X.
   WEIR L, 1996, ECON SOC, V25, P372.
   Wolf N., 1990, BEAUTY MYTH.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{59}},
Times-Cited = {{90}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{183DJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000079538500001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000079538500003,
Author = {Bredberg, E},
Title = {{Writing Disability History: problems, perspectives and sources}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{14}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{189-201}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{This paper discusses current trends in writing disability and identifies
   problems inherent in the prevalent focus on history of institutional
   treatment of impairment and disability, both in their validity as
   history and in their lack of contribution to the emancipatory dimension
   of disability studies. It is suggested that a broader view of disability
   history might be achieved by examination of other perspectives regarding
   disability than the institutional and identify two other perspectives,
   vernacular and experiential. The source material of these is often quite
   unlike that of institutional history, and identifies some potential
   risks in their interpretation. It suggests that investigators of history
   identify the perspectives present in the sources that they use as a
   means of reducing the risk of interpretive fallacies. The potential
   contribution of microhistory is also discussed.}},
Publisher = {{ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR \& FRANCIS LTD}},
Address = {{2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Bredberg, E (Reprint Author), Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada.
   Univ British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599926262}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
EISSN = {{1360-0508}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{BARNES C, 1997, LEGACY OPPRESSION HI.
   BENDER R, 1970, CONQUEST DEAFNESS HI.
   Bragg L, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P165, DOI 10.1080/09687599727317.
   Braudel Fernand, 1980, HISTORY.
   DONALDSON A, 1880, APOSTOLICAL CONSTITU, V17.
   Edwards Martha Lynn, 1996, ANCIENT HIST B, V10, P79.
   Foucault M., 1965, MADNESS CIVILISATION.
   Foucault M., 1973, BIRTH CLIN ARCHAEOLO.
   FRIES K, 1997, STARING BACK DISABIL.
   GINZBURG C, 1983, NIGHT BATTLES WITCHC.
   Ginzburg Carlo, 1980, CHEESE WORMS COSMOS.
   Ginzburg Carlo, 1989, CLUES MYTHS HIST MET.
   Gleeson BJ, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P179, DOI 10.1080/09687599727326.
   HACKETTFISCHER D, 1970, HIST FALLACIES LOGIC.
   Hogan A, 1997, DISABIL SOC, V12, P789, DOI 10.1080/09687599727056.
   Jackson P, 1990, BRITAINS DEAF HERITA.
   Kanner L., 1964, HIST CARE STUDY MENT.
   KASTER A, 1991, BLINDE TAUBSTUMME RO.
   KOESTLER FA, 1976, UNSEEN MINORITY SOCI.
   Lang H. G., 1994, SILENCE SPHERES DEAF.
   MAHER WB, 1982, AM PSYCHOL, V37, P756.
   Mayhew Henry, 1861, LONDON LABOUR LONDON, V1.
   MONAGHAN P, 1998, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0123.
   Muir Edward, 1991, MICROHISTORY LOST PE, pvii.
   RADFORD JP, 1994, J HIST SOCIOL, V7, P462, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-6443.1994.tb00076.x.
   RAMIREZ A, 1997, NEW YORK TIMES  1221.
   RUTHERFORD J, 1898, W MOON LLD FRGS FSA.
   SARTON G, 1962, SARTON HIST SCI, P50.
   Scheerenberger R., 1983, HIST MENTAL RETARDAT.
   STERLINGMAXWELL W, 1891, ANN ARTISTS SPAIN, V1.
   WOODILL G, 1989, HIST DISABILITIES SO.
   WOODILL G, 1994, DISABILITY NOT MEASL.
   Zola I. K, 1982, MISSING PIECES CHRON.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{33}},
Times-Cited = {{20}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{183DJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000079538500003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000080373800006,
Author = {Shakespeare, T},
Title = {{The sexual politics of disabled masculinity}},
Journal = {{SEXUALITY AND DISABILITY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{53-64}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{There is an absence of sociological work on disability and gender, and
   on disabled masculinity in particular Disability studies in Britain has
   largely ignored gendered personal experience, and work on sexuality is
   usually essentialist. Qualitative research with 21 disabled men reveals
   the complexity of the issues. Concluding suggestions about the
   interrelation of masculinity and disability highlight future research
   areas.}},
Publisher = {{KLUWER ACADEMIC-HUMAN SCIENCES PRESS}},
Address = {{233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013-1578 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Shakespeare, T (Reprint Author), 13 Wood Terrace, Gateshead NE10 0UD, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/A:1021403829826}},
ISSN = {{0146-1044}},
Keywords = {{masculinity; disability; gender; sexuality}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{BULLARD D, 1981, SEXUALITY PHYSICAL D.
   Chapkis W., 1986, BEAUTY SECRETS WOMEN.
   Connell R.W., 1995, MASCULINITIES.
   DEBEAVOIS S, 1976, 2 SEX.
   Deegan M. J., 1985, WOMEN DISABILITY DOU.
   Diamond M, 1984, PSYCHOL SOCIAL IMPAC.
   Gerschick TJ, 1995, MENS HLTH ILLNESS GE, P183, DOI DOI 10.4135/9781452243757.N9.
   GRIFFIN S, 1981, PRONOGRAPHY SILENCE.
   Morris J., 1996, ENCOUNTERS STRANGERS.
   MORRIS J, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E, P90.
   MORRIS J, 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE.
   Murphy R., 1987, BODY SILENT.
   OLIVER M, 1990, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   Sabo D., 1995, MENS HLTH ILLNESS.
   SEIDLER V, 1997, MAN ENOUGH EMBODYING.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P283, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780341.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, SEXUAL POLITICS DISA.
   TIEFER L, 1995, SEX IS NOT NATURAL A.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{18}},
Times-Cited = {{86}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sex. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{197PJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000080373800006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000079521700007,
Author = {Williams, GH},
Title = {{Disability studies: Past, present and future}},
Journal = {{SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH \& ILLNESS}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{21}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{242-252}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL PUBL LTD}},
Address = {{108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD OX4 1JF, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Book Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Williams, GH (Reprint Author), Univ Salford, Publ Hlth Res \& Resource Ctr, Salford M5 4WT, Lancs, England.
   Univ Salford, Publ Hlth Res \& Resource Ctr, Salford M5 4WT, Lancs, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/1467-9566.00152}},
ISSN = {{0141-9889}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Biomedical Social
   Sciences; Sociology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Social Sciences,
   Biomedical; Sociology}},
Cited-References = {{Barton L, 1997, DISABILITY STUDIES P.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sociol. Health Ill.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{182WT}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000079521700007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000078789100007,
Author = {Cooper, SA},
Title = {{The relationship between psychiatric and physical health in elderly
   people with intellectual disability}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF INTELLECTUAL DISABILITY RESEARCH}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{43}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{54-60}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{Elderly people with intellectual disability have high rates of both
   psychiatric and physical disorders. In the elderly general population,
   these disorders are known to be associated. Whether such an association
   exists amongst elderly people with intellectual disability is unclear,
   but the resolution of this question is of clinical as well as academic
   importance. Psychiatric and physical assessments were completed on 134
   people with intellectual disability aged 65 years and over (93.7\% of
   the ascertained population living in Leicestershire, UK). The
   relationship between the two disorders was statistically examined. The
   number of physical disorders, age, level of intellectual disability and
   smoking status were retained in the logistic regression equation which
   predicted caseness for dementia in 79.9\%. Similar statistical modelling
   for psychiatric disorders (other than dementia) retained the level of
   intellectual disability as the only explanatory variable in the
   equation. These results differ from the elderly general population, but
   are in keeping with the one previous intellectual disability study. In
   view of the poor use of general medical services by elderly people with
   intellectual disability, knowledge of such comorbidity should alert
   psychiatrists to the need for physical assessments in order to optimize
   health.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{P O BOX 88, OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD OX2 0NE, OXON, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Cooper, SA (Reprint Author), St Marys Hosp, Rockingham Forest NHS Trust, London Rd, Kettering NN15 7PW, Northants, England.
   St Marys Hosp, Rockingham Forest NHS Trust, Kettering NN15 7PW, Northants, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1046/j.1365-2788.1999.43120158.x}},
ISSN = {{0964-2633}},
Keywords = {{psychiatric disorders; dementia; physical health; old age}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING-DISABILITIES; OLDER-PEOPLE; MENTAL HANDICAP; PREVALENCE;
   ADULTS; CARE; AGE; EPIDEMIOLOGY; COMMUNITY; MORBIDITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Genetics \& Heredity; Neurosciences
   \& Neurology; Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Genetics \& Heredity; Clinical Neurology;
   Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Cooper, Sally-Ann/0000-0001-6054-7700}},
Cited-References = {{BRETELER MMB, 1992, EPIDEMIOL REV, V14, P59, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.epirev.a036092.
   Cooper SA, 1997, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V170, P375, DOI 10.1192/bjp.170.4.375.
   Cooper SA, 1997, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V41, P331, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2788.1997.tb00717.x.
   Cooper SA, 1998, AM J MENT RETARD, V102, P582.
   Cooper SA, 1997, PSYCHOL MED, V27, P609, DOI 10.1017/S0033291796004655.
   COOPER SA, 1997, THESIS U LONDON LOND.
   Cooper Sally-Ann, 1996, Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine, V13, P105.
   Corbett J. A., 1979, PSYCHIAT ILLNESS MEN, P11.
   DOH, 1995, HLTH NAT STRAT PEOPL.
   GOSTASON R, 1985, Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica Supplementum, V71, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1985.tb10511.x.
   HAND JE, 1994, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V38, P275, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2788.1994.tb00395.x.
   HAVEMAN M, 1989, Australia and New Zealand Journal of Developmental Disabilities, V15, P241.
   HOFMAN A, 1991, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V20, P736, DOI 10.1093/ije/20.3.736.
   HOWELLS G, 1986, J ROY COLL GEN PRACT, V36, P449.
   Howells G, 1996, BRIT J GEN PRACT, V46, P59.
   JANICKI MP, 1984, GERONTOLOGIST, V24, P128, DOI 10.1093/geront/24.2.128.
   KAY DWK, 1964, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V110, P668, DOI 10.1192/bjp.110.468.668.
   Lennox NG, 1997, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V41, P365, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2788.1997.tb00723.x.
   LINDESAY J, 1990, INT J GERIATR PSYCH, V5, P171, DOI 10.1002/gps.930050305.
   LUND J, 1985, ACTA PSYCHIAT SCAND, V72, P563, DOI 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1985.tb02655.x.
   MAULE MM, 1984, AGE AGEING, V13, P349, DOI 10.1093/ageing/13.6.349.
   MOSS S, 1993, SOC PSYCH PSYCH EPID, V28, P32, DOI 10.1007/BF00797831.
   MOSS S, 1993, IRISH J PSYCHOL, V14, P110, DOI 10.1080/03033910.1993.10557918.
   MURPHY E, 1983, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V142, P111, DOI 10.1192/bjp.142.2.111.
   {*}RCGP WORK PART, 1990, 47 RCGP.
   SPARROW SS, 1984, {[}No title captured].
   WILSON DN, 1990, BRIT MED J, V301, P1379, DOI 10.1136/bmj.301.6765.1379.
   World Health Organization, 1993, ICD 10 CLASS MENT BE.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{28}},
Times-Cited = {{15}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Intell. Disabil. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{170CW}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000078789100007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000087213100003,
Author = {Seelman, K},
Title = {{Aging with a disability: Views from the National Institute on Disability
   and Rehabilitation Research}},
Journal = {{ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{11}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{84-87}},
Note = {{5th Annual Research Symposium of the
   Rehabilitation-Engineering-and-Assistive-Technology-Society-of-North-Ame
   rica, LONG BEACH, CALIFORNIA, JUN   28, 1999}},
Organization = {{Rehabilitat Engn \& Assistive Technol Soc N Amer}},
Abstract = {{As I move toward the completion of my term as Director of the National
   Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research (NIDRR), I see many
   examples of renewal in our field. For example, disability studies and
   rehabilitation science are emerging new areas of academic
   specialization, and we will all be involved in shaping the future of
   these endeavors. The field is recapturing its identity and relevance
   locally and internationally. Also, I see a considerable number of
   challenges that range from acute care in medical rehabilitation to
   universal design in engineering to overall technology policy. I see a
   challenge in moving research to practice, a challenge in funding, a
   challenge in service delivery locations, and a challenge in defining the
   role of the professional in order to build capacity for the future. I
   believe that the research field ignores practice at its own peril,
   including practice in older fields such as vocational rehabilitation and
   in newer fields such as cognitive science and access engineering.
   Practice must be determined by today's needs and those we foresee for
   tomorrow. For the NIDRR family, the Long-Range Plan provides a beacon to
   direct us into the new millennium.}},
Publisher = {{R E S N A PRESS}},
Address = {{1700 MOORE ST, STE 1540, ARLINGTON, VA 22209-1903 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Seelman, K (Reprint Author), Natl Inst Disabil \& Rehabil Res, US Dept Educ, 400 Maryland Ave SW, Washington, DC 20202 USA.
   Natl Inst Disabil \& Rehabil Res, US Dept Educ, Washington, DC 20202 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/10400435.1999.10131992}},
ISSN = {{1040-0435}},
Keywords = {{aging; disability; assistive technology; new paradigm}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{CAMPBELL ML, 1992, P ANN M AM C REH MED.
   FUHRER MJ, 1993, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V74, P255.
   Gitlin LN, 1992, INT J TECHNOLOGY AGI, V5, P107.
   LAPLANTE PM, 1996, DISABILITY STAT REPO.
   MCNEAL J, 1994, SB941 BUR CENS.
   MINTZ S, 1997, PARAPLEGIA NEWS  MAR, P14.
   1999, FED REG, V64, P45744.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{7}},
Times-Cited = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Assist. Technol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{317EM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000087213100003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000078479200009,
Author = {Taylor, DL and Edwards, AD and Mehmet, H},
Title = {{Oxidative metabolism, apoptosis and perinatal brain injury}},
Journal = {{BRAIN PATHOLOGY}},
Year = {{1999}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{93-117}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Abstract = {{Perinatal hypoxic-ischaemic injury (HII) is a significant cause of
   neurodevelopmental impairment and disability. Studies employing P-31
   magnetic resonance spectroscopy to measure phosphorus metabolites in
   situ in the brains of newborn infants and animals have demonstrated that
   transient hypoxia-ischaemia leads to a delayed disruption in cerebral
   energy metabolism, the magnitude of which correlates with the subsequent
   neurodevelopmental impairment,
   Prominent among the biochemical features of HII is the loss of cellular
   ATP, resulting in increased intracellular Na+ and Ca2+, and decreased
   intracellular K+. These ionic imbalances, together with a breakdown in
   cellular defence systems following HII, can contribute to oxidative
   stress with a net increase in reactive oxygen species, Subsequent damage
   to lipids, proteins, and DNA and inactivation of key cellular enzymes
   leads ultimately to cell death,
   Although the precise mechanisms of neuronal loss are unclear, it is now
   clear both apoptosis and necrosis are the significant components of cell
   death following HII. A number of different factors influence whether a
   cell will undergo apoptosis or necrosis, including the stage of
   development, cell type, severity of mitochondrial injury and the
   availability of ATP for apoptotic execution,
   This review will focus on some pathological mechanisms of cell death in
   which there is a disruption to oxidative metabolism, The first sections
   will discuss the process of damage to oxidative metabolism, covering the
   data collected both from human infants and from animal models. Following
   sections will deal with the molecular mechanisms that may underlie
   cerebral energy failure and cell death in this form of brain injury,
   with a particular emphasis on the role of apoptosis and mitochondria.}},
Publisher = {{WILEY}},
Address = {{111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Mehmet, H (Reprint Author), Hammersmith Hosp, Imperial Coll, Sch Med, Div Paediat Obstet \& Gynaecol,Weston Lab, Du Cane Rd, London W12 0NN, England.
   Hammersmith Hosp, Imperial Coll, Sch Med, Div Paediat Obstet \& Gynaecol,Weston Lab, London W12 0NN, England.}},
ISSN = {{1015-6305}},
EISSN = {{1750-3639}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MAGNETIC-RESONANCE SPECTROSCOPY; HYPOXIC-ISCHEMIC INJURY; PROGRAMMED
   CELL-DEATH; FOCAL CEREBRAL-ISCHEMIA; MITOCHONDRIAL PERMEABILITY
   TRANSITION; NECROSIS-FACTOR-ALPHA; WHITE-MATTER LESIONS; CEREBELLAR
   GRANULE CELLS; INDUCED NEURONAL DEATH; NITRIC-OXIDE SYNTHASE}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology; Pathology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology; Neurosciences; Pathology}},
Author-Email = {{hmehmet@rpms.ac.uk}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Edwards, Anthony David/0000-0003-4801-7066}},
Cited-References = {{Adachi S, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P21878, DOI 10.1074/jbc.272.35.21878.
   AGUAN K, 1997, J SOC GYNAECOL INVES, V5, pA163.
   AKAGI Y, 1993, INT J RADIAT BIOL, V64, P47, DOI 10.1080/09553009314551101.
   ANKARCRONA M, 1995, NEURON, V15, P961, DOI 10.1016/0896-6273(95)90186-8.
   ASHWAL S, 1995, PEDIATR RES, V38, P652, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199511000-00004.
   AZZOPARDI D, 1989, PEDIATR RES, V25, P445, DOI 10.1203/00006450-198905000-00004.
   BAGENHOLM R, 1991, J CEREB BLOOD FLO S2, V11, pS134.
   BaidenAmissah K, 1997, J PATHOL, V182, pA49.
   Beckman JS, 1996, ADV NEUROL, V71, P339.
   Beg AA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P782, DOI 10.1126/science.274.5288.782.
   BEHL C, 1994, CELL, V77, P817, DOI 10.1016/0092-8674(94)90131-7.
   BEILHARZ EJ, 1995, MOL BRAIN RES, V29, P1.
   BETZ AL, 1985, J NEUROCHEM, V44, P574, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-4159.1985.tb05451.x.
   Blumberg RM, 1997, EXP BRAIN RES, V113, P130, DOI 10.1007/BF02454148.
   Bolanos JP, 1997, J NEUROCHEM, V68, P2227.
   BONFOCO E, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7162, DOI 10.1073/pnas.92.16.7162.
   Bossenmeyer C, 1998, BRAIN RES, V787, P107, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(97)01527-8.
   Bossy-Wetzel E, 1998, EMBO J, V17, P37, DOI 10.1093/emboj/17.1.37.
   Botchkina GI, 1997, MOL MED, V3, P765, DOI 10.1007/BF03401714.
   Bruce AJ, 1996, NAT MED, V2, P788, DOI 10.1038/nm0796-788.
   CADY EB, 1990, CLIN MAGNETIC RESONA.
   CHAN PH, 1993, NEUROREPORT, V5, P293, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199312000-00028.
   Chauhan D, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P29995, DOI 10.1074/jbc.272.48.29995.
   Chernyak BV, 1997, BIOSCIENCE REP, V17, P293, DOI 10.1023/A:1027384628678.
   CLEETER MWJ, 1994, FEBS LETT, V345, P50, DOI 10.1016/0014-5793(94)00424-2.
   Clemens JA, 1997, STROKE, V28, P1073, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.28.5.1073.
   Clemens JA, 1997, MOL BRAIN RES, V48, P187, DOI 10.1016/S0169-328X(97)00092-2.
   Copin JC, 1998, BRAIN RES, V784, P25, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(97)00972-4.
   COWAN EM, 1994, NEUROPEDIATRICS, V25, P172, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1073018.
   COX DWG, 1988, BIOCHEM J, V255, P523.
   Ditelberg JS, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V39, P204, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199602000-00003.
   DRAGUNOW M, 1995, BRAIN RES REV, V21, P1, DOI 10.1016/0165-0173(95)00003-L.
   Du C, 1996, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V16, P195, DOI 10.1097/00004647-199603000-00003.
   Edwards AD, 1997, PEDIATR RES, V42, P684, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199711000-00022.
   Edwards AD, 1995, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V217, P1193, DOI 10.1006/bbrc.1995.2895.
   Eguchi Y, 1997, CANCER RES, V57, P1835.
   EKHOLM A, 1992, EXP BRAIN RES, V90, P47.
   EKHOLM A, 1993, BRAIN RES, V604, P185, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(93)90367-V.
   Eliasson MJL, 1997, NAT MED, V3, P1089, DOI 10.1038/nm1097-1089.
   Ellerby HM, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P6165.
   Endres H, 1998, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V18, P238, DOI 10.1097/00004647-199803000-00002.
   Endres M, 1997, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V17, P1143, DOI 10.1097/00004647-199711000-00002.
   ENOKIDO Y, 1993, NEUROSCIENCE, V57, P965, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(93)90041-D.
   ERECINSKA M, 1994, PROG NEUROBIOL, V43, P37, DOI 10.1016/0301-0082(94)90015-9.
   FERRER I, 1995, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V90, P504.
   FERRER I, 1994, BRAIN PATHOL, V4, P115, DOI 10.1111/j.1750-3639.1994.tb00821.x.
   Ferriero DM, 1996, NEUROBIOL DIS, V3, P64, DOI 10.1006/nbdi.1996.0006.
   Fiers W, 1996, J INFLAMM, V47, P67.
   FORLONI G, 1993, NEUROREPORT, V4, P523, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199305000-00015.
   GLUCKMAN P, 1992, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V182, P593, DOI 10.1016/0006-291X(92)91774-K.
   GOTO K, 1990, BRAIN RES, V534, P299, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(90)90144-Z.
   Gottron FJ, 1997, MOL CELL NEUROSCI, V9, P159, DOI 10.1006/mcne.1997.0618.
   GREENLUND LJS, 1995, NEURON, V14, P303, DOI 10.1016/0896-6273(95)90287-2.
   GREISEN G, 1989, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V11, P164, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(89)80091-9.
   Grether JK, 1997, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V278, P207, DOI 10.1001/jama.278.3.207.
   GWAG BJ, 1995, NEUROSCIENCE, V68, P615, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(95)00232-8.
   Halestrap AP, 1997, MOL CELL BIOCHEM, V174, P167, DOI 10.1023/A:1006879618176.
   HALLIWELL B, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V32, pS10, DOI 10.1002/ana.410320704.
   HAMILTON PA, 1986, LANCET, V1, P1242.
   Hanrahan JD, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V39, P584, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199604000-00004.
   Hanrahan JD, 1998, PEDIATR RES, V44, P304, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199809000-00007.
   HANSEN AJ, 1988, NEUROCHEM PATHOL, V9, P195.
   HANSEN AJ, 1985, PHYSIOL REV, V65, P101.
   HARMON BV, 1990, INT J RADIAT BIOL, V58, P845, DOI 10.1080/09553009014552221.
   HART J, 1994, MICROCONTAMINATION, V12, P63.
   Hasegawa K, 1998, BRAIN RES, V785, P262, DOI 10.1016/S0006-8993(97)01410-8.
   HENNET T, 1993, CANCER RES, V53, P1456.
   HENNET T, 1993, BIOCHEM J, V289, P587, DOI 10.1042/bj2890587.
   Herdegen T, 1997, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V20, P227, DOI 10.1016/S0166-2236(96)01000-4.
   Higuchi Y, 1998, EUR J PHARMACOL, V342, P47, DOI 10.1016/S0014-2999(97)01524-0.
   Hirsch T, 1998, CELL BIOL TOXICOL, V14, P141, DOI 10.1023/A:1007486022411.
   HOCKENBERY D, 1990, NATURE, V348, P334, DOI 10.1038/348334a0.
   HOCKENBERY DM, 1993, CELL, V75, P241, DOI 10.1016/0092-8674(93)80066-N.
   Holtsberg FW, 1998, J NEUROCHEM, V70, P66.
   HOPE PL, 1987, J NEUROCHEM, V49, P75, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-4159.1987.tb03396.x.
   HOPE PL, 1984, LANCET, V2, P366.
   Hu YH, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P9113.
   Hu YM, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P4386, DOI 10.1073/pnas.95.8.4386.
   HUANG ZH, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1883, DOI 10.1126/science.7522345.
   HUDROME S, 1997, PEDIATR RES, V41, P607.
   IADECOLA C, 1995, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V15, P378, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1995.47.
   INDER TE, 1994, ARCH DIS CHILD, V70, pF107, DOI 10.1136/fn.70.2.F107.
   Jacobson MD, 1997, CELL, V88, P347, DOI 10.1016/S0092-8674(00)81873-5.
   JOASHI UC, 1998, IN PRESS EUR J NEURO.
   Jouvet Philippe, 1998, Biochemical Society Transactions, V26, pS341.
   Kalda A, 1998, NEUROSCI LETT, V240, P21, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(97)00914-2.
   KANE DJ, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P1274, DOI 10.1126/science.8235659.
   Kass GEN, 1996, BIOCHEM J, V318, P749, DOI 10.1042/bj3180749.
   Kato H, 1997, EXP NEUROL, V148, P464, DOI 10.1006/exnr.1997.6707.
   Kato H, 1997, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V114, P609, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5223(97)70051-5.
   Kato H, 1996, BRAIN RES, V734, P203, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(96)00636-1.
   Kawasaki H, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P18518, DOI 10.1074/jbc.272.30.18518.
   Kayahara Midori, 1998, Biochemical Society Transactions, V26, pS340.
   Keller JN, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P687.
   Khan S, 1997, J CELL SCI, V110, P2315.
   KOGURE K, 1993, STROKE, V24, P2121, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.24.12.2121.
   KOH JY, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P573, DOI 10.1126/science.7725105.
   Kroemer G, 1997, IMMUNOL TODAY, V18, P44, DOI 10.1016/S0167-5699(97)80014-X.
   Kroemer G, 1998, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V60, P619, DOI 10.1146/annurev.physiol.60.1.619.
   LAZEBNIK YA, 1994, NATURE, V371, P346, DOI 10.1038/371346a0.
   Leib SL, 1996, J CLIN INVEST, V98, P2632, DOI 10.1172/JCI119084.
   Leist M, 1997, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V233, P518, DOI 10.1006/bbrc.1997.6491.
   Leist M, 1997, J EXP MED, V185, P1481, DOI 10.1084/jem.185.8.1481.
   Lesort M, 1997, NEUROSCI LETT, V221, P213, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(96)13310-3.
   Li F, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P30299, DOI 10.1074/jbc.272.48.30299.
   Li P, 1997, CELL, V91, P479, DOI 10.1016/S0092-8674(00)80434-1.
   Lieberthal W, 1998, AM J PHYSIOL-RENAL, V274, pF315.
   LINNIK MD, 1993, STROKE, V24, P2002, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.24.12.2002.
   LIPTON S, 1997, PRIMER CEREBROVASCUL, P210.
   Liu R, 1996, CELL, V86, P367, DOI 10.1016/S0092-8674(00)80110-5.
   LJUNGGREN B, 1974, BRAIN RES, V73, P277, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(74)91049-X.
   Lobner D, 1996, NEUROSCIENCE, V72, P335, DOI 10.1016/0306-4522(95)00561-7.
   Loddick SA, 1998, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V18, P176, DOI 10.1097/00004647-199802000-00008.
   Loddick SA, 1996, NEUROREPORT, V7, P1465, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199606170-00004.
   Loddick SA, 1996, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V16, P932, DOI 10.1097/00004647-199609000-00017.
   LOO DT, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P7951, DOI 10.1073/pnas.90.17.7951.
   LORENZ R, 1994, MUSICA, V48, P36.
   LOWRY OH, 1964, J BIOL CHEM, V239, P18.
   Macdonald RL, 1998, NEUROL MED-CHIR, V38, P1, DOI 10.2176/nmc.38.1.
   MacManus JP, 1997, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V17, P815, DOI 10.1038/aj.jcbfm.9590266.
   MACMANUS JP, 1993, NEUROSCI LETT, V164, P89, DOI 10.1016/0304-3940(93)90864-H.
   MACMANUS JP, 1994, NEUROREPORT, V5, P493, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199401120-00031.
   MAJNO G, 1995, AM J PATHOL, V146, P3.
   Marchetti P, 1996, J EXP MED, V184, P1155, DOI 10.1084/jem.184.3.1155.
   Marks KA, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V40, P185, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199608000-00002.
   Marks KA, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V39, P48, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199601000-00007.
   MARKS KA, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V40, P541.
   Maroney AC, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P104.
   Martin E, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V40, P749, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199611000-00015.
   MARTINOU JC, 1994, NEURON, V13, P1017, DOI 10.1016/0896-6273(94)90266-6.
   Marton A, 1997, EUR J BIOCHEM, V250, P467, DOI 10.1111/j.1432-1033.1997.0467a.x.
   MARTZ D, 1989, STROKE, V20, P488, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.20.4.488.
   MATSUYAMA T, 1994, BRAIN RES, V657, P342, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(94)90989-X.
   Maundrell K, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P25238, DOI 10.1074/jbc.272.40.25238.
   McCarthy NJ, 1997, J CELL BIOL, V136, P215, DOI 10.1083/jcb.136.1.215.
   MEHMET H, 1994, NEUROSCI LETT, V181, P121, DOI 10.1016/0304-3940(94)90574-6.
   Mehmet H, 1998, CELL DEATH DIFFER, V5, P321, DOI 10.1038/sj.cdd.4400353.
   Mignotte B, 1998, EUR J BIOCHEM, V252, P1, DOI 10.1046/j.1432-1327.1998.2520001.x.
   Mischel RE, 1997, NEUROSCI LETT, V231, P17, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3940(97)00531-4.
   Mizukami Y, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P16657, DOI 10.1074/jbc.272.26.16657.
   MOROOKA H, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P30084.
   NAGATA S, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1449, DOI 10.1126/science.7533326.
   Namura S, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P3659.
   Nelson KB, 1996, NEW ENGL J MED, V334, P613, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199603073341001.
   OBRENOVITCH TP, 1990, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V64, P1125.
   Ochu EE, 1998, J NEUROCHEM, V70, P2637.
   OKAMOTO M, 1993, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V196, P1356, DOI 10.1006/bbrc.1993.2402.
   OPPENHEIM RW, 1991, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V14, P453, DOI 10.1146/annurev.neuro.14.1.453.
   PACKER MA, 1994, FEBS LETT, V345, P237, DOI 10.1016/0014-5793(94)00461-7.
   PALMER C, 1990, PEDIATR RES, V27, P332, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199004000-00003.
   PALMER C, 1994, STROKE, V25, P1039, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.25.5.1039.
   PALMER C, 1990, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V10, P227, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1990.39.
   PALMER C, 1993, PEDIATR RES, V33, P405.
   PALMER C, 1994, PEDIATR RES, V35, pA385.
   PALMER C, 1991, PEDIATR RES, V29, pA362.
   Palomba L, 1996, FEBS LETT, V390, P91, DOI 10.1016/0014-5793(96)00634-5.
   Pan GH, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P5841, DOI 10.1074/jbc.273.10.5841.
   Pang Z, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P3064.
   Papassotiropoulos A, 1996, NEUROSCI LETT, V209, P33, DOI 10.1016/0304-3940(96)12595-7.
   Penrice J, 1997, PEDIATR RES, V41, P795, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199706000-00001.
   Penrice J, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V40, P6, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199607000-00002.
   Penrice J, 1997, PEDIATR RES, V41, P443, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199703000-00024.
   Petit PX, 1998, FEBS LETT, V426, P111, DOI 10.1016/S0014-5793(98)00318-4.
   Petit PX, 1996, FEBS LETT, V396, P7, DOI 10.1016/0014-5793(96)00988-X.
   Polla BS, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P6458, DOI 10.1073/pnas.93.13.6458.
   PorteraCailliau C, 1997, J COMP NEUROL, V378, P88, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1096-9861(19970203)378:1<88::AID-CNE5>3.0.CO;2-G.
   PRYDS O, 1990, J PEDIATR-US, V117, P119, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)72459-8.
   Raffray M, 1997, PHARMACOL THERAPEUT, V75, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0163-7258(97)00037-5.
   RATAN RR, 1994, J NEUROCHEM, V62, P376.
   Reddy K, 1998, PEDIATR RES, V43, P674, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199805000-00017.
   ROBERTSON NJ, 1998, EARLY HUM DEV, V5, P73.
   ROSENBAUM DM, 1994, ANN NEUROL, V36, P864, DOI 10.1002/ana.410360610.
   Ross ME, 1996, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V19, P62, DOI 10.1016/0166-2236(96)89622-6.
   ROTH SC, 1992, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V34, P285.
   Roth SC, 1997, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V39, P718.
   Roulston A, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P10232, DOI 10.1074/jbc.273.17.10232.
   Rutherford MA, 1998, PEDIATRICS, V102, P323, DOI 10.1542/peds.102.2.323.
   Saini KS, 1996, BIOCHEM MOL BIOL INT, V39, P1229.
   Sata N, 1997, FREE RADICAL BIO MED, V23, P844, DOI 10.1016/S0891-5849(97)00064-6.
   Saugstad OD, 1996, ACTA PAEDIATR, V85, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1996.tb13880.x.
   Scarlett JL, 1997, FEBS LETT, V418, P282, DOI 10.1016/S0014-5793(97)01391-4.
   Scott RJ, 1997, NEUROPATH APPL NEURO, V23, P307.
   Seaton TA, 1997, BRAIN RES, V777, P110.
   SIESJO BK, 1972, J NEUROCHEM, V19, P2483, DOI 10.1111/j.1471-4159.1972.tb01308.x.
   SIESJO BK, 1981, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V1, P155, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1981.18.
   Silverstein FS, 1997, NEUROCHEM INT, V30, P375, DOI 10.1016/S0197-0186(96)00072-1.
   Skulachev VP, 1996, FEBS LETT, V397, P7, DOI 10.1016/0014-5793(96)00989-1.
   Skulachev VP, 1998, FEBS LETT, V423, P275, DOI 10.1016/S0014-5793(98)00061-1.
   Sloviter RS, 1996, J COMP NEUROL, V366, P516, DOI 10.1002/(SICI)1096-9861(19960311)366:3<516::AID-CNE10>3.0.CO;2-N.
   Sutherland CL, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V157, P3381.
   SZAFLARSKI J, 1995, STROKE, V26, P1093, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.26.6.1093.
   Takahashi RH, 1997, NEUROPATHOLOGY, V17, P11, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-1789.1997.tb00004.x.
   TAKASHIMA S, 1990, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V12, P211, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(12)80327-5.
   Tan SL, 1998, J NEUROCHEM, V71, P95.
   Tan WKM, 1996, PEDIATR RES, V39, P791, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199605000-00008.
   TAN WKM, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V32, P677, DOI 10.1002/ana.410320511.
   Tang DG, 1998, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V242, P380, DOI 10.1006/bbrc.1997.7969.
   TERADA LS, 1991, J CELL PHYSIOL, V148, P191, DOI 10.1002/jcp.1041480202.
   THORESEN M, 1995, PEDIATR RES, V37, P667, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199505000-00019.
   Thornton JS, 1998, MAGN RESON MED, V39, P920, DOI 10.1002/mrm.1910390609.
   Trump BF, 1997, TOXICOL PATHOL, V25, P82, DOI 10.1177/019262339702500116.
   VanderHeiden MG, 1997, CELL, V91, P627, DOI 10.1016/S0092-8674(00)80450-X.
   VANNUCCI RC, 1994, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V14, P279, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1994.35.
   VANNUCCI RC, 1980, CEREBRAL METABOLISM, P264.
   Velazquez JLP, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P9085.
   Villalba M, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P981, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199703030-00032.
   Vogt M, 1998, FEBS LETT, V429, P67, DOI 10.1016/S0014-5793(98)00562-6.
   VOLPE JJ, 1994, NEUROLOGY NEWBORN, P279.
   Walton KM, 1998, J NEUROCHEM, V70, P1764.
   Wang YB, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P2161, DOI 10.1074/jbc.273.4.2161.
   Wang YB, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P5423, DOI 10.1074/jbc.273.10.5423.
   Wang ZQ, 1997, GENE DEV, V11, P2347, DOI 10.1101/gad.11.18.2347.
   WATSON AJM, 1995, GASTROENTEROLOGY, V109, P472, DOI 10.1016/0016-5085(95)90335-6.
   WELSH FA, 1982, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V2, P221, DOI 10.1038/jcbfm.1982.22.
   WILLIAMS CE, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V31, P14, DOI 10.1002/ana.410310104.
   WILLIAMS GD, 1992, NEUROSCI LETT, V144, P103, DOI 10.1016/0304-3940(92)90726-N.
   WOLVETANG EJ, 1994, FEBS LETT, V339, P40, DOI 10.1016/0014-5793(94)80380-3.
   WOOD KA, 1994, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V738, P400.
   WYATT JS, 1990, J APPL PHYSIOL, V68, P1086.
   WYATT JS, 1991, PEDIATR RES, V29, P553, DOI 10.1203/00006450-199106010-00007.
   YAGER JY, 1991, AM J PHYSIOL, V261, pH1102.
   YAGER JY, 1992, AM J PHYSIOL, V262, pH672.
   Yang NN, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1249.
   Yoon BH, 1997, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V177, P797, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9378(97)70271-0.
   Yoon BH, 1997, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V177, P19, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9378(97)70432-0.
   Yoon BH, 1996, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V174, P1433, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9378(96)70585-9.
   Yoon BH, 1997, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V177, P406, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9378(97)70206-0.
   Yue X, 1997, NEUROPATH APPL NEURO, V23, P16.
   ZHANG J, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P687, DOI 10.1126/science.8080500.
   Zou H, 1997, CELL, V90, P405, DOI 10.1016/S0092-8674(00)80501-2.
   ZYCHLINSKY A, 1991, J IMMUNOL, V146, P393.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{231}},
Times-Cited = {{110}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Brain Pathol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{164TG}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000078479200009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000078602900016,
Author = {Guberan, E and Usel, M},
Title = {{Permanent work incapacity, mortality and survival without work
   incapacity among occupations and social classes: a cohort study of
   ageing men in Geneva}},
Journal = {{INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF EPIDEMIOLOGY}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{27}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{1026-1032}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Background The objective of this retrospective cohort study was to
   investigate the burden of disability and death in men, from middle age
   to age of retirement, among occupational groups and classes in Geneva.
   Methods Men were included if they resided in the Canton of Geneva, were
   45 years of age in 1970-1972, and were not receiving a disability
   pension at the start of the follow-up. The cohort of 5137 men was
   followed up for 20 years and linked to national registers of disability
   pension allowance and of causes of death.
   Results There was a steep upward trend in incidence of permanent work
   incapacity with lower social class for all causes as well as for the
   seven causes of disability studied. Compared with professional
   occupations (social class I), the relative risk (RR) of permanent work
   incapacity was 11.4 for partly skilled and unskilled occupations (class
   IV+V) (95\% confidence interval {[}CI] : 5.2-28.0). The social class
   gradient in mortality was in the same direction as that in work
   incapacity although much less steep (RR class IV+V to class I = 1.6,
   95\% CI : 1.1-2.2). Survival without work incapacity at the time of the
   65th birthday ranged from only 57\% in construction workers and
   labourers to 89\% in science and related professionals. Unemployment in
   Geneva was below 1.5\% during almost all the study period.
   Conclusions Medically-ascertained permanent work incapacity and survival
   without work incapacity have shown considerably greater socioeconomic
   differentials than the mortality differentials.}},
Publisher = {{OXFORD UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Guberan, E (Reprint Author), IST, Inst Occupat Hlth Sci, Rue Bugnon 19, CH-1005 Lausanne, Switzerland.
   IST, Inst Occupat Hlth Sci, CH-1005 Lausanne, Switzerland.
   Geneva Med Inspectorate Factories, CH-1207 Geneva, Switzerland.}},
DOI = {{10.1093/ije/27.6.1026}},
ISSN = {{0300-5771}},
Keywords = {{ageing worker; cohort study; disability pension; disability-free
   survival; occupation; social class; socioeconomic inequalities}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SOCIOECONOMIC INEQUALITIES; HEALTH; SWITZERLAND; MORBIDITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Cited-References = {{BEER V, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V37, P1011, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90436-8.
   Blane D, 1996, J ROY STAT SOC A STA, V159, P77, DOI 10.2307/2983470.
   Blane D, 1997, EUR J PUBLIC HEALTH, V7, P385, DOI 10.1093/eurpub/7.4.385.
   BLANE D, 1996, HLTH SOCIAL ORG.
   BLOEMHOFF A, 1991, SOCIO EC HLTH DIFFER, P69.
   Breslow N. E., 1987, IARC SCI PUBL, V82.
   {*}BUR FED STAT, 1974, REC FED POP 1970.
   Charlton J., 1994, POPULATION TRENDS, V75, P18.
   COLEMAN M, 1986, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V15, P134, DOI 10.1093/ije/15.1.134.
   de Jong P. R., 1992, EC ASPECTS DISABILIT.
   EGGER M, 1990, LANCET, V336, P816, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(90)93284-V.
   FEINSTEIN JS, 1993, MILBANK Q, V71, P279, DOI 10.2307/3350401.
   GILLIAND P, 1987, ASPECTS SECURITE SOC, V2, P5.
   Goldblatt P, 1989, POPULATION TRENDS, V56, P6.
   Gregorio DI, 1997, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V87, P1472, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.87.9.1472.
   GUBERAN E, 1987, BRIT J IND MED, V44, P595.
   HELIOVAARA M, 1986, INCIDENCE WORK DISAB, P66.
   HYTTI H, 1988, AMMATILLISET TYOKYVY.
   Kaprio J, 1996, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V50, P653, DOI 10.1136/jech.50.6.653.
   LEHMANN P, 1990, SOC SCI MED, V31, P369, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90284-Y.
   Mackenbach JP, 1997, LANCET, V349, P1655, DOI 10.1016/S0140-6736(96)07226-1.
   Mansson N.O, 1994, EUR J PUBLIC HEALTH, V4, P22.
   MARMOT M, 1996, HLTH SOCIAL ORG HLTH, P235.
   MINDER CE, 1993, SOZ PRAVENTIV MED, V38, P313, DOI 10.1007/BF01359593.
   NORUSIS MJ, 1994, SPSS ADV STAT, P263.
   {*}OFF CANT STAT, 1996, ANN STAT CANT GEN 19.
   {*}OFF FED ASS SOC, 1994, COD STAT INF PREST.
   {*}OFF FED ASS SOC, 1976, STAT INV 1976 1992.
   Office of Population Censuses \& Surveys, 1980, CLASS OCC 1980.
   PEARCE NE, 1985, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V39, P9, DOI 10.1136/jech.39.1.9.
   PIACHAUD D, 1986, J SOC POLICY, V15, P145, DOI 10.1017/S0047279400001641.
   ROTHMAN KJ, 1978, J CHRON DIS, V31, P557, DOI 10.1016/0021-9681(78)90043-7.
   SMITH GD, 1990, BMJ-BRIT MED J, V301, P373, DOI 10.1136/bmj.301.6748.373.
   WHITEHEAD M, 1991, LANCET, V338, P1059, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(91)91911-D.
   Wilkinson R.G., 1996, UNHEALTHY SOC.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{35}},
Times-Cited = {{42}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Int. J. Epidemiol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{166XJ}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000078602900016}},
OA = {{Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000076927600004,
Author = {Fox, J and Conroy, M and Heckaman, K},
Title = {{Research issues in functional assessment of the challenging behaviors of
   students with emotional and behavioral disorders}},
Journal = {{BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{24}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{26-33}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Note = {{Teacher Educators for Children with Behavior Disorders Conference
   (TECBD), SCOTTSDALE, AZ, NOV, 1997}},
Organization = {{TECBD}},
Abstract = {{One of the more significant developments in the treatment of challenging
   behavior has been the development of techniques of functional assessment
   and intervention. Much research in this area and many of the instruments
   and techniques initially focused on chronic aberrant behavior of persons
   with severe disabilities. More recently, functional assessment has been
   applied to students who have or are at risk for emotional and behavioral
   disorders (E/BD) and who have mild or no cognitive disabilities. Studies
   involving functional assessment of students with E/BD and those who are
   at risk for E/BD are reviewed in three main areas: (1) characteristics
   of participants; (2) types of functional assessment procedures and
   instruments employed; and (3) the reliability and validity of these
   instruments and procedures. Issues for future research in functional
   assessment are detailed.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA}},
Type = {{Article; Proceedings Paper}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Fox, J (Reprint Author), E Tennessee State Univ, Ctr Early Childhood Learning \& Dev, Johnson City, TN USA.
   E Tennessee State Univ, Ctr Early Childhood Learning \& Dev, Johnson City, TN USA.
   Univ Florida, Dept Special Educ, Gainesville, FL 32611 USA.
   NW State Univ, Div Educ, Natchitoces, LA 71457 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0198-7429}},
EISSN = {{2163-5307}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MOTIVATION ASSESSMENT SCALE; DEFICIT HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER; ATTENTION;
   RELIABILITY; DISABILITIES; OUTPATIENT; SETTINGS; CHILDREN; TEACHER}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Clinical; Education, Special; Psychology, Educational}},
Author-Email = {{mconroy@coe.ufl.edu}},
Cited-References = {{ALBERTO PA, 1995, APPL BEHAV ANAL TEAC.
   ALLEN KE, 1964, CHILD DEV, V35, P511.
   BROUSSARD CD, 1995, SCHOOL PSYCHOL QUART, V10, P151, DOI 10.1037/h0088301.
   Carr E. G., 1994, COMMUNICATION BASED.
   CHILDS KE, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P7, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-7.
   Clarke S, 1995, BEHAV DISORDERS, V20, P221.
   Conroy MA, 1996, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V31, P243.
   COOPER LJ, 1992, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V25, P823, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1992.25-823.
   COOPER LJ, 1993, TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL, V25, P56.
   Dunlap G, 1995, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V20, P248, DOI 10.1177/154079699602000402.
   DUNLAP G, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-387.
   Dunlap G., 1996, J BEHAV EDUC, V6, P481, DOI {[}10.1007/BF02110518, DOI 10.1007/BF02110518].
   Dunlap G., 1993, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V18, P275.
   Durand V. M., 1992, MOTIVATION ASSESSMEN.
   GUNTER PL, 1993, J EMOT BEHAV DISORD, V1, P138, DOI DOI 10.1177/106342669300100301.
   HARDING J, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P291, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-291.
   HORNER RH, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P401, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-401.
   IWATA BA, 1982, ANAL INTERVEN DEVEL, V2, P3, DOI 10.1016/0270-4684(82)90003-9.
   Kamps DM, 1995, ED TREATMENT CHILDRE, P243.
   KEARNEY CA, 1994, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V19, P139, DOI 10.1177/154079699401900207.
   Kern L., 1995, DIAGNOSTIQUE, V19, P29.
   LAWRY JR, 1993, INTERV SCH CLIN, V20, P96.
   Lewis TJ, 1996, SCHOOL PSYCHOL QUART, V11, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0088918.
   LEWIS TJ, 1994, DIAGNOSTIQUE, V19, P103.
   MCEVOY MA, 1995, PROACTIVE APPROACHES.
   NORTHUP J, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P227, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-227.
   O'Neill RE, 1990, FUNCTIONAL ANAL PROB.
   ONEILL RE, 1997, FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMEN.
   SCOTT TM, 1994, DIAGNOSTIQUE, V19, P59.
   Umbreit J, 1995, BEHAV DISORDERS, V20, P267.
   Umbreit J, 1997, BEHAV DISORDERS, V22, P75.
   Umbreit J, 1996, J EARLY INTERVENTION, V20, P18, DOI 10.1177/105381519602000104.
   ZARCONE JR, 1991, RES DEV DISABIL, V12, P349, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(91)90031-M.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{33}},
Times-Cited = {{34}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Behav. Disord.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{137QU}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000076927600004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000076889200003,
Author = {Katusic, SK and Colligan, RC and Barbaresi, WJ and Schaid, DJ and
   Jacobsen, SJ},
Title = {{Potential influence of migration bias in birth cohort studies}},
Journal = {{MAYO CLINIC PROCEEDINGS}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{73}},
Number = {{11}},
Pages = {{1053-1061}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{Objective: To assess the potential bias, due to migration from the
   community, in a birth cohort study of learning disability in Olmsted
   County, Minnesota.
   Material and Methods: The 1976 through 1982 birth cohort consisted of
   8,548 children born to mothers who were residents of Rochester,
   Minnesota, at the time of delivery, The current status of all children
   was determined for the 1995 to 1996 school year with the resources of
   Independent School District \#535, the Rochester Epidemiology Project,
   and the Rochester Reading Center, Information from birth certificates
   was compared between migrants and nonmigrants with use of standard
   statistical tests.
   Results: The cumulative probability of migration by age 5 years was
   32.2\% (95\% confidence interval, 31.2 to 33.2\%). When migrants were
   compared with non migrants, the distributions of Apgar scores, father's
   age, gestational age at birth, and number of children in the family were
   virtually identical, In contrast, migrants mere more likely to be
   nonwhite (6\% versus 2\%), be born to a single parent (11\% versus 7\%),
   and have a congenital defect noted at birth (1.5\% versus 11.7\%), When
   considered simultaneously in a logistic regression model, the parents of
   migrants were more highly educated, migrant mothers were younger and had
   fewer prenatal visits, and migrant children were more likely to be
   black.
   Conclusion: This report demonstrates the extreme effort that must be
   made to assemble a birth cohort in our mobile society. Furthermore; the
   results suggest that only slight differences exist between migrants and
   nonmigrants; these are unlikely to compromise the future results of the
   ongoing learning disability study.}},
Publisher = {{MAYO CLINIC PROCEEDINGS}},
Address = {{660 SIEBENS BLDG MAYO CLINIC, ROCHESTER, MN 55905 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Katusic, SK (Reprint Author), Mayo Clin \& Mayo Fdn, Clin Epidemiol Sect, 200 1st St SW, Rochester, MN 55905 USA.
   Mayo Clin \& Mayo Fdn, Clin Epidemiol Sect, Rochester, MN 55905 USA.
   Mayo Clin \& Mayo Fdn, Dept Psychiat \& Psychol, Rochester, MN 55905 USA.
   Mayo Clin \& Mayo Fdn, Dept Pediat \& Adolescent Med, Rochester, MN 55905 USA.
   Mayo Clin, Biostat Sect, Rochester, MN USA.}},
DOI = {{10.4065/73.11.1053}},
ISSN = {{0025-6196}},
Keywords-Plus = {{EPIDEMIOLOGY; CERTIFICATE}},
Research-Areas = {{General \& Internal Medicine}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Medicine, General \& Internal}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Jacobsen, Steven/0000-0002-8174-8533}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NIAMS NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Institute
   of Arthritis \& Musculoskeletal \& Skin Diseases (NIAMS) {[}AR 30582];
   NICHD NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH Eunice Kennedy
   Shriver National Institute of Child Health \& Human Development (NICHD)
   {[}HD 29745]}},
Cited-References = {{AMNELL G, 1981, PROSPECTIVE LONGITUD, P48.
   ANDVORD K. F., 1930, Norsk Magazin for Laegevidenskaben, V91, P642.
   FERGUSSON DM, 1991, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V32, P257, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1991.tb00305.x.
   Frost WH, 1939, AM J HYG, V30, P91, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a118570.
   Hennekens C, 1987, EPIDEMIOLOGY MED, P272.
   KATUSIC SK, 1995, AM J MENT RETARD, V100, P335.
   KURLAND LT, 1981, SCI AM, V245, P54, DOI 10.1038/scientificamerican1081-54.
   KURLAND LT, 1970, COMMUNITY EPIDEMIOLO, P47.
   LIDDELL FDK, 1988, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V41, P1217, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(88)90027-3.
   Melton LJ, 1996, MAYO CLIN PROC, V71, P266, DOI 10.4065/71.3.266.
   PIPER JM, 1993, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V137, P758, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a116736.
   SNELL LM, 1992, AM J PERINAT, V9, P219, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-999325.
   Watkins ML, 1996, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V86, P731, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.86.5.731.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{13}},
Times-Cited = {{74}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Mayo Clin. Proc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{136ZP}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000076889200003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000075022600003,
Author = {Linton, S},
Title = {{Disability studies not disability studies}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{13}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{525-540}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{The growing interest in and increased visibility of the field of
   Disability Studies raises questions about the field's logical borders
   and valid dimensions. This essay looks to guiding principles from the
   field itself as the basis for delineating a robust liberal arts-based
   inquiry into disability, distinct from traditional interventionist
   models. The former is described in this essay as Disability Studies, the
   latter endeavor, in substance the medicalized applied fields and special
   education, is identified here as the Not Disability Studies. The essay
   begins with an overview of the problems found in the academic curriculum
   with respect to the study of disability, and proceeds to describe how
   the proposed liberal arts-based Disability Studies can redress those
   problems.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBL CO}},
Address = {{PO BOX 25, ABINGDON, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND OX14 3UE}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Linton, S (Reprint Author), CUNY Hunter Coll, 695 Pk Ave,Room 1032 W, New York, NY 10021 USA.
   CUNY Hunter Coll, New York, NY 10021 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599826588}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ABBERLEY P, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P221, DOI 10.1080/09687599550023660.
   Alcoff L., 1993, FEMINIST EPISTEMOLOG.
   Arokiasamy C., 1993, REHABILITATION ED, V7, P77.
   GORELICK S, 1996, FEMINISM SOCIAL CHAN.
   HAHN H, 1988, SOC POLICY, V18, P26.
   HILL M, 1996, MINN REV, V47, P5.
   MESSERDAVIDOW E, 1991, GENDERING KNOWLEDGE.
   MINNICH EK, 1990, TRANSFORMING KNOWLED.
   Morris DB, 1991, CULTURE PAIN.
   Myrdal Gunnar, 1944, AM DILEMMA NEGRO PRO.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   Padden Carol, 1988, DEAF AM VOICES CULTU.
   REED A, 1995, NATION          1030, P506.
   SCHUSTER MR, 1985, WOMENS PLACE ACAD TR.
   Shakespeare T, 1996, DISABIL SOC, V11, P137.
   Tavris C., 1992, MISMEASURE WOMAN.
   THOMSON RG, 1990, COURAGE TOOLS F HOWE.
   Trickett EJ, 1994, HUMAN DIVERSITY PERS.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{18}},
Times-Cited = {{52}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{104PH}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000075022600003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000075260100007,
Author = {Morey, MC and Pieper, CF and Cornoni-Huntley, J},
Title = {{Is there a threshold between peak oxygen uptake and self-reported
   physical functioning in older adults?}},
Journal = {{MEDICINE AND SCIENCE IN SPORTS AND EXERCISE}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{30}},
Number = {{8}},
Pages = {{1223-1229}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Abstract = {{Purpose: Few studies have examined the relationship between directly
   measured oxygen uptake ((V) over dot O-2) and self-reported physical
   function (PF). The purpose of this study was: 1) to examine the
   relationship between peak (V) over dot O-2 and PF and 2) to determine
   whether a threshold or cut point exists that distinguishes between
   individuals reporting required assistance in the performance of
   functional tasks (low PF) and those who report ability to perform tasks
   independently (high PF). Methods: Participants were 161
   community-dwelling adults, ages 65-90, who had a baseline evaluation for
   a clinical trial that included measurement of peak (V) over dot O-2 and
   PF. PF consisted of a summary score combining scores from the Older
   Americans Resources and Services Multidimensional Functional Assessment
   Questionnaire, Nagi Disability Study, Rosow-Breslau Scale, Physical
   Function Scale of the Medical Outcomes Study, and the Falls Efficacy
   Scale. Decision tree, cubic spline, and logistic regression analyses
   explored these relationships with age, gender, education, race, body
   mass index, depression, and total number of chronic diseases included as
   important covariates. Results: Among all covariates examined, peak (V)
   over dot O-2 was most strongly associated with (P = 0.004) with PF.
   There was no threshold effect. Decision tree analyses indicated that
   18.3 mL . kg(-1) . min(-1) was the optimal cut point distinguishing
   between low PF and high PF (P < 0.0001). Between-gender differences in
   PF(P = 0.002) were no longer significant when peak (V) over dot O-2 was
   included in the PF model (P = 0.17). Conclusions: These data indicate
   that individuals with a peak (V) over dot O-2 < 18 mL . k(-1) . min(-1)
   report significant difficulty in the performance of daily tasks and that
   differences in peak (V) over dot O-2 may explain, in part, why women
   report more impairment in PF.}},
Publisher = {{LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS \& WILKINS}},
Address = {{TWO COMMERCE SQ, 2001 MARKET ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19103 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Morey, MC (Reprint Author), Durham Dept Vet Affairs Med Ctr, Ctr Geriatr Res Educ \& Clin 182, 508 Fulton St, Durham, NC 27705 USA.
   Durham Dept Vet Affairs Med Ctr, Ctr Geriatr Res Educ \& Clin 182, Durham, NC 27705 USA.
   Ctr Aging \& Human Dev \& Claude D Pepper Older Ame, Independence Ctr, Durham, NC USA.
   Duke Med Ctr, Dept Community \& Family Med, Durham, NC USA.
   Univ N Carolina, Sch Publ Hlth, Dept Epidemiol, Durham, NC USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1097/00005768-199808000-00007}},
ISSN = {{0195-9131}},
EISSN = {{1530-0315}},
Keywords = {{cardiorespiratory fitness; maximal oxygen uptake; physical performance;
   functional limitations; aged; disability}},
Keywords-Plus = {{HEALTH; PERFORMANCE; DISABILITY; MACARTHUR; DECLINE; COMMUNITY;
   VALIDITY; FITNESS; SPLINES; ELDERS}},
Research-Areas = {{Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sport Sciences}},
Author-Email = {{morey@geri.duke.edu}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NCRR NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human ServicesNational
   Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Center for Research
   Resources (NCRR) {[}MO1-RR-30]; NHLBI NIH HHSUnited States Department of
   Health \& Human ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH
   National Heart Lung \& Blood Institute (NHLBI) {[}5 T32 HL 07055]; NIA
   NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human ServicesNational
   Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Institute on Aging (NIA)
   {[}5 P60 AG 11268]}},
Cited-References = {{AINSWORTH BE, 1993, MED SCI SPORT EXER, V25, P71, DOI 10.1249/00005768-199301000-00011.
   ASTRAND PO, 1992, AM J CLIN NUTR, V55, P1231.
   BADLEY EM, 1984, ANN RHEUM DIS, V43, P563, DOI 10.1136/ard.43.4.563.
   BRUCE ML, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P1796, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.11.1796.
   BUCHNER D M, 1991, Annals of Behavioral Medicine, V13, P91.
   Buchner D M, 1992, Clin Geriatr Med, V8, P1.
   CLARK LA, 1994, MODERN APPL STAT W S, P377.
   CORNONIHUNTLEY J, 1986, ESTABLISHED POPULATI.
   DEHN MM, 1972, J APPL PHYSIOL, V33, P805.
   deLeon CFM, 1996, J GERONTOL B-PSYCHOL, V51, pS183, DOI 10.1093/geronb/51B.4.S183.
   DURRLEMAN S, 1989, STAT MED, V8, P551, DOI 10.1002/sim.4780080504.
   FILLENBAUM GG, 1988, MULTIDIMENSIONAL FUN, P172.
   Fries JF, 1996, J ROY SOC MED, V89, P64.
   GURALNIK JM, 1993, J GERONTOL, V48, P3, DOI 10.1093/geronj/48.Special\_Issue.3.
   HIMMELFARB S, 1983, J GERONTOL, V38, P333, DOI 10.1093/geronj/38.3.333.
   HODGSON JL, 1977, J AM GERIATR SOC, V25, P385, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1977.tb00671.x.
   JETTE AM, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1211, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1211.
   KAAS GV, 1980, {[}No title captured], V29, P119.
   KAPLAN RM, 1991, HEALTH PSYCHOL, V10, P86, DOI 10.1037/0278-6133.10.2.86.
   MCHENRY PL, 1990, CIRCULATION, V81, P396.
   MCHORNEY CA, 1993, MED CARE, V31, P247, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199303000-00006.
   Merrill SS, 1997, J GERONTOL A-BIOL, V52, pM19, DOI 10.1093/gerona/52A.1.M19.
   MOR V, 1989, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V42, P895, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(89)90103-0.
   Morey MC, 1998, MED SCI SPORT EXER, V30, P715, DOI 10.1097/00005768-199805000-00012.
   Morey MC, 1996, J AM GERIATR SOC, V44, P1226, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1996.tb01374.x.
   NAGI S, 1991, DISABILITY AM NATL A, P1309.
   NAGI SZ, 1976, MILBANK FUND Q, V54, P439, DOI 10.2307/3349677.
   POWELL KE, 1988, EXERCISE ADHERENCE I, P15.
   RADLOFF L S, 1977, Applied Psychological Measurement, V1, P385, DOI 10.1177/014662167700100306.
   ROGERS MA, 1990, J APPL PHYSIOL, V68, P2195.
   ROSOW I, 1966, J GERONTOL, V21, P556, DOI 10.1093/geronj/21.4.556.
   SALTIN B, 1992, MED SCI SPORT EXER, V24, P30.
   SEEMAN TE, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, pM97, DOI 10.1093/geronj/49.3.M97.
   SEEMAN TE, 1995, J GERONTOL A-BIOL, V50, pM177, DOI 10.1093/gerona/50A.4.M177.
   SMITH PL, 1979, AM STAT, V33, P57, DOI 10.2307/2683222.
   STEPHENS T, 1985, PUBLIC HEALTH REP, V100, P147.
   STEWART AL, 1994, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V47, P719, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(94)90169-4.
   Stone CA, 1985, P STAT COMP SECT AM, V27, P45.
   TINETTI ME, 1994, NEW ENGL J MED, V331, P821, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199409293311301.
   VANDENHOMBERGH CEJ, 1995, MED SCI SPORT EXER, V27, P334.
   WAGNER EH, 1993, J AM GERIATR SOC, V41, P241, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1993.tb06700.x.
   WARE JE, 1992, MED CARE, V30, P473, DOI 10.1097/00005650-199206000-00002.
   WELLS KB, 1988, AM J PSYCHIAT, V145, P712.
   YOUNG A, 1986, ACTA MED SCAND, P227.
   YOUNG DR, 1995, J AM GERIATR SOC, V43, P845, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1995.tb05525.x.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{45}},
Times-Cited = {{53}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Med. Sci. Sports Exerc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{108HK}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000075260100007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000074181300004,
Author = {Park, DC and Radford, JP and Vickers, MH},
Title = {{Disability studies in human geography}},
Journal = {{PROGRESS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{208-233}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{Studies of disability have been rare in human geography until a recent
   blossoming of interest, in this article we review the expanding
   literature on disability, charting the process by which such studies
   have become newly significant in the field. Our initial focus is on
   physical disability after which we move on to issues around mental
   health and intellectual disability. In the concluding section we
   evaluate the significance of recent work on disability within human
   geography as a whole and suggest possible links to the growing
   Literature on rights, social justice and ethics.}},
Publisher = {{ARNOLD, HODDER HEADLINE PLC}},
Address = {{338 EUSTON ROAD, LONDON, ENGLAND NW1 3BH}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Park, DC (Reprint Author), 210 Ledbury St, Toronto, ON M5M 4J5, Canada.
   York Univ, Dept Geog, N York, ON M3J 1P3, Canada.}},
DOI = {{10.1191/030913298672928786}},
ISSN = {{0309-1325}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-HEALTH FACILITIES; BLIND POPULATIONS; ABLEIST GEOGRAPHIES;
   GOLLEDGE GEOGRAPHY; DISABLIST SPACES; SINGLE HOMELESS; SERVICE AREAS;
   LOS-ANGELES; SKID-ROW; OLD-AGE}},
Research-Areas = {{Geography}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Geography}},
Cited-References = {{AITKEN SC, 1993, PROF GEOGR, V45, P65, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1993.00065.x.
   Alderman DH, 1997, HEALTH PLACE, V3, P111, DOI 10.1016/S1353-8292(97)00005-1.
   Barrett F., 1986, MED GEOGRAPHY PROGR, P1.
   BREAKEY WR, 1982, HOSP COMMUNITY PSYCH, V33, P661.
   BURNETT A, 1983, AREA, V15, P161.
   Butler R, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN D, V15, P411, DOI 10.1068/d150411.
   BUTLER RE, 1994, T I BRIT GEOGR, V19, P366, DOI 10.2307/622329.
   BUTLER RE, IN PRESS GEOGRAPHIES.
   BUTLER RE, 1995, 43 U READ DEP GEOGR.
   CHATTERJEE L, 1995, ANN M ASS AM GEOGR C.
   CHOUINARD V, 1995, ANTIPODE, V27, P137, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8330.1995.tb00270.x.
   Chouinard V, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN D, V15, P379.
   CHOUINARD V, 1996, IN PRESS CANADIAN WO.
   COOK I, 1996, THESIS U KENTUCKY.
   Cornish CV, 1997, HEALTH PLACE, V3, P101, DOI 10.1016/S1353-8292(97)00004-X.
   DAVEY SC, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED GEOG, V13, P87, DOI 10.1016/0160-8002(79)90055-8.
   DEAN KG, 1981, T I BRIT GEOGR, V6, P39, DOI 10.2307/621971.
   DEAR M, 1977, COMMUNITY MENT HLT J, V13, P150, DOI 10.1007/BF01410884.
   Dear M, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN D, V15, P455, DOI 10.1068/d150455.
   DEAR M, 1992, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V58, P288, DOI 10.1080/01944369208975808.
   DEAR M, 1991, URBAN GEOGR, V12, P155, DOI 10.2747/0272-3638.12.2.155.
   DEAR M, 1980, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V70, P342, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1980.tb01318.x.
   DEAR M, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED ECON, V13, P43, DOI 10.1016/0160-7995(79)90024-8.
   DEAR M, 1977, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V67, P588, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1977.tb01164.x.
   DEAR M, 1981, URBANISATION URBAN P, P481.
   Dear M., 1978, INT REGIONAL SCI REV, V3, P93.
   DEAR M, 1997, ECON GEOGR, V53, P223.
   Dear M. J., 1982, NOT OUR STREET COMMU.
   Dear M. J., 1987, LANDSCAPES DESPAIR D.
   DORN M, 1994, PROF GEOGR, V46, P106, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1994.00106.x.
   DORN M, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   Dorn M., 1994, THESIS PENNSYLVANIA.
   DYCK I, 1995, SOC SCI MED, V40, P307, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(94)E0091-6.
   DYCK I, 1997, ATLANTIS, V21, P54.
   DYCK I, 1997, RGS IBS ANN C EX.
   DYCK I, 1993, SOC DIS STUD ANN M S.
   DYCK I, IN PRESS PUTTING HLT.
   EYLES J, 1983, SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY MED.
   Eyles J., 1993, HLTH CANADIAN SOC, V1, P113.
   FARIS REL, 1939, MENTAL DISORDERS URB.
   FOSTER HD, 1988, ENVIRONMENTS, V19, P14.
   GANT R, 1992, GEOGRAPHY, V77, P88.
   GANT R, 1990, 2 KINGST POL SCH GEO.
   GANT R, 1991, PEOPLE COUNTRYSIDE S, P108.
   GANT R, 1984, CHANGING COUNTRYSIDE, P121.
   GANT RL, 1988, SOC SCI MED, V27, P173, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(88)90326-7.
   GATHORNEHARDY F, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   Giggs J. A, 1988, LOCATION STIGMA CONT, P103.
   GIGGS JA, 1986, SOC SCI MED, V23, P945, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(86)90252-2.
   GIGGS JA, 1975, T I BRIT GEOGR, V64, P150.
   GIGGS JA, 1973, NURS TIMES, P1210.
   GIGGS JA, 1973, T I BRIT GEOGR, V59, P55.
   GIGGS JA, 1983, NOTTINGHAM MONOGRAPH, V3.
   Giggs JA, 1983, GEOGRAPHICAL ASPECTS, P191.
   GILBERT E, 1996, P PAP SCISS ROCK INT, P145.
   Gilderbloom J. I., 1990, AM J ECON SOCIOL, V49, P241.
   GILMAN HF, 1987, FLORIDA GEOGRAPHER, V21, P20.
   Gleeson B, 1997, PROG HUM GEOG, V21, P199, DOI 10.1191/030913297674200034.
   GLEESON B, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   Gleeson BJ, 1996, T I BRIT GEOGR, V21, P387, DOI 10.2307/622488.
   GLEESON BJ, 1993, THESIS U MELBOURNE.
   GLEESON BJ, 1995, AUSTR J SOCIAL ISSUE, V29, P10.
   Golledge R, 1979, SOCIAL SCI MED D, V13D, P292.
   GOLLEDGE RG, 1991, J VISUAL IMPAIR BLIN, V85, P296.
   GOLLEDGE RG, 1993, T I BRIT GEOGR, V18, P63, DOI 10.2307/623069.
   Golledge RG, 1996, T I BRIT GEOGR, V21, P404, DOI 10.2307/622490.
   GOLLEDGE RG, 1991, INT J GEOGR INF SYST, V5, P373, DOI 10.1080/02693799108927864.
   GOLLEDGE RG, 1990, PROG HUM GEOG, V14, P57, DOI 10.1177/030913259001400104.
   GOLLEDGE RG, 1994, T I BRIT GEOGR, V19, P369, DOI 10.2307/622330.
   Gudgin G., 1975, T I BRIT GEOGR, V64, P148.
   HAHN H, 1986, ENVIRON PLANN D, V4, P273, DOI 10.1068/d040273.
   Hahn H., 1989, POWER GEOGRAPHY TERR, P370.
   HALL E, 1994, 28 U MANCH SCH GEOGR.
   HALL E, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   HALL GB, 1983, ENVIRON PLANN A, V15, P525, DOI 10.1068/a150525.
   Hill M., 1985, DWELLING PLACE ENV, P99.
   HILL MH, 1986, THESIS KENT STATE U.
   HOLDSWORTH DW, 1994, CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN, V38, P174, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0064.1994.tb01674.x.
   HUGG L, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED GEOG, V13, P237, DOI 10.1016/0160-8002(79)90044-3.
   HUNTER JM, 1992, SOC SCI MED, V35, P627, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(92)90001-7.
   HUNTER JM, 1985, PROF GEOGR, V37, P296, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1985.00296.x.
   HUNTER JM, 1984, J GEOGR, V83, P277, DOI 10.1080/00221348408980528.
   HUNTER JM, 1987, GEOGR REV, V77, P139, DOI 10.2307/214976.
   HUNTER JM, 1986, SOC SCI MED, V23, P1033, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(86)90262-5.
   HUNTER JM, 1980, U N CAROLINA STUDIES, V15, P38.
   Imrie R, 1996, T I BRIT GEOGR, V21, P397, DOI 10.2307/622489.
   Imrie R., 1996, DISABILITY CITY INT.
   IMRIE RF, 1993, ENVIRON PLANN C, V11, P213, DOI 10.1068/c110213.
   IMRIE RF, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   IMRIE RF, 1993, TOWN COUNTRY PLANN, V61, P278.
   Jacobson RD, 1995, SWANSEA GEOGRAPHER, V32, P14.
   JONES K, 1987, HLTH DIS SOC INTRO M.
   JOSEPH AE, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED GEOG, V15, P395, DOI 10.1016/0160-8002(81)90058-7.
   JOSEPH AE, 1985, PROF GEOGR, V37, P143, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1985.00143.x.
   JOSEPH AE, 1979, CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN, V23, P159, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0064.1979.tb00649.x.
   Kearns R., 1987, CANADIAN J COMMUNITY, V6, P13.
   KEARNS RA, 1994, PROF GEOGR, V46, P111, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1994.00111.x.
   KEARNS RA, 1994, PROF GEOGR, V46, P418, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1994.00418.x.
   KIRBY A, 1983, CITIES, P177.
   KITCHIN RM, IN PRESS J VISUAL IM.
   KITCHIN RM, IN PRESS ACCESS MAGA.
   KITCHIN RM, 1997, 1 QUEENS U.
   KITCHIN RM, 1997, PROGR HUMAN GEOGRAPH, V21, P226.
   LASSITER U, 1995, THESIS CALIFORNIA ST.
   LAWS G, 1994, POLIT GEOGR, V13, P7, DOI 10.1016/0962-6298(94)90008-6.
   LAWS G, 1988, T I BRIT GEOGR, V13, P433, DOI 10.2307/622740.
   LAWS G, 1993, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V83, P672, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1993.tb01960.x.
   Laws G., 1988, LOCATION STIGMA CONT, P83.
   LAWS G, 1989, POWER GEOGRAPHY TERR, P238.
   Liggett H., 1988, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V3, P263, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648866780261.
   LOVETT AA, 1988, T I BRIT GEOGR, V13, P288, DOI 10.2307/622992.
   Mayer D., 1981, ANN AM ASS GEOGRAPHE, V71, P28.
   MCGLASHEN ND, 1972, MED GEOGRAPHY TECHNI, P153.
   MCTAVISH F, 1992, THESIS U OTAGO NZ.
   MILLIGAN C, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   MOORE EG, 1992, ANN M ASS AM GEOGR S.
   Moss P, 1996, ENVIRON PLANN D, V14, P737, DOI 10.1068/d140737.
   MOSS P, IN PRESS SOCIAL SCI.
   MOSS P, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   MOWL G, 1996, 16 U NORTH NEWC DIV.
   NICHOLSON D, 1991, GEOGR MAG, V63, P36.
   OBRIEN LG, 1991, GEOGR MAG, V63, P40.
   Oliver M., 1989, DISABILITY HANDICAP, P221, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648966780261.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   Oliver M., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P101, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780141.
   PARK DC, 1994, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V84, P192, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1994.tb01734.x.
   PARK DC, IN PRESS DISABILITY.
   PARK DC, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   PARK DC, 1995, THESIS YORK U CANADA.
   Park DC, 1997, HEALTH PLACE, V3, P71, DOI 10.1016/S1353-8292(97)00001-4.
   Parr H, 1997, ENVIRON PLANN D, V15, P435, DOI 10.1068/d150435.
   PARR H, 1996, HIST GEOGRAPHY RES G, V32.
   PARR H, 1995, MAPPING SUBJECT GEOG, P199.
   PERLE ED, 1969, THESIS U PITTSBURGH.
   PHILO C, 1995, J HIST GEOGR, V21, P148, DOI 10.1016/0305-7488(95)90033-0.
   PHILO C, 1987, J HIST GEOGR, V13, P398, DOI 10.1016/S0305-7488(87)80049-X.
   PHILO C, 1987, 3 U HULL DEP GEOGR.
   PHILO C, 1994, HUMAN GEOGRAPHY SOC, P252.
   Philo C, 1992, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE.
   Philo C., 1994, ANN M ASS AM GEOGR S.
   Philo C., 1989, POWER GEOGRAPHY TERR, P258.
   Philo C, 1997, HEALTH PLACE, V3, P73, DOI 10.1016/S1353-8292(97)00002-6.
   Radford J P, 1993, Health Can Soc, V1, P369.
   Radford J. P., 1995, J DEV DISABILITIES, V4, P63.
   Radford J. P., 1988, STARCROSS OUT MAINST.
   Radford J. P., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME, P9.
   RADFORD JP, 1994, J HIST SOCIOL, V7, P462, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-6443.1994.tb00076.x.
   RADFORD JP, 1991, SOC SCI MED, V33, P449, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(91)90327-9.
   RADFORD JP, 1985, 12 YORK U.
   RADFORD JP, 1993, MONOGRAPH YORK U, V22, P103.
   RAHIMIAN A, 1992, ENVIRON PLANN A, V24, P1317, DOI 10.1068/a241317.
   RODAWAY P, 1995, SENSUOUS GEOGRAPHIES.
   ROWE S, 1990, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V80, P184, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1990.tb00287.x.
   Rowntree B. S., 1901, POVERTY STUDY TOWN L.
   {*}RYERS POL I SCH A, 1991, GIS APPL CIT TOR ACC.
   Shalinsky W., 1985, ENVIRONMENTS, V17, P1.
   SMITH CJ, 1978, SOC SCI MED-MED GEOG, V12, P17, DOI 10.1016/0160-8002(78)90004-7.
   SMITH CJ, 1989, URBAN GEOGR, V10, P186, DOI 10.2747/0272-3638.10.2.186.
   SMITH CJ, 1981, PROF GEOGR, V33, P326, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1981.00326.x.
   SMITH CJ, 1976, ECON GEOGR, V52, P181, DOI 10.2307/143364.
   SMITH CJ, 1981, SOC SCI MED-MED GEOG, V15, P361, DOI 10.1016/0160-8002(81)90055-1.
   SMITH RG, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   STABLES J, 1997, RGS IBG ANN C EX.
   STAMP LD, 1964, GEOGRAPHY LIFE DEATH.
   TAYLOR S, 1969, THESIS U SOUTHAMPTON.
   Taylor S. D, 1974, THESIS U SOUTHAMPTON.
   Taylor S. M., 1989, POWER GEOGRAPHY TERR, P316.
   TAYLOR SM, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED GEOG, V13, P281, DOI 10.1016/0160-8002(79)90051-0.
   TAYLOR SM, 1989, CAN GEOGR-GEOGR CAN, V33, P146, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0064.1989.tb00895.x.
   TAYLOR SM, 1984, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V49, P36.
   TAYLOR SM, 1988, LOCATION STIGMA CONT, P224.
   THOMAS R, 1992, GEOMEDICAL SYSTEMS I.
   TIMMS D, 1963, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE.
   TIMMS DWG, 1965, AUST NZ J SOCIOL, V1, P38.
   TRENT JW, 1994, INVENTING FEEBLE MIN.
   VENESS AR, 1992, ENVIRON PLANN D, V10, P445, DOI 10.1068/d100445.
   VUJAKOVIC P, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P359, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780391.
   VUJAKOVIC P, 1992, GEOINFORMATICS UNIT, V1.
   WEST PC, 1986, ENVIRONMENTS, V18, P89.
   WHYNES DK, 1991, AREA, V23, P111.
   Wiedel J. W., 1983, P 1 INT S MAPS GRAPH.
   WIEDEL JW, 1966, PROF GEOGR, V18, P132, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1966.00132.x.
   WOLCH J, 1993, MALIGN NEGLECT HOMEL.
   Wolch J., 1993, CITY SOC, V6, P115.
   Wolch J, 1988, LOCATION STIGMA CONT, P264.
   WOLCH JR, 1988, J AM PLANN ASSOC, V54, P443, DOI 10.1080/01944368808976671.
   WOLCH JR, 1980, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V70, P330, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1980.tb01317.x.
   WOLCH JR, 1993, PROF GEOGR, V45, P159, DOI 10.1111/j.0033-0124.1993.00159.x.
   WOLCH JR, 1989, URBAN GEOGR, V10, P62, DOI 10.2747/0272-3638.10.1.62.
   WOLCH JR, 1984, URBAN GEOGR, V5, P111.
   WOLPERT J, 1975, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V65, P24, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1975.tb01015.x.
   WOLPERT J, 1976, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V66, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8306.1976.tb01068.x.
   WOLPERT J, 1980, T I BRIT GEOGR, V5, P391, DOI 10.2307/622018.
   WOLPERT J, 1978, PLANNING THEORY 1980, P95.
   WOLPERT J, 1974, ANTIPODE, V6, P63.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{195}},
Times-Cited = {{55}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{12}},
Journal-ISO = {{Prog. Hum. Geogr.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{ZU284}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000074181300004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000076763800005,
Author = {Ashaye, O and Fernando, L and Kohen, D and Mathew, G and Orrell, M},
Title = {{A five-year follow-up study of older long-stay clients with intellectual
   disability using the Disability Assessment Schedule}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF INTELLECTUAL DISABILITY RESEARCH}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{42}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{131-136}},
Month = {{APR}},
Abstract = {{The emphasis on community care means closure of the long-stay
   institutions for people with intellectual disability. Studies have
   indicated that older people with intellectual disability in particular
   may not be adequately cared for because of poor monitoring of their
   changing needs and inadequate provision of services. The use of rating
   instruments to monitor changes, and to predict outcome or needs in this
   population may help to improve care by assisting with planning and
   projection of service requirements. In 1991, all residents of a
   long-stay hospital for people with intellectual disability were assessed
   using the Disability Assessment Schedule (DAS). Five years later, the
   1991 scores of the older residents (aged > 50 years) were reviewed and
   compared under three outcome groups: in-patients, discharged and
   deceased. Furthermore, all older people resident in the hospital in 1996
   were reassessed using the DAS. Out of the 144 older clients resident in
   1991, five years later, 78 were still in-patients, 38 had been
   discharged into the community and 28 were deceased. In 1991, the
   deceased group had the greatest problems with continence and symbolic
   behaviour, while the discharged group had the greatest problems with
   self-help, vision, hearing, communication, social interaction, echolalia
   and repetitive speech. In comparison with 1991, the 1996 DAS scores of
   older residents showed that there were increasing problems with vision,
   hearing, communication, behaviour and symbolic activities. The present
   study suggested that the DAS is a useful instrument for monitoring
   change and predicting outcome in older people with intellectual
   disability.}},
Publisher = {{WILEY-BLACKWELL}},
Address = {{COMMERCE PLACE, 350 MAIN ST, MALDEN 02148, MA USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Ashaye, O (Reprint Author), Princess Alexandra Hosp, Mental Hlth Unit, Hamstel Rd, Harlow CM20 1QX, Essex, England.
   Princess Alexandra Hosp, Mental Hlth Unit, Harlow CM20 1QX, Essex, England.
   New Possibil NHS Trust, Witham, Essex, England.
   Homerton Hosp, Dept Psychiat, London, England.
   Cell Barnes Hosp, St Albans, Herts, England.
   UCL, London, England.}},
DOI = {{10.1046/j.1365-2788.1998.00107.x}},
ISSN = {{0964-2633}},
Keywords = {{Disability Assessment Schedule; long-stay clients; follow-up study}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MENTAL-RETARDATION; DOWNS-SYNDROME; HEALTH; PEOPLE; HANDICAP;
   POPULATION; MORBIDITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Genetics \& Heredity; Neurosciences
   \& Neurology; Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Genetics \& Heredity; Clinical Neurology;
   Psychiatry; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{DAY K, 1994, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V38, P241, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2788.1994.tb00392.x.
   DAY KA, 1993, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V37, P7.
   EDGERTON RB, 1994, MENT RETARD, V32, P146.
   FELCE D, 1996, TIZARD LEARNING DISA, V1, P38.
   Fernando L, 1997, BRIT J DEV DISABIL, V43, P15, DOI 10.1179/bjdd.1997.002.
   FERNANDO L, 1995, BRIT J DEV DISABIL, V41, P97, DOI 10.1179/bjdd.1995.013.
   FINE MA, 1990, AM J MENT RETARD, V94, P661.
   HAND JE, 1994, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V38, P275, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2788.1994.tb00395.x.
   HAVEMAN MJ, 1989, J MENT DEFIC RES, V33, P389.
   HAVEMAN MJ, 1994, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V38, P341.
   HOLMES N, 1982, PSYCHOL MED, V12, P879, DOI 10.1017/S0033291700049175.
   MCGROTHER CW, 1990, J MENT DEFIC RES, V34, P49.
   World Health Organization, 1992, ICD 10 CLASS MENT BE.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{13}},
Times-Cited = {{4}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Intell. Disabil. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{134VF}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000076763800005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000072132400009,
Author = {Colella, A and DeNisi, AS and Varma, A},
Title = {{The impact of ratee's disability on performance judgments and choice as
   partner: The role of disability job fit stereotypes and interdependence
   of rewards}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{83}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{102-111}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{An experiment assessed the impact of disability-job fit stereotypes and
   reward interdependence on personnel judgments about persons with
   disabilities, Students (N = 87) evaluated 3 confederates. The experiment
   varied disability of the target confederate (dyslexia vs. nondisabled),
   task, and dependence of rater rewards on partner performance. Two
   disability-task combinations represented stereotypical poor fit and good
   fit. Dependent variables were performance evaluations, performance
   expectations, and ranking of target as a partner. There was negative
   bias against the confederate with dyslexia in poor-fit conditions. In
   the interdependent reward condition, there was a negative main effect
   for disability, regardless of fit. No effects for disability were found
   on performance ratings or expectations. Results indicate the need to
   consider disability-job fit stereotypes and consequences to raters when
   assessing the impact of disability on personnel judgments.}},
Publisher = {{AMER PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Colella, A (Reprint Author), Texas A\&M Univ, Dept Management, Lowry Mays Coll, College Stn, TX 77843 USA.
   Texas A\&M Univ, Dept Management, Lowry Mays Coll, College Stn, TX 77843 USA.
   Texas A\&M Univ, Grad Sch Business, College Stn, TX 77843 USA.
   Loyola Univ, Inst Human Resources \& Ind Relat, Chicago, IL 60611 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1037/0021-9010.83.1.102}},
ISSN = {{0021-9010}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABLED PERSONS; ATTITUDES; WORKERS; SEX}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Business \& Economics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Applied; Management}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Varma, Arup/O-2693-2017}},
Cited-References = {{BLALOCK JW, 1981, BRIDGES TOMORROW, V2, P35.
   BORDIERI JE, 1986, J APPL SOC PSYCHOL, V16, P197, DOI 10.1111/j.1559-1816.1986.tb01135.x.
   BOWMAN JT, 1987, J REHABIL, V53, P41.
   Braddock D., 1994, GLASS CEILING PERSON.
   CHRISTMAN LA, 1991, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V72, P467, DOI 10.2466/PMS.72.2.467-475.
   Colella A, 1997, HUM RESOUR MANAGE R, V7, P27, DOI 10.1016/S1053-4822(97)90004-8.
   COLELLA A, 1994, M NAT AC MAN DALL TX.
   COLELLA A, 1996, RES PERS H, V14, P351.
   Cox TJ, 1993, CULTURAL DIVERSITY O.
   CZAJKA JM, 1988, ACAD MANAGE J, V31, P394, DOI 10.2307/256555.
   DIPBOYE RL, 1975, J APPL PSYCHOL, V60, P39, DOI 10.1037/h0076352.
   Eden D., 1990, PYGMALION MANAGEMENT.
   FARINA A, 1965, J Abnorm Psychol, V70, P47, DOI 10.1037/h0021637.
   FICHTEN CS, 1986, J APPL SOC PSYCHOL, V16, P410, DOI 10.1111/j.1559-1816.1986.tb01149.x.
   GIBBONS FX, 1980, J EXP SOC PSYCHOL, V16, P591, DOI 10.1016/0022-1031(80)90061-X.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   GRAND SA, 1982, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V27, P165, DOI 10.1037/h0090966.
   GREENWOOD R, 1991, J REHABIL, V57, P21.
   HASTORF AH, 1979, PERS SOC PSYCHOL B, V5, P373, DOI 10.1177/014616727900500321.
   Heilman M. E., 1983, RES ORGAN BEHAV, V5, P269, DOI DOI 10.1016/J.RIOB.2012.11.003.
   Jones E. E., 1984, SOCIAL STIGMA PSYCHO.
   Knox M, 1993, Int J Rehabil Res, V16, P1, DOI 10.1097/00004356-199303000-00001.
   LIVESAY Y, 1995, NAT C LEARN DIS REP.
   LOCKSLEY A, 1980, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V39, P821, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.39.5.821.
   {*}LOUIS HARR ASS IN, 1987, 2 ICD LOUIS HARR ASS.
   MCFARLIN DB, 1991, EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBIL, V4, P107, DOI DOI 10.1007/BF01390353.
   MILLER M, 1992, THESIS U OREGON.
   {*}ORT DYSL SOC, 1994, RES DEF.
   PINER KE, 1984, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V47, P805, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.47.4.805.
   ROSE GL, 1979, PERS PSYCHOL, V32, P385, DOI 10.1111/j.1744-6570.1979.tb02142.x.
   RUSSELL D, 1985, PERS SOC PSYCHOL B, V11, P23, DOI 10.1177/0146167285111002.
   SCHNEIDER CR, 1980, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V23, P299.
   SCOTCH RK, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P159, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02055.x.
   SNYDER ML, 1979, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V37, P2297, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.37.12.2297.
   SOWA PA, 1974, Q J STUD ALCOHOL, V35, P210.
   Stone DL, 1996, ACAD MANAGE REV, V21, P352, DOI 10.2307/258666.
   STONE DL, 1994, M NAT AC MAN DALL TX.
   STONE DL, 1993, M NAT AC MAN ATL GA.
   Stone E.F., 1992, ISSUES THEORY RES IN, V82, P385, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0166-4115(08)62608-4.
   VARMA A, 1996, C SOC IND ORG PSYCH.
   VAZ AM, 1996, DOCTOR HE BEGGED BE.
   YUKER HE, 1983, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V28, P93, DOI 10.1037/h0090999.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{42}},
Times-Cited = {{73}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{22}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Appl. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{YY291}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000072132400009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000078761100008,
Author = {Meyer, MS and Wood, FB and Hart, LA and Felton, RH},
Title = {{Longitudinal course of rapid naming in disabled and nondisabled readers}},
Journal = {{ANNALS OF DYSLEXIA}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{48}},
Pages = {{91-114}},
Abstract = {{The Rapid Automatized Naming Test (Denckla and Rudel 1974) was studied
   cross-sectionally in an sample of kindergartners (n = 342) at-risk for
   reading disability (Study I), and longitudinally in an n = 160
   epidemiological normal sample of children tested in first, third, fifth,
   and eighth grades (Study 2). Study 1 showed faster absolute naming
   speeds for those with near perfect untimed alphabet recitation, but the
   stranger and more orderly relation (at r =.31, p <.0001) was between
   three levels of alphabet recitation accuracy and the relative
   number/letter naming speed advantage (ratio of mean number/letter naming
   speed minus mean color/object naming speed over mean color/object naming
   speed). In Study 2, the number/letter advantage was already strongly
   present by first grade, and did not increase significantly thereafter,
   but absolute naming times improved steadily across grades in an
   exponential decay function. In this sample, the relative number/letter
   advantage was not related to reading level. However, the absolute
   color/object naming speed was strongly related to reading level and
   vocabulary across grades. Norms for the Rapid Automatized Naming Test
   based on the epidemiological normal sample tested in Grades 1, 3, 5, and
   8 are presented in the appendix.}},
Publisher = {{ORTON DYSLEXIA SOC}},
Address = {{CHESTER BUILDING, STE 382, 8600 LA SALLE RD, BALTIMORE, MD 21204-6020
   USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Meyer, MS (Reprint Author), Wake Forest Univ, Sch Med, Sect Neuropsychol, Med Ctr Blvd, Winston Salem, NC 27157 USA.
   Wake Forest Univ, Sch Med, Sect Neuropsychol, Winston Salem, NC 27157 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0736-9387}},
Keywords-Plus = {{READING DISABILITIES; PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS; DYSLEXIA; CHILDREN; SPEED;
   SKILLS; MEMORY; KINDERGARTEN; ACQUISITION; PREDICTORS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{ACKERMAN PT, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL, V26, P597, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600910.
   ADAMS M, 1990, BEGINNING READ.
   BADIAN NA, 1991, ANN DYSLEXIA, V41, P221, DOI 10.1007/BF02648088.
   BADIAN NA, 1990, ANN DYSLEXIA, V40, P152, DOI 10.1007/BF02648146.
   BADIAN NA, 1993, READ WRIT, V5, P87, DOI 10.1007/BF01026920.
   BADIAN NA, 1995, ANN DYSLEXIA, V45, P79, DOI 10.1007/BF02648213.
   BIDDLE KR, 1996, THESIS TURFTS U BOST.
   BLACHMAN BA, 1984, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V76, P610, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.76.4.610.
   BOWERS PG, 1993, J READING BEHAV, V25, P133, DOI 10.1080/10862969309547807.
   BOWERS PG, 1988, READ RES QUART, V23, P304, DOI 10.2307/748044.
   BOWERS PG, 1991, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V51, P195, DOI 10.1016/0022-0965(91)90032-N.
   BOWERS PG, 1993, READ WRIT, V5, P69, DOI 10.1007/BF01026919.
   CORNWALL A, 1992, J LEARN DISABIL, V25, P532, DOI 10.1177/002221949202500808.
   CUNNINGHAM AE, 1990, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V82, P733, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.82.4.733.
   DENCKLA MB, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P471, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90075-0.
   DENCKLA MB, 1974, CORTEX, V10, P86.
   Dunn L. M., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA.
   FAWCETT AJ, 1994, J LEARN DISABIL, V27, P641, DOI 10.1177/002221949402701004.
   FELTON RH, 1990, READ WRIT, V2, P39, DOI 10.1007/BF00383373.
   FELTON RH, 1992, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V12, P212, DOI 10.1177/027112149201200206.
   FELTON RH, 1990, BRAIN LANG, V39, P485, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90157-C.
   FLOWERS DL, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V26, P575, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600903.
   Juel C., 1995, AM EDUC, V19, P8.
   KAUFMAN AS, 1990, KAUFMAN BRIEF INTELL.
   KORHONEN TT, 1995, J LEARN DISABIL, V28, P232, DOI 10.1177/002221949502800405.
   LABERGE D, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P293, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90015-2.
   LOVETT MW, 1987, CHILD DEV, V58, P234, DOI 10.2307/1130305.
   LYON GR, 1995, ANN DYSLEXIA, V45, P3, DOI 10.1007/BF02648210.
   MATHES PG, 1992, READ RES INSTRUCT, V31, P70, DOI DOI 10.1080/19388079209558097.
   Meyer MS, 1998, J LEARN DISABIL, V31, P106, DOI 10.1177/002221949803100201.
   Olson R., 1994, FRAMES REFERENCE ASS, P243.
   OTIS AS, 1968, OTIS LENNON ABILITY.
   PERFETTI CA, 1987, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V33, P283.
   PORTER R, 1983, CEREBRAL HEMISPHERIC.
   Raven JC, 1984, COLOURED PROGR MATRI.
   RICHARDSON E, 1985, DECODING SKILLS TEST.
   SAMUELS SJ, 1987, J LEARN DISABIL, V20, P18, DOI 10.1177/002221948702000104.
   SHANKWEILER D, 1989, PHONOLOGY READING DI.
   SNYDER LS, 1995, ANN DYSLEXIA, V45, P31, DOI 10.1007/BF02648211.
   STANOVICH KE, 1986, READ RES QUART, V21, P360, DOI 10.1598/RRQ.21.4.1.
   STANOVICH KE, 1988, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V21, P590, DOI 10.1177/002221948802101003.
   TORGESEN JK, 1994, J LEARN DISABIL, V27, P276, DOI 10.1177/002221949402700503.
   TORGESEN JK, 1990, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V13, P236, DOI 10.2307/1510350.
   WAGNER RK, 1987, PSYCHOL BULL, V101, P192, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.101.2.192.
   WALSH DJ, 1988, READ RES QUART, V23, P108, DOI 10.2307/747907.
   WOLF M, 1991, READ RES QUART, V26, P123, DOI 10.2307/747978.
   WOLF M, 1986, CHILD DEV, V57, P988, DOI 10.2307/1130373.
   WOLF M, 1990, AM ED ASS M BOST MAS.
   WOLF M, 1997, UNPUB DOUBLE DEFICIT.
   WOLF M, 1997, READINGS LANGUAGE LI, P177.
   WOODCOCK R, 1977, WOODCOCKJOHNSON PSYC.
   Young AR, 1996, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V17, P59, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400009462.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{52}},
Times-Cited = {{50}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{11}},
Journal-ISO = {{Ann. Dyslexia}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{169QY}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000078761100008}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000071830700003,
Author = {Hitchings, WE and Luzzo, DA and Retish, P and Horvath, M and Ristow, RS},
Title = {{Identifying the career development needs of college students with
   disabilities}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF COLLEGE STUDENT DEVELOPMENT}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{39}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{23-32}},
Month = {{JAN-FEB}},
Abstract = {{The career maturity levels of 75 students with and without disabilities
   from 2 private liberal arts collleges in the Midwest was measured by the
   Attitude Scale of the Career Maturity Inventory (Crites, 1978a). The
   career maturity levels exhibited by 44 students with disabilities was
   comparable to the career maturity of 31 students without disabilities.
   Students with auditory, visual, or physical disabilities were better
   able than students with learning disabilities to describe the impact of
   their disability on their career development. Students with disabilities
   who were eligible for services while in high school, generally did not
   engage in transition planning as required by Federal law.}},
Publisher = {{JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV PRESS}},
Address = {{JOURNALS PUBLISHING DIVISION, 2715 NORTH CHARLES ST, BALTIMORE, MD
   21218-4363 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Hitchings, WE (Reprint Author), St Ambrose Univ, Dept Educ, 518 W Locust St, Davenport, IA 52803 USA.
   St Ambrose Univ, Dept Educ, Davenport, IA 52803 USA.
   Amer Coll Testing, Iowa City, IA USA.
   Univ Iowa, Coll Educ, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
   Missouri So State Coll, Sch Educ \& Psychol, Joplin, MO 64801 USA.
   St Ambrose Univ, Special Educ Grad Programs, Davenport, IA 52803 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0897-5264}},
EISSN = {{1543-3382}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING-DISABILITIES; SERVICES; MATURITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education \& Educational Research; Psychology, Applied}},
Cited-References = {{ADELMAN PB, 1990, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V13, P154, DOI 10.2307/1510698.
   AKSAMIT D, 1987, J COLL STUDENT DEV, V28, P53.
   ALLEN JG, 1993, COMPLYING ADA SMALL.
   BAGGETT D, 1993, INT M DIV CAR DEV TR.
   Biller E. F., 1988, J POSTSECONDARY ED D, V6, P14.
   BINGHAM G, 1980, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V17, P135, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(198001)17:1<135::AID-PITS2310170125>3.0.CO;2-1.
   BRICKERHOFF L, 1994, 6 ANN POST SECONDARY.
   BROWN D, 1992, PATHWAYS EMPLOYMENT.
   CLARK G, 1995, CAREER DEV TRANSITIO.
   Crites J., 1978, CAREER MATURITY INVE.
   CRITES JO, 1978, THEORY RES HDB CAREE.
   FAFARD MB, 1981, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V4, P122, DOI 10.2307/1510997.
   Friehe M, 1996, CAREER DEV Q, V44, P289, DOI 10.1002/j.2161-0045.1996.tb00260.x.
   Hammel D. A., 1982, ASSESSING CAREER DEV, P66.
   HOY C, 1986, J COLLEGE ADMISSIONS, V112, P10.
   KAVALE K, 1985, SCI LEARNING DISABIL.
   KAVALE KA, 1987, J LEARNING DISABILIT, V14, P531.
   LUZZO DA, 1995, J COLL STUDENT DEV, V36, P61.
   MELLARD DF, 1992, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V15, P251, DOI 10.2307/1511317.
   Minskoff E. H., 1994, LEARNING DISABILITIE, P111.
   {*}OFF CIV RIGHT, 1992, RIGHT IND HAND FED L.
   Ohler DL, 1996, CAREER DEV Q, V44, P278, DOI 10.1002/j.2161-0045.1996.tb00259.x.
   ROJEWSKI JW, 1992, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V15, P135, DOI 10.2307/1511015.
   RYAN AG, 1992, INTERV SCH CLIN, V28, P6.
   SATCHER J, 1993, SCH COUNSELOR, V40, P343.
   Savickas M. L, 1990, TESTING COUNSELING P, P373.
   {*}TRANS PLANN COUNC, 1994, TRI COUNT FOLL STUD.
   WALTERS R, 1992, LIFE PLANNING PROCES.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{28}},
Times-Cited = {{12}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Coll. Stud. Dev.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{YV494}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000071830700003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000208508100006,
Author = {Jenkinson, Josephine C.},
Title = {{Work preferences of students over a three year degree course in
   intellectual disability studies}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF INTELLECTUAL \& DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITY}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{23}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{255-261}},
Abstract = {{The work preferences of students choosing a professional career in
   intellectual disability services are particularly important when
   irregular hours, isolation from the more prestigious mainstream of human
   services, and the nature of the client population are likely to create
   demands on graduates which are not faced by other human service workers.
   This study investigated the work preferences of 117 students on entry to
   a degree course in intellectual disability studies, and for a smaller
   sample on completion of the course three years later, using a work
   preference scale. Consistent with expectations and with previous
   research in the human service professions, students entering the course
   showed the strongest work preference for altruism, and were also
   consistently above average on self-development, showing significant
   differences from the norm sample for the scale on these dimensions. The
   weakest preferences were for co-workers, money, security and detachment.
   Follow-up showed some interesting changes in work preferences, but
   altruism remained the dominant preference.}},
Publisher = {{INFORMA HEALTHCARE}},
Address = {{TELEPHONE HOUSE, 69-77 PAUL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4LQ, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Jenkinson, JC (Reprint Author), Dealdn Univ, Sch Studies Disabil, 221 Burwood Highway, Burwood, Vic 3125, Australia.
   Dealdn Univ, Sch Studies Disabil, Burwood, Vic 3125, Australia.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/13668259800033741}},
ISSN = {{1366-8250}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{BENSHEM I, 1991, J VOCAT BEHAV, V39, P369, DOI 10.1016/0001-8791(91)90045-N.
   Brendtro M.J., 1991, THESIS U S DAKOTA.
   Brown-West A P, 1991, J Allied Health, V20, P181.
   Burchard S. N., 1988, COMMUNITY RESIDENCES, P251.
   CLARY EG, 1991, PERS SOC PSYCHOL B, V17, P58, DOI 10.1177/0146167291171009.
   Edelwich J., 1980, BURNOUT STAGES DISIL.
   HOWELL D, 1992, STAT METHODS PSYCHOL.
   JENNER JR, 1982, J VOLUNT ACTION RES, V11, P27, DOI 10.1177/089976408201100404.
   LAND H, 1987, SOC WORK, V32, P75, DOI 10.1093/sw/32.1.75.
   MCGAGHIE WC, 1990, ACAD MED, V65, P145, DOI 10.1097/00001888-199003000-00004.
   Pryor R., 1985, B PSYCHOL, V38, P2.
   Pryor R. G. L., 1983, WORK ASPECT PREFEREN.
   Pryor R.G.L., 1986, B PSYCHOL, V40, P8.
   PRYOR RGL, 1983, J VOCAT BEHAV, V23, P233, DOI 10.1016/0001-8791(83)90037-4.
   Rinaldi D.M., 1989, THESIS COLUMBIA U TE.
   RIORDAN J, 1991, PUBLIC HEALTH NURS, V8, P59, DOI 10.1111/j.1525-1446.1991.tb00744.x.
   ROZIER CK, 1992, AM J OCCUP THER, V46, P626, DOI 10.5014/ajot.46.7.626.
   Rozier CK, 1991, J PHYSICAL THERAPY E, V5, P51.
   SEYMOUR E, 1991, INT J NURS STUD, V28, P109, DOI 10.1016/0020-7489(91)90001-J.
   THOUSAND JS, 1986, APPL RES MENT RETARD, V7, P263, DOI 10.1016/S0270-3092(86)80001-7.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{20}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Intellect. Dev. Dis.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{V25WM}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000208508100006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:000073503100006,
Author = {Feigin, R},
Title = {{The relationship between the sense of coherence and adjustment to
   disability studied in the context of marital interrelations}},
Journal = {{MARRIAGE AND FAMILY REVIEW}},
Year = {{1998}},
Volume = {{27}},
Number = {{1-2}},
Pages = {{71-90}},
Abstract = {{The aim of this article was to examine the Sense of Coherence (SOC) as a
   personal disposition, accounting for differences in the ability of the
   individual to cope effectively with the stressful experience of
   disability in the marital context.
   The relationship between the SOC of both spouses and their adjustment to
   a postmarital disability of one partner was examined within the
   interpersonal context of the marital relationship, incorporating an
   environmental perspective.
   Two groups of subjects were assessed: the individuals with disability
   and their spouses. The dominant disabilities were Spinal Cord Injury and
   CVA, all resulting in some form of paralysis.
   The SOC was found to be significantly associated with adjustment, and
   positive correlations existed between the SOC of both partners as well
   as between the adjustment of both, indicating that the reciprocal
   relations are explained beyond the personal variables.
   The practical and theoretical implications of these findings are
   discussed.}},
Publisher = {{HAWORTH PRESS INC}},
Address = {{10 ALICE ST, BINGHAMTON, NY 13904-1580 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Feigin, R (Reprint Author), Tel Aviv Univ, Sch Social Work, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
   Tel Aviv Univ, Sch Social Work, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.}},
DOI = {{10.1300/J002v27n01\_06}},
ISSN = {{0149-4929}},
Keywords-Plus = {{STRESSFUL LIFE EVENTS; SPINAL-CORD INJURY; HEALTH; ILLNESS; SUPPORT;
   ADAPTATION; COMMUNITY; PATIENT; CANCER}},
Research-Areas = {{Family Studies}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Family Studies}},
Cited-References = {{ANSON O, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P419, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90404-R.
   ANTONOVSKY A, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P725, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90033-Z.
   ANTONOVSKY A, 1988, J MARRIAGE FAM, V50, P79, DOI 10.2307/352429.
   ANTONOVSKY A, 1990, STRESS MEDICINE, V6, P71, DOI 10.1002/smi.2460060203.
   Antonovsky A, 1987, UNRAVELING MYSTERY H.
   ARONSON MK, 1984, GERONTOLOGIST, V24, P339, DOI 10.1093/geront/24.4.339.
   BAIDER L, 1988, ISRAEL J MED SCI, V24, P631.
   BAIDER L, 1984, INT J PSYCHIAT MED, V14, P265, DOI 10.2190/WVVE-D9CF-VN7F-L4D7.
   BIEGAL ED, 1991, FAMILY CAREGIVING CH.
   CAMPBELL TL, 1995, J MARITAL FAM THER, V21, P545, DOI 10.1111/j.1752-0606.1995.tb00178.x.
   {*}CENTR BUR, 1990, PUBL CENTR BUR, V41.
   CHARNY IW, 1986, FAM PROCESS, V25, P571, DOI 10.1111/j.1545-5300.1986.00571.x.
   CREWE NM, 1990, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V35, P205, DOI 10.1037/h0079064.
   CREWE NM, 1988, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V69, P435.
   CRONKITE RC, 1984, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V25, P372, DOI 10.2307/2136377.
   DHOOPER SS, 1983, SOC WORK HEALTH CARE, V9, P15, DOI 10.1300/J010v09n01\_02.
   DOHRENWEND BS, 1981, MONOGRAPHS PSYCHOSOC, P1.
   Dohrenwend BS, 1974, STRESSFUL LIFE EVENT.
   FADDEN G, 1987, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V151, P660, DOI 10.1192/bjp.151.5.660.
   FEIGIN R, 1994, FAMILY SYSTEMS MED, V12, P235.
   FOLKMAN S, 1986, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V50, P571, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.50.3.571.
   FREEDMAN AM, 1975, COMPREHENSIVE TXB PS.
   GARRITY TE, 1985, STRESS PSYCHOL PSYCH.
   GOLDBERGER L, 1982, HDB STRESS THEORETIC.
   GRITZ ER, 1990, PSYCHOSOMATICS, V31, P301, DOI 10.1016/S0033-3182(90)72168-8.
   HAIR JF, 1979, MULTIVARIATE DATA AN.
   Holroyd K.A., 1982, HDB STRESS THEORETIC, P21.
   HUDSON WW, 1982, EVALUATING PRACTICE, P132.
   KELLEY SDM, 1992, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V36, P98.
   KESTER BL, 1988, REHABIL COUNS BULL, V32, P4.
   KOBASA SC, 1979, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V37, P1, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.37.1.1.
   KULIK JA, 1993, J BEHAV MED, V16.
   LAMPERT A, 1981, THESIS TEL AVIV U.
   LAVEE Y, 1987, J MARRIAGE FAM, V49, P857, DOI 10.2307/351979.
   LEVINE S, 1970, SOCIAL STRESS, P279.
   LEWIS JM, 1986, FAM PROCESS, V25, P235, DOI 10.1111/j.1545-5300.1986.00235.x.
   LINKOWSKI DC, 1971, REHAB COUNSELING B, V14, P244.
   MANNE SL, 1989, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V56, P608, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.56.4.608.
   MCCUBBIN A, 1982, FAMILY STRESS COPING, P26.
   MCDANIEL S, 1992, MED FAMILY THERAPY.
   MELAMED S, 1992, Brain Injury, V6, P233, DOI 10.3109/02699059209029665.
   MOOS RH, 1984, COPING PHYSICAL ILLN, V2.
   Nadler A., 1991, REV PERSONALITY SOCI, V12.
   PELEGOREN N, 1989, THESIS TEL AVIV U.
   PEYROT M, 1988, J MARRIAGE FAM, V50, P363, DOI 10.2307/352003.
   POWER PW, 1988, FAMILY INTERVENTION.
   RABKIN JG, 1976, SCIENCE, V194, P1013, DOI 10.1126/science.790570.
   RADLEY A, 1986, SOC SCI MED, V23, P577, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(86)90151-6.
   REVENSON TA, 1990, {[}No title captured], P65.
   REVENSON TA, 1988, ANN M GER SOC AM SAN.
   RINTALA DH, 1992, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V37, P155, DOI 10.1037/0090-5550.37.3.155.
   ROLLAND J, 1994, FAMILIES ILLNESS DIS.
   ROLLAND JS, 1994, J MARITAL FAM THER, V20, P327, DOI 10.1111/j.1752-0606.1994.tb00125.x.
   SAGY S, 1990, THESIS BENGURION U I.
   SPIELBERGER CD, 1970, MANUAL STATE TRAIT A.
   STRUMPFER D J W, 1990, South African Journal of Psychology, V20, P265.
   STRUMPFER DJW, 1995, S AFR J PSYCHOL, V25, P81, DOI 10.1177/008124639502500203.
   TAYLOR SE, 1983, AM PSYCHOL, V38, P1161, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.38.11.1161.
   TEICHMAN Y, 1979, HEBREW VERSION STATE.
   TRIESCHMANN RB, 1980, SPINAL CORD INJURIES.
   UMBERSON D, 1987, J HEALTH SOC BEHAV, V28, P306, DOI 10.2307/2136848.
   VANEIJK JT, 1987, INT J FAMILY PSYCHIA, V8, P243.
   VANEIJK JT, 1987, INT J FAM PSYCH, V8, P259.
   WRIGHT B, 1983, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.
   WYNNE LC, 1992, FAM PROCESS, V31, P3, DOI 10.1111/j.1545-5300.1992.00003.x.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{65}},
Times-Cited = {{8}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Marriage Fam. Rev.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{ZM084}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:000073503100006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997YK45500005,
Author = {Trevathan, E and Murphy, CC and YearginAllsopp, M},
Title = {{Prevalence and descriptive epidemiology of Lennox-Gastaut syndrome among
   Atlanta children}},
Journal = {{EPILEPSIA}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{38}},
Number = {{12}},
Pages = {{1283-1288}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Purpose: To determine the prevalence and descriptive epidemiology of
   Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome (LGS) among metropolitan Atlanta children.
   Methods: We conducted a population-based study of LGS as part of the
   Metropolitan Atlanta Developmental Disabilities Study (MADDS) using a
   multiple-source surveillance system for epilepsy and developmental
   disabilities. Children were defined as having LGS if they had onset of
   multiple seizure types before age 11 years, with at least one seizure
   type resulting in falls, and an EEG demonstrating slow spike-wave
   complexes (<2.5 Hz). Mental retardation (MR) was not used as a
   diagnostic criterion.
   Results: The lifetime prevalence of LGS at age 10 years was 0.26/1,000.
   Ninety-one percent of those with LGS had MR (IQ less than or equal to
   70), and 39\% had a history of infantile spasms (IS). A comparison of
   children with LGS and those with multiple seizure types without slow
   spike-wave complexes demonstrated that those with LGS were more likely
   to have MR, history of IS, and multiple disabilities (MR, cerebral
   palsy, blindness, hearing impairment). Seventeen percent of all children
   in Atlanta with profound MR (IQ < 20) had LGS.
   Conclusions: LGS accounts for only 4\% of all childhood epilepsy, yet is
   a significant contributor to childhood morbidity.}},
Publisher = {{WILEY}},
Address = {{111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{UNIV KENTUCKY, COLL MED, COMPREHENS EPILEPSY CTR, DEPT NEUROL, LEXINGTON, KY USA.
   UNIV KENTUCKY, COLL MED, COMPREHENS EPILEPSY CTR, DEPT PEDIAT, LEXINGTON, KY USA.
   UNIV KENTUCKY, COLL MED, INST NEUROSCI, LEXINGTON, KY USA.
   CTR DIS CONTROL \& PREVENT, DIV BIRTH DEFECTS \& DEV DISABIL, NATL CTR ENVIRONM HLTH, ATLANTA, GA USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/j.1528-1157.1997.tb00065.x}},
ISSN = {{0013-9580}},
EISSN = {{1528-1167}},
Keywords = {{epilepsy; seizures; childhood epilepsy; electroencephalography; mental
   retardation; Lennox-Gastaut syndrome; epidemiology; prevalence}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CHILDHOOD EPILEPTIC ENCEPHALOPATHY; SLOW SPIKE-WAVE; METROPOLITAN
   ATLANTA; 10-YEAR-OLD CHILDREN; DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES;
   CLINICAL-FEATURES; INFANTILE SPASMS; EPILEPSIES; CLASSIFICATION;
   SEIZURES}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Trevathan, Edwin/0000-0003-2370-5970}},
Cited-References = {{Aicardi J, 1988, LENNOX GASTAUT SYNDR, P25.
   {[}Anonymous], 1981, Epilepsia, V22, P489.
   {[}Anonymous], 1989, EPILEPSIA, V30, P389, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1989.tb05316.x.
   Beaumanoir A, 1985, EPILEPTIC SYNDROMES, P181.
   BEAUMANOIR A, 1988, LENNOX GASTAUT SYNDR, P283.
   Beaumanoir Anne, 1992, P115.
   Berg AT, 1996, EPILEPSIA, V37, P24, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1996.tb00507.x.
   CHEVRIE JJ, 1972, EPILEPSIA, V13, P259, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1972.tb05260.x.
   COWAN LD, 1991, J CHILD NEUROL, V6, P355, DOI 10.1177/088307389100600412.
   COWAN LD, 1989, EPILEPSIA, V30, P94, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1989.tb05289.x.
   deBittencourt PRM, 1996, EPILEPSIA, V37, P1121, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1996.tb01035.x.
   DREIFUSS F, 1994, EPILEPSIA, V35.
   DREIFUSS FE, 1985, EPILEPSIA, V26, P268.
   DREWS CD, 1992, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V82, P1377, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.82.10.1377.
   DREWS CD, 1994, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V84, P1164, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.84.7.1164.
   DULAC O, 1993, EPILEPSIA, V34, pS7, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1993.tb04593.x.
   EEGOLOFSSON O, 1988, LENNOX GASTAUT SYNDR, P65.
   GASTAUT H, 1975, EPILEPSIA, V16, P457, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1975.tb06073.x.
   GASTAUT H., 1966, EPILESPSIA, V7, P139.
   Gibbs FA, 1939, ARCH NEURO PSYCHIATR, V41, P1111, DOI 10.1001/archneurpsyc.1939.02270180039002.
   HAERER AF, 1986, EPILEPSIA, V27, P66, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1986.tb03503.x.
   HAUSER WA, 1975, EPILEPSIA, V16, P1, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1975.tb04721.x.
   Heiskala H, 1997, EPILEPSIA, V38, P526, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1997.tb01136.x.
   LOMBROSO CT, 1990, J CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V7, P380, DOI 10.1097/00004691-199007000-00005.
   LOMBROSO CT, 1983, EPILEPSIA, V24, P135, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1983.tb04874.x.
   Luovigsson Petur, 1994, Epilepsia, V35, P802.
   MARKLAND ON, 1977, NEUROLOGY, V27, P746, DOI 10.1212/WNL.27.8.746.
   MURPHY CC, 1995, EPILEPSIA, V36, P866, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1995.tb01629.x.
   MURPHY CC, 1995, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V85, P319, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.85.3.319.
   MURPHY CC, 1993, J PEDIAT, V123.
   NIEDERMEYER E, 1988, LENNOXGASTAUT SYNDRO, P177.
   PEARSON ES, 1970, BIOMETRIKA TABLES ST.
   RAI PV, 1988, LENNOX GASTAUT SYNDR, P409.
   Rantala Heikki, 1996, Epilepsia, V37, P13.
   RITTER FJ, 1993, NEW ENGL J MED, V328, P29.
   Sidenvall R, 1996, SEIZURE, V5, P139, DOI 10.1016/S1059-1311(96)80108-7.
   SIDENVALL R, 1995, EPILEPSIA, V36, P572, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1995.tb02569.x.
   Trevathan Edwin, 1996, Epilepsia, V37, P202.
   Weinmann HM., 1988, LENNOX GASTAUT SYNDR, P301.
   YAQUB BA, 1993, EPILEPSIA, V34, P120, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1993.tb02383.x.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{41}},
Times-Cited = {{78}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Epilepsia}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{YK455}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997YK45500005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997XX99800006,
Author = {Llewellyn, A and Chung, MC},
Title = {{The self-esteem of children with physical disabilities - Problems and
   dilemmas of research}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF DEVELOPMENTAL AND PHYSICAL DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{265-275}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{If is the purpose of this paper to examine attempts to measure the
   self-concept of children with physical disabilities using psychometric
   measures. It is argued that the use of measures of the self-concept as
   they relate to disability have nor previously received careful scrutiny
   in the literature and the implications of their use as well as their
   disadvantages will be discussed. The study of the self-concept is still
   very much at the forefront of modem day disability research, and
   psychologists have attempted to establish clear links between a person's
   sense of self and his/her adaptation to the social world. Caution is
   advised when using psychometric instruments for measuring the
   self-concept of young people with physical disabilities and it should
   not be assumed that the presence of a physical disability by itself is
   an overriding factor in determining the psychological development of
   children with physical disabilities. Studies of the self-concept and
   disability are producing spurious findings and it is argued that this
   may be a phenonomenom of the way data are collected. However this can
   have far reaching consequences for young people with physical
   disabilities as the way the self-concept of this particular group is
   then portrayed may be negative, destructive, and oppressive. This
   research paradigm serves none of the young people well, as questions
   such as whether it is possible to measure the self-concept of young
   people with physical disabilities or indeed whether or not it is a
   useful exercise to do so have largely been ignored in previous research
   studies with this particular group. In conclusion, further research
   implications for use with this particular subject group will be
   discussed.}},
Publisher = {{PLENUM PUBL CORP}},
Address = {{233 SPRING ST, NEW YORK, NY 10013}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Llewellyn, A (Reprint Author), WOLVERHAMPTON UNIV,SCH HLTH SCI,DIV PSYCHOL,WOLVERHAMPTON WV1 1DJ,ENGLAND.}},
DOI = {{10.1023/A:1024942205961}},
ISSN = {{1056-263X}},
Keywords = {{measurement; self-esteem and children with physical disability}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Psychology; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Psychology, Developmental; Rehabilitation}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Chung, Man/V-1717-2019}},
Cited-References = {{ANDERSON E, 1982, DISABILITY ADOLESCEN.
   APPLETON PL, 1994, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL.
   ARNOLD P, 1992, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V34, P97.
   BOGAN J, 1988, AM PSYCHOLB, V23.
   BOLL TJ, 1978, J PSYCHOSOM RES, V22, P209, DOI 10.1016/0022-3999(78)90026-0.
   BOLSTAD CH, 1975, DISS ABSTR INT B, V35, P4160.
   BRONFENBRENNER U, 1977, AM PSYCHOL, V32, P513, DOI 10.1037/0003-066x.32.7.513.
   CAMPBELL MM, 1977, J YOUTH ADOLESCENCE, V6, P397, DOI 10.1007/BF02139241.
   COOPERSMITH S, 1959, J ABNORM SOC PSYCH, V59, P87, DOI 10.1037/h0048001.
   HARTER S, 1982, CHILD DEV, V53, P87, DOI 10.2307/1129640.
   Harter S., 1988, SELF PERCEPTION PROF.
   HARTER S, 1986, PSYCHOL PERSPECTIVES, V3.
   HARVEY DHP, 1984, J CHILD PSYCHOL PSYC, V25, P273, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1984.tb00149.x.
   Hoare P, 1993, Eur Child Adolesc Psychiatry, V2, P19, DOI 10.1007/BF02098827.
   LAVIGNE JV, 1988, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V13, P363, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/13.3.363.
   LLEWELLYN A, 1995, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V37, P740.
   LLEWELLYN A, 1994, THESIS UCOLL N WALES.
   MINDE KK, 1972, AM J PSYCHIAT, V128, P104.
   PIERS EV, 1967, P HARRIS CHILDRENS S.
   Potter J., 1987, DISCOURSE SOCIAL PSY.
   Rose N., 1989, GOVERNING SOUL.
   SHONTZ FC, 1979, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V59, P251.
   SPAULDING BR, 1986, J PAEDIAT PSYCHOL, V11.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{23}},
Times-Cited = {{10}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Dev. Phys. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{XX998}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997XX99800006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997XM99400005,
Author = {Lewis, RB},
Title = {{Changes in technology use in California's special education programs}},
Journal = {{REMEDIAL AND SPECIAL EDUCATION}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{233-242}},
Month = {{JUL-AUG}},
Abstract = {{THIS STUDY INVESTIGATED CHANGES IN TECHNOLOGY USE IN CALIFORNIA'S
   SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS BETWEEN THE LATE 1980S AND MID-1990S. TWO
   GROUPS REPRESENTING DISTRICTS THAT PARTICIPATED IN AN EARLIER STUDY WERE
   SURVEYED: SPECIAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATORS (N = 149) AND SPECIAL
   EDUCATORS WHO ROUTINELY USE TECHNOLOGY IN INSTRUCTION (N = 189). RESULTS
   SUGGEST THAT COMPUTERS AND OTHER TECHNOLOGIES ARE MORE AVAILABLE TODAY
   AND USED MORE OFTEN BY ADMINISTRATORS, TEACHERS, AND STUDENTS WITH
   DISABILITIES. STUDENTS ARE MORE LIKELY TO HAVE TECHNOLOGY GOALS ON THEIR
   INDIVIDUALIZED EDUCATION PROGRAMS, INTERACT WITH TECHNOLOGY IN GENERAL
   EDUCATION SETTINGS, AND USE COMPUTERS AS TOOLS RATHER THAN FOR
   DRILL-AND-PRACTICE. ADMINISTRATORS AND TEACHERS REMAIN ENTHUSIASTIC
   ABOUT TECHNOLOGY'S BENEFITS. HOWEVER, ALTHOUGH TECHNOLOGIES USED IN
   SCHOOL PROGRAMS HAVE BECOME MORE SOPHISTICATED AND MORE PLENTIFUL,
   BARRIERS TO FULL IMPLEMENTATION STILL EXIST.}},
Publisher = {{PRO-ED INC}},
Address = {{8700 SHOAL CREEK BLVD, AUSTIN, TX 78757-6897}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Lewis, RB (Reprint Author), SAN DIEGO STATE UNIV,DEPT SPECIAL EDUC,CLAREMONT GRAD SCH,DOCTORAL PROGRAM,5500 CAMPANILE DR,SAN DIEGO,CA 92182, USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/074193259701800405}},
ISSN = {{0741-9325}},
Keywords-Plus = {{REGULAR EDUCATION; INSTRUCTION; TEACHERS; CHILDREN}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special}},
Cited-References = {{ASLIN NC, 1976, EDUC LEADERSHIP, V33, P601.
   Becker H, 1986, INSTRUCTIONAL USES S.
   Becker H.J., 1983, SCH USES MICROCOMPUT.
   BECKER HJ, 1985, WORLD C COMP ED NORF.
   BLACKHURST AE, 1986, TEACHER ED SPECIAL E, V9, P27.
   Bridges EM, 1992, PROBLEM BASED LEARNI.
   BURRELLO LC, 1983, J SPEC EDUC, V17, P341, DOI 10.1177/002246698301700310.
   COSDEN MA, 1988, J SPEC EDUC, V22, P242, DOI 10.1177/002246698802200209.
   CRADLER J, 1995, CUE NEWSLETTER, V17, P5.
   ELKHATIB LM, 1987, DISS ABSTR INT A, V49, P1682.
   ELLSWORTH NJ, 1994, LD FORUM, V19, P21.
   FAISON CL, 1990, DISS ABSTR INT A, V51, P818.
   GOLDMAN SR, 1987, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V53, P330.
   HEIL RV, 1989, DISS ABSTR INT A, V50, P3559.
   HWANG MJ, 1990, DISS ABSTR INT A, V51, P2353.
   LEWIS EB, 1993, SPECIAL ED TECHNOLOG.
   Lewis R. B., 1988, Proceedings of the Third Annual Conference `Computer Technology/Special Education/Rehabilitation, P357.
   LEWIS RB, 1994, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V5, P69.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1991, J SPEC EDUC, V25, P44, DOI 10.1177/002246699102500104.
   {*}MARK DAT RETR, 1993, ED TECHN 1993 SURV K.
   NEUMAN D, 1989, J SPEC EDUC, V9, P156.
   Office of Technology Assessment, 1988, OTASET379.
   OKOLO CM, 1989, J SPEC EDUC, V23, P107, DOI 10.1177/002246698902300109.
   PAULSON D, 1987, TEACHER ED SPECIAL E, V10, P97.
   PENSO RA, 1991, DISS ABSTR INT A, V52, P2513.
   Robinson J. A., 1992, INFORMATION STRATEGY, V8, P28.
   Stainback S, 1990, SUPPORT NETWORKS INC, P3.
   SWANBY RL, 1996, 11 ANN C TECHN PEOPL.
   Watkins M. W., 1989, J SPECIAL ED TECHNOL, V9, P167.
   WILL MC, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V52, P411, DOI 10.1177/001440298605200502.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{30}},
Times-Cited = {{5}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Remedial Spec. Educ.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{XM994}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997XM99400005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997XH14200006,
Author = {Engel, R},
Title = {{Instrument for locating students with suspected learning disabilities: A
   quantitative approach}},
Journal = {{INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF REHABILITATION RESEARCH}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{20}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{169-181}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{The instrument to locate students with learning disabilities was
   developed to create equality and uniformity, so that such difficulties
   could be spotted independently of socialization factors, teachers and
   parents to whom the student had been exposed.
   The instrument was developed on the basis of research that defines the
   reading rate of students with reading disabilities in words per minute,
   the minimum number of errors for locating writing disabilities, and the
   number of answers and lines a student uses to reconstruct the content of
   a passage adapted to his or her age level.
   The research carried out in order to construct the instrument is the
   first to attempt to quantify disability, and on this basis to construct
   an instrument to locate students with disabilities in reading, writing
   and visual recall. The procedure can be carried out for a whole class in
   a single lesson period.
   One indirect conclusion from the research is that disability indicators
   remain with the learning disabled regardless of time since diagnosis or
   remedial help. Other implications related to combining the quantity
   component in diagnoses of degrees of difference in the disability
   identified, and in extra examination time for the learning disabled. The
   instrument should solve the problem of locating students with difficulty
   reading, writing or in visual recall, due to disability. Students thus
   identified will be directed to individual diagnosis to find out whether
   their difficulties are primary or secondary (e.g. a new immigrant who
   still has trouble with Hebrew). A personal corrective programme can then
   be constructed.}},
Publisher = {{CHAPMAN HALL LTD}},
Address = {{2-6 BOUNDARY ROW, LONDON, ENGLAND SE1 8HN}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{TEL HAI COLL,TEL HAI,ISRAEL.}},
DOI = {{10.1097/00004356-199706000-00006}},
ISSN = {{0342-5282}},
Keywords = {{learning disability; reading; writing; visual comprehension;
   quantitative approach}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Boder E., 1971, LEARN DISORD, V4, P297.
   ENGEL R, 1993, DATA COLLECTION STUD.
   ENGEL R, 1994, DYSGRAPHIA THEORETIC.
   MALATESHA JR, 1941, WRITING LANGUAGE DIS.
   VELLUTINO FR, 1979, DYSLEXIA THEORY RES.
   WECHSLER D, 1987, WMS X WECHSLER MEMOR.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{6}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Int. J. Rehabil. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{XH142}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997XH14200006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997XC60000001,
Author = {DelaPaz, S and Graham, S},
Title = {{Effects of dictation and advanced planning instruction on the composing
   of students with writing and learning problems}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{89}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{203-222}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{This study examined the effects of dictation and explicit instruction in
   planning on the composing skills of students in 5th-, 6th-, and
   7th-grade with learning disabilities. Students received instruction in
   either (a) planning, where students learned a strategy for developing,
   evaluating, and organizing ideas prior to composing, or (b) comparison,
   where students learned about essay structure,, revised sample essays,
   and composed and shared essays with peers. In both conditions, half the
   students dictated and half the students wrote their plans and essays.
   The combination of dictation and instruction in advanced planning
   resulted in more complete and qualitatively better essays in contrast to
   those written by students in the comparison condition on both a posttest
   and 2-week maintenance probe. Results indicate advanced planning is
   important when using dictation to compose.}},
Publisher = {{AMER PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC}},
Address = {{750 FIRST ST NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{DelaPaz, S (Reprint Author), VANDERBILT UNIV,PEABODY COLL,DEPT SPECIAL EDUC,NASHVILLE,TN 37203, USA.
   UNIV MARYLAND,DEPT SPECIAL EDUC,COLLEGE PK,MD 20742.}},
DOI = {{10.1037/0022-0663.89.2.203}},
ISSN = {{0022-0663}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DISABLED STUDENTS; STRATEGY INSTRUCTION; REVISING BEHAVIOR;
   SELF-EFFICACY; DISABILITIES; KNOWLEDGE; WRITTEN; COHERENCE; ESSAYS;
   SKILLS}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Educational}},
Cited-References = {{BAMBERG B, 1984, RES TEACH ENGL, V18, P305.
   BLASS T, 1975, LANG SPEECH, V18, P20, DOI 10.1177/002383097501800103.
   BLOODGOOD JW, 1989, READ TEACH, V43, P188.
   Boscolo P., 1990, FIRST LANG, V10, P217, DOI DOI 10.1177/014272379001003003.
   Burtis P. J., 1983, EXPLORATIONS DEV WRI, P153.
   COOPER OP, 1989, DISS ABSTR INT, V49, P2567.
   De La Paz S., 1995, ADV LEARNING BEHAV D, V9, P227.
   DeLaPaz S, 1997, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V63, P167, DOI 10.1177/001440299706300202.
   DENO SL, 1982, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V48, P368.
   ENGLERT CS, 1988, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V11, P18, DOI 10.2307/1511035.
   Flower L., 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESS, P31.
   FROESE V, 1983, ANN M NAT READ C AUS.
   GARDNER H, 1980, PSYCHOL TODAY, V14, P14.
   George Plimpton, 1989, WRITERS CHAPBOOK.
   GERBER PJ, 1990, J LEARN DISABIL, V23, P570, DOI 10.1177/002221949002300907.
   GOULD JD, 1978, HUM FACTORS, V20, P495, DOI 10.1177/001872087802000415.
   GOULD JD, 1978, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V4, P648, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.4.4.648.
   GOULD JD, 1978, ATTENTION PERFORM, V7, P299.
   GRAHAM S, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL, V26, P237, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600404.
   GRAHAM S, 1995, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V87, P230, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.87.2.230.
   GRAHAM S, 1991, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V14, P89, DOI 10.2307/1510517.
   GRAHAM S, 1990, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V82, P781, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.82.4.781.
   GRAHAM S, 1989, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V56, P201, DOI 10.1177/001440298905600305.
   Graham S, 1996, EDUC PSYCHOL REV, V8, P7, DOI 10.1007/BF01761831.
   Greenbaum B, 1996, J LEARN DISABIL, V29, P167, DOI 10.1177/002221949602900206.
   HALPERN J, 1984, ANN M C COLL COMP CO.
   HAMMILL DD, 1988, TEST WRITTEN LANGUAG, V2.
   HARRIS K, 1992, HELPING YOUNG WRITER.
   HAY TA, 1984, ANN M NAT READ C ST.
   HAYES JR, 1986, AM PSYCHOL, V41, P1106, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.41.10.1106.
   HAYTER AJ, 1986, J AM STAT ASSOC, V81, P1000.
   HIDI SE, 1983, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V6, P91, DOI 10.1080/01638538309544557.
   KING M, 1981, CHILDREN LEARN WRITE.
   KIRK R, 1985, EXPT DESIGN PROCEDUR.
   MACARTHUR C, 1991, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V6, P201, DOI DOI 10.1177/002221940303600204.
   MacArthur C. A., 1996, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V11, P168.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1991, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V14, P61, DOI 10.2307/1510373.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1987, J SPEC EDUC, V21, P22, DOI 10.1177/002246698702100304.
   McCarthy D., 1972, MANUAL MCCARTHY SCAL.
   MCCULLEY GA, 1985, RES TEACH ENGL, V19, P269.
   MCCUTCHEN D, 1987, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V10, P267, DOI 10.1080/01638538709544676.
   MCCUTCHEN D, 1988, WRIT COMMUN, V5, P306, DOI 10.1177/0741088388005003003.
   MEISEL WS, 1993, BYTE, V18, P113.
   MORAN MR, 1981, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V4, P271, DOI 10.2307/1510948.
   NEWCOMER PL, 1988, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V11, P82, DOI 10.2307/1510986.
   Pedhazur E., 1982, MULTIPLE REGRESSION.
   PRESSLEY M, 1989, ELEM SCHOOL J, V89, P301, DOI 10.1086/461578.
   {*}PSYCH CORP, 1992, WECHSL IND ACH TEST.
   REECE JE, 1992, THESIS LA TROBE U BU.
   RENTEL VM, 1983, RES WRITING PRINCIPL, P139.
   SAWYER RJ, 1992, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V84, P340, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.84.3.340.
   SCARDAMALIA M, 1982, WHAT WRITERS KNOW LA, P173.
   SEAMAN MA, 1991, PSYCHOL BULL, V110, P577, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.110.3.577.
   SHEPARD LA, 1983, AM EDUC RES J, V20, P309, DOI 10.3102/00028312020003309.
   SUZLBY E, 1987, WRITING REAL TIME MO, P133.
   THOMAS CC, 1987, REM SPEC EDUC, V8, P21, DOI 10.1177/074193258700800105.
   Wechsler D., 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC.
   Wechsler D., 1991, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC.
   WETZEL K, 1993, LD FORUM, V19, P38.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{59}},
Times-Cited = {{72}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{7}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Educ. Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{XC600}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997XC60000001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997WX27300002,
Author = {Gleeson, BJ},
Title = {{Disability studies: A historical materialist view}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{12}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{179-202}},
Month = {{APR}},
Abstract = {{This paper presents an historical materialist view of recent accounts of
   disability in Western societies. This view is presented in two main
   parts: first, as an in-depth appraisal of the field of disability
   studies, and secondly, as an outline for an alternative, historical
   materialist account of disablement.
   The critical assessment of disability studies finds that recent accounts
   of disability are in the main seriously deficient in terms of both
   epistemology and historiography (though some important exceptions are
   identified). In particular, four specific areas of theoretical weakness
   are identified: theoretical superficiality, idealism, the fixation with
   normality, and an unwillingness to consider history seriously. It is
   argued that these deficiencies have prevented the field of disability
   studies fi om realising its potential to challenge the structures which
   oppress impaired people.
   From this critical epistemological perspective, an outline is made of an
   alternative, materialist account of disability, stressing both
   theoretical and political agendas.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBL CO}},
Address = {{PO BOX 25, ABINGDON, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND OX14 3UE}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Gleeson, BJ (Reprint Author), AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,RES SCH SOCIAL SCI,URBAN RES PROGRAM,CANBERRA,ACT 0200,AUSTRALIA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599727326}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SOCIAL-ROLE VALORIZATION; EMPLOYMENT}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Gleeson, Brendan/0000-0001-7264-7397}},
Cited-References = {{ABBERLEY P, 1991, OCCASIONAL PAPERS SO, V10.
   ABBERLEY P, 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   ABBERLEY P, 1991, OCCASIONAL PAPERS SO, V9.
   ABBERLEY P, 1989, {[}No title captured].
   ABBERLEY P, 1985, UNPUB POLICING CRIPP.
   Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Altvater E., 1993, FUTURE MARKET ESSAY.
   ANDERSON E, 1979, DISABLED SCHOOLCHILD.
   APPLEBY Y, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P19, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780021.
   Ballard K., 1994, DISABILITY FAMILY WH.
   BARNES C, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P378.
   BARNES C, 1992, PERS REV, V21, P55, DOI 10.1108/00483489210021080.
   BARTON L, 1991, UNPUB DISABILITY NEC.
   Barton L, 1989, DISABILITY DEPENDENC.
   Begum N., 1994, REFLECTIONS VIEWS BL.
   Berkowitz Edward D., 1987, DISABLED POLICY AM P.
   BOTTOMORE T, 1983, DICT MARXIST THOUGHT.
   BOVI A, 1971, BREUGEL.
   Braudel Fernand, 1981, CIVILIZATION CAPITAL, V1.
   CAMPLING J, 1981, IMAGES OURSELVES.
   Cass Bettina, 1988, SOCIAL SECURITY REV.
   COMAROFF J, 1985, BODY POWER SPIRIT RE.
   COOPER M, 1990, WOMEN DISABILITY.
   Davis Lennard J, 1995, ENFORCING NORMALCY D.
   Deegan M. J., 1985, WOMEN DISABILITY DOU.
   DETTWYLER KA, 1991, AM J PHYS ANTHROPOL, V84, P375, DOI 10.1002/ajpa.1330840402.
   Dorn M., 1994, THESIS PENNSYLVANIA.
   Evans-Pritchard E. E., 1937, WITCHCRAFT ORACLES M.
   FERGUSON PM, 1992, INTERPRETING DISABIL.
   FINE M, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P3, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02045.x.
   FINKELSTEIN V, 1980, ATTITUDES DISABLED P.
   Finkelstein V., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   FOOTE T, 1971, WORLD BREUGEL.
   FRANK AW, 1990, THEOR CULT SOC, V17, P131.
   GLEESON BJ, 1993, THESIS U MELBOURNE.
   GLEESON BJ, 1995, AUSTR J SOCIAL ISSUE, V29, P10.
   Goffman Erving, 1969, STRATEGIC INTERACTIO.
   Goffman Erving, 1964, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   HAHN H, 1986, ENVIRON PLANN D, V4, P273, DOI 10.1068/d040273.
   HAHN H, 1987, POLICY STUD J, V15, P551.
   HAHN H, 1988, SOCIAL POLICY    WIN, P26.
   Hahn H., 1989, POWER GEOGRAPHY TERR.
   Haj F., 1970, DISABILITY ANTIQUITY.
   Hanks JR, 1948, J SOC ISSUES, V4, P11.
   HARRISON J, 1987, SEVERE PHYSICAL DISA.
   Hevey David, 1992, CREATURES TIME FORGO.
   JARY P, 1991, COLLINS DICT SOCIOLO.
   LAURA RS, 1980, PROBLEM HANDICAP.
   LEONARD P, 1984, PERSONALITY IDEOLOGY.
   Liachowitz CH, 1988, DISABILITY SOCIAL CO.
   LONGMORE PK, 1995, DISABILITY RAG R SEP, P4.
   Lonsdale S., 1990, WOMEN DISABILITY EXP.
   Lunt N, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P223, DOI DOI 10.1080/09687599466780231.
   MANDEL E, 1968, MARXIST EC THEORY.
   Marx K., 1978, MARX ENGELS READER.
   Marx K., 1976, CAPITAL, V1.
   Marx Karl, 1981, CAPITAL, V3.
   MEEKOSHA H, 1989, AUST J SOC ISSUES, V24, P249, DOI 10.1002/j.1839-4655.1989.tb00868.x.
   MEYERSON L, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P173, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02056.x.
   Morris J., 1991, PRIDE PREJUDICE TRAN.
   MORRIS J, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVES CO.
   MORRIS J, 1993, {[}No title captured], V43, P57.
   MORRIS P, 1969, PUT AWAY.
   OLIVER M, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P369.
   Oliver M., 1989, DISABILITY DEPENDENC.
   Oliver M., 1990, POLITICS DISABLEMENT.
   OLIVER M, 1993, {[}No title captured].
   Oliver M., 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648666780021.
   ORR K, 1984, AUSTR DISABILITY REV, V3, P14.
   Radford J. P., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME.
   Riley J C, 1987, Contin Chang, V2, P363, DOI 10.1017/S0268416000000709.
   Rioux Marcia H., 1994, DISABILITY IS NOT ME.
   Ryan J., 1987, POLITICS MENTAL HAND.
   SAFILIOSROTHSCH.C, 1970, SOCIOLOGY SOCIAL PSY.
   SCHEER J, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P23, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02046.x.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1994, DISABIL SOC, V9, P283, DOI 10.1080/09687599466780341.
   Siegelbaum Lewis H., 1989, DISABLED SOVIET UNIO.
   SMITH NJ, 1991, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.
   Stone D., 1984, DISABLED STATE.
   Swain J., 1993, DISABLING BARRIERS E.
   THORPE C, 1980, REV BLACK POLITICAL, V10.
   Topliss E., 1982, SOCIAL RESPONSES HAN.
   Topliss Eda, 1979, PROVISION DISABLED.
   Townsend P, 1979, POVERTY UK.
   TROWBRIDGE R, 1993, AUST J SOC ISSUES, V28, P50, DOI 10.1002/j.1839-4655.1993.tb00917.x.
   Turner B. S., 1984, BODY SOC EXPLORATION.
   TURNER BS, 1991, BODY SOCIAL PROCESS.
   URMSON JO, 1981, CONCISE ENCY W PHILO.
   Vogel L, 1983, MARXISM OPPRESSION W.
   WALKER A, 1980, J SOCIAL POLICY, V9.
   WARREN B, 1980, PROBLEM HANDICAP.
   Watson F., 1930, CIVILISATION CRIPPLE.
   Williams C, 1992, IND SOCIOLOGY WORK W.
   WOLFENSBERGER W, 1983, MENT RETARD, V21, P234.
   WOLFENSBERGER W, 1995, DISABIL SOC, V10, P365, DOI 10.1080/09687599550023598.
   Wolfensberger W., 1983, PASSING PROGRAM ANAL.
   WRIGHT B, 1960, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.
   Young I. M., 1990, JUSTICE POLITICS DIF.
   ZOLA IK, 1993, SOC SCI MED, V36, P167, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(93)90208-L.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{99}},
Times-Cited = {{51}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{10}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{WX273}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997WX27300002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1997XV16300006,
Author = {Palmer, FB},
Title = {{Evaluation of developmental therapies in cerebral palsy}},
Journal = {{MENTAL RETARDATION AND DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES RESEARCH REVIEWS}},
Year = {{1997}},
Volume = {{3}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{145-152}},
Abstract = {{Developmental therapies in children with cerebral palsy have been a
   traditional mainstay of treatment. Their use is part of mandated
   intervention programs in every state. Until recently, however, research
   into the effects of these interventions has been limited both in scope
   and quality. This paper reviews the status of research into the effects
   of developmental therapies, using physical therapy in cerebral palsy as
   the model. Recent studies have not demonstrated consistent treatment
   effects in cerebral palsy, but the quantity and scope of the research is
   insufficient to make global statements about treatment effect.
   Directions for future research should include multi-center clinical
   trials incorporating no-treatment control groups as well as
   single-subject studies to generate hypotheses for larger studies. A wide
   variety of parameters of the subject-treatment interaction may affect
   treatment outcome and should be investigated. These include treatment
   timing, intensity, parent involvement, treatment combinations, and the
   profile of the child's associated disabilities. Study cohorts at extreme
   risk for cerebral palsy can be identified through neuroimaging and may
   allow evaluation of very early treatment effects. Studies evaluating a
   wide range of measures, including functional and economic outcomes, are
   necessary if decisions about program support are to based on treatment
   effectiveness as well as cost. (C) 1997 Wiley-Liss, Inc.}},
Publisher = {{WILEY-LISS}},
Address = {{DIV JOHN WILEY \& SONS INC, 605 THIRD AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10158-0012}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{UNIV TENNESSEE,COLL MED,BOLING CTR DEV DISABIL,MEMPHIS,TN.}},
DOI = {{10.1002/(SICI)1098-2779(1997)3:2<145::AID-MRDD6>3.0.CO;2-Q}},
ISSN = {{1080-4013}},
Keywords = {{cerebral palsy; physical therapy; early intervention; outcome studies}},
Keywords-Plus = {{NEUROMUSCULAR ELECTRICAL-STIMULATION; BIRTH-WEIGHT INFANTS; EARLY
   INTERVENTION; PHYSICAL THERAPY; MOTOR DELAY; NEURODEVELOPMENTAL THERAPY;
   CONTROLLED TRIAL; UPPER-EXTREMITY; CLINICAL USE; CHILDREN}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology; Pediatrics; Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology; Neurosciences; Pediatrics; Psychiatry}},
Cited-References = {{{*}8NF HLTH DEV PROG, 1990, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V263, P3035.
   BAX M, 1986, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V28, P695.
   BAX M, 1967, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V9, P1.
   BAX M, 1987, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V29, P689.
   Bayley N., 1969, BAYLEY SCALES INFANT.
   BLAIR E, 1995, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V37, P544.
   Bobath B, 1985, ABNORMAL POSTURAL RE.
   BOBATH K, 1980, CLIN DEV MED, V75.
   BOITEAU M, 1995, PHYS THER, V75, P796, DOI 10.1093/ptj/75.9.796.
   BOWER E, 1993, BAILLIERE CLIN NEUR, V2, P29.
   BOYCE WF, 1991, PHYS THER, V71, P813, DOI 10.1093/ptj/71.11.813.
   BROWNELL CA, 1985, INFANT INTERVENTION, P109.
   CAPUTE AJ, 1985, AM J DIS CHILD, V139, P940, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1985.02140110094038.
   CARMICK J, 1993, PHYS THER, V73, P514, DOI 10.1093/ptj/73.8.514.
   CARMICK J, 1993, PHYS THER, V73, P505, DOI 10.1093/ptj/73.8.505.
   CONNPOWERS M, 1996, STUDY UTILIZATION 1.
   Doll E. A., 1965, VINELAND SOCIAL MATU.
   FERRY PC, 1981, PEDIATRICS, V67, P38.
   GAGE JR, 1991, GAIT ANAL CEREBRAL P.
   GOODMAN M, 1985, LANCET, V2, P1327.
   GRAVES P, 1995, J PAEDIATR CHILD H, V31, P24, DOI 10.1111/j.1440-1754.1995.tb02907.x.
   Guralnick M. J., 1997, EFFECTIVENESS EARLY, P3.
   Harris S., 1997, EFFECTIVENESS EARLY, P327.
   HARRIS SR, 1988, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V7, P20, DOI 10.1177/027112148800700404.
   HORN EM, 1995, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V37, P697.
   HUR JJ, 1995, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V91, P423.
   LAW M, 1991, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V33, P379.
   LAW M, 1993, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V35, P983, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8749.1993.tb11580.x.
   MAYO NE, 1991, AM J PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P258, DOI 10.1097/00002060-199110000-00006.
   McCarton CM, 1997, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V277, P126, DOI 10.1001/jama.277.2.126.
   MCCORMICK MC, 1993, J PEDIATR-US, V123, P527, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)80945-X.
   MCLAUGHLIN JF, 1994, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V36, P755.
   {*}N AT ADV BOARD ME, 1993, NIH PUB, P27.
   NELSON KB, 1982, PEDIATRICS, V69, P529.
   NELSON KB, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V315, P81, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198607103150202.
   OSTERGRANITE ML, 1996, MRDD RES REV, V2, P197.
   PAKULA AL, 1997, EFFECTIVENESS EARLY, P99.
   PALMER F B, 1990, Pediatrics, V85, P411.
   PALMER FB, 1988, NEW ENGL J MED, V318, P803, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198803313181302.
   PALMER FB, 1988, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V9, P79.
   PALMER FB, 1992, MOVEMENT DISORDER CH.
   PARETTE HP, 1984, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V58, P159, DOI 10.2466/PMS.58.1.159-163.
   PARETTE HP, 1984, AM J OCCUP THER, V38, P462, DOI 10.5014/ajot.38.7.462.
   PEARSON PH, 1982, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V24, P417.
   PINTOMARTIN JA, 1995, PEDIATRICS, V95, P249.
   PIPER MC, 1986, PEDIATRICS, V78, P216.
   PLESS IB, 1973, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V15, P256.
   PLESS IB, 1976, PEDIATRICS, V58, P7.
   REDDIHOUGH D, 1991, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V33, P578.
   ROSENBLOOM L, 1995, ARCH DIS CHILD, V72, P350, DOI 10.1136/adc.72.4.350.
   ROTHBERG AD, 1991, PEDIATRICS, V88, P547.
   SHONKOFF JP, 1987, PEDIATRICS, V80, P650.
   SIMEONSSON RJ, 1982, PEDIATRICS, V58, P47.
   SPARLING J, 1979, LEAMINGAMES 1 3 YEAR.
   TAFT I, 1972, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V14, P703.
   THOMPSON S, 1979, 33 ANN M AM AC CER P.
   TIROSH E, 1989, AM J DIS CHILD, V143, P552, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1989.02150170050020.
   TURNBULL JD, 1993, AM J DIS CHILD, V147, P54.
   {*}US DEP ED, 1996, PERCENTAGE INFANTS H.
   WRIGHT T, 1973, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V15, P146.
   ZELEN M, 1979, NEW ENGL J MED, V300, P1242, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197905313002203.
   ZUCK FN, 1952, AM ACAD ORTHOPEDIC S, V9.
   Zupan V, 1996, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V38, P1061.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{63}},
Times-Cited = {{5}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Ment. Retard. Dev. Disabil. Res. Rev.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{XV163}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1997XV16300006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1996VK71800004,
Author = {Ferrucci, L and Guralnik, JM and Salive, ME and Fried, LP and
   BandeenRoche, K and Brock, DB and Simonsick, EM and Corti, MC and Zeger,
   SL},
Title = {{Effect of age and severity of disability on short-term variation in
   walking speed: The women's health and aging study}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY}},
Year = {{1996}},
Volume = {{49}},
Number = {{10}},
Pages = {{1089-1096}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{Standardized objective measures of human performance have been
   introduced in clinical and epidemiologic studies of older populations.
   Reliability of these measures has usually been estimated by comparing
   two measures obtained in the same person. However, no information is
   available on variability of multiple measures collected serially over
   short time intervals. This study uses data from the Weekly Disability
   Study, a component of the Women's Health and Aging Study, to describe
   fluctuations in physical performance over multiple, consecutive time
   intervals. Walking speed was measured weekly over a 6 month period in 99
   older women affected by mild to severe disability. Overall, 2120
   observations were explored using techniques developed for the analysis
   of repeated measures. Results showed that the correlations between
   observations in the same person were inversely related to their
   separation in time. The decay in the autocorrelation function was
   steeper in the least disabled. However, even with 20-week separations in
   assessments, correlations remained above 0.6 in all age and severity of
   disability subgroups. Changes over time in performance differed somewhat
   between disability subgroups, but the relative performance across
   subgroups remained stable over the entire course of the study. A clear
   learning effect was found only in those in the middle disability
   subgroup. Results support the utilization of repeated measures of
   physical performance in research that evaluates older persons over time.}},
Publisher = {{PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, ENGLAND OX5 1GB}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Ferrucci, L (Reprint Author), NIA,EPIDEMIOL DEMOG \& BIOMETRY PROGRAM,7201 WISCONSIN AVE,GATEWAY BLDG,SUITE 3C-309,BETHESDA,MD 20892, USA.
   NATL RES INST,DEPT GERIATR,FLORENCE,ITALY.
   JOHNS HOPKINS MED INST,SCH MED,DEPT MED,BALTIMORE,MD 21205.
   JOHNS HOPKINS MED INST,SCH MED,DEPT EPIDEMIOL,BALTIMORE,MD 21205.
   JOHNS HOPKINS MED INST,SCH HYG \& PUBL HLTH,DEPT BIOSTAT,BALTIMORE,MD 21205.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/0895-4356(96)00231-4}},
ISSN = {{0895-4356}},
Keywords = {{walking; performance; aging; physical function; disability;
   autocorrelation}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LOWER-EXTREMITY FUNCTION; PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE; BUTTON TEST;
   RHEUMATOID-ARTHRITIS; STANDING BALANCE; GRIP STRENGTH; HEART-FAILURE;
   OLDER ADULTS; MORTALITY; DISEASE}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Public, Environmental \& Occupational
   Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Public, Environmental \& Occupational
   Health}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Simonsick, Eleanor/W-6864-2019}},
Cited-References = {{ALEXANDER NB, 1991, J GERONTOL, V46, pM91, DOI 10.1093/geronj/46.3.M91.
   BERNSTEIN ML, 1994, CHEST, V105, P163, DOI 10.1378/chest.105.1.163.
   BITTNER V, 1993, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V270, P1702, DOI 10.1001/jama.270.14.1702.
   CHEN HC, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, pM227, DOI 10.1093/geronj/49.5.M227.
   COWLEY AJ, 1991, LANCET, V337, P771, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(91)91381-4.
   CUNNINGHAM DA, 1982, J GERONTOL, V37, P560, DOI 10.1093/geronj/37.5.560.
   CUNNINGS SR, 1995, NEW ENGL J MED, V332, P767.
   Diggle PJ, 1994, ANAL LONGITUDINAL DA, P33.
   ELBLE RJ, 1994, MOVEMENT DISORD, V9, P139, DOI 10.1002/mds.870090203.
   ELBLE RJ, 1992, J NEUROL, V239, P71, DOI 10.1007/BF00862975.
   FERRUCCI L, 1993, STROKE, V24, P200, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.24.2.200.
   Fleishman E.A., 1984, TAXONOMIES HUMAN PER.
   Guccione A A, 1990, Arthritis Care Res, V3, P44, DOI 10.1002/1529-0131(199003)3:1<44::AID-ANR1790030108>3.0.CO;2-D.
   GURALNIK JM, 1995, NEW ENGL J MED, V332, P556, DOI 10.1056/NEJM199503023320902.
   GURALNIK JM, 1989, J GERONTOL, V44, pM141, DOI 10.1093/geronj/44.5.M141.
   GURALNIK JM, 1994, AGING-CLIN EXP RES, V6, P303, DOI 10.1007/BF03324256.
   GURALNIK JM, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, pM85, DOI 10.1093/geronj/49.2.M85.
   GURALNIK JM, 1994, J AM GERIATR SOC, V42, P1128, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1994.tb06221.x.
   GUYATT GH, 1985, J CHRON DIS, V38, P517, DOI 10.1016/0021-9681(85)90035-9.
   HU MH, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, pM52, DOI 10.1093/geronj/49.2.M52.
   HU MH, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, pM62, DOI 10.1093/geronj/49.2.M62.
   HUASDORFF JM, 1994, J AM GERIATR SOC, V42, P156.
   JENG SF, 1988, PHYS THER, V8, P511.
   JENNRICH RI, 1986, BIOMETRICS, V42, P805, DOI 10.2307/2530695.
   LIPKIN DP, 1988, INT J CARDIOL, V18, P187, DOI 10.1016/0167-5273(88)90164-7.
   LIPKIN DP, 1986, BRIT HEART J, V55, P439.
   MCPHEE SD, 1987, AM J OCCUP THER, V41, P158, DOI 10.5014/ajot.41.3.158.
   MUNGALL IPF, 1979, THORAX, V34, P254, DOI 10.1136/thx.34.2.254.
   NEVITT MC, 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V261, P2663, DOI 10.1001/jama.261.18.2663.
   PHILLIPS SK, 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, pM45, DOI 10.1093/geronj/47.2.M45.
   PINCUS T, 1987, J RHEUMATOL, V14, P240.
   PINCUS T, 1991, J RHEUMATOL, V18, P997.
   PINCUS T, 1992, J RHEUMATOL, V19, P1051.
   REUBEN DB, 1992, J GERONTOL, V47, pM106, DOI 10.1093/geronj/47.4.M106.
   {*}SAS I INC, 1992, SAS STAT SOFT WARE E.
   SEEMAN TE, 1994, J GERONTOL, V49, pM97, DOI 10.1093/geronj/49.3.M97.
   WINOGRAD CH, 1994, J AM GERIATR SOC, V42, P713.
   WOO J, 1995, NEUROEPIDEMIOLOGY, V14, P65, DOI 10.1159/000109780.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{38}},
Times-Cited = {{34}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Clin. Epidemiol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{VK718}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1996VK71800004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1996VF70400005,
Author = {Lancioni, GE and OReilly, MF and Emerson, E},
Title = {{A review of choice research with people with severe and profound
   developmental disabilities}},
Journal = {{RESEARCH IN DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{1996}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{391-411}},
Month = {{SEP-OCT}},
Abstract = {{During the lost 15-20 years, a significant amount of research has
   focused on the issue of choice among people affected by severe-profound
   developmental disabilities. Studies have been directed at (a) assessing
   the ability of those people to choose between different options and
   express preferences that could be used for reinforcement or occupational
   purposes, (b) building choice opportunities within those people's daily
   situations, and (c) evaluating the possible effects of choice making on
   those people's performance and behavior. This paper reviews the
   aforementioned studies and comments on the main findings and related
   questions.}},
Publisher = {{PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Lancioni, GE (Reprint Author), LEIDEN UNIV, DEPT PSYCHOL, WASSENAARSEWEG 52, NL-2333 AK LEIDEN, NETHERLANDS.
   NATL UNIV IRELAND UNIV COLL DUBLIN, DUBLIN 4, IRELAND.
   UNIV MANCHESTER, MANCHESTER M13 9PL, LANCS, ENGLAND.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/0891-4222(96)00025-X}},
ISSN = {{0891-4222}},
Keywords-Plus = {{SEVERE HANDICAPS; MULTIPLE DISABILITIES; REINFORCER ASSESSMENT;
   MENTAL-RETARDATION; ACTIVITY PREFERENCES; PROBLEM BEHAVIORS; WORK
   PERFORMANCE; RETARDED-ADULTS; STUDENTS; CHILDREN}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Lancioni, Giulio/0000-0002-6515-5690}},
Cited-References = {{BAER RA, 1992, EDUC TREAT CHILD, V15, P1.
   BAMBARA LM, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P555, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-555.
   Bambara LM, 1995, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V20, P185, DOI 10.1177/154079699502000303.
   BANNERMAN DJ, 1990, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V23, P79, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1990.23-79.
   Belfiore P.J., 1994, J BEHAV EDUC, V4, P217.
   BOWERS DS, 1985, BEHAV THER, V16, P357, DOI 10.1016/S0005-7894(85)80003-4.
   BROWN F, 1993, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V28, P318.
   BUYER LS, 1987, AM J MENT RETARD, V91, P543.
   CHILDS KE, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P7, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-7.
   COSDEN M, 1995, J BEHAV EDUC, V5, P11, DOI DOI 10.1007/BF02110212.
   DATTILO J, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P369, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-369.
   DATTILO J, 1987, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V22, P128.
   DATTILO J, 1986, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V19, P445, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1986.19-445.
   DATTILO J, 1987, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V12, P306.
   Dattilo J., 1985, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V10, P194, DOI DOI 10.1177/154079698501000402.
   DERBY KM, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P345, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-345.
   DUKER PC, 1985, APPL RES MENT RETARD, V6, P147, DOI 10.1016/S0270-3092(85)80067-9.
   DUNLAP G, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-387.
   DYER K, 1989, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V14, P184.
   DYER K, 1990, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V23, P515, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1990.23-515.
   EMERSON E, 1995, CHALLENGING BEHAV AN.
   FAVELL JE, 1977, AM J MENT DEF, V81, P357.
   FELCE D, 1995, RES DEV DISABIL, V16, P51, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(94)00028-8.
   FISHER W, 1992, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V25, P491, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1992.25-491.
   FOSTERJOHNSON L, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P493, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-493.
   GOODE DA, 1976, MENT RETARD, V14, P10.
   GOTHELF CR, 1994, TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL, V26, P13.
   Guess D., 1985, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V10, P79, DOI DOI 10.2511/RPSD.33.1-2.75.
   HOUGHTON J, 1987, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V12, P18.
   Houlihan D. D., 1992, EDUC TREAT CHILD, V15, P244.
   IWATA BA, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P183, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-183.
   KEARNEY CA, 1995, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V7, P11, DOI 10.1007/BF02578711.
   KENNEDY CH, 1993, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V26, P63, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1993.26-63.
   KISHI G, 1988, AM J MENT RETARD, V92, P430.
   KOEGEL RL, 1987, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V20, P243, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1987.20-243.
   LALLI JS, 1994, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V36, P625.
   LAMORE KL, 1993, AM J OCCUP THER, V47, P397, DOI 10.5014/ajot.47.5.397.
   LANCIONI GE, 1993, J INTELL DISABIL RES, V37, P23.
   LANCIONI GE, 1995, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V7, P67, DOI 10.1007/BF02578715.
   LANCIONI GE, 1988, J MENT DEFIC RES, V32, P125.
   LANCIONI GE, 1993, BEHAV RESIDENTIAL TR, V8, P219.
   LANCIONI GE, 1994, MENT HANDICAP RES, V7, P237.
   LANCIONI GE, 1993, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V5, P337.
   LANCIONI GE, 1994, BEHAVIORAL INTERVENT, V9, P93.
   LINDSEY P, 1991, MENT RETARD, V29, P119.
   Locke P. A., 1988, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V4, P15, DOI {[}10.1080/07434618812331274567, DOI 10.1080/07434618812331274567].
   MASON SA, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P171, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-171.
   MATHY-LAIKKO P, 1989, AAC (Augmentative and Alternative Communication), V5, P249, DOI 10.1080/07434618912331275306.
   MEYER LH, 1987, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V12, P251.
   MITHAUG DE, 1980, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V13, P177, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1980.13-177.
   MITHAUG DE, 1978, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V11, P153, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1978.11-153.
   NEWTON JS, 1991, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V16, P207.
   NEWTON JS, 1993, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V26, P239, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1993.26-239.
   NORTHUP J, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P99, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-99.
   Nozaki K, 1995, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V20, P196, DOI 10.1177/154079699502000304.
   OREILLY MF, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P225, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-225.
   PACLAWSKYJ TR, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P219, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-219.
   PARSONS MB, 1993, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V18, P253, DOI 10.1177/154079699301800408.
   PARSONS MB, 1990, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V23, P253, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1990.23-253.
   PARSONS MB, 1990, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V23, P183, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1990.23-183.
   REALON RE, 1990, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V25, P299.
   REID DH, 1977, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V10, P591, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1977.10-591.
   REID DH, 1991, BEHAV RESIDENTIAL TR, V6, P249.
   RICE MS, 1988, OCCUP THER J RES, V8, P176, DOI 10.1177/153944928800800306.
   Romski M.A., 1988, AUGMENTATIVE ALTERNA, V4, P83, DOI DOI 10.1080/07434618812331274667.
   RYNDERS JE, 1972, AM J MENT DEF, V76, P568.
   SCHEPIS MM, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P73, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-73.
   Shevin M., 1984, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V9, P159.
   SIGAFOOS J, 1992, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V25, P747, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1992.25-747.
   Sigafoos J, 1995, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V20, P175, DOI 10.1177/154079699502000302.
   Sigafoos J., 1993, J DEV PHYS DISABIL, V5, P297.
   SMITH JD, 1994, EDUC TRAIN MENT RET, V29, P179.
   SMITH RG, 1995, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V28, P61, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1995.28-61.
   SPANGLER P, 1990, J MENT DEFIC RES, V34, P371.
   STANCLIFFE RJ, 1995, AM J MENT RETARD, V99, P418.
   VOLLMER TR, 1994, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V27, P331, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1994.27-331.
   VOLLMER TR, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P279, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-279.
   WACKER DP, 1988, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V21, P331, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1988.21-331.
   WACKER DP, 1985, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V18, P173, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1985.18-173.
   WEST MD, 1992, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V17, P47, DOI 10.1177/154079699201700109.
   WINDSOR J, 1994, RES DEV DISABIL, V15, P439, DOI 10.1016/0891-4222(94)90028-0.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{81}},
Times-Cited = {{61}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{6}},
Journal-ISO = {{Res. Dev. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{VF704}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1996VF70400005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1996UT07000009,
Author = {Temple, CM and Carney, R},
Title = {{Reading skills in children with Turner's syndrome: An analysis of
   hyperlexia}},
Journal = {{CORTEX}},
Year = {{1996}},
Volume = {{32}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{335-345}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{Most neuropsychological studies of cases of chromosomal abnormalities
   report associations with disorders or disabilities. Studies of Turner's
   Syndrome (TS), in which their is functional absence of the information
   carried on the short arm of the second X chromosome, have emphasised
   disorders of spatial skill and potential abnormality of the parietal
   lobes or right hemisphere. In contrast, language skills have received
   little investigation despite suggestions by Shaffer (1962) of
   considerable verbal skill. This paper reports on an analysis of reading
   skill, in girls with TS. The girls with TS attained reading levels
   higher than those predicted on the basis of their age and intelligence.
   Moreover, they attained significantly higher reading levels than
   controls. Unlike many previous studies of hyperlexia, reading
   comprehension was also better than controls. The hyperlexia of the girls
   with TS was characterised by strength in both lexical reading systems,
   as assessed by the ability to read irregular words, and strength in
   alphabetical or phonological reading skills, as assessed by the ability
   to read long unfamiliar regular words Hyperlexia need not therefore
   co-occur with comprehension difficulties nor need it reflect strength in
   only part of the reading system. In TS it appears to represent a genuine
   hyperdevelopment of a skill. The strength of reading skill
   counterbalances the spatial difficulties of a comparable sample of girls
   with TS (Temple and Carney, 1995), and with other verbal skills may
   potentially be exploited in remedial enterprises.}},
Publisher = {{MASSON DIVISIONE PERIODICI}},
Address = {{VIA STATUTO 2/4, 20121 MILAN, ITALY}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Temple, CM (Reprint Author), UNIV ESSEX,DEPT PSYCHOL,DEV NEUROPSYCHOL UNIT,COLCHESTER CO4 3SQ,ESSEX,ENGLAND.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/S0010-9452(96)80055-4}},
ISSN = {{0010-9452}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING-DISABILITIES; WORD RECOGNITION; SEX-DIFFERENCES; COMPREHENSION;
   SEMANTICS; BEHAVIOR; DEFICITS}},
Research-Areas = {{Behavioral Sciences; Neurosciences \& Neurology; Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Behavioral Sciences; Neurosciences; Psychology, Experimental}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Temple, Christine/B-8919-2013}},
Cited-References = {{AARON PG, 1990, READ WRIT, V2, P243, DOI 10.1007/BF00257974.
   ALEXANDER D, 1966, J NERV MENT DIS, V142, P161, DOI 10.1097/00005053-196602000-00007.
   ALEXANDER D, 1965, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V20, P981, DOI 10.2466/pms.1965.20.3.981.
   ARAM DM, 1984, DYSLEXIA GLOBAL ISSU.
   BADDELEY AD, 1974, PSYCHOL LEARNING MOT, V2.
   BEATTY WW, 1984, PROG BRAIN RES, V61, P315.
   BENDER B, 1984, PEDIATRICS, V73, P175.
   BENDER BG, 1986, {[}No title captured], P175.
   CLARK AS, 1969, BEHAV NEUROSCI, V103, P1287.
   COLTHEART M, 1979, Q J EXP PSYCHOL, V31, P489, DOI 10.1080/14640747908400741.
   COSSU G, 1990, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V7, P21, DOI 10.1080/02643299008253433.
   COSSU G, 1986, CORTEX, V22, P579, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(86)80017-X.
   DENCKLA MB, 1976, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V14, P471, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(76)90075-0.
   DENENBERG VH, 1989, BRAIN RES, V497, P271, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90272-2.
   Ellis AW, 1984, READING WRITING DYSL.
   GOLDBERG TE, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P759, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.3.759.
   GOY RW, 1980, SEXUAL DIFFERENTIATI.
   GOY RW, 1978, {[}No title captured], V1, P449.
   HEALY JM, 1982, BRAIN LANG, V17, P1, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(82)90001-3.
   HINES M, 1982, PSYCHOL BULL, V92, P56, DOI 10.1037/0033-2909.92.1.56.
   JACOBS PA, 1990, ANN HUM GENET, V54, P209, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-1809.1990.tb00379.x.
   KOLB JE, 1975, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V32, P1198.
   LAHOOD BJ, 1985, J ADOLESCENT HEALTH, V6, P358, DOI 10.1016/S0197-0070(85)80003-6.
   MARSHALL JC, 1994, DYSLEXIA GLOBAL ISSU, P45.
   MCGLONE J, 1985, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V7, P375, DOI 10.1080/01688638508401271.
   MURPHY DGM, 1993, LANCET, V342, P1197, DOI 10.1016/0140-6736(93)92184-U.
   NELSON HE, 1978, CORTEX, V14, P234, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(78)80049-5.
   PENNINGTON BF, 1982, CHILD DEV, V53, P1182, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1982.tb04155.x.
   POLANI PE, 1981, MECHANISMS SEX DIFFE, P465.
   RICHMAN LC, 1981, BRAIN LANG, V12, P203, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(81)90014-6.
   SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA.
   SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523.
   SEYMOUR PHK, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P89, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252054.
   SHAFFER JW, 1962, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V18, P403, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(196210)18:4<403::AID-JCLP2270180404>3.0.CO;2-V.
   SHALLICE T, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P111, DOI 10.1080/14640748308402120.
   SILBERBERG NE, 1967, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V34, P41.
   SILBERT A, 1977, BEHAV GENET, V7, P11.
   SNOWLING M, 1987, DYSLEXIA COGNITIVE D.
   TEMPLE CM, 1993, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V35, P691.
   TEMPLE CM, 1995, CORTEX, V31, P109, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(13)80109-8.
   TEMPLE CM, 1990, READ WRIT, V2, P297, DOI 10.1007/BF00419385.
   TEMPLE CM, 1986, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V38, P77, DOI 10.1080/14640748608401586.
   TEMPLE CM, 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA, P269.
   TEMPLE CM, 1996, IN PRESS DEV NEUROPS.
   Turner HH, 1938, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V23, P566, DOI 10.1210/endo-23-5-566.
   WABER DP, 1979, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V21, P58.
   WELSH MC, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V32, P76, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90118-0.
   WILLIAMS CL, 1990, BEHAV NEUROSCI, V104, P84, DOI 10.1037/0735-7044.104.1.84.
   YULE W, 1982, BRIT J CLIN PSYCHOL, V21, P43, DOI 10.1111/j.2044-8260.1982.tb01424.x.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{49}},
Times-Cited = {{47}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{Cortex}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{UT070}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1996UT07000009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1996UE21700006,
Author = {Kowalski, EM and Rizzo, TL},
Title = {{Factors influencing preservice student attitudes toward individuals with
   disabilities}},
Journal = {{ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACTIVITY QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{1996}},
Volume = {{13}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{180-196}},
Month = {{APR}},
Abstract = {{This study examined the relationship among selected attributes-gender,
   level of program (graduate/undergraduate), major, number of
   infusion-based courses, number of adapted physical education courses,
   and perceived competence-of physical education students (N = 133) and
   their attitudes toward teaching/working with individuals with
   disabilities. Students were enrolled in an infusion-based curriculum at
   a university in the northeastern United States, Data were collected via
   a modified version of the Physical Educators' Attitude Toward Teaching
   Individuals with Disabilities (PEATID-III) instrument. Results from a
   stepwise selection, multiple-regression procedure showed that of the six
   selected student variables assessed, students' perceived competence in
   teaching/working with individuals with disabilities was the best
   predictor of favorable attitudes. Results also showed that the number of
   infusion-based courses, coursework in adapted physical education, and
   program major also were significant predictors of favorable attitudes.}},
Publisher = {{HUMAN KINETICS PUBL INC}},
Address = {{1607 N MARKET ST, CHAMPAIGN, IL 61820-2200}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Kowalski, EM (Reprint Author), ADELPHI UNIV,DEPT HLTH STUDIES PHYS EDUC \& HUMAN PERFORMANCE S,GARDEN CITY,NY 11530, USA.
   CALIF STATE COLL SAN BERNARDINO,DEPT PHYS EDUC,SAN BERNARDINO,CA 92407.}},
DOI = {{10.1123/apaq.13.2.180}},
ISSN = {{0736-5829}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Sport Sciences}},
Cited-References = {{Ajzen I., 1980, UNDERSTANDING ATTITU.
   ALOIA GF, 1980, MENT RETARD, V18, P85.
   Aufsesser P M, 1982, Am Correct Ther J, V36, P35.
   Barrette G. T., 1993, PHYSICAL ED, V50, P69.
   Block ME, 1995, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V20, P80, DOI 10.1177/154079699502000108.
   CRONBACH LJ, 1951, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V16, P297.
   DEPAUW K, 1994, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V11, P1.
   DEPAUW K, 1993, JAN NAT ASS PHYS ED.
   DEPAUW K, 1993, NAT CONS PHYS ED REC.
   DePauw K. P., 1994, J PHYSICAL ED RECREA, V89, P51.
   DePauw K. P., 1990, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, P149.
   DOWNS P, 1994, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V11, P32, DOI 10.1123/apaq.11.1.32.
   Fishbein M, 1975, BELIEF ATTITUDE INTE.
   HEIKINAROJOHANSSON P, 1994, ADAPT PHYS ACT Q, V11, P44, DOI 10.1123/apaq.11.1.44.
   Jansma P, 1982, Am Correct Ther J, V36, P150.
   Jansma P., 1988, LEADERSHIP TRAINING, P301.
   JANSMA P, 1993, PSYCHOMOTOR DOMAIN T.
   Kowalski E. M., 1995, Journal of Physical Education, Recreation \& Dance, V66, P49.
   Lepore M., 1992, N AM FED AD PHYS ACT.
   Marston R., 1983, PHYSICAL ED, V40, P8.
   Messick S., 1989, ED MEASUREMENT, P13.
   Minner S., 1982, PHYSICAL ED, V39, P13.
   NORUSIS MJ, 1990, SPSS SYSTEM USERS GU.
   Patrick G., 1987, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V4, P316.
   RIDDLE PK, 1980, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V51, P663, DOI 10.1080/02701367.1980.10609327.
   Rizzo T.L., 1991, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V8, P4, DOI DOI 10.1123/APAQ.8.1.4.
   Rizzo T. L, 1987, AM CORRECTIVE THERAP, V41, P52.
   Rizzo T. L, 1984, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V1, P263.
   RIZZO TL, 1985, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V60, P739, DOI 10.2466/pms.1985.60.3.739.
   RIZZO TL, 1988, MENT RETARD, V26, P307.
   RIZZO TL, 1992, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V9, P54.
   RIZZO TL, 1988, RES CONS AM ALL HLTH.
   ROSWAL G, 1988, LEADERSHIP TRAINING, P311.
   Rowe J., 1987, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V4, P268.
   Shaver J. P., 1987, MODIFICATION ATTITUD.
   SHERRILL C, 1988, LEADERSHIP TRAINING, P1.
   SHERRILL C, 1993, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT.
   SPARROW WA, 1993, MENT RETARD, V31, P403.
   Stewart C, 1991, PHYSICAL ED, V48, P142.
   Stewart C., 1988, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V5, P44.
   STEWART CC, 1990, J TEACH PHYS EDUC, V10, P76.
   TRIPP A, 1988, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V66, P425, DOI 10.2466/pms.1988.66.2.425.
   Tripp A., 1991, ADAPTED PHYSICAL ACT, V8, P12, DOI DOI 10.1123/APAQ.8.1.12.
   Ward J., 1987, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V31, P41.
   YOUNG RA, 1985, J LEISURE RES, V17, P90.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{45}},
Times-Cited = {{61}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{9}},
Journal-ISO = {{Adapt. Phys. Act. Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{UE217}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1996UE21700006}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1996UW44600003,
Author = {Parmar, RS and Cawley, JF and Frazita, RR},
Title = {{Word problem-solving by students with and without mild disabilities}},
Journal = {{EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN}},
Year = {{1996}},
Volume = {{62}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{415-429}},
Month = {{MAR-APR}},
Abstract = {{Performance of mathematics word problems having varying structures was
   compared for Grade 3-8 students with and without mild disabilities.
   Students with disabilities performed at significantly lower levels than
   did those without disabilities in four types of word problems, even when
   the problems involved only single-digit computation. Significant effects
   were also evident for grade and operation (addition, subtraction,
   multiplication, and division). The findings highlight the need for math
   instruction to move from a focus on computation to problem-solving
   activities, including word problems of varying structures. Further, test
   development must make more effort to present a variety of reasoning and
   problem-solving activities in standardized tests.}},
Publisher = {{COUNCIL EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN}},
Address = {{1920 ASSOCIATION DR, RESTON, VA 22091-1589}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Parmar, RS (Reprint Author), SUNY BUFFALO,DEPT INSTRUCT \& LEARNING,593 BALDY HALL,BUFFALO,NY 14260, USA.
   SUNY COLL BUFFALO,DEPT ELEMENTARY EDUC,BUFFALO,NY 14222.}},
ISSN = {{0014-4029}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Baroody A. J., 1987, CHILDRENS MATH THINK.
   BESSANT HP, 1972, THESIS U CONNECTICUT.
   BLANKENSHIP CS, 1976, J RES MATH EDUC, V7, P290.
   BREAULT MA, 1983, THESIS U CONNECTICUT.
   Briars D. J., 1984, COGNITION INSTRUCT, V1, P245, DOI DOI 10.1207/S1532690XCI0103\_1.
   Carpenter T. P., 1980, ARITHMETIC TEACHER, V28, P8.
   CARPENTER TP, 1993, J RES MATH EDUC, V24, P428, DOI 10.2307/749152.
   Cawley J. F., 1988, MATH MILDLY HANDICAP.
   CAWLEY JE, 1994, TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL, V26, P16.
   CAWLEY JF, 1969, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V35, P83.
   CAWLEY JF, 1987, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V2, P87.
   CAWLEY JF, 1992, ARITHMETIC APPRAISAL.
   CAWLEY JF, 1986, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V1, P36.
   CLARK JR, 1954, GUIDING ARITHMETIC L.
   Cruickshank WM, 1948, J EDUC RES, V42, P279, DOI 10.1080/00220671.1948.10881688.
   ENGLERT CS, 1987, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V10, P29, DOI 10.2307/1510752.
   FUCHS LS, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL, V22, P554, DOI 10.1177/002221948902200907.
   GOODSTEIN HA, 1972, AM J MENT DEF, V76, P703.
   HARMON MC, 1992, INFLUENCE TESTING TE.
   HARTUNG ML, 1956, TEACHING GUIDE SEEIN.
   Kulm G, 1990, ASSESSING HIGHER ORD, P71.
   LEON R, 1993, THESIS STATE U NEW Y.
   LESH R, 1992, ASSESSMENT AUTHENTIC, P3.
   LEWIS AB, 1987, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V79, P363, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.79.4.363.
   Marshall S. P., 1990, ASSESSING HIGHER ORD, P155.
   {*}NAT COUNC TEACH M, 1989, CURRICULUM EVALUATIO.
   Parmar R. S., 1992, DIAGNOSTIQUE, V17, P227.
   PARMAR RS, IN PRESS LEARNING DI.
   PETERSON PL, 1989, COGNITION INSTRUCT, V6, P1, DOI 10.1207/s1532690xci0601\_1.
   Riley M. S., 1983, DEV MATH THINKING.
   SMITH M, 1994, THESIS STATE U NEW Y.
   TRENHOLME B, 1978, LEARNING DISABILITY, V7, P69.
   VEEZSERRA D, 1974, THESIS U CONNECTICUT.
   VERSCHAFFEL L, 1994, J RES MATH EDUC, V25, P141, DOI 10.2307/749506.
   Ysseldyke J., 1990, INTRO SPECIAL ED.
   ZIGMOND N, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V52, P501, DOI 10.1177/001440298605200603.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{36}},
Times-Cited = {{55}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{8}},
Journal-ISO = {{Except. Child.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{UW446}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1996UW44600003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1996TT96800009,
Author = {Marks, D},
Title = {{Able-bodied dilemmas in teaching disability studies .5.}},
Journal = {{FEMINISM \& PSYCHOLOGY}},
Year = {{1996}},
Volume = {{6}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{69-73}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Publisher = {{SAGE SCIENCE PRESS}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{Marks, D (Reprint Author), UNIV SHEFFIELD,DEPT PSYCHIAT,CTR PSYCHOTHERAPEUT STUDIES,16 CLAREMONT CRESCENT,SHEFFIELD S10 2TA,S YORKSHIRE,ENGLAND.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/0959353596061009}},
ISSN = {{0959-3535}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology; Women's Studies}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Multidisciplinary; Women's Studies}},
Cited-References = {{Abberley P., 1987, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V2, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648766780021.
   Butler J., 1993, BODIES MATTER DISCUR.
   Derrida J., 1976, GRAMMATOLOGY.
   Foucault M., 1977, DISCIPLINE PUNISH.
   Foucault Michel, 1973, MADNESS CIVILIZATION.
   GARTNER A, 1987, {[}No title captured].
   Hevey David, 1992, CREATURES TIME FORGO.
   JARDINE A, 1987, {[}No title captured].
   Sinason V., 1992, MENTAL HANDICAP HUMA.
   SMITH P, 1987, MEN FEMINISM.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{10}},
Times-Cited = {{6}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Feminism Psychol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{TT968}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1996TT96800009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995TH15400005,
Author = {PFEIFFER, D and YOSHIDA, K},
Title = {{TEACHING DISABILITY STUDIES IN CANADA AND THE USA}},
Journal = {{DISABILITY \& SOCIETY}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{10}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{475-500}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Using a 1993 sample (n = 107) of persons who teach disability studies
   courses, a sample (n = 27) of disability studies syllabi from the early
   1980s, and an extensive bibliography the authors discuss the history and
   the present condition of disability studies courses in the US and
   Canada, They discuss the disability paradigm and the methodology used in
   disability studies courses. The variety and geographical spread of such
   courses are noted. An extensive comparison of syllabi from the 1980s and
   the 1990s, including the reading assignments, is carried out.}},
Publisher = {{CARFAX PUBL CO}},
Address = {{PO BOX 25, ABINGDON, OXON, ENGLAND OX14 3UE}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{PFEIFFER, D (Reprint Author), SUFFOLK UNIV,DEPT PUBL MANAGEMENT,BOSTON,MA 02108, USA.
   UNIV TORONTO,DEPT PHYS THERAPY,TORONTO,ON M5T 1W5,CANADA.}},
DOI = {{10.1080/09687599550023462}},
ISSN = {{0968-7599}},
Keywords-Plus = {{DILEMMAS; POLITICS; PEOPLE; POLICY}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences - Other Topics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation; Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary}},
Cited-References = {{ALEXANDER C, 1978, PSYCHOL SCHOOLS, V15, P390, DOI 10.1002/1520-6807(197807)15:3<390::AID-PITS2310150316>3.0.CO;2-S.
   BEGUM N, 1992, FEMINIST REV, V40, P3.
   Behler Jr G. T, 1993, J POSTSECONDARY ED D, V10, P3.
   BERKOWITZ ED, 1979, DISABILITY POLICIES.
   BERNS W, 1953, W POLITICAL Q, V6, P366.
   BICKENBACH JE, 1993, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.
   Biklen D., 1981, RUDELY STAMPD IMAGIN.
   BIKLEN D, 1977, INTERRACIAL BOOKS CH, V6, P4.
   BOGDAN R, 1977, {[}No title captured], P14.
   Bosk C. L., 1992, ALL GODS MISTAKES GE.
   BOWE F, 1990, J DISABILITY POLICY, V1, P89.
   BOWE F, 1986, DISABLED 1985 PORTRA.
   BOWE F, 1980, REHABILITATING AM.
   BOWE F, 1981, COMEBACK.
   BOWER J, 1992, DISABILITY DIVERSITY.
   BROOKS NA, 1980, TEACH SOCIOL, V7, P425, DOI 10.2307/1316974.
   BROWN S, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVING A.
   BURGDORF R, 1983, LEGAL RIGHTS HANDICA.
   Burgdorf R., 1980, LEGAL RIGHTS HANDICA.
   BURKHAUSER R, 1982, DISABILITY WORK EC A.
   {*}CAN MIN SUPPL SER, 1988, STAT CAN.
   CLOGSTON JS, 1990, SOC DISABILITY STUDI.
   CONANT S, 1982, J VISUAL IMPAIRM MAR, P86.
   Cottone L., 1992, J APPL REHABILITATIO, V23, P20.
   COUGHLIN EK, 1984, CHRONICLE HIGHE 0801, P5.
   Danek M. M., 1992, J APPLIED REHABILITA, V23, P7.
   DANIEL TK, 1981, BLACK SCH        MAY, P29.
   Deegan M. J., 1985, WOMEN DISABILITY DOU.
   DEJONG G, 1983, INDEPENDENT LIVING P, pCH1.
   DeJong G., 1983, INDEPENDENT LIVING P.
   DUDLEY JR, 1987, SOC WORK, V32, P80, DOI 10.1093/sw/32.1.80.
   Dworkin Ronald, 1993, LIFES DOMINION ARGUM.
   Edgerton RB, 1967, CLOAK COMPETENCE STI.
   EMENER WG, 1993, REHABILITATION ED, V7, P43.
   EMENER WG, 1989, ETHNIC MINORITIES DI.
   EVANS M, 1981, WOMEN STUD INT Q, V4, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0148-0685(81)93296-6.
   Ficke R.C., 1992, DIGEST DATA PERSONS.
   FISCHER JM, 1993, J APPLIED REHABILITA, V24, P3.
   Fowler C, 1992, J APPL REHABILITATIO, V23, P14.
   FRIEDMAN JA, 1990, COLUMBIA LAW REV, V90, P917, DOI 10.2307/1122921.
   Funk R., 1987, IMAGES DISABLED DISA, P7.
   Gallagher Hugh Gregory, 1985, FDRS SPLENDID DECEPT.
   Gatens-Robinson E., 1992, J APPLIED REHABILITA, V23, P26.
   Gliedman John, 1980, UNEXPECTED MINORITY.
   Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA.
   GOFFMAN E, 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM, pCH3.
   GREENWOOD JG, 1985, SOC SCI MED, V20, P1241, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(85)90377-6.
   HAHN H, 1985, SOC SCI J, V22, P87.
   HAHN H, 1983, SOCIETY          MAR, P36.
   HAHN H, 1993, J DISABIL POLICY STU, V4, P41, DOI DOI 10.1177/104420739300400203.
   HAHN H, 1985, AM BEHAV SCI, V28, P291.
   HAHN H, 1986, AHSSPPE B, V4, P13.
   HIRSCH K, 1993, SOC DISABILITY STUDI.
   Keith L., 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P167, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649266780191.
   KIGER G, 1985, SOC SCI J, V22, P1.
   KINDRED M, 1976, MENTALLY RETARDED CI.
   Kleinfield S., 1979, HIDDEN MINORITY PROF.
   KRIEGEL L, 1969, AM SCHOLAR, V38, P412.
   LEVITAN S, 1977, JOBS DISABLED.
   Lifchez R., 1979, DESIGN INDEPENDENT L.
   LINTON S, 1994, INSIGHTS OUTLOOKS CU.
   Longmore P., 1985, SOC POLICY, P31.
   LONGMORE PK, 1985, AM BEHAV SCI, V28, P419, DOI 10.1177/000276485028003009.
   LONGMORE PK, 1990, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V10, P23.
   LUSTHAUS E, 1985, J ASS SEVERE HANDICA, V10, P87.
   MARKS R, 1981, IDEA IQ.
   MILES SH, 1990, LAW MED HLTH CAR SPR, P85.
   Miller Vassar, 1985, DESPITE THIS FLESH D.
   Morris J, 1992, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V7, P157, DOI {[}DOI 10.1080/02674649266780181, 10.1080/02674649266780181].
   MURPHY RF, 1988, SOC SCI MED, V26, P235, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(88)90244-4.
   Oliver M., 1986, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V1, P5, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674648666780021.
   OSBERG S, 1983, SEMINARS NEUROLOGY, V3, P180.
   OUYANG ER, 1990, HARVARD WOMENS L SPR, P13.
   PARRY JW, 1991, MENTAL PHYSICAL DISA, V15, P16.
   PFEIFFER D, 1977, POLICY STUD J, V6, P93, DOI 10.1111/j.1541-0072.1977.tb01169.x.
   PFEIFFER D, 1993, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V13, P65.
   PFEIFFER D, 1993, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V13, P55.
   PFEIFFER D, 1989, READERS WRITERS GUID.
   PFEIFFER D, 1990, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V10, P35.
   PFEIFFER D, 1991, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V11, P46.
   PFEIFFER D, 1994, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V14, P72.
   PFEIFFER D, 1991, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V11, P53.
   PFEIFFER D, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVING A, P61.
   PFEIFFER D, 1987, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V7, P26.
   PFEIFFER D, 1993, DISABILITY PERSPECTI, P1.
   Pfeiffer D., 1989, J POSTSECONDARY ED D, V7, P53.
   PFEIFFER D, 1984, 1984 P AHSSPPE C, P130.
   PFEIFFER D, 1983, AHSSPPE B, V1, P116.
   PFEIFFER D, 1987, IMPAIRED DISABLED PE.
   PFEIFFER D, 1993, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V13, P77.
   PFEIFFER D, 1991, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V11, P48.
   PFEIFFER D, 1994, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V14, P56.
   PFEIFFER D, 1993, INDEPENDENT LIVING A.
   PFEIFFER D, 1985, DISABILITY CHRON JAN, P23.
   PFEIFFER D, 1987, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V7, P1.
   PFEIFFER D, 1990, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V10, P33.
   PFEIFFER D, 1985, 1985 P AHSSPPE C, P54.
   PFEIFFER D, 1994, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V14, P65.
   PFEIFFER D, 1992, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V12, P79.
   PFEIFFER D, 1992, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V12, P54.
   PFEIFFER D, 1995, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V15, P75.
   PFEIFFER D, 1992, NEW ENGLAND J HUMAN, V11, P4.
   Pfeiffer David, 1995, J HLTH HUMAN SERVICE, V17, P381.
   PHILLIPS RH, 1985, CONSTRUCTION SPE AUG, P21.
   POLLARD RQ, 1992, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V37, P87, DOI 10.1037/h0079101.
   Rosenthal R., 1968, PYGMALION CLASSROOM.
   SCHEER J, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P23, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02046.x.
   SCHEIN A, 1984, 1984 P AHSSPPE C, P133.
   SCHOPPSCHILLING.HB, 1979, WOMENS STUDIES INT Q, V2, P103.
   Scotch Richard, 1984, GOOD WILL CIVIL RIGH.
   SCOTCH RK, 1989, MILBANK Q, V67, P380, DOI 10.2307/3350150.
   SCOTT R, 1981, MAKING BLIND MEN.
   SHAKESPEARE T, 1993, DISABILITY HANDICAP, V8, P249, DOI DOI 10.1080/02674649366780261.
   SIMPKINS E, 1974, BLACK WORLD      DEC, P26.
   SIPERSTEIN GN, 1980, J VISUAL IMPAIRMENT, P132.
   SMITH JD, 1985, MINDS MADE FEEBLE.
   SOBSEY D, 1991, DISABILITY SEXUALITY.
   {*}SPORT INF RES CTR, 1991, SPORT RECR DIS BIBL.
   Stokoe W. C., 1980, SIGN CULTURE.
   Thompson-Hoffman S, 1991, DISABILITY US PORTRA.
   TOBIAS S, 1972, LIBERAL EDUC, V58, P258.
   {*}UN STAT OFF, 1990, DIS STAT COMP.
   VASH CL, 1981, PSYCHOL DISABILITY.
   WATSON S, 1994, POLICY STUD J, V22, P110.
   WATSON SD, 1993, POLICY STUD J, V21, P110.
   WILSON ME, 1989, SSA RES STATISTICS P.
   WOLFENSBERGER W, 1981, MENT RETARD, V19, P1.
   WOLFENSBERGER W, 1975, ORIGIN NATURE OUR I.
   WONG HD, 1992, J REHABIL, V58, P10.
   WRIGHT B, 1983, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.
   ZOLA I, 1982, MISSING PIECES.
   Zola I. K, 1982, MISSING PIECES CHRON.
   ZOLA IK, 1985, SOC SCI J, V22, P5.
   ZOLA IK, 1989, MILBANK Q, V67, P401, DOI 10.2307/3350151.
   Zola Irving Kenneth, 1993, J DISABIL POLICY STU, V4, P9, DOI DOI 10.1177/104420739300400202.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{135}},
Times-Cited = {{11}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Disabil. Soc.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{TH154}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995TH15400005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995TB17100007,
Author = {THORSON, S},
Title = {{MACBETH IN THE RESOURCE ROOM - STUDENTS WITH LEARNING-DISABILITIES STUDY
   SHAKESPEARE}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF LEARNING DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{9}},
Pages = {{575-581}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{A teacher describes a secondary English unit on Shakespeare implemented
   in a manner designed to take advantage of the learning differences of
   resource room students. After developing and investigating questions
   relating to Macbeth, students then vend and enjoyed the drama. As a
   result of acquiring an understanding of Shakespeare exceeding that of
   students in general classes, self-esteem and academic motivation
   increased. Finally, connections to practice and behavioural,
   constructivist, feminist, and critical theories are discussed.
   Appendices describe specific schedules and routines.}},
Publisher = {{PRO-ED INC}},
Address = {{8700 SHOAL CREEK BLVD, AUSTIN, TX 78757-6897}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{THORSON, S (Reprint Author), UNIV MAINE,SPECIAL EDUC PROGRAM,MERRILL HALL,FARMINGTON,ME 04938, USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/002221949502800907}},
ISSN = {{0022-2194}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{{*}BRIT BROADC CO, 1978, SHAK SER MACB.
   Bruner J., 1990, ACTS MEANING.
   BRYAN T, 1975, UNDERSTANDING LEARNI.
   CALANDRA D, 1979, CLIFFS NOTES SHAKESP.
   CALDWELL S, 1987, MACBETH.
   CARTWRIGHT PG, 1989, ED SPECIAL LEARNERS.
   Deci E. L., 1987, INTRINSIC MOTIVATION.
   Elbow P., 1981, WRITING WITH POWER.
   EVANS M, 1961, MACBETH.
   Freire P, 1990, PEDAGOGY OPPRESSED.
   GILBERT TF, 1978, HUMAN COMPETENCE.
   Gilligan C., 1982, DIFFERENT VOICE.
   GRAVES DH, 1984, WRITING TEACHERS CHI.
   Grumet M., 1988, BITTER MILK.
   Hansberry L, 1959, RAISIN SUN.
   Horton Myles, 1990, WE MAKE ROAD WALKING.
   Lamb Charles, TALES SHAKESPEARE.
   MACRORIE K, 1976, WRITING READ.
   Macrorie Ken, 1985, TELLING WRITING.
   MOFFET J, 1981, ACTIVE VOICE.
   Moffet James, 1968, STUDENT CENTERED LAN.
   MOWAT B, 1992, MACBETH.
   O'Leary K. D., 1972, CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT.
   Polanski Roman, 1971, MACBETH.
   POPLIN MS, 1988, J LEARN DISABIL, V21, P401, DOI 10.1177/002221948802100703.
   {*}ROYAL SHAK CO, MACB.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{26}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Learn. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{TB171}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995TB17100007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995RY72400011,
Author = {MERVIS, CA and DECOUFLE, P and MURPHY, CC and YEARGINALLSOPP, M},
Title = {{LOW-BIRTH-WEIGHT AND THE RISK FOR MENTAL-RETARDATION LATER IN CHILDHOOD}},
Journal = {{PAEDIATRIC AND PERINATAL EPIDEMIOLOGY}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{455-467}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{Data from the population-based Metropolitan Atlanta Developmental
   Disabilities Study were used in a case-control study to assess the
   association between low birthweight and mental retardation (intelligence
   quotient less than or equal to 70) among 10-year-old children who were
   born in 1975 or 1976. Children with mental retardation were identified
   from existing records at multiple sources and control children were
   selected from public school rosters. Data on birthweight and other
   covariates (sex, birth order, maternal age, maternal race, maternal
   education and gestational age) came from birth certificates. We used
   multiple logistic regression modelling to obtain adjusted odds ratios
   for mental retardation, with normal birthweight children (those weighing
   greater than or equal to 2500 g) as the referent group. For low
   birthweight children as a whole, the odds ratio for mental retardation
   was 2.8 (95\% CI 1.9-4.2). The risk was higher for very low birthweight
   (<1500 g) children than for moderately low birthweight (1500-2499 g)
   children, and higher for severe mental retardation (intelligence
   quotient <50) than for mild mental retardation (intelligence quotient
   50-70). Adding gestational age to the models revealed that normal
   birthweight children who were born preterm also were at increased risk
   of having mental retardation at age 10 years.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX2 0EL}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{MERVIS, CA (Reprint Author), AMER CANC SOC,DEPT EPIDEMIOL \& SURVEILLANCE RES,1599 CLIFTON RD NE,ATLANTA,GA 30329, USA.
   CTR DIS CONTROL \& PREVENT,NATL CTR ENVIRONM HLTH,DIV BIRTH DEFECTS \& DEV DISABIL,ATLANTA,GA 30341.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/j.1365-3016.1995.tb00168.x}},
ISSN = {{0269-5022}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LOW-BIRTH-WEIGHT; SCHOOL PERFORMANCE; CHILDREN; AGE; INFANTS; GRAMS;
   LESS; DISABILITIES; HANDICAPS; PROGNOSIS}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Obstetrics \& Gynecology;
   Pediatrics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Obstetrics \& Gynecology;
   Pediatrics}},
Cited-References = {{ALBERMAN E, 1985, ARCH DIS CHILD, V60, P913, DOI 10.1136/adc.60.10.913.
   BIRCH HG, 1970, {[}No title captured].
   Breslow N, 1980, STATISTICAL METHODS, V32.
   Broman S, 1987, RETARDATION YOUNG CH.
   CALAME A, 1986, EUR J PEDIATR, V145, P461, DOI 10.1007/BF02429043.
   CARRAN DT, 1989, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V9, P14, DOI 10.1177/027112148900900103.
   DAVID RJ, 1980, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V70, P964, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.70.9.964.
   DECOUFLE P, IN PRESS ANN EPIDEMI.
   DREWS CD, 1995, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V85, P329, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.85.3.329.
   EHRENHAFT PM, 1989, OBSTET GYNECOL, V74, P528.
   GROGAARD JB, 1990, J PEDIATR-US, V117, P139, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)72462-8.
   Harrell F. E., 1986, SUGI SUPPLEMENTAL LI, P269.
   HOFFMAN EL, 1990, PEDIATRICS, V86, P27.
   HOLST K, 1989, AM J PERINAT, V6, P258, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-999588.
   ILLSLEY R, 1984, LOW BIRTH WEIGHT MED, P5.
   KILBRIDE HW, 1990, AM J PERINAT, V7, P160, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-999471.
   KITCHEN W, 1987, J PEDIATR-US, V111, P761, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(87)80264-0.
   KLEIN NK, 1989, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V10, P32.
   KLEINBAUM DG, 1982, EPIDEMIOLOGIC RES.
   KUSHLICK A, 1974, MENTAL DEFICIENCY CH, P31.
   MCCORMICK MC, 1992, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V267, P2204, DOI 10.1001/jama.267.16.2204.
   McDermott S, 1993, Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, V7, P195, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-3016.1993.tb00393.x.
   RANTAKALLIO P, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P655.
   SAIGAL S, 1991, J PEDIATR-US, V118, P751, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)80043-5.
   SAIGAL S, 1990, J PEDIATR-US, V116, P409, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)82835-5.
   SEIDMAN DS, 1992, OBSTET GYNECOL, V79, P543.
   TEPLIN SW, 1991, J PEDIATR-US, V118, P768, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)80045-9.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, {[}No title captured], V90, P1001.
   1991, J PEDIATR, V118, P761.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{30}},
Times-Cited = {{30}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Paediatr. Perinat. Epidemiol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{RY724}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995RY72400011}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995RZ94800005,
Author = {BARRETT, J and BILISKO, T},
Title = {{THE ROLE OF SHOES IN THE PREVENTION OF ANKLE SPRAINS}},
Journal = {{SPORTS MEDICINE}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{20}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{277-280}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{Ankle sprains are a common sports injury that can cause significant,
   chronic disability, Studies aimed at prevention through the use of
   footwear have focused on the biomechanical aspects of foot and ankle
   anatomy, proprioceptive input of the foot/ankle complex, external
   stresses applied to the joint, and shoe traction. These studies support
   the use of high top shoes for ankle sprain prevention because of their
   ability to limit extreme ranges of motion, provide additional
   proprioceptive input and decrease external joint stress. Despite this
   biomechanical evidence, clinical trials are inconclusive as to the
   clinical benefit of high top shoes in the prevention of ankle sprains.
   Further study is necessary to delineate the benefits of shoe designs for
   ankle sprain prevention.}},
Publisher = {{ADIS INTERNATIONAL LTD}},
Address = {{41 CENTORIAN DR, PRIVATE BAG 65901, MAIRANGI BAY, AUCKLAND 10, NEW
   ZEALAND}},
Type = {{Note}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{BARRETT, J (Reprint Author), UNIV OKLAHOMA,HLTH SCI CTR,DEPT FAMILY MED,900 NE 10TH,OKLAHOMA CITY,OK 73104, USA.}},
DOI = {{10.2165/00007256-199520040-00005}},
ISSN = {{0112-1642}},
Research-Areas = {{Sport Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Sport Sciences}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{28}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{18}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sports Med.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{RZ948}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995RZ94800005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995RQ05900003,
Author = {MURPHY, CC and TREVATHAN, E and YEARGINALLSOPP, M},
Title = {{PREVALENCE OF EPILEPSY AND EPILEPTIC SEIZURES IN 10-YEAR-OLD CHILDREN -
   RESULTS FROM THE METROPOLITAN ATLANTA DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES STUDY}},
Journal = {{EPILEPSIA}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{36}},
Number = {{9}},
Pages = {{866-872}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{With reported prevalence rates of 4-9 cases per 1,000 children,
   childhood epilepsy is a major public health concern. Reported prevalence
   rates vary, mainly because researchers often use different epilepsy
   definitions, In addition, total prevalence may be underestimated if
   incomplete case-ascertainment methods are used. We used a
   multiple-source case-ascertainment method that included obtaining
   information from electroencephalogram laboratories to estimate the
   prevalence of epilepsy and to classify seizure types among 10-year-old
   children. In the metropolitan Atlanta (GA, U.S.A.) area, we found a
   lifetime prevalence of childhood epilepsy of 6 per 1,000 (95\%
   confidence interval, 5.5-6.5) 10-year-old children. However, using
   capture-recapture analysis, this prevalence may be as high as 7.7 per
   1,000. Proportionately more boys than girls had epilepsy, The prevalence
   did not vary appreciably by race. Partial seizures, including
   secondarily generalized seizures, were the most common seizure type
   (58\%). Of children with epilepsy, 35\% had another developmental
   disability (mental retardation, cerebral palsy, visual impairment, or
   hearing impairment). An accurate estimate of the public health burden of
   childhood epilepsy and determination of possible risk factors for
   idiopathic epilepsy both depend on conducting complete community-based
   case ascertainment and obtaining detailed clinical data.}},
Publisher = {{WILEY}},
Address = {{111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{MURPHY, CC (Reprint Author), US PHS, CTR DIS CONTROL \& PREVENT, NATL CTR ENVIRONM HLTH, DIV BIRTH DEFECTS \& DEV DISABILIT, ATLANTA, GA 30341 USA.
   BATTELLE MEM INST, CTR PUBL HLTH RES \& EVALUAT, ATLANTA, GA USA.
   SCOTTISH RITE CHILDRENS MED CTR, CTR CHILDRENS EPILEPSY, ATLANTA, GA USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/j.1528-1157.1995.tb01629.x}},
ISSN = {{0013-9580}},
EISSN = {{1528-1167}},
Keywords = {{EPILEPSY; CHILDHOOD EPILEPSY; SEIZURES; EPIDEMIOLOGY; PREVALENCE}},
Keywords-Plus = {{CHILDHOOD EPILEPSY; FEBRILE SEIZURES; POPULATION; DISORDERS}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Trevathan, Edwin/0000-0003-2370-5970}},
Cited-References = {{{[}Anonymous], 1981, Epilepsia, V22, P489.
   {[}Anonymous], 1993, EPILEPSIA, V34, P592.
   BAUMANN RJ, 1977, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V106, P42, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112430.
   BAUMANN RJ, 1978, EPILEPSIA, V19, P75.
   BENNA P, 1984, PANMINERVA MED, V26, P113.
   BERAN R G, 1985, Neuroepidemiology, V4, P71, DOI 10.1159/000110217.
   CAMFIELD C, 1993, J PEDIATR-US, V122, P861, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(09)90008-7.
   Chapman DG, 1951, U CALIFORNIA PUBL ST, V1, P131.
   CORNFIELD J, 1956, 3RD P BERK S, V4, P135.
   Cowan L D, 1989, Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, V3, P386, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-3016.1989.tb00527.x.
   COWAN LD, 1989, EPILEPSIA, V30, P94, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1989.tb05289.x.
   DOERFER J, 1987, EPILEPSY RES, V1, P149, DOI 10.1016/0920-1211(87)90023-4.
   HAERER AF, 1986, EPILEPSIA, V27, P66, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1986.tb03503.x.
   HAUSER WA, 1994, EPILEPSIA, V35, pS1, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1994.tb05932.x.
   HAUSER WA, 1989, CLEV CLIN J MED, V56, pS185.
   Hauser WA, 1990, EPILEPSY FREQUENCY C, P2.
   HOOK EB, 1992, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V135, P1060, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a116400.
   ILOEJE SO, 1989, J TROP PEDIATRICS, V35, P163, DOI 10.1093/tropej/35.4.163.
   INGRAM TTS, 1955, ARCH DIS CHILD, V30, P85, DOI 10.1136/adc.30.150.85.
   KARLBERG P, 1990, SOCIAL BIOL EFFECTS, V3, P151.
   LAVADOS J, 1992, ACTA NEUROL SCAND, V91, P718.
   LEVITON A, 1982, Neuroepidemiology, V1, P40, DOI 10.1159/000110688.
   NAEYE RL, 1971, PEDIATRICS, V48, P902.
   NELSON KB, 1986, AM J DIS CHILD, V140, P1053, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1986.02140240099034.
   NELSON KB, 1978, PEDIATRICS, V61, P720.
   Ounsted C., 1972, GENDER DIFFERENCES T, P241.
   Pearson E.S., 1970, BIOMETRIKA TABLES ST, V1.
   REGAL RR, 1984, STAT MED, V3, P287, DOI 10.1002/sim.4780030310.
   ROSE SW, 1973, EPILEPSIA, V14, P133, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1973.tb03951.x.
   ROSS EM, 1980, BRIT MED J, V280, P207, DOI 10.1136/bmj.280.6209.207.
   Rothman K. J., 1986, MODERN EPIDEMIOLOGY, P23.
   SHAMANSKY SL, 1979, EPILEPSIA, V20, P457, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1979.tb04828.x.
   SILLANPAA M, 1992, EPILEPSIA, V33, P444, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1992.tb01689.x.
   TAYLOR DC, 1981, SCI F PAEDIATRICS, P23.
   VANDENBERG BJ, 1969, PEDIATR RES, V3, P298, DOI 10.1203/00006450-196907000-00005.
   VONWENDT L, 1985, EUR J PEDIATR, V144, P149.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.
   ZIELINSKI JJ, 1974, EPILEPSIA, V15, P203, DOI 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1974.tb04942.x.
   1985, GEORGIA VITAL STATIS.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{39}},
Times-Cited = {{94}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Epilepsia}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{RQ059}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995RQ05900003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995TE12100003,
Author = {MACARTHUR, CA and GRAHAM, S and SCHWARTZ, SS and SCHAFER, WD},
Title = {{EVALUATION OF A WRITING INSTRUCTION MODEL THAT INTEGRATED A PROCESS
   APPROACH, STRATEGY INSTRUCTION, AND WORD-PROCESSING}},
Journal = {{LEARNING DISABILITY QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{18}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{278-291}},
Month = {{FAL}},
Abstract = {{This study evaluated the effectiveness of a model of writing instruction
   that integrated word processing, strategy instruction, and a process
   approach. Teachers established a social context for writing in which
   students worked on meaningful tasks, shared their writing with peers,
   and published their work for real audiences. The classroom structure
   supported extended cycles of planning, drafting, and revising. Teachers
   supported the development of writing strategies through conferencing and
   explicit instruction in strategies for planning and revising. Word
   processing supported fluent production of text, revising, and
   publishing. The experimental model was implemented for a full school
   year in 12 classes with 113 students with learning disabilities.
   Students in the experimental classes made greater gains in the quality
   of their narrative and informative writing than 94 students with
   learning disabilities in 10 control classes.}},
Publisher = {{COUNC LEARNING DISABILITES KRISTEN MCBRIDE}},
Address = {{EXECUTIVE SECRETARY PO BOX 40303, OVER LAND PARK, KS 66204}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{MACARTHUR, CA (Reprint Author), UNIV DELAWARE,DEPT EDUC STUDIES,NEWARK,DE 19716, USA.
   UNIV MARYLAND,COLLEGE PK,MD 20742.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/1511234}},
ISSN = {{0731-9487}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LEARNING-DISABLED STUDENTS; DISABILITIES; KNOWLEDGE; REVISION;
   ADOLESCENTS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Atwell N., 1987, MIDDLE WRITING READI.
   CALKINS L, 1980, RES TEACH ENGL, V14, P331.
   Calkins Lucy, 1991, LIVING LINES.
   COCHRANSMITH M, 1991, REV EDUC RES, V61, P107, DOI 10.3102/00346543061001107.
   COHEN J, 1977, STATISTICAL POWER AN.
   Collins A, 1989, KNOWING LEARNING INS, P453, DOI DOI 10.5840/THINKING19888129.
   Dalton B., 1990, J SPECIAL ED TECHNOL, V10, P177.
   DESHLER DD, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V52, P583, DOI 10.1177/001440298605200611.
   ENGLERT CS, 1992, ELEM SCHOOL J, V92, P411, DOI 10.1086/461700.
   ENGLERT CS, 1989, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V5, P5.
   FITZGERALD J, 1987, REV EDUC RES, V57, P481, DOI 10.2307/1170433.
   FLOWER LS, 1981, WRITING NATURE DEV T, P39.
   GARNER R, 1990, REV EDUC RES, V60, P517, DOI 10.3102/00346543060004517.
   GOODMAN KS, 1992, READ TEACH, V46, P188.
   GRAHAM S, 1993, J LEARN DISABIL, V26, P237, DOI 10.1177/002221949302600404.
   GRAHAM S, 1991, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V14, P89, DOI 10.2307/1510517.
   GRAHAM S, 1988, J SPEC EDUC, V22, P133, DOI 10.1177/002246698802200202.
   GRAHAM S, 1994, J SPEC EDUC, V28, P275, DOI 10.1177/002246699402800304.
   Graves D., 1983, WRITING TEACHERS CHI.
   HARRIS K, 1992, HELPING YOUNG WRITER.
   HARRIS KR, 1991, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V57, P392, DOI 10.1177/001440299105700503.
   HARRIS KR, 1994, J SPEC EDUC, V28, P233, DOI 10.1177/002246699402800301.
   HILLOCKS G, 1984, AM J EDUC, V93, P133, DOI 10.1086/443789.
   HUOT B, 1990, REV EDUC RES, V60, P237, DOI 10.3102/00346543060002237.
   MACARTHUR C, 1993, SCHOOL PSYCHOL REV, V22, P671.
   MACARTHUR C, 1991, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V6, P201, DOI DOI 10.1177/002221940303600204.
   MacArthur C. A., 1991, LEARNING DISABILITIE, V6, P230.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1991, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V14, P61, DOI 10.2307/1510373.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1988, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V54, P536.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1986, J LEARN DISABIL, V19, P248, DOI 10.1177/002221948601900414.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1991, J SPEC EDUC, V25, P44, DOI 10.1177/002246699102500104.
   MACARTHUR CA, IN PRESS J LEARNING.
   MACARTHUR CA, 1994, ADV COGNITION ED PRA, V2, P173.
   {*}MARYL LEARN DIS P, 1984, LERAN DIS DIAGN HDB.
   MCCUTCHEN D, 1984, EDUC PSYCHOL, V19, P226, DOI DOI 10.1080/00461528409529299.
   MOSHMAN D, 1982, DEV REV, V2, P371, DOI 10.1016/0273-2297(82)90019-3.
   OKOLO CM, 1989, J SPEC EDUC, V23, P107, DOI 10.1177/002246698902300109.
   PRESSLEY M, 1989, ELEM SCHOOL J, V89, P301, DOI 10.1086/461578.
   PRITCHARD RJ, 1987, WRIT COMMUN, V4, P51, DOI 10.1177/0741088387004001003.
   Resnich L., 1987, DEV LEARNING CONFLIC, P19.
   Scardamalia M, 1986, HDB RES TEACHING, P778.
   SCHAFER WD, 1991, MEAS EVAL COUNS DEV, V24, P98.
   STODDARD B, 1993, RES TEACH ENGL, V27, P76.
   VYGOTSKII LS, 1978, MIND SOC.
   Wechsler D., 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC.
   Winkler J. D., 1985, Journal of Educational Computing Research, V1, P285.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{46}},
Times-Cited = {{46}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{5}},
Journal-ISO = {{Learn. Disabil. Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{TE121}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995TE12100003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995RH47500002,
Author = {HOWELL, RD and FLOWERS, PJ and WHEATON, JE},
Title = {{THE EFFECTS OF KEYBOARD EXPERIENCES ON RHYTHMIC RESPONSES OF
   ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL-CHILDREN WITH PHYSICAL-DISABILITIES}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF MUSIC THERAPY}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{32}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{91-112}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Abstract = {{Keyboard instruction using a new music software program was provided
   over a 10 week period to 8 students with physical disabilities. Students
   engaged in directed musical activities in both school and home settings
   under the direction of music and special educators. The students used a
   Macintosh computer with MIDI interface to replicate beat patterns at 120
   beats per minute (bpm) at 64 bpm, and to maintain a self generated
   tempo. Graphic and statistical analyses showed mixed results. In
   general, six of the eight students showed varying degrees of improvement
   on the measures of tempo as a result of the music instruction, although
   type and severity of disability did not appear related to rhythm
   responses. The results are discussed in terms of both group and
   individual response patterns, and conclude with suggestions for future
   research.}},
Publisher = {{NATL ASSN MUSIC THER INC}},
Address = {{505 11TH ST SE, WASHINGTON, DC 20003}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{HOWELL, RD (Reprint Author), OHIO STATE UNIV,DEPT EDUC SERV \& RES,356 ARPS HALL,1945 N HIGH ST,COLUMBUS,OH 43210, USA.
   OHIO STATE UNIV,SCH MUS,COLUMBUS,OH 43210.}},
DOI = {{10.1093/jmt/32.2.91}},
ISSN = {{0022-2917}},
Keywords-Plus = {{AUDITORY-RHYTHM; STIMULI; MUSIC}},
Research-Areas = {{Music; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Music; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{DUKE RA, 1989, J RES MUSIC EDUC, V37, P61, DOI 10.2307/3344953.
   FLOWERS PJ, 1993, ANN M NATIONAL ASS M.
   GOLDFRIED MR, 1972, STATISTICAL ISSUES, P288.
   Grieshaber K., 1987, B COUNCIL RES MUSIC, V90, P73.
   HAYS WL, 1988, STATISTICS.
   JELLISON JA, 1991, J RES MUSIC EDUC, V39, P322, DOI 10.2307/3345751.
   KIMMEL HD, 1972, STATISTICAL ISSUES, P285.
   KUHN TL, 1988, J RES MUSIC EDUC, V36, P140, DOI 10.2307/3344636.
   MARASCUILO LA, 1988, STATISTICAL METHODS.
   NELSON DD, 1991, DISS ABSTR INT A, V51, P3356.
   NORUSIS MJ, 1993, SPSS WINDOWS BASE SY.
   Rainbow E., 1981, B COUNCIL RES MUSIC, P69.
   SCHLEUTER SL, 1985, J RES MUSIC EDUC, V33, P23, DOI 10.2307/3344755.
   STAUM MJ, 1983, J MUSIC THER, V20, P69, DOI 10.1093/jmt/20.2.69.
   STAUM MJ, 1988, EFFECTIVENESS MUSIC, P65.
   THAUT M, 1991, J MUSIC THER, V28, P64, DOI 10.1093/jmt/28.2.64.
   THAUT MH, 1985, J MUSIC THER, V22, P108, DOI 10.1093/jmt/22.3.108.
   WALTERS DL, 1983, DISS ABSTR INT A, V44, P423.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{18}},
Times-Cited = {{5}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Music Ther.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{RH475}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995RH47500002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995RA10800003,
Author = {GOLDIN, CS and SCHEER, J},
Title = {{MURPHYS CONTRIBUTIONS TO DISABILITY STUDIES - AN INQUIRY INTO OURSELVES}},
Journal = {{SOCIAL SCIENCE \& MEDICINE}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{40}},
Number = {{11}},
Pages = {{1443-1445}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{Robert Murphy's career, culminating in the study of disability, gives
   evidence of deep commitment to understanding the human condition in
   adversity. His life-long interest in the psychological, sociological and
   cultural significance of behavior; his work on alienation, developed
   through fieldwork in small scale societies in South America and Africa;
   his fascination with the estrangement that arises from the conflict
   between our need to integrate and to be autonomous; and his own
   experience of a progressive debilitating disease provided him with rich
   insights for his interpretation of disability. This paper examines
   Murphy's contributions to our understanding of the meanings and
   implications of disability, for those who personally experience it, and
   for the `others' in their lives.}},
Publisher = {{PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, ENGLAND OX5 1GB}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{GOLDIN, CS (Reprint Author), RUTGERS STATE UNIV,NEW BRUNSWICK,NJ 08903, USA.
   NATL REHABIL HOSP,RES CTR,WASHINGTON,DC 20010.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/0277-9536(94)00360-6}},
ISSN = {{0277-9536}},
Keywords = {{DISABILITY; ALIENATION; LIMINALITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Biomedical Social Sciences}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health; Social Sciences,
   Biomedical}},
Cited-References = {{Goffman E., 1963, STIGMA NOTES MANAGEM.
   MURPHY R, 1979, OVERTURE SOCIAL ANTH, P35.
   MURPHY R, 1990, BODY SILENT.
   MURPHY R, 1971, DIALECTICS SOCIAL LI, P130.
   MURPHY RF, 1988, SOC SCI MED, V26, P235, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(88)90244-4.
   MURPHY RF, 1964, AM ANTHROPOL, V66, P1257, DOI 10.1525/aa.1964.66.6.02a00020.
   Murphy Robert, 1960, HEADHUNTERS HERITAGE.
   Murphy Y., 1974, WOMEN FOREST.
   Turner V., 1969, RITUAL PROCESS.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{9}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Soc. Sci. Med.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{RA108}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995RA10800003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1995QM39300008,
Author = {MURPHY, CC and YEARGINALLSOPP, M and DECOUFLE, P and DREWS, CD},
Title = {{THE ADMINISTRATIVE PREVALENCE OF MENTAL-RETARDATION IN 10-YEAR-OLD
   CHILDREN IN METROPOLITAN ATLANTA, 1985 THROUGH 1987}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH}},
Year = {{1995}},
Volume = {{85}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{319-323}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{Objectives. In this study, data from the Metropolitan Atlanta
   Developmental Disabilities Study were used to determine the
   administrative prevalence (i.e., the number of children previously
   identified for service provision) of mental retardation among
   10-year-old children during the years 1985 through 1987.
   Methods. Children with mental retardation (intelligence quotient {[}IQ]
   of 70 or lower) were identified by review of records from multiple
   sources, with the public schools as the primary source.
   Results. The overall administrative prevalence of mental retardation was
   12.0 per 1000 children. The rate for mild mental retardation (IQ of 50
   to 70) was 8.4 per 1000 and the rate for severe mental retardation (IQ
   lower than 50) was 3.6 per 1000. The prevalence was higher in Black
   children than in White children (prevalence odds ratio {[}POR] = 2.7)
   and in boys than in girls (POR = 1.4). Children with severe mental
   retardation had more coexisting disabilities than did children with mild
   mental retardation.
   Conclusions The mental retardation prevalence rates reported here,
   especially the race-specific rates, may reflect social and demographic
   features unique to the metropolitan Atlanta area and therefore should be
   used with caution in making comparisons with other populations.}},
Publisher = {{AMER PUBLIC HEALTH ASSN INC}},
Address = {{1015 FIFTEENTH ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20005}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{MURPHY, CC (Reprint Author), CTR DIS CONTROL \& PREVENT,DIV BIRTH DEFECTS \& DEV DISABIL,4770 BUFORD HWY NE,MAILSTOP F-15,ATLANTA,GA 30341, USA.
   GEORGIA DEPT HUMAN RESOURCES,OFF EPIDEMIOL,ATLANTA,GA.}},
DOI = {{10.2105/AJPH.85.3.319}},
ISSN = {{0090-0036}},
Keywords-Plus = {{PATHOGENETIC ASPECTS; SWEDISH COUNTY; SEX}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Drews-Botsch, Carolyn/M-8560-2016}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Drews-Botsch, Carolyn/0000-0002-8763-7404}},
Cited-References = {{American Psychiatric Association, 1980, DIAGN STAT MAN MENT.
   BAIRD PA, 1985, AM J MENT DEF, V89, P323.
   BIRCH HG, 1970, {[}No title captured].
   BLOMQUIST HKS, 1981, J MENT DEFIC RES, V25, P169.
   Broman S, 1987, RETARDATION YOUNG CH.
   CORNFIELD J, 1956, 3RD P BERK S, V4, P135.
   DREWS CD, 1995, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V85, P329, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.85.3.329.
   DRILLIEN CM, 1966, ARCH DIS CHILD, V41, P528, DOI 10.1136/adc.41.219.528.
   FRYERS T, 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY SEVERE, P32.
   {*}GA DEP HUM RES, 1987, GEORG VIT STAT REP.
   Grossman H. J., 1983, CLASSIFICATION MENTA.
   GUSTAVSON KH, 1977, NEUROPADIATRIE, V8, P293, DOI 10.1055/s-0028-1091525.
   HAGBERG B, 1981, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V70, P445, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1981.tb05721.x.
   Heller K. A., 1982, PLACING CHILDREN SPE.
   INNES G, 1968, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P35, DOI 10.1192/bjp.114.506.35.
   KIELY M, 1987, EPIDEMIOL REV, V9, P194, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.epirev.a036302.
   KUSHLICK A, 1974, MENTAL DEFICIENCY CH, P31.
   LEMKAU P, 1941, MENT HYG, V25, P279.
   Lemkau P, 1942, MENT HYG, V26, P275.
   MARTIN SL, 1990, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V80, P844, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.80.7.844.
   Mercer JR, 1973, LABELING MENTALLY RE.
   NICHOLS PL, 1984, BEHAV GENET, V14, P161, DOI 10.1007/BF01065538.
   {*}NY STAT DEP MENT, 1955, SPEC CENS SUSP REF M.
   Pearson E.S., 1970, BIOMETRIKA TABLES ST, V1.
   Penrose L.S., 1963, BIOL MENTAL DEFECT.
   RESCHLY DJ, 1976, AM J MENT DEF, V81, P154.
   RICHARDSON SA, 1986, AM J MENT RETARD, V91, P250.
   RICHARDSON WP, 1965, HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.
   Rothman K., 1986, MODERN EPIDEMIOLOGY.
   STEIN Z, 1976, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V104, P159, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112286.
   STEIN Z, 1970, REV EDUC RES, V40, P29, DOI 10.3102/00346543040001029.
   SUSSER M, 1968, COMMUNITY PSYCHIATRY, P275.
   TURNER G, 1980, AM J MED GENET, V7, P407, DOI 10.1002/ajmg.1320070403.
   WISHIK SM, 1964, GEORGIA STUDY HANDIC.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1995, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V85, P324, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.85.3.324.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, {[}No title captured], V90, P1001.
   1977, FED REG         0823, V42, P42474.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{38}},
Times-Cited = {{71}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Public Health}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{QM393}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1995QM39300008}},
OA = {{Bronze, Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994PX25200012,
Author = {CANS, C and BAILLE, F and JOUK, PS},
Title = {{MEASURING CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT DISABILITIES - STUDY DESIGNS, USES AND
   LIMITATIONS - A LITERATURE-REVIEW}},
Journal = {{ARCHIVES DE PEDIATRIE}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{1}},
Number = {{12}},
Pages = {{1144-1152}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Abstract = {{Infantile mortality data are insufficient for perinatal care evaluation.
   Long-term morbidity, particularly child impairment prevalence, needs to
   be assessed regularly.  In this paper different surveys on child
   impairment registration published in the literature are examined: 
   cohort studies, follow-up studies on `'at risk'' children, cross
   sectional surveys and morbidity registers.  Study designs and case
   ascertainment are analysed as well as case validation and reference
   population.  The consistency of the results is discussed.  In France,
   most of the studies on childhood impairment are follow-up studies of at
   risk children, not concerning a geographically defined population, and
   there is a need for larger epidemiological studies in order to better
   assess perinatal morbidity and the quality of perinatal cares.}},
Publisher = {{EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES ELSEVIER}},
Address = {{141 RUE JAVEL, 75747 PARIS CEDEX 15, FRANCE}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{French}},
Affiliation = {{CANS, C (Reprint Author), REGISTRE HANDICAPS ENFANT,23 AVE ALBERT 1 DE BELGIQUE,F-38000 GRENOBLE,FRANCE.
   COMMISS DEPT EDUC SPECIALE HAUTE GARONNE,F-31200 TOULOUSE,FRANCE.
   CHU GRENOBLE,SERV MED NEONATALE \& REANIMAT INFANTILE,F-38043 GRENOBLE 9,FRANCE.
   OBSERV PERINATAL,F-38000 GRENOBLE,FRANCE.}},
ISSN = {{0929-693X}},
Keywords = {{CHILD; DISABILITY; EPIDEMIOLOGY}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LOW-BIRTH-WEIGHT; CEREBRAL-PALSY; CHILDREN; PREVALENCE; TRENDS; INFANTS;
   COHORT}},
Research-Areas = {{Pediatrics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Pediatrics}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Jouk, Pierre-Simon/M-7367-2014
   Cans, Christine/M-6153-2014}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Cans, Christine/0000-0003-3071-9959}},
Cited-References = {{ANDERSEN E, 1990, DAN MED BULL, V37, P182.
   BAIRD PA, 1987, CAN MED ASSOC J, V136, P109.
   BAX M C, 1964, Dev Med Child Neurol, V6, P295.
   BREART G, 1991, 15ES J NAT COLL GYN.
   CANS C, 1993, QUELLE INFORMATION P, P111.
   DANZON A, 1991, ANAL QUALITE CODAGE.
   DARCHY P, 1984, ARCH FR PEDIATR, V41, P171.
   DEHAN M, 1990, Journal de Gynecologie Obstetrique et biologie de la Reproduction, V19, P25.
   DEHAN M, 1993, ARCH FR PEDIATR, V50, P163.
   DRILLIEN CM, 1980, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V22, P26, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8749.1980.tb04303.x.
   EMOND A, 1989, ARCH DIS CHILD, V64, P848, DOI 10.1136/adc.64.6.848.
   ESCOBAR GJ, 1991, ARCH DIS CHILD, V66, P204, DOI 10.1136/adc.66.2.204.
   EVANS P, 1985, ARCH DIS CHILD, V60, P940, DOI 10.1136/adc.60.10.940.
   FAWER CL, 1988, FETAL NEONATAL NEURO, P72.
   GARDENT H, 1993, GERONTOLOGIE SOC, V67, P16.
   GLENTING P, 1982, NEUROPEDIATRICS, V13, P72, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1059600.
   HAGBERG B, 1981, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V70, P441, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1981.tb05720.x.
   HAGBERG B, 1984, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V73, P433, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1984.tb09951.x.
   Ingram T., 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY CEREBRA, P1.
   JOHNSON A, 1989, COMMUNITY MED, V11, P352.
   KAMINSKI M, 1985, MORTALITE JEUNES PAY.
   KIELY M, 1987, EPIDEMIOL REV, V9, P194, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.epirev.a036302.
   KITCHEN WH, 1982, LANCET, V1, P1457.
   KURLAND LT, 1957, NEUROLOGY, V7, P641, DOI 10.1212/WNL.7.9.641.
   MACDONALD AD, 1973, AM J MENT DEFIC, V78, P205.
   MEBERG A, 1990, J PERINAT MED, V18, P195, DOI 10.1515/jpme.1990.18.3.195.
   NELSON KB, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V315, P81, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198607103150202.
   PANETH N, 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY CEREBRA, P46.
   PHAROAH POD, 1990, ARCH DIS CHILD, V65, P602, DOI 10.1136/adc.65.6.602.
   Rantakallio P, 1988, Paediatr Perinat Epidemiol, V2, P59, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-3016.1988.tb00180.x.
   RUMEAUROUQUETTE C, 1992, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V21, P359, DOI 10.1093/ije/21.2.359.
   RUMEAUROUQUETTE C, 1991, PERSONNES HANDICAPEE, P15.
   STANLEY FJ, 1988, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V158, P89, DOI 10.1016/0002-9378(88)90784-3.
   TARDIEU G, 1969, FEUILLETS INFIRMITE.
   VOYER M, 1984, ARCH FR PEDIATR, V41, P533.
   WARIYAR UK, 1989, LANCET, V1, P387.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.
   1988, CLASSIFICATION INTER.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{38}},
Times-Cited = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Arch. Pediatr.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{PX252}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994PX25200012}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994PQ75200004,
Author = {WILLIAMS, JP and BROWN, LG and SILVERSTEIN, AK and DECANI, JS},
Title = {{AN INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM IN COMPREHENSION OF NARRATIVE THEMES FOR
   ADOLESCENTS WITH LEARNING-DISABILITIES}},
Journal = {{LEARNING DISABILITY QUARTERLY}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{17}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{205-221}},
Month = {{SUM}},
Abstract = {{These studies describe and evaluate an instructional program designed to
   help students with learning disabilities learn about the concept of
   theme, identify themes in stories, and apply themes to real life. 
   Subjects were fifth- and sixth-grade nondisabled students and students
   with mild learning disabilities (Study 1) and seventh and eighth graders
   with more severe disabilities (Study 2).  In both studies, the program
   improved comprehension of theme and identification of a specific theme
   that had been used in instruction.  Instructed students were more
   successful on both measures than students who received no instruction
   (Study 1) or traditional instruction (Study 2).  Applying a theme to
   real-life situations and identifying and applying themes not included in
   instruction were more difficult tasks-especially for Study 2 students. 
   However, these students did show improvement on recall of story detail. 
   These findings indicate that even students with severe disabilities can
   profit from instruction focused on abstract, higher order comprehension
   when it is geared to their particular instructional requirements.}},
Publisher = {{COUNC LEARNING DISABILITES KRISTEN MCBRIDE}},
Address = {{EXECUTIVE SECRETARY PO BOX 40303, OVER LAND PARK, KS 66204}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{WILLIAMS, JP (Reprint Author), COLUMBIA UNIV TEACHERS COLL,DEPT DEV \& EDUC PSYCHOL,BOX 238,NEW YORK,NY 10027, USA.
   UNIV PENN,WHARTON SCH,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19104.}},
DOI = {{10.2307/1511074}},
ISSN = {{0731-9487}},
Keywords-Plus = {{READING-COMPREHENSION; MORAL DEVELOPMENT; STORY GRAMMAR; STUDENTS;
   EDUCATION; TEXT}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{ANDERSON RC, 1958, HDB READING RES, P25.
   Atwell N., 1984, LANG ARTS, V61, P240.
   BAUMANN JF, 1984, READ RES QUART, V20, P93, DOI 10.2307/747654.
   BREWER WF, IN PRESS HDB SOCIAL.
   Brown A. L., 1989, KNOWING LEARNING INS, P393.
   Brown A. L., 1981, ED RES, V10, P14, DOI DOI 10.3102/0013189X010002014.
   CARNINE D, 1985, REM SPEC EDUC, V6, P20, DOI DOI 10.1177/074193258500600105.
   CLARK DB, 1988, DYSLEXIA THEORY PRAC.
   CULLINAN BW, 1987, {[}No title captured].
   DIMINO J, 1990, ELEM SCHOOL J, V91, P19, DOI 10.1086/461635.
   DORFMAN MH, 1988, UNPUB UNDERSTANDING.
   DORFMAN MH, 1989, UNDERSTANDING POINTS.
   DUFFY GG, 1984, COMPREHENSION INSTRU.
   Dyer M. G., 1983, INDEPTH UNDERSTANDIN.
   Fish S., 1980, IS THERE TEXT THIS C.
   GARDNER RA, 1987, THERAPEUTIC COMMUNIC.
   GOLDEN JM, 1990, J READING BEHAV, V22, P203, DOI 10.1080/10862969009547707.
   GORDON R, 1980, INTERVIEWING STRATEG.
   GRAHAM S, 1991, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V14, P89, DOI 10.2307/1510517.
   GURNEY D, 1990, J LEARN DISABIL, V23, P335, DOI 10.1177/002221949002300603.
   Hosmer D. W., 1989, APPLIED LOGISTIC REG.
   HUCK Charlotte, 1987, CHILDRENS LIT ELEMEN.
   IDOL L, 1987, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V10, P214, DOI 10.2307/1510494.
   Iser Wolfgang, 1974, IMPLIED READER.
   LEHR S, 1988, READ RES QUART, V23, P337, DOI 10.2307/748046.
   LEHR SS, 1991, CHILDS DEV SENSE THE.
   LUKENS R, 1982, CRITICAL HDB CHILDRE.
   MANDLER JM, 1977, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V9, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(77)90006-8.
   MANY JE, 1991, NATIONAL READING C P.
   MOSHMAN D, 1982, DEV REV, V2, P371, DOI 10.1016/0273-2297(82)90019-3.
   PEARL R, 1986, PSYCHOL ED PERSPECTI, P193.
   PRESSLEY M., 1992, ELEMENTARY SCH J, P511.
   Purves A., 1981, READING LIT AM ACHIE.
   ROGERS T, 1990, J READING, V34, P278.
   Rogoff B., 1990, APPRENTICESHIP THINK.
   Rosenblatt LM, 1978, READER TEXT POEM TRA.
   RUMELHART DE, 1980, THEORETICAL ISSUES R, P99.
   SEIFERT CM, 1986, TEXT, P393.
   SHURE M, 1978, PROBLEM SOLVING TECH.
   SINGER H, 1982, READ RES QUART, V17, P166, DOI 10.2307/747482.
   Stanovich K, 1986, PSYCHOL ED PERSPECTI.
   STEVENS RJ, 1991, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V83, P8, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.83.1.8.
   TAPPAN MB, 1989, HARVARD EDUC REV, V59, P182, DOI 10.17763/haer.59.2.d364up55vx875411.
   TIERNY RJ, 1990, DEV DISCOURSE PRACTI, P246.
   TORGESEN JK, 1988, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V80, P480.
   VITZ PC, 1990, AM PSYCHOL, V45, P709, DOI 10.1037/0003-066X.45.6.709.
   Vygotskii L.S.L.S, 1962, THOUGHT LANGUAGE.
   Wechsler D., 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC.
   WILLIAMS J, 1987, INTIMACY LANGUAGE, P24.
   WILLIAMS JP, 1984, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V76, P1065, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.76.6.1065.
   WILLIAMS JP, 1992, SELECTED ISSUES ELEM, P157.
   WILLIAMS JP, 1990, EXCEPTIONALITY, V1, P135.
   WINOGRAD P, 1987, EDUC PSYCHOL, V22, P213, DOI 10.1207/s15326985ep2203\&4\_2.
   WIXSON KK, 1991, HDB READING RES, V2, P539.
   WONG BYL, 1984, METACOGNITION COGNIT, P137.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{55}},
Times-Cited = {{31}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Learn. Disabil. Q.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{PQ752}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994PQ75200004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994NQ38100049,
Author = {BECKWITH, JB},
Title = {{PREJUDICE, REVERSE PREJUDICE, AND POSITIVE ATTITUDE TOWARDS DIFFERENCES
   AMONG PEOPLE WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES}},
Journal = {{PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{74}},
Number = {{3, 1}},
Pages = {{938}},
Month = {{JUN}},
Abstract = {{Described is a study of attitudes towards differences among people with
   intellectual disabilities involving a sample of 468 tertiary students,
   of whom 135 were enrolled in a course on intellectual disability
   studies.}},
Publisher = {{PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS}},
Address = {{P O BOX 9229, MISSOULA, MT 59807}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{BECKWITH, JB (Reprint Author), ROYAL MELBOURNE INST TECHNOL,DEPT PSYCHOL \& INTELLECTUAL DISABIL STUDIES,PLENTY RD,BUNDOORA,VIC 3083,AUSTRALIA.}},
DOI = {{10.2466/pr0.1994.74.3.983}},
ISSN = {{0033-2941}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Multidisciplinary}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Psychol. Rep.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{NQ381}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994NQ38100049}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994NJ11500003,
Author = {LEONE, PE},
Title = {{EDUCATION SERVICES FOR YOUTH WITH DISABILITIES IN A STATE-OPERATED
   JUVENILE CORRECTIONAL SYSTEM - CASE-STUDY AND ANALYSIS}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF SPECIAL EDUCATION}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{28}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{43-58}},
Month = {{SPR}},
Abstract = {{Many youths in juvenile correctional facilities who are eligible for
   special education services do not receive them. Youths who do receive
   services often do not receive them in a timely manner, and the quality
   of services is often substandard when compared to public school
   programs. The research reported here was collected as part of the
   `'discovery'' phase of a lawsuit brought against a state system of
   juvenile services. The case study focused on procedural and substantive
   aspects of special education services for students with disabilities. In
   addition to describing specific practices, the research examined the
   `'infrastructure'' supporting appropriate educational services in
   juvenile corrections. Findings suggest that some students with
   disabilities received education, but few received related services.
   There were lengthy delays in obtaining students' records from prior
   school programs, and no system of referral existed for students
   suspected of having disabilities. Students enrolled in special education
   programs, as well as those with potential mental health problems and
   mental retardation, received a disproportionate number of disciplinary
   actions and spent a disproportionate amount of time in confinement.
   Implications are discussed.}},
Publisher = {{PRO-ED INC}},
Address = {{8700 SHOAL CREEK BLVD, AUSTIN, TX 78757-6897}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{LEONE, PE (Reprint Author), UNIV MARYLAND,DEPT SPECIAL EDUC,1308 BENJAMIN,COLL PK,MD 20742, USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/002246699402800104}},
ISSN = {{0022-4669}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special}},
Cited-References = {{BUSER CE, 1985, THESIS U MARYLAND CO.
   BUSER CE, 1987, ISSUES CORRECTIONAL, V3, P1.
   CARBONE V, 1983, J JUVENILE FAMILY CO, V34, P252.
   Casey P., 1990, UNDERSTANDING TROUBL, P80.
   COCOZZA JJ, 1992, {[}No title captured].
   COFFEY OD, 1989, PROGRAMMING GUIDE ME.
   Conley R., 1992, CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYS.
   Hirschi T., 1969, CAUSES DELINQUENCY.
   KEILITZ I, 1987, CRIMINAL DEFANDANTS.
   Keilitz I., 1986, REM SPEC EDUC, V7, P18.
   LARSON K, 1988, J LEARN DISABIL, V21, P369.
   LARSON KA, 1988, J LEARN DISABIL, V21, P357, DOI 10.1177/002221948802100607.
   LEONE PE, 1991, SPECIAL ED JUVENILE.
   LEONE PE, 1990, EVALUATION ED VOCATI.
   LEONE PE, 1988, REV SPECIAL ED PROGR.
   LEONE PE, 1983, UNPUB RECENT LITIGAT.
   Lincoln Y, 1985, NATURALISTIC INQUIRY.
   LINCOLN Y, 1985, ORG THEORY INQUIRY P, P29.
   {*}LOS ANGL CTY OFF, 1991, JUV COURT COMM SCH R.
   Murphy D. M., 1986, REM SPEC EDUC, V7, P7.
   MURRAY C, 1976, 027000004792 PUBL.
   NELSON CM, 1987, SPECIAL ED CRIMINAL.
   OTTO RK, 1992, RESPONDING MENTAL HL, P7.
   PERRYMAN P, 1989, NOV HAND OFF C PITTS.
   REPPUCCI ND, 1978, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V46, P727, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.46.4.727.
   RUTHERFORD RB, 1985, J SPEC EDUC, V19, P59, DOI 10.1177/002246698501900105.
   Schwartz I., 1989, INJUSTICE JUVENILES.
   THORNBERRY TP, 1991, CHILDREN CUSTODY 198.
   {*}US DEP JUST, 1991, JUV TAK JUST FISC YE.
   Vitolo R. K., 1986, REM SPEC EDUC, V7, P9, DOI DOI 10.1177/074193258600700404.
   WALTER ME, 1988, THESIS U MARYLAND CO.
   Yin R., 1989, CASE STUDY RES DESIG.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{32}},
Times-Cited = {{18}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Spec. Educ.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{NJ115}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994NJ11500003}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994MU18300002,
Author = {TRAMMEL, DL and SCHLOSS, PJ and ALPER, S},
Title = {{USING SELF-RECORDING, EVALUATION, AND GRAPHING TO INCREASE COMPLETION OF
   HOMEWORK ASSIGNMENTS}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF LEARNING DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{27}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{75-81}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{This article describes the use of self-monitoring procedures to increase
   the number of daily homework assignments completed by eight students
   with learning disabilities. Students ranged in age from 13 to it years
   and attended Grades 7 through 10. The experimental procedure involved
   the use of a sheet listing all daily assignments given by regular
   classroom teachers. A multiple-baseline design across subjects
   demonstrated a clear relationship between the introduction of
   self-monitoring of assignments and an increase in assignments completed.
   Goal setting and self-graphing of data appeared to increase this effect.}},
Publisher = {{PRO-ED INC}},
Address = {{8700 SHOAL CREEK BLVD, AUSTIN, TX 78757-6897}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{UNIV MISSOURI,COLL EDUC,OFF RES,COLUMBIA,MO 65211.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/002221949402700202}},
ISSN = {{0022-2194}},
Keywords-Plus = {{ON-TASK BEHAVIOR; LEARNING-DISABILITIES; STUDENTS; SKILLS}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{Amish P. L., 1988, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V13, P175.
   CLARK LA, 1989, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V14, P89.
   COOPER H, 1989, EDUC LEADERSHIP, V47, P85.
   DEHAASWARNER SJ, 1991, TOP EARLY CHILD SPEC, V11, P59, DOI 10.1177/027112149101100207.
   Dunlap L. K., 1991, TEACHING EXCEPTIONAL, V23, P17.
   DUNLAP LK, 1989, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V22, P309, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-309.
   FOWLER SA, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V52, P573, DOI 10.1177/001440298605200610.
   FOXX RM, 1983, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V5, P157.
   Hughes CA, 1989, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V14, P250.
   Kazdin A. E., 1982, SINGLE CASE RES DESI.
   MERCER CD, 1993, TEACHING STUDENTS LE.
   MERCER CD, 1991, STUDENTS LEARNING DI.
   {*}MO DEP EL SEC ED, 1985, MISS SPEC ED CRIT GU.
   PRATER MA, 1991, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V14, P164, DOI 10.2307/1510847.
   RETISH P, 1991, STUDENTS DISABILITIE.
   ROONEY K, 1985, J LEARN DISABIL, V18, P384, DOI 10.1177/002221948501800703.
   ROSENBAUM M, 1984, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V12, P303, DOI 10.1007/BF00910670.
   ROSENBAUM MS, 1979, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V12, P467, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1979.12-467.
   ROSENBERG MS, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL, V22, P314, DOI 10.1177/002221948902200513.
   SALEND SJ, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL, V22, P621, DOI 10.1177/002221948902201006.
   SCHLOSS PJ, 1990, MENT RETARD, V28, P105.
   THORESEN CE, 1974, BEHAVIORAL SELF CONT.
   Wechsler D., 1981, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC.
   WOODCOCK R, 1977, WOODCOCKJOHNSON PSYC.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{24}},
Times-Cited = {{36}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Learn. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MU183}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994MU18300002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994PH94000007,
Author = {KERR, N and BODMAN, DA},
Title = {{DISABILITY RESEARCH METHODS - AN ARGUMENT FOR THE USE OF GALILEIAN MODES
   OF THOUGHT IN DISABILITY RESEARCH}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOR AND PERSONALITY}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{5, SI}},
Pages = {{99-122}},
Abstract = {{This paper offers a suggestion that many disability studies lack
   relevance and usefulness because investigators ignore, or are unfamiliar
   with, an old debate between Aristotleian and Galileian philosophies. It
   provides a brief review of the distinctions Lewin (1931) made between
   Aristotleian and Galileian modes of thought, as well as a brief
   description of the theory of Somatopsychology as an application of Field
   Theory to understanding and remediating problems encountered by people
   with disabilities. Finally, the authors present some methods for
   conducting research that are in keeping with the assumptions of Lewinian
   Field Theory and a Galileian approach to scientific investigation.}},
Publisher = {{SELECT PRESS}},
Address = {{PO BOX 37, CORTE MADERA, CA 94976 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{KERR, N (Reprint Author), ARIZONA STATE UNIV, DEPT PSYCHOL EDUC, TEMPE, AZ 85287 USA.}},
ISSN = {{0886-1641}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Social}},
Cited-References = {{AINLAY SC, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P79, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02050.x.
   BARKER R, 1953, ADJUSTMENT PHYSICAL.
   BARKER RG, 1965, AM PSYCHOL, V20, P1, DOI 10.1037/h0021697.
   Barker Roger G., 1968, ECOLOGICAL PSYCHOL.
   Brown J., 1936, PSYCHOL SOCIAL ORDER.
   Dembo T., 1969, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V16, P63.
   Dembo T., 1975, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V22, P1, DOI DOI 10.1037/H0090832.
   ELLIOTT TR, 1986, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V31, P111.
   FEHR MJ, 1979, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V26, P1.
   FINE M, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P3, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02045.x.
   Furth Hans, 1969, PIAGET KNOWLEDGE.
   FURTH HG, 1975, PIAGETS THEORY PRACT.
   HARPER DC, 1986, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V11, P323, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/11.3.323.
   KERR N, 1976, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V23, P97.
   KUHN TH, 1962, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU.
   LEVITON G, 1973, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V20, P1.
   Lewin K., 1935, DYNAMIC THEORY PERSO.
   Lewin K, 1931, J GEN PSYCHOL, V5, P141, DOI 10.1080/00221309.1931.9918387.
   MAKAS E, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P49, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02048.x.
   MEYERSON L, 1967, CHILD DEV READINGS E.
   MEYERSON L, 1963, PSYCHOLOGY EXCEPTION, P1.
   MEYERSON L, 1963, P INT C ED DEAF.
   Meyerson L., 1970, PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECT, V17, P133.
   MEYERSON L, 1963, MONOGRAPHS SOMATOPSY, V4, P1.
   MEYERSON L, 1963, PSYCHOL RES REHABILI, P68.
   MEYERSON L, 1962, HARVARD EDUC REV, V32, P382.
   Meyerson L, 1948, J SOC ISSUES, V4, P2.
   REYNOLDS CR, 1984, SCH PSYCHOL ESSENTIA.
   SHONTZ FC, 1970, PSYCHOL ASPECTS DISA, V17, P51.
   SHURKA E, 1982, REHABIL PSYCHOL, V27, P225, DOI 10.1037/h0091050.
   STIVERS E, 1986, LEWIN LEGACY.
   TACKETT P, 1990, J REHABIL, V56, P30.
   TACKETT PA, 1986, THESIS ARIZONA STATE.
   UNDERWOOD KA, 1987, THESIS ARIZONA STATE.
   WITT JC, 1986, 94TH ANN M AM PSYCHO.
   WRIGHT B, 1983, PHYSICAL DISABILITY.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{36}},
Times-Cited = {{3}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Soc. Behav. Pers.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{PH940}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994PH94000007}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1994MT53500235,
Author = {VANDERHEIDEN, W},
Title = {{THE LONG-TERM COURSE OF SCHIZOPHRENIC PSYCHOSES - A 14-YEAR FOLLOW-UP OF
   PATIENTS FROM THE WHO DISABILITY STUDY}},
Journal = {{SCHIZOPHRENIA RESEARCH}},
Year = {{1994}},
Volume = {{11}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{175}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Publisher = {{ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV}},
Address = {{PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS}},
Type = {{Meeting Abstract}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{CENT INST MENTAL HLTH,NEUROBIOL UNIT,D-68072 MANNHEIM,GERMANY.}},
ISSN = {{0920-9964}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychiatry}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Schizophr. Res.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MT535}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1994MT53500235}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1993NK07700010,
Author = {HAHN, H},
Title = {{THE POTENTIAL IMPACT OF DISABILITY STUDIES ON POLITICAL-SCIENCE (AS WELL
   AS VICE-VERSA)}},
Journal = {{POLICY STUDIES JOURNAL}},
Year = {{1993}},
Volume = {{21}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{740-751}},
Month = {{WIN}},
Abstract = {{The conjunction of two seemingly disparate fields of research such as
   disability studies and political science creates the potential of
   yielding results that are either familiar or unexpected. On the one
   hand, it is probable that the merger of these subjects might contribute
   insights that could expand the scope of investigations about disability
   and add one more important element to policy analysis. On the other
   hand, it is also possible that the reciprocal impact of these areas of
   research could expose significant anomalies in the dominant paradigms of
   either or both fields that might have a lasting effect. The first
   portion of this paper examines the impact of political science on
   disability studies; the second part assesses the potential effect of
   disability studies on political science; and the final segment explores
   the prospects for a new paradigm in political science that would permit
   an increased analysis of social movements and political identity,
   theories of social change, the phenomenon of paternalism, and the
   implications of differences in physical appearance.}},
Publisher = {{POLICY STUDIES ORGANIZATION}},
Address = {{UNIV ILLINOIS 361 LINCOLN HALL, URBANA, IL 61801}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{HAHN, H (Reprint Author), UNIV SO CALIF,3518 TROUSDALE PKWY,VON KLEIN SCHMIDT ROOM 307,LOS ANGELES,CA 90089, USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1111/j.1541-0072.1993.tb02171.x}},
ISSN = {{0190-292X}},
Research-Areas = {{Government \& Law; Public Administration}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Political Science; Public Administration}},
Cited-References = {{ANSPACH RR, 1979, SOC SCI MED-MED SOC, V13, P765, DOI 10.1016/0271-7123(79)90123-8.
   Berkowitz Edward D., 1987, DISABLED POLICY AM P.
   CHONG D, 1991, COLLECTIVE ACTION CI.
   Coleman L. M., 1986, DILEMMA DIFFERENCE M, P211.
   HAHN H, 1985, SOC SCI J, V22, P87.
   HAHN H, 1982, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V42, P385, DOI 10.2307/975983.
   HAHN H, 1988, J SOC ISSUES, V44, P39, DOI 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1988.tb02047.x.
   HAHN H, 1983, SOCIETY, V20, P36, DOI 10.1007/BF02700073.
   Hahn H., 1987, IMAGES DISABLED DISA, P181.
   HAHN H, 1992, DISABILITY STUDIES Q, V12, P20.
   HAHN H, 1984, ISSUE EQUALIITY EURO.
   Hahn H., 1985, SOCIAL INFLUENCES RE, P53.
   HAHN H, 1984, REHABIL LIT, V48, P362.
   HAHN H, 1984, REHABIL LIT, V48, P374.
   Katzmann R. A., 1986, INSTITUTIONAL DISABI.
   KUHN TH, 1962, STRUCTURE SCI REVOLU.
   PERCY S, 1990, DISABILITY CIVIL RIG.
   Scotch Richard, 1984, GOOD WILL CIVIL RIGH.
   SMITH RM, 1991, ANN M AM POLITICAL S.
   Stone D., 1984, DISABLED STATE.
   WILDAVSKY A, 1986, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V46, P374, DOI 10.2307/976322.
   YELIN EH, 1991, AM DISABILITIES ACT, P129.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{22}},
Times-Cited = {{18}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Policy Stud. J.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{NK077}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1993NK07700010}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1993MF09600047,
Author = {MURPHY, CC and YEARGINALLSOPP, M and DECOUFLE, P and DREWS, CD},
Title = {{PREVALENCE OF CEREBRAL-PALSY AMONG 10-YEAR-OLD CHILDREN IN METROPOLITAN
   ATLANTA, 1985 THROUGH 1987}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS}},
Year = {{1993}},
Volume = {{123}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{S13-S20}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Abstract = {{The Metropolitan Atlanta Developmental Disabilities Study was a
   population-based study (1985 through 1987) to determine the prevalence
   of five developmental disabilities among 10-year-old children. The
   disabilities included cerebral palsy, mental retardation, visual
   impairment, hearing impairment, and epilepsy. The prevalence of cerebral
   palsy (CP) and a description of the children with CP are reported here.
   Using a record review approach, we identified 204 10-year-old children
   with CP (resulting in a prevalence of 2.3 per 1000). The rate of CP was
   significantly higher among boys (prevalence odds ratio = 1.5; 95\%
   confidence interval = 1.1, 2.0), and the rate was also higher among
   black children than white children (prevalence odds ratio = 1.3; 95\%
   confidence interval = 1.0, 1.7). Thirty-three of the children (16\%)
   acquired CP postnatally; these children were more likely to be black or
   male. The gender and racial differences found for acquired CP were
   greater than those for congenital CP. Approximately 75\% of the children
   had one of the other four disabilities studied; 65\% of the children
   were mentally retarded, 46\% had epilepsy, and 15\% hod a sensory
   impairment. Our multiple-source method of identifying children with CP
   gave us a population-based sample from which to determine the prevalence
   of the condition and to study factors that are associated with CP.}},
Publisher = {{MOSBY-ELSEVIER}},
Address = {{360 PARK AVENUE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{MURPHY, CC (Reprint Author), CTR DIS CONTROL \& PREVENT, DIV BIRTH DEFECTS \& DEV DISABIL, 4770 BUFORD HIGHWAY, MAILSTOP F-15, ATLANTA, GA 30341 USA.
   GEORGIA DEPT HUMAN RESOURCES, OFF EPIDEMIOL, ATLANTA, GA USA.
   EMORY UNIV, SCH PUBL HLTH, DIV EPIDEMIOL, ATLANTA, GA 30322 USA.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/S0022-3476(05)80892-3}},
ISSN = {{0022-3476}},
EISSN = {{1097-6833}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LOW-BIRTHWEIGHT INFANTS; WESTERN-AUSTRALIA; DISABILITIES; HANDICAPS;
   MORTALITY; ETIOLOGY; TRENDS; RATES}},
Research-Areas = {{Pediatrics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Pediatrics}},
ResearcherID-Numbers = {{Drews-Botsch, Carolyn/M-8560-2016}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Drews-Botsch, Carolyn/0000-0002-8763-7404}},
Cited-References = {{ALBERMAN E, 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY CEREBRA, P27.
   ARENS LJ, 1989, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V31, P246.
   ASHER P, 1950, ARCH DIS CHILD, V25, P360, DOI 10.1136/adc.25.124.360.
   BALF CL, 1955, BRIT MED J, V2, P163, DOI 10.1136/bmj.2.4932.163.
   BHUSHAN V, 1993, PEDIATRICS, V91, P1094.
   BLAIR E, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P615.
   BLAIR E, 1982, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V24, P575.
   CORNFIELD J, 1956, 3RD P BERK S, V4, P135.
   CUSSEN GH, 1978, IRISH MED J, V71, P568.
   DRILLIEN CM, 1972, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V14, P575, DOI 10.1111/j.1469-8749.1972.tb02639.x.
   EMOND A, 1989, ARCH DIS CHILD, P848.
   EVANS P, 1985, ARCH DIS CHILD, V60, P940, DOI 10.1136/adc.60.10.940.
   EVANS PM, 1985, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V27, P404.
   GRIFFITHS MI, 1967, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V9, P33.
   HAERER AF, 1984, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V26, P195.
   HAGBERG B, 1975, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V64, P187, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1975.tb03820.x.
   HENDERSON JL, 1961, CEREBRAL PALSY CHILD, P373.
   INGRAM TTS, 1955, ARCH DIS CHILD, V30, P85, DOI 10.1136/adc.30.150.85.
   INGRAM TTS, 1964, PEDIATRIC ASPECTS CE.
   KARLBERG P, 1990, SOCIAL BIOL EFFECTS, V3, P151.
   KIELY JL, 1981, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V3, P650.
   Kiely M, 1984, Public Health Rev, V12, P79.
   KUDJAVCEV T, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1433.
   KUDRJAVCEV T, 1985, NEUROLOGY, V35, P900, DOI 10.1212/WNL.35.6.900.
   KUSHLICK A, 1974, MENTAL DEFICIENCY CH, P31.
   Lagergren J, 1981, Acta Paediatr Scand Suppl, V289, P1.
   LEVIN ML, 1949, NEW YORK STATE J MED, V49, P2793.
   LIPKIN PH, 1991, DEV DISABILITIES INF, P43.
   MACKEITH RC, 1959, CEREB PALSY B, V1, P27.
   NAEYE RL, 1971, PEDIATRICS, V48, P902.
   Nelson K B, 1978, Adv Neurol, V19, P421.
   NELSON KB, 1982, PEDIATRICS, V69, P529.
   PANETH N, 1981, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V23, P801.
   PANETH N, 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY CEREBRA, P46.
   PERLSTEIN MA, 1964, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V188, P850.
   PERSON ES, 1970, BIOMETRIKA TABLES ST, V1.
   PHAROAH POD, 1989, ARCH DIS CHILD, V64, P1013, DOI 10.1136/adc.64.7.1013.
   PHAROAH POD, 1987, ARCH DIS CHILD, V62, P379, DOI 10.1136/adc.62.4.379.
   Rothman K., 1986, MODERN EPIDEMIOLOGY.
   STANLEY FJ, 1988, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V158, P89, DOI 10.1016/0002-9378(88)90784-3.
   SWINYARD C A, 1963, Dev Med Child Neurol, V5, P615.
   TAYLOR DC, 1981, SCI F PAEDIATRICS, P23.
   TORFS CP, 1990, J PEDIATR-US, V116, P615, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)81615-4.
   VONWENDT L, 1985, ANN CLIN RES, V17, P156.
   WINTER ST, 1972, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V14, P517.
   WISHIK SM, 1956, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH N, V46, P195, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.46.2.195.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.
   YEARGINALLSOPP M, 1992, {[}No title captured], V90, P1001.
   1987, GEORGIA VITAL STATIS.
   1951, STUDY CEREBRAL PALSY.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{50}},
Times-Cited = {{73}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Pediatr.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MF096}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1993MF09600047}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1993MH43600001,
Author = {SHORES, RE and GUNTER, PL and DENNY, RK and JACK, SL},
Title = {{CLASSROOM INFLUENCES ON AGGRESSIVE AND DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIORS OF STUDENTS
   WITH EMOTIONAL AND BEHAVIORAL-DISORDERS}},
Journal = {{FOCUS ON EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN}},
Year = {{1993}},
Volume = {{26}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{1-10}},
Month = {{OCT}},
Abstract = {{Of any group of students with defined disabilities, students with
   emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) have one of the worst prognoses
   for successful academic achievement, school completion, and adjustment
   in adult life (Neel, Meadows, Levine, \& Edgar, 1988; Wagner, D'Amico,
   Marder, Newman \& Blackorby, 1992). Although a multitude of potential
   causes exists (cf., Leone, Fitzmartin, Stetson, \& Foster, 1986; Lewis,
   1988; Ruhl \& Berlinghoff, 1992), many of the problems associated with
   children with EBD may be directly related to the aversiveness of the
   educational environment (Gunter, Denny, Jack, Shores, \& Nelson, 1993;
   Shores, Gunter, \& Jack, 1993; Sidman, 1989; Skinner, 1989). Students
   with EBD may engage in unacceptable behavior to escape or avoid the
   aversiveness of stimuli in schools (Gunter, Denny, et al., 1993; Shores,
   Gunter, \& Jack, 1993).
   Factors such as students' home conditions, drug and alcohol abuse, and
   peer groups obviously are related to problems in school. Unfortunately,
   classroom teachers have little direct influence on these factors.
   Rather, teachers are responsible for assessing the school/classroom
   environment and using that environment to enrich students' educational
   programs. Implicit in this responsibility is that teachers develop
   classrooms that are positively reinforcing to students. This requires
   awareness of conditions external to the classroom, such as the factors
   listed above, but, more important, the ability to identify and modify
   sources of aversive stimulation in the school/classroom environment. The
   aversiveness of school may contribute to students' aggressive,
   disruptive, and other antisocial behaviors that often lead to failure in
   school and contribute to the lack of success in later life (Sidman,
   1989; Skinner, 1989).}},
Publisher = {{LOVE PUBLISHING  COMPANY}},
Address = {{9101 EAST KENYON AVENUE, STE 2200, DENVER, CO 80237 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{SHORES, RE (Reprint Author), KANSAS STATE UNIV AGR \& APPL SCI, MANHATTAN, KS 66506 USA.
   VALDOSTA STATE UNIV, VALDOSTA, GA USA.}},
ISSN = {{0015-511X}},
Keywords-Plus = {{MANAGEMENT; CHILDREN}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{BRODEN M, 1970, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V3, P199, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1970.3-199.
   BROWN WH, 1986, CHILD FAM BEHAV THER, V8, P15.
   Carnine D, 1979, DIRECT INSTRUCTION R.
   CARR EG, 1980, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V13, P101, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1980.13-101.
   CARR EG, 1985, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V18, P111, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1985.18-111.
   CARR EG, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P523, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-523.
   Council for Exceptional Children, 1987, AC EFF INSTR WORK MI.
   Dattilo J., 1985, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V10, P194, DOI DOI 10.1177/154079698501000402.
   DENO SL, 1991, INTERVENTIONS ACHIEV, P269.
   DUNLAP G, 1991, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V24, P387, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1991.24-387.
   DURAND VM, 1989, J ASSOC PERS SEVERE, V14, P113.
   Engelmann S., 1982, THEORY INSTRUCTION P.
   Fiedler J. F., 1986, BEHAV DISORDERS, V12, P22.
   FIFER FL, 1986, ACAD THER, V21, P401, DOI 10.1177/105345128602100402.
   FUCHS LS, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V53, P199.
   Good T. L., 1987, LOOKING CLASSROOMS.
   GREENWOOD CR, 1974, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V7, P413, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1974.7-413.
   Gunter P. L., 1993, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V18, P265.
   GUNTER PL, 1993, UNPUB INVESTIGATION.
   GUNTER PL, IN PRESS TEACHING EX.
   GUNTER PL, 1993, UNPUB CASE STUDY EFF.
   GUNTER PL, 1993, J EMOT BEHAV DISORD, V1, P138, DOI DOI 10.1177/106342669300100301.
   HALL RV, 1968, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V16, P243.
   HARING NG, 1962, ED EMOTIONALLY DISTU.
   HAUBRICH PA, 1976, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V42, P337.
   HEWETT F, 1968, EMOTIONALLY DISTURBE.
   Kerr MM, 1983, STRATEGIES MANAGING.
   LEONE P, 1986, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V11, P87.
   LEWIS WW, 1988, BEHAV DISORDERS, V13, P98.
   MADSEN CH, 1968, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V1, P139, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1968.1-139.
   Mayer G. R., 1991, INTERVENTIONS ACHIEV, P559.
   MORGAN DP, 1988, TEACHING BEHAVIORALL.
   NEEF NA, 1992, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V25, P691, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1992.25-691.
   Neel R., 1988, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V13, P209.
   OLEARY KD, 1969, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V2, P3, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1969.2-3.
   Paine S. C., 1983, STRUCTURING YOUR CLA.
   Patterson G. R., 1970, BEHAV MODIF, P133.
   Ruhl K. L., 1992, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V17, P178.
   SASSO GM, 1992, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V25, P809, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1992.25-809.
   SCHENCK SJ, 1980, J SPEC EDUC, V14, P337, DOI 10.1177/002246698001400307.
   Shores R. E., 1993, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V18, P92, DOI DOI 10.1177/106342669300100106.
   SHORES RE, 1969, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V36, P21.
   SHORES RE, 1993, APR COUNC EXC CHILDR.
   SHORES RE, 1993, J EMOT BEHAV DISORD, V1, P27, DOI DOI 10.1177/106342669300100106.
   Sidman M., 1989, COERCION ITS FALLOUT.
   SILBERT J, 1981, DIRECT INSTRUCTION M.
   SKINNER BF, 1989, RECENT ISSUES ANAL B.
   Smith S. W., 1989, BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS, V14, P107.
   SPRICK R, 1981, SOLUTION BOOK GUIDE.
   Stowitschek C. E., 1980, BEHAV DISORDERS, V5, P136.
   STRAIN PS, 1978, BEHAV MODIF, V2, P403, DOI 10.1177/014544557823006.
   STRAUSS AA, 1947, PSYCHOPATHOLOGY ED B, V1.
   TAPP JT, 1993, UNPUB MULTIPLE OPTIO.
   VANHOUTEN R, 1982, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V15, P65, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1982.15-65.
   VOLLMER TR, 1993, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V26, P9, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1993.26-9.
   Wagner M., 1992, WHAT HAPPENS NEXT TR.
   WAHLER RG, 1981, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V14, P327, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1981.14-327.
   WEEKS M, 1981, J APPL BEHAV ANAL, V14, P449, DOI 10.1901/jaba.1981.14-449.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{58}},
Times-Cited = {{15}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{13}},
Journal-ISO = {{Focus Except. Child}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MH436}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1993MH43600001}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1993KT85900002,
Author = {FISHBAIN, DA and ROSOMOFF, HL and GOLDBERG, M and CUTLER, R and
   ABDELMOTY, E and KHALIL, TM and ROSOMOFF, RS},
Title = {{THE PREDICTION OF RETURN TO THE WORKPLACE AFTER MULTIDISCIPLINARY PAIN
   CENTER TREATMENT}},
Journal = {{CLINICAL JOURNAL OF PAIN}},
Year = {{1993}},
Volume = {{9}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{3-15}},
Month = {{MAR}},
Abstract = {{The prediction of return to the workplace after Multidisciplinary Pain
   Center (MPC) treatment has become a major research area. To delineate
   the variables that predict this outcome, the authors reviewed 164
   multidisciplinary outcome studies. Of these, 79 addressed work as an
   outcome variable. Twenty-six studies attempted to identify patient
   variables predicting return to the workplace. These latter studies were
   critically inspected for eight methodological criteria: pain location,
   follow-up time interval, response percentage and follow-up method,
   return to work subcategorization, vocational movement, univariate vs.
   multivariate statistics, multicolinearity and variance, and statistical
   treatment of dropouts. In addition, other disability studies besides
   those in the chronic pain area were reviewed for return to the workplace
   predictor variables. Of these 26 studies, only a few appeared to satisfy
   the criteria examined. In addition, many studies were in conflict with
   one another on whether a variable was predictive. The review of the
   nonchronic pain/disability prediction literature yielded a large number
   of potential predictors that related to the work area. It is unclear
   which variables or set of variables predict return to the workplace
   after MPC treatment. Chronic pain studies may be neglecting the work
   area as an important source of return to the workplace predictor
   variables.}},
Publisher = {{LIPPINCOTT-RAVEN PUBL}},
Address = {{227 EAST WASHINGTON SQ, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106}},
Type = {{Review}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{UNIV MIAMI,S SHORE HOSP,SCH MED,CTR COMPREHENS PAIN \& REHABIL,DEPT PSYCHIAT,MIAMI,FL 33152.
   UNIV MIAMI,S SHORE HOSP,SCH MED,CTR COMPREHENS PAIN \& REHABIL,MIAMI,FL 33152.
   UNIV MIAMI,S SHORE HOSP,SCH MED,CTR COMPREHENS PAIN \& REHABIL,DEPT PSYCHOL,MIAMI,FL 33152.
   UNIV MIAMI,S SHORE HOSP,SCH MED,CTR COMPREHENS PAIN \& REHABIL,DEPT BIOENGN,MIAMI,FL 33152.
   UNIV MIAMI,S SHORE HOSP,SCH MED,CTR COMPREHENS PAIN \& REHABIL,DEPT ERGON,MIAMI,FL 33152.}},
DOI = {{10.1097/00002508-199303000-00002}},
ISSN = {{0749-8047}},
Keywords = {{CHRONIC PAIN; MULTIDISCIPLINARY PAIN CENTER TREATMENT; RETURN TO THE
   WORKPLACE}},
Keywords-Plus = {{LOW-BACK-PAIN; TERM FOLLOW-UP; REHABILITATION PROGRAM;
   RHEUMATOID-ARTHRITIS; LEGAL SETTLEMENT; DISABILITY; WORK; COMPENSATION;
   MMPI; DETERMINANTS}},
Research-Areas = {{Anesthesiology; Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Anesthesiology; Clinical Neurology}},
Cited-References = {{{[}Anonymous], 1986, PAIN S, V3, pS1.
   ARNHOFF FN, 1977, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V46, P170, DOI 10.1097/00000542-197703000-00003.
   ARONOFF GM, 1988, OCCUP MED, V3, P123.
   ARONOFF GM, 1982, SEMIN NEUROL, V3, P377.
   ARONOW W S, 1982, Rational Drug Therapy, V16, P1.
   ASTRAND NE, 1988, BRIT J IND MED, V45, P387.
   AYOUB MM, 1980, HUM FACTORS, V22, P271.
   BALLA JI, 1970, MED J AUSTRALIA, V2, P355, DOI 10.5694/j.1326-5377.1970.tb50044.x.
   BARNES D, 1989, SPINE, V14, P427, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198904000-00017.
   BRADISH CF, 1988, SPINE, V13, P557, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198805000-00021.
   BRENNAN AF, 1986, INT J PSYCHIAT MED, V16, P373.
   BREWIN CR, 1983, INJURY, V14, P451, DOI 10.1016/0020-1383(83)90097-9.
   CAIRNS D, 1984, SPINE, V9, P91, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198401000-00020.
   CATSBARIL WL, 1988, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V69, P729.
   CHAPMAN SL, 1981, PAIN, V11, P255, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(81)90011-7.
   CHIRIKOS TN, 1988, MED CARE, V26, P867, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198809000-00006.
   DEYO RA, 1988, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V69, P174.
   DEYO RA, 1988, J RHEUMATOL, V15, P1557.
   DOLCE JJ, 1986, BEHAV RES THER, V24, P313, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(86)90191-9.
   ENCEL S, 1978, COMPENSATION REHABIL.
   FELD RK, 1982, J SOC OCCUP MED, V32, P190.
   FEY SG, 1987, PAIN S, V4, pS379.
   FREDRICKSON BE, 1988, SPINE, V13, P351, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198803000-00022.
   FRYMOYER JW, 1987, CLIN ORTHOPAEDICS, V221, P89.
   GALLAGHER RM, 1989, {[}No title captured], V39, P56.
   GALLON RL, 1989, PAIN, V37, P67, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90154-1.
   GENTRY W D, 1977, Spine, V2, P210, DOI 10.1097/00007632-197709000-00007.
   GUCK TP, 1988, J BEHAV MED, V11, P159, DOI 10.1007/BF00848263.
   GUCK TP, 1986, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V67, P293.
   HOLZMAN AD, 1985, J BEHAV MED, V8, P411, DOI 10.1007/BF00848372.
   HORNQUIST JO, 1988, SCAND J SOC MED, V16, P27.
   JAMISON RN, 1988, J PSYCHOSOM RES, V32, P277, DOI 10.1016/0022-3999(88)90069-4.
   JAMISON RR, 1988, ORTHOP REV, P1210.
   KING SA, 1989, PAIN, V39, P281, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90041-9.
   KLEINKE CL, 1988, PAIN, V33, P41, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90201-1.
   KORES RC, 1990, BEHAV RES THER, V28, P165, DOI 10.1016/0005-7967(90)90029-I.
   LEE PM, 1989, SPINE, P838.
   LEIGH JP, 1985, MED CARE, V23, P310, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198504000-00003.
   LLOYD DF, 1982, J SOC OCCUP MED, V33, P66.
   MCARTHUR DL, 1987, PAIN, V29, P23, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(87)90175-8.
   MCNEILL TW, 1986, SPINE, V11, P955, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198611000-00018.
   MENDELSON G, 1982, MED J AUSTRALIA, V2, P132, DOI 10.5694/j.1326-5377.1982.tb124267.x.
   MILHOUS RL, 1989, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V70, P589.
   MITCHELL JN, 1985, J SOC OCCUP MED, V35, P91.
   NALIBOFF BD, 1988, PAIN, V35, P271, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90137-6.
   PILOWSKY I, 1990, PAIN, V40, P3, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(90)91045-K.
   POLATIN PB, 1989, SPINE, V14, P956, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198909000-00007.
   REISINE ST, 1989, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V32, P548.
   ROY R, 1984, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V65, P448.
   SANDSTROM J, 1986, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V18, P35.
   SANDSTROM J, 1986, SCAND J REHABIL MED, V18, P29.
   SCHECHTER ES, 1981, SOC SECUR BULL, V44, P22.
   SHEIKH K, 1981, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V35, P293, DOI 10.1136/jech.35.4.293.
   SHEIKH K, 1987, PUBLIC HEALTH, V101, P417, DOI 10.1016/S0033-3506(87)80003-3.
   SHEIKH K, 1984, AM J IND MED, V5, P383, DOI 10.1002/ajim.4700050507.
   STIEG RL, 1986, CLIN J PAIN, V1, P189.
   STIEG RL, 1988, PAIN MANAGEMENT, V1, P58.
   TAIT RC, 1988, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V69, P1027.
   TAIT RC, 1990, PAIN, V41, P295, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(90)90006-Y.
   TALO S, 1989, J OCCUP ENVIRON MED, V31, P265, DOI 10.1097/00043764-198903000-00014.
   TRIEF PM, 1983, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V39, P46, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(198301)39:1<46::AID-JCLP2270390109>3.0.CO;2-3.
   TURNER RS, 1985, SPINE, V10, P932, DOI 10.1097/00007632-198512000-00012.
   WADDELL G, 1989, PAIN, V39, P41, DOI 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90174-7.
   Weighill VE, 1989, PAIN MANAGE, V2, P100.
   WIESEL SW, 1988, SPINE, V13, P679.
   YELIN E, 1987, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V30, P507, DOI 10.1002/art.1780300504.
   YELIN E, 1980, ANN INTERN MED, V93, P551, DOI 10.7326/0003-4819-93-4-551.
   1977, DICT OCCUPATIONAL TI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{68}},
Times-Cited = {{87}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Clin. J. Pain}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{KT859}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1993KT85900002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1993KE26000002,
Author = {ROVET, JF and EHRLICH, RM and CZUCHTA, D and AKLER, M},
Title = {{PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS WITH
   INSULIN-DEPENDENT DIABETES-MELLITUS}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF LEARNING DISABILITIES}},
Year = {{1993}},
Volume = {{26}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{7-22}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Abstract = {{In recent years, researchers have observed selective neuropsychological
   impairment associated with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in
   childhood. At increased risk are children who develop diabetes before
   the age of 5, who experience severe hypo- and hyperglycemia, or who have
   frequent episodes of mild to moderate hypoglycemia. This article
   explores the existing literature to establish frequency and consistency
   of general and specific neurocognitive deficits in this pediatric
   patient population, as well as the impact of these deficits on school
   achievement and learning disabilities. Studies are integrated to
   identify contributing diabetes and nondiabetes factors. This is followed
   by a reanalysis of the data from two studies of diabetic children to
   determine the learning disability characteristics of this population and
   the factors contributing to dysfunctional school performance. Findings
   are discussed in terms of the impact of different factors reflecting
   adequacy of diabetes control on specific psychoeducational abilities.}},
Publisher = {{SAGE PUBLICATIONS INC}},
Address = {{2455 TELLER RD, THOUSAND OAKS, CA 91320 USA}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{ROVET, JF (Reprint Author), HOSP SICK CHILDREN, DEPT PSYCHOL, TORONTO M5G 1X8, ONTARIO, CANADA.
   UNIV TORONTO, TORONTO M5S 1A1, ONTARIO, CANADA.
   HOSP SICK CHILDREN, RES INST, TORONTO M5G 1X8, ONTARIO, CANADA.
   HOSP SICK CHILDREN, DIV ENDOCRINOL, TORONTO M5G 1X8, ONTARIO, CANADA.
   HOSP SICK CHILDREN, AMULATORY SERV, TORONTO M5G 1X8, ONTARIO, CANADA.
   HOSP SICK CHILDREN, DEPT PSYCHOL RES, TORONTO M5G 1X8, ONTARIO, CANADA.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/002221949302600102}},
ISSN = {{0022-2194}},
EISSN = {{1538-4780}},
Keywords-Plus = {{INTELLECTUAL DEFICITS; SCHOOL-ACHIEVEMENT; EARLY ONSET; HYPOGLYCEMIA}},
Research-Areas = {{Education \& Educational Research; Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Education, Special; Rehabilitation}},
Cited-References = {{ACK M, 1961, PEDIATRICS, V28, P764.
   ANDERSON BJ, 1984, DIABETES S, V33, P21.
   BALE RN, 1973, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V122, P337, DOI 10.1192/bjp.122.3.337.
   BANTING F. G., 1929, EDINBURGH MED JOUR, V36, P1.
   BENNETTJOHNSON S, 1980, J BEHAV MED, V3, P93.
   BRESLAU N, 1983, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V11, P379, DOI 10.1007/BF00914246.
   Brown GD, 1938, CHILD DEV, V9, P175.
   CAHILL GF, 1976, NEW ENGL J MED, V294, P1004, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197604292941811.
   DCCT Res Grp, 1991, AM J MED, V90, P450, DOI 10.1016/0002-9343(91)80085-Z.
   EEGOLOFSSON O, 1966, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V55, P163, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1966.tb15222.x.
   FOWLER MG, 1985, J PEDIATR-US, V106, P683, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(85)80103-7.
   FRANCESCHI M, 1984, DIABETES CARE, V7, P228, DOI 10.2337/diacare.7.3.228.
   GATH A, 1980, ARCH DIS CHILD, V55, P371, DOI 10.1136/adc.55.5.371.
   GOLDEN MP, 1989, DIABETES CARE, V12, P89, DOI 10.2337/diacare.12.2.89.
   Grishaw WH, 1939, ARCH INTERN MED, V64, P787, DOI 10.1001/archinte.1939.00190040128008.
   HAGEN JW, 1990, CHILD DEV, V61, P1714, DOI 10.2307/1130833.
   HANSEN O, 1986, HEREDITAS, V105, P165, DOI 10.1111/j.1601-5223.1986.tb00656.x.
   HAUMONT D, 1979, CLIN PEDIATR, V18, P750, DOI 10.1177/000992287901801205.
   HOLMES CS, 1985, J DEV BEHAV PEDIATR, V6, P323.
   HOLMES CS, 1983, DIABETES CARE, V6, P180, DOI 10.2337/diacare.6.2.180.
   INGRAM TTS, 1967, BRAIN, V90, P851, DOI 10.1093/brain/90.4.851.
   KWENTUS JA, 1982, POSTGRAD MED, V71, P99, DOI 10.1080/00325481.1982.11716094.
   LOVETT MW, 1991, UNPUB ASSESSING REME.
   LUSE SA, 1970, DIABETOLOGIA, V6, P192, DOI 10.1007/BF01212229.
   McGavin AP, 1940, NEW ENGL J MED, V223, P119, DOI 10.1056/NEJM194007252230401.
   PETRAUSKAS R J, 1979, Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, V1, P17, DOI 10.1080/01688637908401095.
   REICH JN, 1990, J CLIN EXP NEUROPSYC, V12, P613, DOI 10.1080/01688639008401005.
   Reske-Nielsen E, 1966, Diabetologia, V1, P233, DOI 10.1007/BF01257917.
   Rourke B.P., 1983, DEV NEUROPSYCHIATRY, P473.
   ROURKE BP, 1978, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V6, P121, DOI 10.1007/BF00915788.
   ROVET JF, 1988, DIABETES CARE, V11, P77, DOI 10.2337/diacare.11.1.77.
   ROVET JF, 1987, DIABETES CARE, V10, P510, DOI 10.2337/diacare.10.4.510.
   ROVET JF, 1990, J PEDIATR PSYCHOL, V15, P775, DOI 10.1093/jpepsy/15.6.775.
   ROVET JF, 1988, CHILD DEV, V59, P226.
   ROVET JF, 1989, JUN ANN M AM DIAB AS.
   RYAN C, 1985, CHILD CARE HLTH DEV, V11, P229, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2214.1985.tb00466.x.
   RYAN C, 1985, PEDIATRICS, V75, P921.
   RYAN C, 1984, J CONSULT CLIN PSYCH, V52, P335, DOI 10.1037/0022-006X.52.3.335.
   RYAN C, 1981, DIABETES S1, V39, P59.
   RYAN CM, 1990, J PEDIATR-US, V117, P32, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(05)82440-0.
   Ryan CM, 1990, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL B, P58.
   Shirley HF, 1940, J PEDIATR-US, V16, P775, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(40)80066-8.
   SIEGEL LS, 1989, J LEARN DISABIL-US, V22, P469, DOI 10.1177/002221948902200803.
   SIEGEL LS, 1986, HDB COGNITIVE SOCIAL, V1, P95.
   SKENAZY JA, 1984, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V41, P391.
   Skyler J S, 1989, Diabetes Educ, V15, P33, DOI 10.1177/014572178901500110.
   Traisman HS, 1980, MANAGEMENT JUVENILE.
   VLASSARA H, 1983, DIABETES, V32, P670, DOI 10.2337/diabetes.32.7.670.
   WEIL WB, 1964, DIABETES, V13, P303.
   Yakovlev PI, 1967, REGIONAL DEV BRAIN E, P3.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{50}},
Times-Cited = {{38}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Learn. Disabil.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{KE260}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1993KE26000002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1993MV35400014,
Author = {FUCHS, LS and FUCHS, D and PHILLIPS, NB and SIMMONS, D},
Title = {{CONTEXTUAL VARIABLES AFFECTING INSTRUCTIONAL ADAPTATION FOR
   DIFFICULT-TO-TEACH STUDENTS}},
Journal = {{SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY REVIEW}},
Year = {{1993}},
Volume = {{22}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{725-743}},
Abstract = {{This study examined how contextual variables affect the types of
   instructional adaptations teachers propose for students experiencing
   academic failure. Participants were general educators, each of whom
   taught at least one student with an identified learning disability
   (students with LD) in a mainstream reading (n = 35 teachers) or math (n
   = 41 teachers) class. Teachers specified how they would solve a
   hypothetical instructional problem of a student with LD with current and
   with ideal resources, in reading or math, depending on the academic area
   in which they provided instruction to their actual pupil with LD. Within
   the academic area, teachers were assigned randomly to three idea
   generation formats: oral independent, written independent, and assisted
   with ideas for potential solutions. Hierarchical log-Linear analysis
   indicated that idea generation format affected the types of adaptations
   teachers identified. Results are discussed in terms of how contextual
   variables affect the process and substance of teachers' instructional
   adaptation for difficult-to-teach pupils, as well as methodological
   considerations in designing research on teacher planning.}},
Publisher = {{NATL ASSN SCHOOL PSYCHOL}},
Address = {{JAMES MADISON UNIV DEPT PSYCHOL, HARRISONBURG, VA 22807}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{FUCHS, LS (Reprint Author), VANDERBILT UNIV,PEABODY COLL,DEPT SPECAIL EDUC,BOX 328,NASHVILLE,TN 37203, USA.
   UNIV OREGON,COLL EDUC,EUGENE,OR 97403.}},
ISSN = {{0279-6015}},
Keywords-Plus = {{HANDICAPPED STUDENTS; ACHIEVEMENT}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychology, Educational}},
Cited-References = {{ANDERSON LM, 1981, 102 MICH STAT U I RE.
   BARR R, 1983, SCH WORK.
   BENEDETTI JK, 1978, BIOMETRICS, V34, P680, DOI 10.2307/2530389.
   Bishop Y.M.M., 1975, DISCRETE MULTIVARIAT.
   BORKO H, 1989, AM EDUC RES J, V26, P473, DOI 10.3102/00028312026004473.
   BORKO H, 1990, REM SPEC EDUC, V11, P40, DOI 10.1177/074193259001100609.
   BORKO H, 1990, REM SPEC EDUC, V11, P53.
   BORKO H, 1984, CHANGING PERSPECTIVE, P124.
   BRYAN TH, 1981, ADV SPECIAL ED, V3, P147.
   CARNAHAN RS, 1980, 541 WISC RES DEV CTR.
   Clark C. M., 1979, RES SERIES MICHIGAN, V56.
   Clark C. M., 1981, RES SERIES MICHIGAN, V99.
   CLARK CM, 1984, ED251449.
   Corno L., 1986, HDB RES TEACHING, P605.
   DELQUADRI J, 1986, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V52, P535, DOI 10.1177/001440298605200606.
   EPSTEIN JL, 1991, PHI DELTA KAPPAN, V72, P345.
   ERICSSON KA, 1980, PSYCHOL REV, V87, P215, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.87.3.215.
   FEINBERG SE, 1985, ANAL CROSS CLASSIFIE.
   FOGARTY JL, 1982, MAR AM ED RES ASS NE.
   FUCHS D, 1990, EXCEPT CHILDREN, V56, P493.
   FUCHS LS, 1991, AM EDUC RES J, V28, P617, DOI 10.3102/00028312028003617.
   FUCHS LS, 1991, APR ANN M AM ED RES.
   GERSTEN R, 1990, REM SPEC EDUC, V11, P7, DOI 10.1177/074193259001100305.
   GLASER R, 1977, ADAPTIVE ED INDIVIDU.
   Haberman SJ, 1978, ANAL QUALITATIVE DAT, V1.
   HILL J, 1981, APR ANN M AM ED RES.
   HOUSNER LD, 1983, APR AM ED RES ASS MO.
   JACKSON RM, 1961, PERSONNEL GUIDAN MAR, P569.
   JENKINS JR, IN PRESS EXCEPTIONAL.
   JENKINS JR, 1990, ANN M AM ED RES ASS.
   KAGAN DM, 1991, ELEM SCHOOL J, V91, P343, DOI 10.1086/461659.
   LEINHARDT G, 1982, TEACH COLL REC, V84, P391.
   LEINHARDT G, 1986, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V78, P75, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.78.2.75.
   Lesgold A. M., 1985, READING RES ADV THEO, V4, P107.
   MCCRUTCHEON G, 1980, ELEMENTARY SCH J, V81, P4.
   MCLEOD MA, 1981, THESIS U ALBERTA.
   MERRELL KW, 1990, J SPEC EDUC, V24, P296, DOI 10.1177/002246699002400304.
   NARDINE FE, 1991, PHI DELTA KAPPAN, V72, P363.
   NORUSIS MJ, 1976, ADV STATISTICS SPSS.
   PALLAS AM, 1989, EDUC RES, V18, P16, DOI DOI 10.3102/0013189X018005016.
   PALMER DJ, 1982, J SPEC EDUC, V16, P207, DOI 10.1177/002246698201600208.
   PETERSON PL, 1978, AM EDUC RES J, V15, P555, DOI 10.2307/1162648.
   PETERSON PL, 1978, AM EDUC RES J, V15, P417, DOI 10.3102/00028312015003417.
   POPLIN MS, 1980, LEARN DISABILITY Q, V3, P46, DOI 10.2307/1510674.
   PORTER A, 1989, EDUC RES, V18, P9, DOI DOI 10.3102/0013189X018005009.
   PUTNAM RT, 1987, AM EDUC RES J, V24, P13, DOI 10.2307/1162851.
   Rickert A. E., 1987, EXPLORING TEACHERS T, P104.
   SCHUMAN H, 1981, QUESTIONS ANSWERS AT.
   SCHUMM JS, 1991, UNPUB PLANNING MAINS.
   SHANNON P, 1983, READ RES QUART, V19, P68, DOI 10.2307/747338.
   SHAVELSON RJ, 1981, REV EDUC RES, V51, P435.
   SHULMAN LS, 1987, HARVARD EDUC REV, V57, P1, DOI 10.17763/haer.57.1.j463w79r56455411.
   THOMPSON RH, 1982, AM EDUC RES J, V19, P220, DOI 10.2307/1162566.
   TOBIAS S, 1989, EDUC PSYCHOL, V24, P213, DOI 10.1207/s15326985ep2403\_1.
   TOP BL, 1987, ELEM SCHOOL J, V87, P413, DOI 10.1086/461505.
   WALSH WB, 1968, J COUNS PSYCHOL, V15, P180, DOI 10.1037/h0025480.
   Will M., 1986, ED STUDENTS LEARNING.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{57}},
Times-Cited = {{9}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{3}},
Journal-ISO = {{Sch. Psychol. Rev.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MV354}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1993MV35400014}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1992KF50400036,
Author = {YEARGINALLSOPP},
Title = {{A MULTIPLE-SOURCE METHOD FOR STUDYING THE PREVALENCE OF
   DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES IN CHILDREN - THE METROPOLITAN ATLANTA
   DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES - STUDY (PEDIATRICS, VOL 89, PG 624, 1992)}},
Journal = {{PEDIATRICS}},
Year = {{1992}},
Volume = {{90}},
Number = {{6}},
Pages = {{1001}},
Month = {{DEC}},
Publisher = {{AMER ACAD PEDIATRICS}},
Address = {{141 NORTH-WEST POINT BLVD, ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 60007-1098}},
Type = {{Correction, Addition}},
Language = {{English}},
ISSN = {{0031-4005}},
Research-Areas = {{Pediatrics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Pediatrics}},
Cited-References = {{YEARGINALLSOPP, 1992, PEDIATRICS, V89, P624.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{1}},
Times-Cited = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Pediatrics}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{KF504}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1992KF50400036}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1992HM25100009,
Author = {YEARGINALLSOPP, M and MURPHY, CC and OAKLEY, GP and SIKES, RK},
Title = {{A MULTIPLE-SOURCE METHOD FOR STUDYING THE PREVALENCE OF
   DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES IN CHILDREN - THE METROPOLITAN ATLANTA
   DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES STUDY}},
Journal = {{PEDIATRICS}},
Year = {{1992}},
Volume = {{89}},
Number = {{4, 1}},
Pages = {{624-630}},
Month = {{APR}},
Abstract = {{The Metropolitan Atlanta Developmental Disabilities Study is the first
   US, population-based epidemiologic study of the prevalence of mental
   retardation, cerebral palsy, hearing impairment, and visual impairment
   among school-age children.  The study population consisted of children
   who were 10 years of age between 1985 and 1987 and whose mothers were
   residents of the five Georgia countries of Clayton, Cobb, DeKalb,
   Fulton, and Gwinnett at the time of the child's birth.  Since children
   with developmental diabilities are identified by and receive services
   from various health, social service, and education systems, a
   multiple-source case identification method was used.  This study is
   unique in that individual school records were used to identify children
   with the four disabilities.  Use of a multiple-source method made it
   possible to confirm specific conditions and to classify subtypes of
   disabilities.  About 95\% of the children with one or more of these four
   disabilities were initially identified through the school systems.  This
   approach is much less costly than conducting medical and psychologic
   assessments on populations of children.  In addition, this method made
   it possible to estimate accurately the ``administrative prevalence{''}
   of these disabilities (ie, the number of children previously identified
   with these disabilities for the purpose of providing services).  The
   prevalence rates found in this study, per 1000 10-year-old children,
   were as follows:  mental retardation, 10.3; cerebral palsy, 2.0; hearing
   impairment, 1.0; and visual impairment, 0.6.  This population-based
   method for surveillance of developmental disabilities can be useful to
   those who seek to judge the effectiveness of prevention strategies for
   these conditions, to those who need to plan for services for persons
   with these conditions, and to those who conduct epidemiologic studies
   searching for environmental and other causes of these conditions.}},
Publisher = {{AMER ACAD PEDIATRICS}},
Address = {{141 NORTH-WEST POINT BLVD, ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 60007-1098}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{YEARGINALLSOPP, M (Reprint Author), CTR DIS CONTROL,CTR ENVIRONM HLTH \& INJURY CONTROL,MS F-37,1600 CLIFTON RD,ATLANTA,GA 30333, USA.
   GEORGIA DEPT HUMAN RESOURCES,DIV PUBL HLTH,OFF EPIDEMIOL,ATLANTA,GA.}},
ISSN = {{0031-4005}},
Keywords = {{BLINDNESS; CEREBRAL PALSY; DEAFNESS; DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITY; HANDICAP;
   MENTAL RETARDATION; PREVALENCE STUDIES}},
Keywords-Plus = {{BIRTH-WEIGHT INFANTS; MENTAL-RETARDATION; CEREBRAL-PALSY; HANDICAPS;
   TRENDS; AGE}},
Research-Areas = {{Pediatrics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Pediatrics}},
Cited-References = {{BAIRD PA, 1985, AM J MENT DEF, V89, P323.
   Crocker AC, 1989, DEV DISABILITIES DEL, P10.
   CUSSEN GH, 1987, J IRISH MED ASSOC, V71, P568.
   DAVIE R, 1972, 2ND NAT CHILD DEV ST.
   DOWDING VM, 1988, IRISH MED J, V81, P25.
   DRILLIEN CM, 1966, ARCH DIS CHILD, V41, P528, DOI 10.1136/adc.41.219.528.
   EDMONDS LD, 1981, INT J EPIDEMIOL, V10, P247, DOI 10.1093/ije/10.3.247.
   ELLIOTT D, 1981, BRIT MED J, V282, P789, DOI 10.1136/bmj.282.6266.789.
   Elliott L L, 1978, Adv Neurol, V19, P399.
   FINNER NN, 1981, J PEDIATR, V98, P112.
   FORD GW, 1985, AUST PAEDIATR J, V21, P15.
   FREEMAN J, 1985, NIH851149 US DEP HLT.
   GLENTING P, 1982, NEUROPEDIATRICS, V13, P72, DOI 10.1055/s-2008-1059600.
   Goldstein H, 1980, Adv Ophthalmol, V40, P1.
   GRIFFITHS MI, 1967, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V9, P33.
   Grossman H. J., 1983, CLASSIFICATION MENTA.
   HAGBERG B, 1989, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V78, P283, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1989.tb11071.x.
   HAGBERG B, 1981, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V70, P4441.
   HALLDORSSON S, 1980, ACTA OPHTHALMOL, V58, P237.
   HOSKINS EM, 1983, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V145, P135, DOI 10.1016/0002-9378(83)90479-9.
   INGRAM TTS, 1955, ARCH DIS CHILD, V30, P85, DOI 10.1136/adc.30.150.85.
   INGRAM TTS, 1964, PEDIATRIC ASPECTS CE.
   INNES G, 1968, BRIT J PSYCHIAT, V114, P35, DOI 10.1192/bjp.114.506.35.
   JOYCE C, 1988, NZ MED J, V101, P661.
   KIELY M, 1987, EPIDEMIOL REV, V9, P194, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.epirev.a036302.
   KITCHEN WH, 1987, AUST PAEDIATR J, V23, P335.
   KUDRJAVCEV T, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1433, DOI 10.1212/WNL.33.11.1433.
   KUSHLICK A, 1973, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V15, P748.
   KUSHLICK A, 1967, 1ST P C INT ASS SCI.
   LAGERGREN J, 1981, ACTA PAEDIATR SC   S, P289.
   LAPOUSE R, 1970, MENTAL RETARDATION A, V1, P197.
   LEMKAU P, 1941, MENT HYG, V25, P279.
   LEVENE MI, 1982, BRIT J HOSP MED, V28, P487.
   LEVIN ML, 1949, NEW YORK STATE J MED, V49, P2793.
   LIPPER E, 1981, PEDIATRICS, V67, P502.
   MARLOW N, 1987, BRIT MED J, V294, P1582, DOI 10.1136/bmj.294.6587.1582.
   MARTIN JAM, 1982, AUDIOLOGY, V21, P149.
   MCQUEEN PC, 1986, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V28, P697.
   Mercer JR, 1973, LABELING MENTALLY RE.
   Nelson K B, 1978, Adv Neurol, V19, P421.
   NELSON KB, 1984, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V251, P1843, DOI 10.1001/jama.251.14.1843.
   NELSON KB, 1977, ANN NEUROL, V2, P371, DOI 10.1002/ana.410020505.
   NISWANDER KR, 1972, WOMEN THEIR PREGNANC.
   RESCHLY DJ, 1976, AM J MENT DEF, V81, P154.
   RICHARDSON WP, 1965, HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.
   ROESER RJ, 1981, AUDITORY DISORDERS S, P72.
   RUTTER M, 1970, ED HLTH BEHAVIOR.
   Schein J D, 1980, Birth Defects Orig Artic Ser, V16, P3.
   SHIOTSUKI Y, 1984, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V6, P487, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(84)80031-5.
   SINGER JD, 1986, J SPEC EDUC, V20, P319, DOI 10.1177/002246698602000306.
   STANLEY F J, 1985, Neuroepidemiology, V4, P146, DOI 10.1159/000110226.
   STANLEY FJ, 1988, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V158, P89, DOI 10.1016/0002-9378(88)90784-3.
   STEIN Z, 1976, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V103, P477, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112249.
   STEWARTBROWN SL, 1988, J EPIDEMIOL COMMUN H, V42, P17, DOI 10.1136/jech.42.1.17.
   WISHIK SM, 1965, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V46, P194.
   1977, FED REGISTER, V42, P42474.
   1987, GEORGIA VITAL STATIS.
   1959, CP B, V1, P27.
   1989, PUBLIC HLTH CHARTBOO.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{59}},
Times-Cited = {{129}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Pediatrics}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{HM251}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1992HM25100009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1991GG04100012,
Author = {LIM, CCL and TAN, TC},
Title = {{PERSONALITY, DISABILITY AND ACNE IN COLLEGE-STUDENTS}},
Journal = {{CLINICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL DERMATOLOGY}},
Year = {{1991}},
Volume = {{16}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{371-373}},
Month = {{SEP}},
Abstract = {{The relationship between acne, personality and disability was examined
   in a sample of 101 junior college students in Singapore.  The clinical
   severity of their acne was assessed using a Acne Severity Grading Scale.
   The disability as perceived by the individual, was evaluated using the
   Acne Disability Index.  Our data showed that there was no difference in
   personality, assessed by Eysenck Personality Questionnaire, between
   students with mild acne (Grades 0 and 2) and those with severe acne
   (Grades 4, 6 and 8).  Personality influences the individual's perception
   of disability.  Students with acne who were concerned about their facial
   appearance were more emotional and less tough-minded than those who were
   not.  Otherwise, there was little disability resulting from the disease.}},
Publisher = {{BLACKWELL SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{OSNEY MEAD, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX2 0EL}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{NATL UNIV SINGAPORE,DEPT PSYCHOL MED,SINGAPORE 0511,SINGAPORE.
   NATL UNIV SINGAPORE,DEPT COMMUNITY OCCUPAT \& FAMILY MED,SINGAPORE 0511,SINGAPORE.}},
ISSN = {{0307-6938}},
Research-Areas = {{Dermatology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Dermatology}},
Cited-References = {{ALLAN BS, 1982, ARCH DERMATOL, V118, P23.
   COHEN EL, 1945, BRIT J DERMATOL SYPH, V57, P48, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2133.1945.tb11198.x.
   EYSENCK HJ, 1975, MANUAL EYSENCK PERSO.
   EYSENCK SBG, 1986, J PERS SOC PSYCHOL, V50, P124, DOI 10.1037/0022-3514.50.1.124.
   GEIST HAROLD, 1957, JOUR CLIN AND EXPTL PSYCHOPATH AND QUART REV PSYCHIATRY AND NEUROL, V18, P87.
   LUCAS CJ, 1961, BRIT MED J, V2, P354, DOI 10.1136/bmj.2.5248.354.
   MITCHELLHEGGS GB, 1950, MODERN PRACTICE DERM.
   MOTLEY RJ, 1989, CLIN EXP DERMATOL, V14, P194, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2230.1989.tb00930.x.
   NARCISO JC, 1952, J CONSULT PSYCHOL, V16, P199.
   OBERMEYER ME, 1955, PSYCHOCUTANEOUS MED.
   SAINSBURY P, 1962, J PSYCHOSOM RES, V6, P129.
   VANDERMEEREN HLM, 1985, CUTIS, V36, P84.
   WITTKOWER E, 1951, BRIT J DERMATOL, V63, P214, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2133.1951.tb13715.x.
   WU SF, 1988, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V18, P325, DOI 10.1016/S0190-9622(88)70047-X.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{14}},
Times-Cited = {{21}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Clin. Exp. Dermatol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{GG041}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1991GG04100012}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1991EV65000009,
Author = {ESCOBAR, GJ and LITTENBERG, B and PETITTI, DB},
Title = {{OUTCOME AMONG SURVIVING VERY-LOW-BIRTH-WEIGHT INFANTS - A METAANALYSIS}},
Journal = {{ARCHIVES OF DISEASE IN CHILDHOOD}},
Year = {{1991}},
Volume = {{66}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{204-211}},
Month = {{FEB}},
Abstract = {{Because published outcome studies are the only available source of data
   about the morbidity among surviving very low birthweight infants (VLBW,
   < 1500 g) a search was carried out of 1136 references in the English
   language.  A total of 111 outcome studies were found that reported
   morbidity data in cohorts of VLBW infants born since 1960.  The methods
   used and results obtained in these studies were systematically assessed.
   No agreement exists about the definition of study populations,
   descriptive statistics, or measurement of outcome.  Follow up ranged
   from six months to 14 years.  In 85 cohorts the incidence of cerebral
   palsy was recorded, and in 106 that of disability.  Studies that
   followed up infants for longer time periods reported higher incidences
   of disability.  Studies from the United States reported higher
   incidences of disability than those from other countries.  The median
   incidence of cerebral palsy among all the cohorts studied was 7.7\%, and
   the median incidence of disability was 25.0\%.  Despite substantial
   improvements in the mortality of VLBW infants, poor outcomes among
   survivors are common.}},
Publisher = {{BRITISH MED JOURNAL PUBL GROUP}},
Address = {{BRITISH MED ASSOC HOUSE, TAVISTOCK SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND WC1H 9JR}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{ESCOBAR, GJ (Reprint Author), KAISER PERMANENTE MED CTR,DEPT PEDIAT,1425 S MAIN ST,WALNUT CREEK,CA 94596, USA.
   DARTMOUTH COLL,HITCHCOCK MED CTR,DEPT MED,HANOVER,NH 03756.
   UNIV CALIF SAN FRANCISCO,DIV FAMILY \& COMMUNITY MED,SAN FRANCISCO,CA 94143.}},
DOI = {{10.1136/adc.66.2.204}},
ISSN = {{0003-9888}},
Keywords-Plus = {{NEONATAL INTENSIVE-CARE; LOW BIRTH-WEIGHT; LIMITING CHRONIC CONDITIONS;
   CHRONIC LUNG-DISEASE; FOLLOW-UP; CEREBRAL-PALSY; CHANGING PANORAMA;
   GESTATIONAL-AGE; MEDICAL-CARE; MORTALITY}},
Research-Areas = {{Pediatrics}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Pediatrics}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Littenberg, Benjamin/0000-0002-7647-1808}},
Cited-References = {{AVERY ME, 1987, PEDIATRICS, V79, P26.
   AYLWARD GP, 1989, J PEDIATR-US, V115, P515, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(89)80273-2.
   BINKIN NJ, 1988, AM J DIS CHILD, V142, P434, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1988.02150040088026.
   BROWN GW, 1951, 2ND P BERK S MATH ST, P159.
   BUDETTI PP, 1982, MED CARE, V20, P1027, DOI 10.1097/00005650-198210000-00005.
   ELLENBERG JH, 1979, AM J DIS CHILD, V133, P1044, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1979.02130100068014.
   Fletcher RH, 1988, CLIN EPIDEMIOLOGY ES.
   Guillemin J.H., 1986, MIXED BLESSINGS INTE.
   HAGBERG B, 1989, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V78, P283, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1989.tb11071.x.
   HAGBERG B, 1984, ACTA PAEDIATR SCAND, V73, P433, DOI 10.1111/j.1651-2227.1984.tb09951.x.
   HERNANDEZ JA, 1986, CLIN PERINATOL, V13, P461.
   HORBAR JD, 1988, PEDIATRICS, V82, P54.
   KIELY JL, 1981, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V23, P96.
   KITCHEN WH, 1985, AM J DIS CHILD, V139, P470, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1985.02140070044030.
   KRAYBILL EN, 1987, AM J DIS CHILD, V141, P784, DOI 10.1001/archpedi.1987.04460070086031.
   MCCORMICK MC, 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V261, P1767, DOI 10.1001/jama.261.12.1767.
   MCCORMICK MC, 1985, NEW ENGL J MED, V312, P82, DOI 10.1056/NEJM198501103120204.
   MUTCH LMM, 1989, ARCH DIS CHILD, V64, P1394, DOI 10.1136/adc.64.10\_Spec\_No.1394.
   NEWACHECK PW, 1986, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V76, P178, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.76.2.178.
   NEWACHECK PW, 1986, J CHRON DIS, V39, P63, DOI 10.1016/0021-9681(86)90062-7.
   OZMINKOWSKI RJ, 1988, STAT MED, V7, P1207, DOI 10.1002/sim.4780071202.
   OZMINKOWSKI RJ, 1987, AM J PERINAT, V4, P339, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-999804.
   PALFREY JS, 1987, J PEDIATR-US, V111, P651, DOI 10.1016/S0022-3476(87)80238-X.
   PANETH N, 1984, PEDIATRICS, V73, P854.
   PANETH N, 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY CEREBRA.
   SHANKARAN S, 1988, PEDIATRICS, V81, P372.
   Siegel S., 1956, NONPARAMETRIC STATIS.
   Snedecor G. W., 1980, STATISTICAL METHODS.
   STANLEY F, 1984, EPIDEMIOLOGY CEREBRA.
   STANLEY FJ, 1988, AM J OBSTET GYNECOL, V158, P89, DOI 10.1016/0002-9378(88)90784-3.
   STANLEY FJ, 1987, 2ND REPORT W AUSTR C.
   TYSON JE, 1988, EARLY HUM DEV, V16, P13, DOI 10.1016/0378-3782(88)90083-7.
   VERLOOVEVANHORICK SP, 1986, LANCET, V1, P55.
   WARIYAR UK, 1989, LANCET, V1, P387.
   WEGMAN ME, 1989, PEDIATRICS, V84, P943.
   WILLIAMS RL, 1979, MED CARE, V17, P95, DOI 10.1097/00005650-197902000-00001.
   1982, US DHHS PHS821569 NA.
   1987, 38 US GOV PRINT OFF.
   1976, INT CLASSIFICATION I.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{39}},
Times-Cited = {{288}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Arch. Dis. Child.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{EV650}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1991EV65000009}},
OA = {{Green Published, Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1991EV42400002,
Author = {RESNICK, R},
Title = {{A PROPOSAL TO ADD DISABILITY STUDIES TO THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF VISUAL IMPAIRMENT \& BLINDNESS}},
Year = {{1991}},
Volume = {{85}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{3}},
Month = {{JAN}},
Publisher = {{AMER FOUNDATION BLIND}},
Address = {{J VISUAL IMPAIRMENT BLINDNESS 11 PENN PLAZA SUITE 300, NEW YORK, NY
   10001}},
Type = {{Editorial Material}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{RESNICK, R (Reprint Author), ROSE RESNICK CTR BLIND \& HANDICAPPED,1299 BUSH ST,SAN FRANCISCO,CA 94109, USA.}},
ISSN = {{0145-482X}},
Research-Areas = {{Rehabilitation}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Rehabilitation}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Vis. Impair. Blind.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{EV424}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1991EV42400002}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1990EF80100016,
Author = {PINSKY, JL and JETTE, AM and BRANCH, LG and KANNEL, WB and FEINLEIB, M},
Title = {{THE FRAMINGHAM DISABILITY STUDY - RELATIONSHIP OF VARIOUS CORONARY
   HEART-DISEASE MANIFESTATIONS TO DISABILITY IN OLDER PERSONS LIVING IN
   THE COMMUNITY}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH}},
Year = {{1990}},
Volume = {{80}},
Number = {{11}},
Pages = {{1363-1367}},
Month = {{NOV}},
Publisher = {{AMER PUBLIC HEALTH ASSN INC}},
Address = {{1015 FIFTEENTH ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20005}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{PINSKY, JL (Reprint Author), NHLBI,DIV EPIDEMIOL \& CLIN APPLICAT,FED BLDG,RM 2C08,BETHESDA,MD 20892, USA.
   MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,INST HLTH PROFESS,BOSTON,MA 02114.
   BOSTON UNIV,CTR GERONTOL,BOSTON,MA 02215.
   BOSTON UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT MED,PREVENT MED \& EPIDEMIOL SECT,BOSTON,MA 02118.
   NATL CTR HLTH STAT,HYATTSVILLE,MD 20782.}},
DOI = {{10.2105/AJPH.80.11.1363}},
ISSN = {{0090-0036}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Jette, Alan/0000-0002-2117-9973}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NHLBI NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Heart Lung
   \& Blood Institute (NHLBI) {[}N01HV52971]}},
Cited-References = {{CHIRIKOS TN, 1986, SOC SCI MED, V22, P1329, DOI 10.1016/0277-9536(86)90096-1.
   CUPPLES LA, 1988, {[}No title captured].
   DAWBER TR, 1951, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V41, P279.
   FRIED LP, 1988, EPIDEMIOL REV, V10, P48, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.epirev.a036028.
   HLATKY MA, 1986, AM J CARDIOL, V58, P911, DOI 10.1016/S0002-9149(86)80009-1.
   JETTE AM, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1211, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1211.
   JETTE AM, 1988, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V41, P719, DOI 10.1016/0895-4356(88)90157-6.
   MCCULLAGH P, 1980, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V42, P109.
   {*}NAT CTR HLTH STAT, 1989, 1988 MONTHL VIT STAT.
   {*}NAT HEART LUNG BL, 1988, FACT BOOK FISC YEAR.
   NEILL WA, 1985, ARCH INTERN MED, V145, P1642, DOI 10.1001/archinte.145.9.1642.
   PINSKY JL, 1985, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V122, P644, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a114144.
   ROSOW I, 1966, J GERONTOL, V21, P556, DOI 10.1093/geronj/21.4.556.
   {*}SAS I INC, 1983, SUGI SUPPL LIBR US G.
   SHURTLEFF D, 1974, FRAMINGHAM STUDY EPI.
   SOLDO BJ, 1985, MILBANK FUND Q, V63, P286, DOI 10.2307/3349882.
   STEWART AL, 1989, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V262, P907, DOI 10.1001/jama.262.7.907.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{17}},
Times-Cited = {{139}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Public Health}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{EF801}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1990EF80100016}},
OA = {{Bronze, Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1988P624700181,
Author = {YEARGINALLSOPP, M and MURPHY, CC and TREVATHAN, E},
Title = {{CEREBRAL-PALSY IN ATLANTA - PRELIMINARY-RESULTS FROM THE ATLANTA
   DEVELOPMENTAL-DISABILITIES STUDY}},
Journal = {{ANNALS OF NEUROLOGY}},
Year = {{1988}},
Volume = {{24}},
Number = {{2}},
Pages = {{348}},
Month = {{AUG}},
Publisher = {{LITTLE BROWN CO}},
Address = {{34 BEACON STREET, BOSTON, MA 02108-1493}},
Type = {{Meeting Abstract}},
Language = {{English}},
ISSN = {{0364-5134}},
Research-Areas = {{Neurosciences \& Neurology}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Clinical Neurology; Neurosciences}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{0}},
Journal-ISO = {{Ann. Neurol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{P6247}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1988P624700181}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1988Q257100005,
Author = {JETTE, AM and PINSKY, JL and BRANCH, LG and WOLF, PA and FEINLEIB, M},
Title = {{THE FRAMINGHAM DISABILITY STUDY - PHYSICAL-DISABILITY AMONG
   COMMUNITY-DWELLING SURVIVORS OF STROKE}},
Journal = {{JOURNAL OF CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY}},
Year = {{1988}},
Volume = {{41}},
Number = {{8}},
Pages = {{719-726}},
Publisher = {{PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, ENGLAND OX5 1GB}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{JETTE, AM (Reprint Author), MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,MGH INST HLTH PROFESS,BOSTON,MA 02108, USA.
   NHLBI,DIV EPIDEMIOL \& CLIN APPLICAT,BETHESDA,MD 20205.
   BOSTON UNIV,SCH PUBL HLTH,BOSTON,MA 02215.
   GERIATR RES EDUC CLIN CTR,BEDFORD,MA.
   VET ADM HOSP,BEDFORD,MA.
   BOSTON UNIV,MED CTR,BOSTON,MA 02215.
   NATL CTR HLTH STAT,HYATTSVILLE,MD 20782.}},
DOI = {{10.1016/0895-4356(88)90157-6}},
ISSN = {{0895-4356}},
Research-Areas = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Public, Environmental \& Occupational
   Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Health Care Sciences \& Services; Public, Environmental \& Occupational
   Health}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Wolf, Philip/0000-0002-3628-301X
   Jette, Alan/0000-0002-2117-9973}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NHLBI NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Heart Lung
   \& Blood Institute (NHLBI) {[}N01HV52971]}},
Cited-References = {{AHLSIO B, 1984, STROKE, V15, P886, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.15.5.886.
   AHO K, 1980, B WORLD HEALTH ORGAN, V58, P113.
   BRANCH LG, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1202, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1202.
   BRANCH LG, 1984, AM J PUBLIC HLTH, V74, P226.
   CORNONIHUNTLEY JC, 1985, MILBANK FUND Q, V63, P350, DOI 10.2307/3349884.
   DAWBER TR, 1951, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V41, P279.
   FOLEY D, 1987, NIH862443 US DEP HLT.
   GRESHAM GE, 1979, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V60, P487.
   GRESHAM GE, 1975, NEW ENGL J MED, V293, P954, DOI 10.1056/NEJM197511062931903.
   HAVLIK RJ, 1979, US DHEW NIH791610 PU.
   JETTE AM, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1211, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1211.
   KATZ S, 1970, GERONTOLOGIST, V10, P20, DOI 10.1093/geront/10.1\_Part\_1.20.
   KOTILA M, 1984, STROKE, V15, P1039, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.15.6.1039.
   MCCULLAGH P, 1980, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V42, P109.
   NAGI SZ, 1976, MILBANK FUND Q, V54, P439, DOI 10.2307/3349677.
   PINSKY JL, 1985, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V122, P644, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a114144.
   ROSOW I, 1966, J GERONTOL, V21, P556, DOI 10.1093/geronj/21.4.556.
   SACCO RL, 1982, STROKE, V13, P290, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.13.3.290.
   SHURTLEFF D, 1974, FRAMINGHAM STUDY EPI.
   VERBRUGGE LM, 1984, RES AGING, V6, P291, DOI 10.1177/0164027584006003001.
   VERBRUGGE LM, 1983, AGING SOC SELECTED R.
   WILLIAMS TF, 1983, J AM GERIATR SOC, V31, P636, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1983.tb04147.x.
   WOLF PA, 1977, STROKE.
   1982, 1979 NAT CTR HLTH S, V31.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{24}},
Times-Cited = {{54}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{J. Clin. Epidemiol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{Q2571}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1988Q257100005}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1987K300700057,
Author = {LAUDE, J},
Title = {{STIGMA - A UNIFYING CONCEPT FOR DISABILITY STUDIES AND THE UNDERSTANDING
   OF RACE AND GENDER}},
Journal = {{WOMENS STUDIES INTERNATIONAL FORUM}},
Year = {{1987}},
Volume = {{10}},
Number = {{5}},
Pages = {{R10}},
Publisher = {{PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD}},
Address = {{THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, ENGLAND OX5 1GB}},
Type = {{Meeting Abstract}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{INDIANA UNIV,BLOOMINGTON,IN 47401.}},
ISSN = {{0277-5395}},
Research-Areas = {{Women's Studies}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Women's Studies}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{0}},
Times-Cited = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{2}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Women Stud. Int. Forum}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{K3007}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1987K300700057}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1985AQZ6800011,
Author = {PINSKY, JL and BRANCH, LG and JETTE, AM and HAYNES, SG and FEINLEIB, M
   and CORNONIHUNTLEY, JC and BAILEY, KR},
Title = {{FRAMINGHAM DISABILITY STUDY - RELATIONSHIP OF DISABILITY TO
   CARDIOVASCULAR RISK-FACTORS AMONG PERSONS FREE OF DIAGNOSED
   CARDIOVASCULAR-DISEASE}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF EPIDEMIOLOGY}},
Year = {{1985}},
Volume = {{122}},
Number = {{4}},
Pages = {{644-656}},
Publisher = {{JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV SCHOOL HYGIENE PUB HEALTH}},
Address = {{111 MARKET PLACE, STE 840, BALTIMORE, MD 21202-6709}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{PINSKY, JL (Reprint Author), NHLBI,DIV EPIDEMIOL \& CLIN APPLICAT,FED BLDG,ROOM 2C08,BETHESDA,MD 20205, USA.
   HARVARD UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT SOCIAL MED \& HLTH POLICY,BOSTON,MA 02115.
   MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,INST HLTH PROFESS,BOSTON,MA 02114.
   NATL CTR HLTH STAT,HYATTSVILLE,MD 20782.
   NIA,EPIDEMIOL DEMOG \& BIOMETRY PROGRAM,BETHESDA,MD 20205.}},
DOI = {{10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a114144}},
ISSN = {{0002-9262}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Jette, Alan/0000-0002-2117-9973}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NHLBI NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Heart Lung
   \& Blood Institute (NHLBI) {[}N01HV52971]}},
Cited-References = {{{[}Anonymous], 1979, HLTH PEOPLE SURGEON.
   {[}Anonymous], 1977, CLIN CHEM, V23, P60.
   BRANCH LG, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1202, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1202.
   BRANCH LG, 1984, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V74, P266, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.74.3.266.
   DAWBER TR, 1951, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V41, P279.
   FEINLEIB M, 1979, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V110, P291, DOI 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112814.
   GERENDE LJ, 1962, THESIS U MICHIGAN.
   GORDON T, 1973, FRAMINGHAM STUDY EPI.
   JETTE AM, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1211, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1211.
   KATZ S, 1970, GERONTOLOGIST, V10, P20, DOI 10.1093/geront/10.1\_Part\_1.20.
   MCCULLAGH P, 1980, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V42, P109.
   NAGI SZ, 1976, MILBANK FUND Q, V54, P439, DOI 10.2307/3349677.
   ROSOW I, 1966, J GERONTOL, V21, P556, DOI 10.1093/geronj/21.4.556.
   SHURTLEFF D, 1974, FRAMINGHAM STUDY EPI.
   Snedecor G.W., 1967, STATISTICAL METHODS.
   TORGERSON W, 1962, THEORY METHODS SCALI.
   1983, SUGI SUPPLEMENTAL LI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{17}},
Times-Cited = {{107}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Epidemiol.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{AQZ68}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1985AQZ6800011}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1981MN83800003,
Author = {BRANCH, LG and JETTE, AM},
Title = {{THE FRAMINGHAM DISABILITY STUDY .1. SOCIAL DISABILITY AMONG THE AGING}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH}},
Year = {{1981}},
Volume = {{71}},
Number = {{11}},
Pages = {{1202-1210}},
Publisher = {{AMER PUBLIC HEALTH ASSOC INC}},
Address = {{1015 FIFTEENTH ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20005}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{BRANCH, LG (Reprint Author), HARVARD UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT SOCIAL MED \& HLTH POLICY,DIV AGING,BOSTON,MA 02115, USA.
   MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,INST HLTH PROFESS,BOSTON,MA 02114.}},
DOI = {{10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1202}},
ISSN = {{0090-0036}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Jette, Alan/0000-0002-2117-9973}},
Cited-References = {{BARNEKOV TK, 1980, ASSESSMENT SOCIAL SE.
   BRANCH L, 1980, GERONTOLOGICAL MONOG, V6.
   BRANCH LG, 1977, UNDERSTANDING HLTH S.
   BRANCH LG, 1980, 2ND C EP AG WASH.
   BRANCH LG, 1981, HOME HLTH CARE, V2.
   DAWBER TR, 1951, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V41, P279.
   GORDON P, 1972, TRENDS EPIDEMIOLOGY.
   JETTE AM, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1211, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1211.
   LOWY L, 1980, SOCIAL POLICIES PROG.
   NAGI SZ, 1965, SOC REHABILITATION.
   ORIOL WE, 1981, GERONTOLOGIST, V21, P35, DOI 10.1093/geront/21.1.35.
   UHLENBERG P, 1977, GERONTOLOGIST, V17, P197, DOI 10.1093/geront/17.3.197.
   Wood P.H.N., 1975, CLASSIFICATION IMPAI.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{13}},
Times-Cited = {{59}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{2}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Public Health}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MN838}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1981MN83800003}},
OA = {{Green Published, Bronze}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1981MN83800004,
Author = {JETTE, AM and BRANCH, LG},
Title = {{THE FRAMINGHAM DISABILITY STUDY .2. PHYSICAL-DISABILITY AMONG THE AGING}},
Journal = {{AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH}},
Year = {{1981}},
Volume = {{71}},
Number = {{11}},
Pages = {{1211-1216}},
Publisher = {{AMER PUBLIC HEALTH ASSOC INC}},
Address = {{1015 FIFTEENTH ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20005}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{JETTE, AM (Reprint Author), HARVARD UNIV,SCH MED,DEPT SOCIAL MED \& HLTH POLICY,DIV AGING,BOSTON,MA 02115, USA.
   MASSACHUSETTS GEN HOSP,INST HLTH PROFESS,BOSTON,MA 02114.}},
DOI = {{10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1211}},
ISSN = {{0090-0036}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
ORCID-Numbers = {{Jette, Alan/0000-0002-2117-9973}},
Funding-Acknowledgement = {{NHLBI NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health \& Human
   ServicesNational Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH National Heart Lung
   \& Blood Institute (NHLBI) {[}N01HV52971]}},
Cited-References = {{BRANCH LG, 1981, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V71, P1202, DOI 10.2105/AJPH.71.11.1202.
   BRANCH LG, 1977, UNDERSTANDING HLTH S.
   Commisson on Chronic Illness, 1957, CHRON ILLN US, VIV.
   DAWBER TR, 1951, AM J PUBLIC HEALTH, V41, P279.
   GORDON P, 1972, TRENDS EPIDEMIOLOGY.
   HABER LP, 1967, SOCIAL SECURITY B.
   KATZ S, 1970, GERONTOLOGIST, V10, P20, DOI 10.1093/geront/10.1\_Part\_1.20.
   NAGI SZ, 1976, MILBANK FUND Q, V54, P439, DOI 10.2307/3349677.
   ROSOW I, 1966, J GERONTOL, V21, P556, DOI 10.1093/geronj/21.4.556.
   SHANAS E, 1980, 2ND C EP AG.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{10}},
Times-Cited = {{292}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{4}},
Journal-ISO = {{Am. J. Public Health}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{MN838}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1981MN83800004}},
OA = {{Bronze, Green Published}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1978GC09400004,
Author = {HARTVIG, P},
Title = {{UNTREATED PSYCHIATRIC DISABILITY - STUDY OF DISABLED PERSONS WITH MAJOR
   PSYCHIATRIC HEALTH IMPAIRMENT, HAVING NEVER RECEIVED
   PSYCHIATRIC-TREATMENT}},
Journal = {{SCANDINAVIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIAL MEDICINE}},
Year = {{1978}},
Volume = {{6}},
Number = {{3}},
Pages = {{117-124}},
Publisher = {{SCANDINAVIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS}},
Address = {{PO BOX 2959 TOYEN, JOURNAL DIVISION CUSTOMER SERVICE, N-0608 OSLO,
   NORWAY}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{HARTVIG, P (Reprint Author), TELEMARK CENT HOSP,PSYCHIAT WARD M,N-3701 SKEIN,NORWAY.}},
DOI = {{10.1177/140349487800600304}},
ISSN = {{0300-8037}},
Research-Areas = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Public, Environmental \& Occupational Health}},
Cited-References = {{ASKEVOLD F, 1976, TIDSSKR NOR LAEGEFOR, V15, P868.
   Bentsen B G, 1966, Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen, V86, P91.
   FRIIS H, 1964, LANGVARIGT FORSORGSU.
   HAGNELL O, 1966, PROSPECTIVE STUDY IN.
   HANOA R, 1975, TIDSSKR NOR LAEGEFOR, V29, P1655.
   HARTVIG P, NORD PSYKIATR TIDSSK.
   HELGASON T, 1964, EPIDEMIOLOGY MENTAL.
   INGHE G, 1960, FATTIGA FOLKHEMMET S.
   KJOLLESDAL O, 1970, SOSIALT ARBEID, V1, P210.
   Langner T, 1963, LIFE STRESS MENTAL H.
   NOKKEN S, UNPUBLISHED.
   ODEGARD O, 1953, J MENT SCI, V99, P778.
   ODEGARD O, 1946, J MENT SCI, V92, P35.
   OGAR B, 1977, PASIENTER NORSK ALME.
   RUD J, 1975, MENTALE LIDELSER UFO.
   SHEPHERD M, 1966, PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS.
   SUNDBY P, 1967, ACTA PSYCHOL SCAND S, V203, P285.
   SUNDBY P, 1974, STUDIE OVER AVSLATTE, V77.
   SUNDBY P, 1969, TIDSSKR NOR LAEGEFOR, V14, P1162.
   SVALASTOGA K, 1959, PRESTIGE CLASS MOBIL.
   1972, STATISTISKE KOMMUNEH.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{21}},
Times-Cited = {{1}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Journal-ISO = {{Scand. J. Soc. Med.}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{GC094}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1978GC09400004}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}

@article{ ISI:A1972Z119800009,
Author = {KRIPPNER, S},
Title = {{ILLICIT DRUG USAGE - HAZARDS FOR LEARNING DISABILITY STUDENTS}},
Journal = {{ORTHOMOLECULAR PSYCHIATRY}},
Year = {{1972}},
Volume = {{1}},
Number = {{1}},
Pages = {{67-78}},
Type = {{Article}},
Language = {{English}},
Affiliation = {{MAIMONIDES MED CTR,4802 TENTH AVE,BROOKLYN,NY 11219.}},
Research-Areas = {{Psychiatry}},
Web-of-Science-Categories  = {{Psychiatry}},
Cited-References = {{ADLER S, 1964, NONVERBAL CHILD.
   AMES LB, 1968, PROGR LEARNING DISAB, V1.
   BARCLAY AG, 1967, TRANS-ACT-SOC SCI MO, V5, P33.
   BIEBERMAN L, 1970, FLASHBACKS B     JUN.
   BLUM R, 1969, DRUGS, V1.
   Blum R. H., 1969, DRUGS, V2.
   CALDWELL WV, 1968, LSD PSYCHOTHERAPY.
   CHALFANT J, 1969, CENTRAL PROCESSING D.
   CHEIN I, 1964, ROAD H.
   COHEN S, 1962, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V181, P161, DOI 10.1001/jama.1962.03050280091013b.
   COHEN S, 1963, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V8, P475.
   COHEN S, 1969, DRUG DILEMMA.
   COTT AA, 1967, J SCHIZOPHRENIA, V1, P189.
   CRITCHLEY MD, 1970, JUVENILE DELINQUENCY.
   CRUICKSHANK WM, 1967, EDUCATION EXCEPTIONA.
   DAVIS VE, 1970, CHEMICAL ENGINE 0216.
   DINNERSTEIN AJ, 1968, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V26, P1016, DOI 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1016.
   DUNN DF, 1967, J AM MEDICAL ASSOC, V199, P77.
   EDDY NB, 1965, B WHO, V32, P728.
   ELLINGSON C, 1970, SATURDAY REV    1121.
   ELLINGSON C, 1967, SHADOW CHILDREN.
   FORT J, 1969, PLEASURE SEEKERS DRU.
   FOX R, 1967, ALCOHOLISM BEHAVIORA.
   FOX V, 1967, ALCOHOLISM BEHAVIORA.
   FRIERSON E, 1968, EDUCATING CHILDREN L.
   GIFFEN M, 1968, PROGR LEARNING DISAB, V1.
   GOODE E, 1970, MARIJUANA.
   GREENBERG DS, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P576.
   HERMANN K, 1959, READING DISABILITY.
   Hoffer A, 1968, NEW HOPE ALCOHOLICS.
   HOFFER A, 1966, INT J NEUROPSYCHIAT, V2, P303.
   KRIPPNER S, 1970, J PSYCHEDEL DRUG, V3, P41, DOI 10.1080/02791072.1970.10471361.
   KRIPPNER S, 1971, INT J ADDICT, V6, P419, DOI 10.3109/10826087109045553.
   KRIPPNER S, 1970, SCIENCE, V168, P654, DOI 10.1126/science.168.3932.654.
   KRIPPNER S, 1971, EMOTIONAL STRESS WAR.
   KURTZBERG RL, 1966, J PROJ TECH PERS ASS, V30, P55, DOI 10.1080/0091651X.1966.10120264.
   LADD ET, 1970, SATURDAY REV    1121.
   LEMERE F, 1966, AM J PSYCHIAT, V123, P569, DOI 10.1176/ajp.123.5.569.
   Lindesmith Alfred R., 1968, ADDICTION OPIATES.
   LINTON HB, 1962, ARCH GEN PSYCHIAT, V6, P352, DOI 10.1001/archpsyc.1962.01710230020003.
   LUDWIG AM, 1965, J AMER MED ASSOC, V191, P92, DOI 10.1001/jama.1965.03080020020006.
   LUDWIG AM, 1970, LSD ALCOHOLISM CLINI.
   MANN H P, 1957, J Genet Psychol, V90, P167.
   Masters Robert E. L., 1966, VARIETIES PSYCHEDELI.
   MCGRATH JH, 1970, INT J ADDICT, V5, P173, DOI 10.3109/10826087009056987.
   MUSSEN P, 1965, EMOTIONAL DISTURBANC.
   {*}NEW YORK I CHILD, 1970, REACHING CHILDREN, V1, P5.
   ORTON JL, 1966, DISABLED READER EDUC.
   RODALE RI, 1970, PREVENTION       JUN.
   RODALE RI, 1970, PREVENTION       OCT.
   SATTERFIELD JH, 1969, MILWAUKEE J     0917.
   SAVAGE C, 1969, PSYCHEDELIC DRUGS.
   SHICK JFE, 1970, J PSYCHEDEL DRUG, V3, P13, DOI 10.1080/02791072.1970.10471357.
   SMITH DE, 1969, INT J ADDICT, V4, P453, DOI 10.3109/10826086909062026.
   SMITH DE, 1969, DRUG ABUSE PAPERS.
   STANCHFIELD J, 1970, READING DIFFICULTIES.
   STERN M, 1969, PSYCHEDELIC DRUGS.
   THOMAS EW, 1969, BRAIN INJURED CHILDR.
   UNGERLEIDER JT, 1966, J AMER MED ASSOC, V197, P389.
   {*}US FED BUR INV, 1966, UNIFORM CRIME REPORT.
   WARNER D, 1969, MARIJUANA MAY NOT AF.
   WEIL AT, 1969, SCI J, VA  5, P36.
   WIEDER H, 1969, PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY, V24.
   WISOTSKY M, 1959, J CLIN PSYCHOL, V15, P65, DOI 10.1002/1097-4679(195901)15:1<65::AID-JCLP2270150117>3.0.CO;2-I.
   Witkin H. A., 1962, PSYCHOLOGICAL DIFFER.
   WITKIN HA, 1966, CHILD DEV, V37, P301, DOI 10.2307/1126805.
   WITKIN HA, 1967, INT J PSYCHOL, V2, P233, DOI 10.1080/00207596708247220.}},
Number-of-Cited-References = {{67}},
Times-Cited = {{3}},
Usage-Count-Last-180-days = {{0}},
Usage-Count-Since-2013 = {{1}},
Doc-Delivery-Number = {{Z1198}},
Unique-ID = {{ISI:A1972Z119800009}},
DA = {{2020-03-18}},
}
